te) wee ee
Mae tata
here? ay aa
Perma re te Wr Dene tr Mri tiie Par
Se OW ete Penery rarey Woben iet chet Qs d
ae a “a Wie @ wore) Fate Ba beh hae
Weta pd Vasa aes ' aa Rew pratt a ao ay Cree) Hates 2
ie Vk yey Beas trie bs Ay TA ckaeta
Cow Rone a)
Cerrone titers reset ir Tere eck irri it WY
De ene Mer ae an
ae el
le ate ae heey
Pen Seen St ers eee PETC RC eee Ok Sets a)
op Pate
em etree
Been Tee et * ce
ah Naa sarbah ays alas Hai
Mignth gates Nohca sty te Lt teh saa
Sorin eens
PSHE Sep Pay SHO
hehe * anthe ah he Cetalun
ue eee tet Cerio ‘dace ged ‘
epee
tt
a
fea certo wgAchaar he
Perey sepee. fr by tere tema er Dy
Perv ietr mes err Pent a toe bt Ae hoo abe | ba Feta jase aed
TE tote a bate ak de foes fe4 oh 90 4
hed NOAA BGhrtsa) Sactaesd shi tal, Carhdn gata
Vite Testo le ash Sedgaabe lpeseah stetea tees
aa gery Cees Be eh eee Dawa e vite
das NRyhe beteaete date ap at
ta recegwansenbes caret:
Sia
Deeb ae
Wage Pea eben tah
Mee alae
Heat aaah ge Gaba
SPOILEURC CeO Meat ea
Nas petate rd aeteneas
rnievepeier is Pepe ya
ee ui aa ean tas
<a eed ted aed
Cer teen Oe ee
Oren men)
Peers ee
Miscachanace ate ste yd, Tee gen
A asad oth A428 ow oa de hek Nida sh aden
‘eas We A Nae od oe Raed Hehe LH edad
Dita m Neha h es Lem aM all ote
eerie i rrerte rt Sern ror Pile SC ik rs
: MI PAL ee AP PR nye? ao a pled Dees ce eres raetatphesaeaunitea Bad aohe a Nad
Vet te Poor ae erro) Tapa Acasa Tedaeehaabeaedan tinh ie wawed s i
Wb aah we othe ry foe doy betr pe th gb A he Vinh fy
ley a aud | nae Fed oti ae be vere Ot PC YY I geese
et ie fale tw cyt sheleawse i ae 4 Bat iase caeg seeds ag hea
ayhialaee &, eh baba tee ase svatin eap@ays 9
’ ‘ i eres Doe teh ae Nae ay Oe
a or roeetnenn
ge mg oe Orriyined ry: *
Sek Neder eye eee ‘ babi aera
+ alee heey it an : * +
Beng etree, phasaey ace Perce ret ,
PPT praepe yond beet were ge prok Had ) Ph) tel gd L
Hoge bod vera leP pas Able dante’ oe: a Tet ralt i
SPR rCrerirnerrc rire) ange actly Ceenrry
sa enon a hety Gieett dh ake
ANT ete
wt jeene bat
rong eats he
Deve dete tte ped ae web
eerste sere) rent is
boat om ine} vidas arty
eh mee tha tebes eed adrbsded saa bie gaa
Pvieree Petree et Oe ee Tie teen crs
Veet tee tan
Shh taser tse td ba ted cde
iad geared ee Br)
we Vias hi tgey and
gees rarer ya
Bee ee
Fenner
Srnwrae Sears yee) Fee Ts Py
eee Bree aay terre rt sey or eT Peon or Teer) L} J
CeCraee rer Wr Pte te Be ie) bd ne taeda x eae} arent e i asthe tt
seany hae Cale psig bovt bevaberg phis *
. AE pie Behe heey ' pean
ie
en
tu rare ee ion |
eecrrien ny
tom, tye
Fe pemeinens
Prete
Sees
ee eerrepr ern
Benet geans thal saris
paver vetaie ed sy he tney
arbors
:
Vid tp been qe kes
sates Haas
bpeirer pine HPT od ip
eer ay ORT eee tert Megha tay
ioe aieretisedge's ta erernts
ad a hl ci aa
eee eed Pah Re ab eke ered
yeh Apt
SS ea Saedareaeess
Me Wades
ot
aes frees tere
Nyt Makes
aang ds
Ag whe ihe
ceed Mg sa ey (
pete One y ie haiyt ESes ye
mith Pratyee oy4,4
he
serve tone ben
thee ted
iaphena
Rw,
bess ay ie 5
Stel tte
we
ae Tete ag
be Aad
Parened
ererie
teh Severe
t
Wt aoerh ae eet
Ae aghe aie,
woerny
4 reg db pe weal ee bare ey
UTpeetle beens
Perr eT
heed demi
yibepirg uit
vores ted iy
mee beer egies
sGigdeey cdl
a
peat H
worse
siempre
os oe
Rae naty omer ee Pure ie
EH AEH Tt ile Ms
OOS PEEPS OC ESS EAT
Vid eais ake steedgigo baaverd
1 oned
sreaed ay pale
Sle eeaeyeh goed
Sy steeloW eu be ya
ANNALS
OF THE
Lyceum or Natural History.
ANNALS
OF THE
Lyceum or Natura. History
NEW YORK.
VOLUME XI.
Rew Fork:
1876.
GREGORY BROS.,
Printers, 34 Carmine Street,
NEW YORK.
OFFICERS OF THE LYCEUM.
1876,
President.
JOHN S. NEWBERRY.
Vice-Pryesidents.
T. EGLESTON. BENJ. N.
Gorresponding Secretary.
H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.
Recording Secretary.
OLIVER P. HUBBARD.
@reasurey
JOHN H. HINTON.
Toibrarian.
LOUIS ELSBERG.
Committee of Publication
MARTIN.
DANIEL 8. MARTIN, JOHN S. NEWBERRY.
GEO. N. LAWRENCE. HENRY MORTON.
H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.
CONTENTS
OF THE
ELEVENTH VOLUME.
BY 8. T. BARRETT.
PAGE.
Notes on the Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, N. Y., with descrip-
tion of a new Species of Pteropod, (Art. XXVII). ........... os
BY W. G. BINNEY.
On the Genitalia and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata, (Art, IV).......
BY W. G. BINNEY AND THOMAS BLAND.
On the Genitalia, Jaw and Lingual Dentition of certain species of Pul-
monata, with a note on the Classification of the Achatinelle,
(PATE mE NONC ere musi cies oy susnah oinevens oladytorccheiol IT STIS aC OE OO ey Carn
BY THOMAS BLAND.
Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks, with Descriptions of New
SPECLEs CATs WILDL). rer vatete cancie arouse here OOR oe oe Site atenreeseieed 2 2
Notes on the Sub-Generie character ot Helix Jamaicensis, Chemn., and
on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks from Haiti; with Description of
a New Species of Helix from Colorado, (Art. XVI)...............
Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks, with Description of a New Spe-
GIES ON the Genus eA p Louden Gay (AMiAPNONEL\sevenceatepeleuetete stare pe eee eters
BY H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.
Index to the Literature of Manganese, (Art. XXIII)..........- alesse
BY WILLIAM BREWSTER.
Some Observations on the Birds of Ritchie County, West Virginia,
ESTE MENGV) ee hrereee, osetarorhstoveut ats cle ialecst thea xetomaacnmrckcietesber ors Mersestel evens
Some Additional Light on the so-called Sterna Portlandica, Ridgway,
Petes mR 2 sae rats. c: are arahiak: jouw see’ Hx gucwicsintn sanicea atoll qgdor Ae
BY M. C. COOKE.
The Myxomycetes of the United States, (Art. XXX) ...............005
BY AUGUSTUS R. GROTE.
Oa a New Species of Anarta, and on an Allied Genus, with a Note on
eeteengeS AC» (CATE OUD) os: 'ie Meln-n/S es noes «nie terhoela Dee Ghew een
Note on a Name in Entomology proposed by the late Coleman Townsend
ERO IGMTESD He CAD UMD) pee cc ovchd. cisloas Seated stalcadsge, custehen: ory dena oe
Descriptions of New Noctuz, with remarks on the Variation of Larval
HOM MS Auman Oni DL (ATI NO VLDL YS casera, a cle ci cletetsieueinete reacts =
290
166
“1
S)
146
197
208
129
201
378
107
128
X Contents.
BY CH. FRED. HARTT AND RICHARD RATHBUN.
Morgan Expeditions, 1870-71. On the Devonian Trilobites and Mol-
lusks of Ereré, Province of Para, Brazil, (Art. XTII)...........-
BY H. W. HENSHAW.
An Annotated List of the Birds of Utah. (Att, TD)... 2.25. 1. 2s. ae oe ee
BY DAVID 8. JORDAN.
A Partial Synopsis of the Fishes of Upper Georgia, (Art. XXIX)...... oe
BY GEORGE N. LAWRENCE.
Descriptions of Two New Species of Birds of the Families Tanagride
and: Dyrannide:, (Amt. WiLL) Sts. cect te ae eiais einekeadets ote aie c
Descriptions of Four New Species of Birds from Costa Rica, (Art. IX)..
Description of a New Species of Jay of the Genus Cyanocilla; also of a
supposed New Species of the Genus Cyanocoraw, (Art. XIX)......
Description of a New Species of Bird of the Genus Pitangus, (Art. XX VI)
BY ALBERT R. LEEDS.
On an Asphaltie Coal from the Shale of the Huron River, Ohio, contain-
ing Seams of Sulphate of Baryta,—with a Geological Note by Dr.
J.S. Newberry, (Art. XT)) 0a ses ebe26 ade Be caine eee
Recent Progress in Sanitary Science, (Art. XXV) ..........-...-.see6
BY H. K. MORRISON.
Notes on North American Lepidoptera, (Art. X)...........00...00009+
BY FELIPE POEY.
Poissons de I’ Ile de Cuba: Espéces Nouvelles décrites, (Art. VI)......
BY RICHARD RATHBUN.
(see Hartt and Rathbun) }-.4)04r))5 scl ae tates ce bot e- e e e
BY ISRAEL C. RUSSELL.
Notes on the Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand, (Art, XXIV)............
BY RICHARD P. STEVENS.
Observations on Some Irregularities of the Floor of the Coal Measures
of Hastern Kentuelky, (Artylll. 7 aeeaee semester Seppe 53-
BY CHARLES D. WALCOTT.
Notes on Cerawrus pleurevanthemus, Green, (Art. XVII) ........... sees
Description of the Interior Surface of the Dorsal Shell of Cerawrus pleur-
enanihemus, (Arty XVELD Sc: cca. ccaceee nine was sis fo es een
BY I. C. WHITE.
Notes on the Coal Measures of Beaver County, Pennsylvania, (Art. II).
Notes on the Upper Coal Measures of Western Virginia and Penn-
pylyania,; (Arb Wijccms cries a! el Vie sale eieheaaeele ove Sega
110
307
70
88
163
288
105
266
91
58
110
251
18
155
159
14
Fig.
Ill
IV
V
VI:
Vil
VUl.
rT.
Il.
LIST OF PLATES, VOL. XI.
Pras 1.
Bulimulus Lobbi, Reeve.
a3
Dentition.
Alloperuvianus, Reeve. Genitalia.
. Bulimus foveolatus, Reeve. Dentition.
. Dentition of IT.
. Bulimulus rhodolarynx, Reeve.
Jaw of I.
. Bulimulus primularis, Reeve.
Peruvianus, Brug.
Dentition.
Dentition.
Genitalia.
ce
For details, see page 44 of text.
Hise lr
Il
Tak:
IV
y
VI
VIL.
NORE.
IX.
PLATE II.
Pallifera Wetherbyi, Binney. Jaw.
Same. Dentition.
Cylindrella brevis, Pfr. Genitalia.
Zonites sculptilis, Bland. Dentition.
Bulimus auris-sileni, Born. Genitalia.
Helix nucleola, Rang. 5
Cylindrella sanguinea, Pfr.
Strophia iostoma, Pfr.
Helix discolor, Fér.
ce
Dentition.
Genitalia.
For details, see page 44 of text.
Figs. A to
For details
PuatTe IIT.
G, Liguus Virgineus, Linn. Dentition.
, see page 44 of text.
Figs. A to D. Orthalicus gallina-sultana, Chemn.
G. Liguus Virgineus, Linn. Genitalia.
For details, see page 45 of text.
PLATE V.
Fig. I. Zonites inornatus, Say. Genitalia.
Il. <‘* | friabiis, Binney, +
Ill. Lelix Troostiana, Lea. oe
IV. ‘* clausa, Say. +.
V. ‘ rufo-apicata, Poey. Dentition.
VI. <‘ Troostiana, Lea.
VIL ‘ Pennsylvanica, Green. Genitalia.
VIIL. ‘* nawv-denticulata, Chemn. Hg
IX. <‘“ Josephine, Feér, os
X. Geomalacus maculosus, Allm. at
PLATE Vi.
Fig. J. Jlelix Ciarvki, Lea. Dentition.
Il ‘“ Slearnsiana, Gabb. Genitalia.
Hl. Orthalicus obductus, Shuttl. Dentition.
IV. Helix Traski, Lea. Genitalia, in part.
V. ‘ Clarki, Lea. Dentition. a
VI. The same. Genitalia.
Vil‘ Wetherbyi, Bland. Dentition.
List of Plates.
PratEe LV.
E. The same. Jaw.
F. The same, Genitalia.
For details, see page 45 of text.
»
Figs. 1 to
vo
4 to 8.
PLATE VII.
Mugil Brasiliensis, Agassiz.
PLatTeE VIII.
Muyil Gaimardianus, Desmarest.
Muyil trichodon, Poey.
PuatE IX.
Gymnothorax wnbrosus, Poey.
Neoconger perlongus, Poey.
PuATE, X.
Gymnothorax polygonius, Poey.
Dentition.
List of Plates.
PLATE XI.
Ceraurus pleurecanthemus, Green.
Xlli
(enlarged),
A. Transverse section of thorax at 4th segment.
B. Interior of dorsal shell.
C. Longitudinal section at median line.
D. Longitudinal section of single segment.
For details, see page 162 of text.
Jey Aaay UL
Fig. 1. Bulimulus pailidior, Sowb. Genitalia.
2. Helix aspera, Fér.
3. ‘* spinosa, Lea.
4. Limax montanus, Ing.
). Helix arrosa, Gould.
6. ‘* septemvolva, Say.
7. Ariolimax Hemphilli, Binney.
8. Helix crispata, Fér.
9. Ariolimax Andersoni, Cooper.
PratrE XIII.
Fig. A. Helix rufleincta, Newc. Genitalia.
B. Zonites cerinoideus, Anth. Dentition.
C. Amphibulima Rawsonis, Bland. Genitalia.
D. Cecilianella Gundlachi, Pfr. Jaw.
E. Orthalicus undatus, Brug. (var.) Dentition.
F. Helix Jamaicensis, Chemn. Genitalia.
G. Same as D, enlarged.
H. Same, dentition, in part.
af “e ce “6
J. Strophia incana, Binn. Dentition.
K. Helix Carpenteriana, Bland. ‘‘
PLATE XIV.
Fig. A. Helix fringilia, Pfr. * Dentition.
B. ‘ Jamaicensis, Chemn. sis
© Studeriana, Fér. Me
D. Achatinella venusta, Mighels. x
KE. Amphibulima Rawsonis, Bland. ‘‘
F. Glandina truncata, Say. a
G. Achatinella textilis, Fér. ue
“ee
Tat. ae obesa, Newe.
*See Plate XV, fig. A.
in part.
Xlv
Fig.
E. Palula Cumbertandiana, Lea. es
F. Cylindrelia Poeyana, Orb. +
G. Helix Diabloensis, Cooper.
*See Plate XIV, fig. A.
PLATE XVI.
Fig. A. Bulimulus limneoides, Fér. Jaw.
B. The same. Dentition.
C. Helix cereolus, Muhlt. 2
D. ‘* ewoleta, Binney. sg
E. The same,—see page 178.
F. ‘‘ rufescens, Penn. ye
+. ‘* dentiens, Fér. a
H. Trochomorpha Cressida, Gould. We
J. Nanina radians, Pfr. He
PuatTe XVIL.
Fig. I. Cylindrella ornata, Gundl. Dentition.
Il. Binneya notabilis, Cooper. Jaw.
Ill. The same. Dentition.
IV. The same. Animal.
V. Helix Tryoni, Newe. Dentition.
VI.- Succinea papillata, Pfr. ss
ae e cs pallida, Pfr. ie
VIII. Helix Van Nostrandi, Bland. ‘‘
IX. ‘ facta, Newe. Genitalia.
X. ‘ Tryoni, Newc. es
KI. .* follare Say: ne
XII. ‘* Van Nostrandi, Bland. Mo
XIII. ‘ facta, Newc. Dentition.
XIV. ‘‘ Hopetonensis, Shuttl. Genitalia.
XV. ‘ alternata, Say (var.) Uh
XVI. Endodonta incerta, Mouss. Dentition.
XVII. Patula Huahinensis, Pfr. ie
XVIII. Helix Rugeli, Shuttl. Genitalia.
XIX. ‘* tridentata, Say. BS
List of Plates.
PLATE XY.
. Helix fringilla, Pfr. * Dentition.
Carpenteri, Newe. ‘‘
pubescens, Pfr. Jaw.
. The same. Dentition.
“ec
List of Plates. XV
PLATE XVIII.
Fig. A. Helix Harfordiana, Cooper. Dentition.
B. ‘ leporina, Gould. se
C. ‘ Ingersolli, Bland. Ut
D. Limax montanus, Ing. “¢
E. Helix auriculata, Say. ¥
F. Var. castaneus of D. a
G. Ariolimax Andersoni. Cooper. s
H. a Hemphilli, Binney.
I. Anadenus, uh
For details of Plates XII to XVIII, see pages 195 and 196 of text.
PLATE XIX.
Map of Lake Wakatipu, New Zealand.
Present lake area in blue.
Ancient extension in yellow.
T. Outcrop of Tertiary limestone.
M. Old terminal moraine.
ANNALS
OF THE
LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY.
I.— An Annotated List of the Birds of Utah.
Br H. W. HENSHAW.
Read April 6, 1874.
THE following list is based largely upon material collected
during the field season of 1872, while with the exploring
and surveying party, in charge of Lieut. G. M. Wheeler,
of the U. S. Engineers. In it are enumerated all the birds
thus far known to have been taken or observed within the
limits of the territory. To give it additional value as a
formal list, those known to breed, whether from actual obser-
vations in the field, or from their known breeding range, are
indicated.* Notes are also given respecting their relative
abundance or scarcity. Of the 214 species given, 160 were
either actually taken or noted by Dr. Yarrow and myself
during the season. Of the remaining species, 25 not met
with by us are contained in Mr. Allen’s list of birds, col-
lected in vicinity of Ogden, from September 1st to October
8th. Iam also indebted to Mr. Ridgway for a list of the
birds noted by him during his collecting trip in this locality,
including many not contained in either Mr. Allen’s paper or
our own report, and also for assistance in the preparation of
the list. It may be here stated that no collections have ever
been made in Utah during the spring months, and thus many
* A star is prefixed to the names of those known to breed.
JUNE, 1874. 1 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., VoL. xr.
2 An Annotated List of the Birds of Utah.
of the spring migrants have entirely escaped notice. This
will account for the comparatively small number of species
mentioned. An entire season’s connected observations would
doubtless add many to the number.
TURDIDZ. The Thrushes.
*1. Turdus fuscescens Steph. Tawny Thrush. Summer resident.
- Common on Provo River in summer of 1869. (Ridgway.)
*2, Turdus Swainsonti Cab. Olive-backed Thrush. Very common.
Inhabits the thickets of the mountain streams. (Ridgway.)
*3. Turdus Pallasti Cab., var. Auduboniti Baird. Rocky Mountain Her-
mit Thrush. Less common than the preceding. Inhabits the pine region
(Ridgway.) Ogden, September. (Allen.)
*4,. Turdus migratorius L. Robin. Very common. Permanent resi-
dent.
*5. Oreoscoptes montanus (Towns.). Mountain Mocking Bird. An in-
habitant of the valleys and plains. Most abundant in the neighborhood
of settlements. ;
*6. Harporhynchus crissalis Henry. Red vented Thrush. Resident?
Found breeding, and nest and eggs obtained by Dr. Palmer at St. George.
Seen by me in same locality.
*7, Galeoscoptes Carolinensis (L.). Cat Bird. Very abundant. In-
habits the thickets.
CINCLIDZ. The Water Ouzels.
*8. Cinelus Mexicanus Swains. Water Ouzel; Dipper. Very abun-
dant. Inhabiting the rapid mountain streams. Permanent resident.
SAXICOLIDZ®. The Stone Chats.
*9, Sialia Arctica Swains. Rocky Mountain Blue Bird. Resident.
Very abundant. ‘‘ Found breeding at Salt Lake City and Antelope Island
in May and June.” (Ridgway.)
SYLVIIDA. The Sylvias.
*10. Regulus calendula (L.). Ruby-crowned Kinglet. Common
resident. Found breeding high up in the mountains by Mr. Ridgway.
Winters in the valleys.
PARIDZA. The Titmice.
*11. Lophophanes inornatus (Gamb.). Very abundant. Resident.
Breeds in mountains. Wintering in the cedars of the valleys. —
*12.° Parus montanus Gamb. Mountain Chickadee. Abundant. Res-
ident in the mountains.
*13. Parus atricapillus (L.), var. septentrionalis Harris. Long-tailed -
Chickadee. Abundant and resident in vicinity of Provo. Apparently not
very generally distributed. Not found in mountains.
An Annotated List of the Birds of Utah. 3
*14, Psaltriparus plumbeus Baird. Lead-colored Tit. Abundant,
moving in large companies. Breeds in the mountains, and winters in the
valleys.
SITTIDZA. The Nuthatches.
*15. Sitta Carolinensis (Gm.), var. aculeata Cassin. Slender billed
Nuthatch. Apparently not common in thesmountains. Met with on but
one ‘occasion by us. Resident.
*16. Sitta pygmea Vig. Pigmy Nuthatch. Same as preceding.
CERTHIIDA. The Creepers.
*17. Certhia familiaris L., var. Americana Bonap. Brown Creeper.
Rare in the pines of mountains in June. Probably’breeds. (Ridgway.)
TROGLODYTIDZA. The Wrens.
*18. Campylorhynchus brunneicapillus (Lafr.). Cactus Wrén. Rare
in southern parts of state. Several individuals seen in vicinity of St.
George, Oct. 27. Possibly breeds.
*19. Salpinctes obsoletus (Say). Rock Wreh. Exceedingly abundant
in rocky localities.
*20. Catherpes Mexicanus (Sw.), var. conspersus Ridgway. White-
throated Rock Wren. Rather rare, but generally distributed. Permanent
resident.
*21. Thryothorus Bewickii (Aud.), var. leucogaster (Gould). Bewick’s
Wren. Not uncommon in southern part of territory in fall. Probably
breeds.
*22. Troglodytes edon Vieill., var. Parkmanii (Aud.). | Parkman’s
Wren. Abundant inthe mountains. Permanent resident.
* 23. Cistothorus stellaris (Licht.). Short-billed Marsh Wren. Prob-
ably rare. Not taken, but evidence obtained of its breeding on borders
of Utah Lake.
*24. Cistothorus palustris (Wils.), var. paludicola Baird. Long-billed
Marsh Wren. Exceedingly abundant in the marshes everywhere. Per-
manent resident.
MOTACILLIDA. The Wagtails.
25. Anthus Ludovicianus (Gmel.). Tit Lark. Abundant in the
marshes. Winter resident.
SYLVICOLIDZX. The Warblers.
26. Helminthophaga ruficapilla (Wils.). Nashville Warbler. Appar-
ently common. Ogden, September. (Allen.)
*27. Helminthophaga Virginie Baird. Virginia’s Warbler. Frequent
among the scrub oaks of foot-hills, breeding. (Ridgway.)
*28. Helminthophaga celata (Say). Orange-crowned Warbler. Breeds
in mountains from 7,000 to 9,000 feet high. (Ridgway.) Common in Sep-
tember. Ogden. (Allen.)
4 An Annotated List of the Birds of Utah.
*29. Dendroica estiva (Gm.). Yellow Warbler. Very common in
neighborhood of settlements.
*30. Dendroica Audubonii (Towns.). Audubon’s Warbler. Abundant,
especially in fall. ‘‘ Breeds in the pine region of the Wahsatch.” (Ridg-
way.)
31. Dendroica blackburnie (Gm.). Blackburnian Warbler. ‘‘ Not
common. Ogden. September.” (Allen.)
32 (?). Dendroica nigrescens (Towns.). Black-throated Gray Warb-
ler. Ogden. September. (Allen.)
* 33. Geothlypis Philadelphia (Wils.), var. Macgillivrayi (Aud.). Mac-—
gillivray’s Warbler. Common in the mountains.
*34. Geothlypis trichas (L.). Maryland Yellow-throat. Common.
Distributed generally through the valleys of the territory, in the neigh-
hood of water.
* 35. Icteria virens (L.), var. longicauda (Lawr.). Long-tailed Chat.
Common. Inhabiting indifferently the thickets of foot-hills and valleys.
36. Mytodioctes pusillus (Wils.). Wilson’s Black Cap. Common as
a spring and autumn migrant.
*37. Setophaga ruticilla (L.). Redstart. Rather common as an inhabi-
tant of the mountains and valleys.
HIRUNDINIDZ. The Swallows.
* 38. Progne subis (L.). Purple Martin. Quite abundant in the moun-
tains, frequenting aspen groves. ,
*39. Petrochelidon lunifrons (Say). Cliff Swallow. Very abundant in
the mountains. Breeds in large colonies on the clifis.
*40. Hirundo horreorum Bart. Barn Swallow. Common. Builds
in barns, deserted shanties and caves.
*41. Tachycineta bicolor (Vieill.). White-bellied Swallow. Abundant.
Generally distributed. Breeds in the aspen groves in company with the
Martins.
* 42. Tachycineta thalassina (Swains.). Violet-green Swallow. Some-
what rare. Breeds in limestone cliffs, with the White-throated Swift (P.
melanoleuca) and the Cliff Swallow. (Ridgway. )
*43. Cotyle riparia (L.). Bank Swallow. Quite common at Provo.
Breeds in the river banks, in company with the rough winged (8. serri-
pennis).
44. Stelgidopteryx serripennis (Aud.). Rough-winged Swallow. Far
more numerous than the preceding, with which it is associated.
VIREONIDZE. The Greenlets.
45. Vireo olivaceus (L.). Red-eyed Vireo. Quite common at Ogden
in September. (Allen.)
*46. Vireo gilvus (Vieill.), var. Swainsonit Baird. Warbling Vireo.
Very abundant. Generally distributed. Found breeding, by Mr. Ridg-
way, from lowest valleys to altitude of 8,000 feet.
VK a
An Annotated List of the Birds of Utah. 5
*47. Vireo solitarius Wils., var. plumbeus Coues. Solitary Vireo.
Rather rare.
AMPELIDZ. The Waxwings.
48. Ampelis cedrorum (Vieill.). The Cedar Bird. Rather common.
Ogden, September. (Allen.)
_MYIADESTINA. The Solitaires.
*49,. Mytadestes Townsendii (Aud.). Townsend’s Solitaire. Rather
rare. Breeds on the mountains and winters in the cedar groves of
valleys.
LANIIDZ. The Shrikes, or Butcher Birds.
50. Collurio borealis (Vieill.). Great Northern Shrike. Of frequent
occurrence in fall. Winter resident.
*51. Collurio Ludovicianus (L.), var. excubitorides (Swains.). White-
rumped Shrike.* Quite common. Permanent resident.
TANAGRID/E. The Tanagers.
*52. Pyranga Ludoviciana (Wils.). Louisiana Tanager. Common.
FRINGILLID®. The Finches, Sparrows, Buntings, etc.
*53. Carpodacus frontalis (Say). House Finch. Very abundant.
Breeds in the valleys. ,
*54. Carpodacus Cassinii Baird. Cassin’s Purple Finch. Abundant.
Breeds on the mountains. (Ridgway.)
*55. Chrysomitris pinus (Wils.). Pine Finch. Breeds abundantly in
pine regions of mountains. Resident. (Ridgway.)
*56. Chrysomitris tristis (L.) Yellow Bird. Common. Permanent
resident.
*57. Chrysomitris psaltria (Say). Arkansas Finch. Quite common in
southern part of territory late in fall. ‘‘ Breeds sparingly near Salt Lake
City and to the eastward.” (Ridgway.)
58. Leucosticte tephrocotis Swains. Gray-crowned Finch. Obtained
near Salt Lake City in winter. (Stansbury. )
*59. Passerculus savanna (Wils.), var. alaudinus Bon. Lark Spar-
row. Abundant in marshy localities.
*60. Poocaétes gramineus (Gm.) var. conjinis Baird. Bay-winged Spar-
row. Very abundant. Frequenting the plains.
*61. Coturniculus passerinus (Wils.), var. perpallidus Ridgway. Yel-
low-winged Sparrow. Rare.
* 62. Chondestes grammaca (Say). Lark Bunting. Abundant every-
where on plains and benches. ;
*63. Zonotrichia leucophrys (Forst.). White-crowned Sparrow. Breeds
abundantly in the mountains.
6 An Annotated List of the Birds of Utah.
64. Zonotrichia leucophrys (Forst.), var. intermedia Ridgway. Ex-
ceedingly abundant in fall, and also a winter resident.
65. Junco hyemalis (L.). Black Snow Bird. Rare in fall. One speci-
men only taken in flock of Z. intermedia.
66. Junco Oregonus (Towns.). Oregon Snow Bird. Common in fall.
Winters at least in southern part of territory.
*67. Junco caniceps (Woodh.). Red-backed Snow Bird. Tolerably
common in the’pines of Wahsatch mountains in the breeding season.
(Ridg way.)
*68. Poospiza bilineata (Cass.).- Black-throated Sparrow. Breeds
abundantly in the vicinity of Salt Lake City. (Ridgway.)
*69. Poospiza belli (Cass.), var. Nevadensis Ridgway. Bell’s Finch.
Very common, especially as a winter resident, frequenting the sage brush
plains.
*70. Spizella socialis (Wils.), var. Arizone Coues. Chipping Sparrow.
Not common. ‘Breeds near Salt Lake City.” (Ridgway.)
*71. Spizella pallida (Sw.), var. Brewert (Cass.). Brewer’s Sparrow.
Abundant. Permanent resident. Frequents the sage brush of the
benches.
*72. Melospiza melodia (Wils.), var. fallax Baird. Western Song
Sparrow. Abundant. Permanent resident. ;
*73. Melospiza Lincolnit (Aud.). Lincoln’s Finch. Rather uncom-
mon. Found breeding in Parley’s Park, by Mr. Ridgway.
74. Melospiza palustris (Wils.). Swamp Sparrow. Very rare. A
single specimen taken in extreme southern part of Utah, Oct. 23.
*75. Passerella Townsendii (Aud.), var. schistacea Baird. Slate-colored
Sparrow. Abundant in the mountains. Breeds. (Ridgway.)
76. Calamospiza bicolor (Towns.). White-winged Blackbird. A
single specimen obtained in Parley’s Park in July, by Mr. Ridgway. A
few seen by Dr. Yarrow in Snake Valley on the borders of Utah.
*77. Hedymeles melanocephala (Swains.). Black-headed Grosbeak.
Very common. 2
*78. Cyanospiza amena (Say). Lazuli Finch. Numerous in the
valleys.
*79. Pipilo maculatus Sw., var. megalonyx Baird. Long-spurred
Towhee. Common in the valleys and in chaparral of foot-hills.
*80. Pipilo clorurus (Towns.). Green-tailed Bunting. Common. Con-
fined exclusively to the mountains.
81. Pipilo Aberti Baird.’ Abert’s Towhee. Not rare in extreme
southern portion of Utah. Probably breeds.
ALAUDIDZ. The True Larks.
* 82. Hremophila alpestris (Forst.). Shore Lark. Abundant. Perma-
nent resident. Var. chrysolema Wagler. Breeding and found sparingly
in winter. var. occidentalis, McCall. Predominating in winter. (Ridg-
way.)
An Annotated List of the Birds of Utah. | 7
ICTERIDZ. The Orioles and Blackbirds.
*83. Molothrus pecoris (Gm.). Cow Bunting. Not very common.
*84. Dolichonyx oryzivorus (L.). Bobolink. Rather commen through
the meadows.
*85. Xanthocephalus icterocephalus (Bonap.). Yellow-headed Black-
bird. Very numerous. Breeding in large companies. Winters in
small numbers.
*86. Ageleus pheniceus (L.). Redwinged Blackbird. Common resi-
dent.
*87. Sturnella magna (L.), var. neglecta (Aud.). Western Meadow
Lark. Very abundant. Permanent resident.
*88. Icterus Bullockii (Swains.). Bullock’s Oriole. Abundant. Fre-
quenting the vicinity of the settlements.
*89. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus (Wagl.). Brewer’s Blackbird.
Most abundant of the Blackbirds. Permanent resident.
CORVIDZ. The Crows and Jays.
*90. Corvus corax L., var. carnivorus Bartr. Raven. Very abund-
ant. Permanent resident.
*91. Corvus Americanus Aud. Common Crow. Apparently not com-
mon. Seen in vicinity of Provo, in July. Of recent occurrence.
*92. Picicorvus columbianus (Wils.). Nutcracker. Very common in
fall. Inhabits exclusively the mountains. Permanent resident.
*93. Gymnokitta cyanocephala Pr. Maximilian’s Jay. Abundant in
the cedars. Permanent resident.
*94. Pica caudata Flem., var. Hudsonica (Sabine). Magpie. Numer-
ous and generally distributed. Resident.
*95, Cyanura Stelleri (Gmel.), var. macrolophus Baird. Long-crested
Jay. Common. Found only in the mountains. Resident.
*96. Cyanocitta Floridana (Bartr.), var. Woodhousei Baird. Wood-
house’s Jay. Numerous. Resident. Not found in the mountains.
97. Perisoreus Canadensis (L.), var. capitalis Baird. Gray Jay. Wah-
satch mountains. (Allen.)
TYRANNIDZ. The Tyrant Flycatchers.
*98. Tyrannus Carolinensis (L.). The King Bird. Quite common
near the settlements.
*99. Tyrannus verticalis Say. Arkansas Flycatcher. Common.
*100. Myiarchus cineruscens Lawr. Rare in Parley’s Park. (Ridgway.)
*101. Sayornis Sayus (Bon.). Say’s Flycatcher. Rather common.
Found in the valleys and rocky cations. (Ridgway.)
*102. Contopus borealis (Swains.). Olive-sided Flycatcher. Rare in the
mountains.
* 103. . Contopus virens (L.), var. Richardsonti (Swains.). Short-legged
Pewee.
8 An Annotated List of the Birds of Utah.
*104. Empidonax flaviventris Bd., var. dificilis Baird. Western Yellow-
bellied Flycatcher. Rare in pine woods of the mountains in July.
(Ridgway. )
* 105. Empidonax obscurus (Swains.) Wright’s Flycatcher. Common.
Chiefly confined to the mountains.
*106. Empidonax Hammondii Baird. Hammond’s Flycatcher. Less
common than the preceding. Occurring in the fall.
*107. Empidonax Trailii (Aud.), var. pusillus Swains. Little Fly-
catcher. Especially abundant in the valleys, frequenting the willow
thickets along the streams. ‘‘ Breeds on the mountains up to 7,000 feet.”
(Ridgway.).
ALCIDINIDZ. The Kingfishers.
*108. Ceryle alcyon (L.). Kingfisher. Commen on all the streams.
Found by Mr. Ridgway in the mountains up to 7,000 feet.
CAPRIMULGIDZA. The Goatsuckers.
*109. Chordeiles popetue (Vieill.), var. Henryi Cass. Western Night
Hawk. Very abundant in the valleys, and breeding in mountains up to
7.000 feet. :
*110. Antrostomus Nuttalli (Aud.).° Nuttall’s Whippoorwill. Same
range as preceding, though much less numerous. °
CYPSELIDZA. The Swifts.
*111. Panyptila saxatilis (Woodh.). White-throated Swift. Not un-
common. Builds its nest in holes in limestone cliffs.
TROCHILIDA. The Humming Birds.*
*112. Trochilus Alexandri Bourc. and Muls. Alexander’s Humming
Bird. Numerous in the valleys. ‘‘ Breeds up to 8,000 feet.” (Ridgway.)
*113. Selasphorus platycercus (Swains.). Broad-tailed Humming Bird.
Common at Ogden in September. (Allen.) Exceedingly abundant in
Wahsatch mountains, from May to August. (Ridgway.)
CUCULIDZ. The Cuckoos.
114. Coccyzus Americanus (L.). Yellow-billed Cuckoo. Heard in
July at Provo. As the species breeds abundantly in Arizona (Tucson,
Bendire), as well as in Nevada and Sacramento Valley (Ridgway), it
doubtless nests in portions of Utah also. The season at which it was
noted renders this supposition most probable.
* Stellula calliope Gould. The Star-throated Hummer doubtless occurs in the moun-
tains of Utah, since it was observed plentifully by Mr. Ridgway in the East Hum-
boldt mountains, in the eastern portion of Nevada, in August and September.
An Annotated List of the Birds of Utah. 9
PICID. The Woodpeckers.
*115. Picus villosus (lu.), var. Harrisii (Aud.). Harris’ Woodpecker.
Common. Confined generally to the mountains. Permanent resident.
*116. Picus pubescens (L.), var. Gairdnert Aud. Gairdner’s Wood-
pecker. Rare. Our specimen noted at Provo in November. A few in-
dividuals seen by Mr. Ridgway in Wahsatch mountains in July.
*117. Sphyrapicus thyroideus (Cass.). Brown-headed Woodpecker ;
Black-breasted Woodpecker; Williamson’s Woodpecker. Rare in the
pine region. (Ridgway.)
118. Melanerpes erythrocephalus (.). Red-headed Woodpecker. A
single individual observed at Salt Lake City in June. (Ridgway.)
*119. Melanerpes torquatus (Wils.). Lewis’ Woodpecker. Not very
common, but generally distributed. Resident.
*120. Colaptes Mexicanus Swains. Red-shafted Flicker. Very com-
mon everywhere. Resident.
STRIGIDZA. The Owls.
*121. Speotyto hypogea Bonap. Prairie Owl. Not very common.
Resident.
*122. Bubo Virginianus (Gmel.), var. Arcticus (Swains). Great horned
Owl. Common in the wooded portions. Resident.
*123. Otus vulgaris Flem., var. Wilsonianus (Less.). Long-eared Owl.
Exceedingly abundant in the thick brush along the streams. Resident.
FALCONIDH. The Hawks, Eagles, etc.
*124, Falco communis Gmel., var. anatum Bonap. Duck Hawk.
Rather common. Resident.
*125. Falco polyagrus Cassin. Prairie Falcon. Somewhat common
on the plains. Resident. (Ridgway.)
*126. Hypotriorchis columbarius L. Pigeon Hawk. Rather frequent.
Generally distributed. Resident.
*127. Tinnunculus sparverius (L.). Sparrow Hawk. Very common
everywhere. Resident.
*128. Pandion haliaétus (L.), var. Carolinensis Gm. Fish Hawk.
Rather rare. Resident.
*129. Haliaétus leucocephalus (Briss.). White-headed Eagle. Rather
common. Resident.
*130. Aquila chrysaétos L., var. Canadensis (L.). Golden. Eagle.
Rather common in the mountains. Resident.
*131. Archibuteo lagopus (Brunn.), var. sancti-johannis Penn. Black
Hawk. Exceedingly abundant in the vicinity of Provo Lake in winter.
* 132. Archibuteo ferrugineus (Licht.). California Squirrel Hawk. The
eggs of this species, together with the parent birds, collected in the
vicinity of Ogden, are in the Smithsonian collection.
10 An Annotated List of the Birds of Utah.
* 133. Buteo borealis (Gmel.), var. calurus (Cass). Common. Resident.
*134. Buteo Swainsonii Bonap. Swainson’s Buzzard. Very abundant
in the mountains. (Ridgway.)
* 135. Accipiter Cooperti Bonap. Cooper’s Hawk. Rare. Generally
distributed, but chiefly seen in the mountains. * Resident. (Ridgway.)
*136. <Accipiter fuscus (Gm.). Sharp-shinned Hawk. Common. Resi-
dent.
*137. Circus cyaneus (L.), var. Hudsonicus (L.). Marsh Hawk. Ex-
ceedingly abundant in the low lands. Resident.
CATHARTIDZ. The American Vultures.
?138. Cathartes Californianus Cuv. Californian Vulture. Very rare.
Two individuals seen near Beaver, Nov. 25.
*139. Cathartes aura (L.). Red-headed Vulture; Turkey Buzzard.
Common. Resident.
COLUMBIDZ&. The Doves or Pigeons.
*140. Zenaidura Carolinensis (L.). Carolina Dove. Abundant in the
valleys. Breeds up to 8,000 feet. (Ridgway.)
TETRAONIDZ. The Grouse.
*141. Tetrao obscurus Say. Dusky Grouse. Abundant. Resident.
Confined exclusively to the mountains.
142. Centrocercus urophasianus (Bonap.). Sage Hen. Very abund-
ant, principally upon the plains, but found in the valleys of the moun-
tains up to 7,000 feet.
*143. Pediocetes phasianellus (L.), var. columbianus (Ord.). Sharp-
tailed Grouse. A single company seen about the middle of September in
grassy foot-hills near Meadow Creek. (Yarrow.) Resident.
*144. Bonasa umbellus (L.), var. umbelloides (Dougias). Ruffed
Grouse. Occurs sparingly in the mountains near Ogden. (Allen.) Also
near Salt Lake City. (Ridgway.) Resident.
PERDICIDZ. The American Quails.
*145. Ortyx”Virginianus (L.). Quail; Bob White. Introduced near
Ogden and Provo. (Allen.) :
*146. Lophortyx Californianus (Shaw). Californian Quail. Intro-
duced near Ogden. (Allen.)
*147. Lophortyx Gambelii Nutt. Gambel’s Quail. Very abundant in
southern part of territory. Resident.
CHARADRIID®. The Plovers.
*148. Agialitis vociferus (L.). Kildeer Plover. Very numerous.
Resident.
An Annotated List of the Birds of Utah. 11
*149, igialitis nivosus Cassin. Snowy Plover. Very abundant on
shores of Salt Lake in May. (Ridgway. )
SCOLOPACIDZ. The Snipes, Sandpipers, etc.
150. Gallinago Wilsonii (Temm.). English Snipe. Abundant. Found
in Parley’s Park during the entire summer. Probably breeds. (Ridgway.)
151. Macrorhamphus griseus (Gm.). Red-breasted Snipe. Abundant
during the fall. Probably breeds, as it was obtained at Provo in July, in
full summer dress.
152. Tringa alpina L., var. Americana Cass. Red-backed Sandpiper.
Common at Ogden in September. (Allen.)
153. Actodromas minutilla (Vieill.). Least Sandpiper. A few seen
about July 26, at Provo. Not common at Ogden. (Allen.)
154. Evreunetes pusillus L. Semipalmated Sandpiper. Abundant dur-
ing the fall migrations.
155. Symphemia semipalmata (Gmel.). Numerous on south shore of
Salt Lake. Breeding. (Ridgway. )
156. Totanus melanoleuca (Gmel.). Greater Yellow Legs. Abundant
during the fall migration.
157. Totanus flavipes (Gmel.). Summer Yellow Legs. Not common.
Ogden, September. (Allen.)
158. Rhyacophilus solitarius Bonap. Not common. Ogden, Septem-
ber. (Allen.)
*159. Tringoides macularius (L.). Spotted Sandpiper. Common along ©
the streams and lakes.
*160. Actiturus Bartramius (Wils.). Bartram’s Field Plover. Rather
common on Kamas prairies in July. (Ridgway.)
*161. Numenius longirostris Wils. Long-billed Curlew. Breeding
abundantly on shore and islands of Salt Lake, in May and June. (Ridg-
way.) Abundant during the fall migration.
RALLIDZ. The Rails, Gallinules and Coots.
162. Rallus elegans Aud. King Rail. Said tobeuncommon. Ogden.
(Allen.)
*163. Rallus Virginianus L. Virginia Rail. Common in the marshes.
Resident.
*164..Porzana Carolina (L.). Carolina Rail. Not so common as
preceding. Winters? .
*165. Porzana Jamaicensis (Gm.). Little Black Rail. Occasional in
summer. Parley’s Park, June, July and August. (Ridgway.)
*166. Fulica Americana Gm. Coot.: Very abundant. Resident.
PHALAROPIDA. The Phalaropes.
*167. Phalaropus Wilsonii Sab. Wilson’s Phalarope. Common at
Salt Lake.
12 An Annotated List of the Birds of Utah.
RECURVIROSTRIDA. The Avocets and Stilts.
* 168. Recurvirostra Americana Gm. American Avocet. Abundant.
Breeding at'Salt Lake in June. (Ridgway.)
*169. Himantopus pera conae Vieill. Black-necked Stilt. Same as
preceding.
GRUIDZ. The Cranes.
*170. Grus Canadensis (L.). Sand Hill Crane. Not uncommon.
TANTALID. The Ibises.
171. Tantalus loculator L. Wood Ibis. Rather common visitant.
*172. Ibis Ordii Bonap. Glossy Ibis. Common. -
*173. Ibis alba (L.).. White Ibis. A few seen at Ogden, Sept.
(Allen.) Probably breeds in considerable numbers.
ARDEIDA. The Herons.
*174. Ardea herodias L. Great Blue Heron. Common. Resident.
175. Herodias egretia (Gmel.). White Heron. Not uncommon in
the fall.
*176. Botaurus lentiginosus Steph. Bithenm: Common in all parts of
the territory. Resident.
*177. Nyctiardea grisea (L.), var. nevia (Bodd.). Night Heron.
Very common. Resident.
ANATIDA. The Swans, Geese and Ducks.
178. Cygnus Americanus Sharpl. Whistling Swan. Jordan River,
March. (Stansbury.) ‘
179. Anser hyperboreus Pal. Snow Goose. Common winter resident.
*180. Branta Canadensis (L.). Canada Goose. Immense flocks
pass through the territory in fall, and large numbers winter.
*181. Anas boschas L. Mallard. One of the most common ducks.
Breeding abundantly, and wintering in large numbers.
182. Anas obscurus Gm. Black Duck. A few seen at Rush Lake in
Nov. (Yarrow.)
183. Dajila acuta (L.). Pin-tail. Common in fall.
*184. Nettion Carolinensis (Gm.). Green-winged Teal. . Very abun-
dant. é
185. Querquedula discors (l.). Blue-winged Teal. Not nearly as
abundant as preceding. Perhaps breeds. :
*186. Querquedula cyanoptera (Vieill.). Red-breasted Teal. Com-
mon summer resident. Breeding abundantly in the marshes.
187. Spatula clypeata (L.). Shoveller. Very common in the fall.
*188. Chaulelasmus streperus (L.). Gadwall. Very abundant. But
few winter.
*189. Mareca Americana (Gm.). American Widgeon. Abundant.
An Annotated List of the Birds of Utah. 13
190. Aix sponsa (L.). Summer Duck. Common. Ogden, Sept.
(Allen.)
191. Fulix marila (L.). Big Black Head. Common in fall.
192. Fulix affints (Eyton). Little Black Head. Autumn migrant.
Utah Lake. (Captain J. H. Simpson.)
*193. Fulix collaris Donovan. Ring-necked Duck. Common.
194. Aythya ferina (L.), var. Americana (Kyton). Numerous in fall.
195. Bucephala Americana Bon. Golden Eye. Abundant in fall
and winter.
196. Bucephala islandica (Bd.). Barrow’s Golden Eye. Perhaps
not uncommon in fall and winter. A pair were taken in Provo River,
December 1. ;
197. Bucephala albeola (L.). Butter Ball. Very common in fall
and winter.
*198. Erismatura rubida (Wils.). Ruddy Duck. Common.
199. Mergus merganser L., Cass. Sheldrake.
* 200. Mergus serrator L. Red-breasted Merganser. Abundant.
201. Lophodytes cucullatus (L.). Hooded Merganser. Common in
fall.
PELECANIDE. The Pelicans.
*202. Pelecanus erythrorhynchus Gm. American Pelican. Common
upon the lakes. Although no longer breeding upon Great Salt Lake, it
undoubtedly does so within the limits of the territory.
PHALACROCORACIDA. The Cormorants.
*203. Graculus dilophus (Sw.). Double Crested Cormorant; Black
Shag. Common at Salt Lake.
LARIDZ. The Gulls and Terns.
*204. Larus Californicus (Lawr.). California Herring Gull. Common
summer resident. (Ridgway.)
205. Larus Delawarensis Ord. Ring-billed Gull. Rather common
Winter resident.
206. Chrecocephalus Philadelphia (Ord). Ogden, Oct. 1. (Allen.)
207. Xema Sabinet (Sab.). Fork-tailed Gull. One taken at Ogden,
Sept. 28. (Allen.)
*208. Sterna regia Gambel. Royal Tern. Not uncommon in summer,
(Ridgway. )
*209. Sterna Forstert Nutt. Forster’s Tern. Abundant. ‘*‘ Breeds in
marshes of Salt Lake.” (Ridgway.)
*210. Hydrochelidon jissipes (.). Short-tailed Tern. Rather uncom-
mon. ‘‘ Breeds in marshes of Salt Lake.” (Ridgway.)
COLYMBIDZ. The Loons.
211. Colymbus torquatus Brunn. Great Northern Diver. Probably
not of infrequent occurrence.
14 Notes on the Coal Measures of
PODICIPIDZ. The Grebes.
212. Podiceps occidentalis Lawr. Western Grebe. Common. Prob-
ably breeds.
213. Podiceps cornutus (Gm.). Horned Grebe. Rather common in
fall.
214. Podilymbus podiceps (L.). Carolina Grebe. Common in fall.
II.—Wotes on the Coal Measures of Beaver County, Penn-
sylvania.
By J. C. WHITE.
Read March 16th, 1874.
Tue observations on which this paper is based have been
confined almost entirely to the northern half of Beaver
county, and that portion which lies along the Beaver River.
This river flows along a nearly central line through this part
of the county, and empties into the Ohio at Rochester. Its
banks are frequently precipitous and afford excellent expo-
sures of the strata.*
The city of New Brighton is on the left bank of the river,
about three miles from its mouth, and almost directly oppo-
site is the town of Beaver Falls, Seven miles above New
Brighton, at the junction of the Pittsburg and Erie railroad
with the Pittsburg, Fort Wayne and Chicago railroad, we
find the village of Homewood. The line of section begins
at Homewood and follows the Beaver River to Rochester.
The strata here exposed extend from the Mahoning sand-
stone to the base of the Tionesta sandstone, and dip south-
* Beaver county occupies a nearly central position in the tier of counties which
form the western border of Pennsylvania. The Ohio River, flowing nearly due west
through the greater part of the county, divides it into two subequal portions, a north-
ern and a southern; the former of these abuts against the Ohio state line, the latter
against that of West Virginia, at the narrow end of the “ Pan Handle.” The Beaver
River flows into the Ohio in a nearly southerly course, and thus divides the northern
half of the county into an eastern and a western portion.
Beaver County, Pennsylvania. 15
eastwardly at the rate of little more than twenty-five feet
per mile.
The section as obtained along this line is as follows:
21. Sandstone, * Mahoning ”’.......cccescesccscccevcvs 30-75 feet.
20. Shale....... ntatele|stuiatdldleis,stn aietsiara stein’ etate nip elnidtere statd’pie (= ala/e 0-8 =“
19,5 Cowl, TU pper HLeepOrh” .waieels csi <inicicei'sicla\clslciisleinia\= 2-4 %
PSs HITCO AY iccicsscce cele as cece nreleraiate eta eieisiars eyeleisisicicle # starere 3-4 } Interval
17. Limestone “Freeport 7.....ccccccecccvccsccececece 24 «6 e 25-68
AG re SHAG ANGUS ANGSCONCs ic x:ola s\clsisie'siacla(n/elu vivinieieisi=inieloisi ela 20-60 ‘* J feet.
WD. “COA. occ ccacidecccuiensscceccvcsccesseccecsveeecisiewess 13-13. “
14. Shale....... Sstetalalelele(e,eslelelofajeie’alelafe/aisin sig olelsisiaiaivisse aiuisie\s 15-20
13. Coal, “ Lower Freeport ”.....ssseeseccccceseceeee 1j-4+
12. Shale and Sandstone. ... ..cccece seccccceccccccce 25-30 °*
11. Coal, ‘* Kittamning’....ccccccccccsccccccsccncccccce 2-3. «Ss
TU): SUMO neeeonodtcsedesdoud comacono sUupdEiasodosesacncded 25-30 ‘
ASSN ALG i eiwtalvinistetoreloraiale/aivlalstelstateiaiaia’a'vicjers\emiubieisielslnisiniel='s/a'a's 15-25 * Interval
Se limestone, “Ss WerritenOus cele aelqcie's sisieie)s's sieiaisle = Seg, TE RS eee)
Fem Geicais cielo'e/alnleisisiolelsin'a.dis/cistaietdie/aisintcle’sjeie slain eieie's/a'e\sie\s/o §-10 ‘ | feet.
Go AMCSLON EC aiatetelslalejeie ofelelsinislealsteiule'sln'e -'a'n ells slalelatcigre eistela 46 ¢
5. Coal, © Clarion??...0cccvescsscececescscnvesccvesce 17-1),
4, Sandstone and Shales... v.ccs. cc csemclcccciencscee 20-25 §
rik COM ew EST OOK Vl 1G\2? aicio's «nla\ciate’ordis'e's7eiclefeteisisis eit iclaisielsie 6in-2 “
Dee SENN C wate ointviniata als s)aleicielbisin:eleia'> olpinteleine)oiaielaivialsin\cteltin(w.clarera 15-20 *
I. Sandstone, * Tionesta”....cccscvecsescccvescesies 60-70 *
The Mahoning Sandstone is usually a massive rock, and is
seen capping the hills in the vicinity of New Brighton,
where it rests directly upon the Upper Freeport coal. The
decomposing pyrites of the coal, acting upon the base of
this stratum, forms alum, so that in some portions of the
county the mass is known as the “Alum Rocks.” This
sandstone shows the fantastic forms of weathering so charac-
teristic of it. It presents marked irregularities in thickness,
and its composition is not persistent. At some localities it
occurs in sandstone bluffs seventy-five feet high, while in
others it is simply a mass of shale. ?
The Upper Freeport Ooal, owing to its impurity, as well
as to its abrupt variations in thickness, is of little impor-
tance. It contains a very large proportion of pyrites, and
within a few hundred feet will vary from one to three feet in
thickness. It is occasionally mined for domestic use by
those living on the hills near its outcrop, and it is the source
16 Notes on the Coal Measures of
of supply for some distance along the Darlington road. It
is rarely used where other coals are accessible.
The Freeport Limestone is here a pure white limestone,
and very persistent. It would burn into lime of excellent
quality, but is not employed for that purpose, or indeed for
any other. The original settlers discovered the impure
Ferriferous limestone and burned that. Their descendants
have continued to use that rock in preference to the Free-
port ; for what reason, it is difficult to say.
The lower portion of No. 16 is fossiliferous, and yielded
large numbers of individuals belonging to the following
species: Productus semi-reticulatus, P. Nebrascensis, P. cos-
tatus (?), P. Prattenianus, Spirifer plano-convexus, Athy-
ris subtilita, and spines of Zeacrinus mucrospinus.
The thin coal, No. 15, is a persistent member of the
group, but is not mentioned in Rogers’ report. It is of fair
quality.
The shale No. 14 is quite rich in vegetable remains, prin-
cipally of the genera Pecopteris, Sphenophyllum, Neurop-
teris, Hymenophyllites, Calamites, and Sigillaria.
The Lower Freeport Coal nowhere attains workable thick-
ness along the line of section, excepting at one locality on
Trough Run, where it suddenly expands to four feet, and be-
comes an impure cannel of little value.
The Kittanning Coal is the important bed in this portion of
the county, and is mined somewhat extensively, not only to
supply the home demand, but also for shipping. It is quite
‘pure, is an excellent gas coal, and cokes readily. It is rarely
more than thirty-two inches thick, and never more than three
feet, in this region, yet owing to its quality it is profitably
mined for shipment on a large scale. At Clinton, ten miles
above New Brighton, the Crawford mine yields two hundred
tons daily, and there are others almost as productive. In
the vicinity of New Brighton and Beaver Falls, the seam
shows the same thickness and is of equally good quality,
but is mined neither extensively nor intelligently. _No more
‘ Beaver County, Pennsylvania. 17
is taken out than suffices to supply the needs of those min-
ing; and when from any cause it becomes inconvenient to
work at an opening any longer, it is deserted and allowed
to fall down, to the great detriment of the property.
The Ferriferous Limestone is of interest, both because of
its fossils and of the variations in its thickness and quality.
On Trough Run it is only eight inches thick; two miles
below, on Rippling Run, it is eight feet; while on the other
side of the river, and directly opposite the latter locality, it is
only one foot. Traced northward, fifteen miles from New
Brighton, it is found to be twenty-five feet thick at Wam-
pum. Opposite the bridge over Block House Run, near
New Brighton, it is seven feet thick. From it, at this
locality, a very good hydraulic cement was manufactured by
the Pittsburg and Erie Canal Co., which was used by them
in building their locks. At Wampum it is extensively
quarried to supply the iron-furnaces at Pittsburg, Alleghany,
and other cities in the vicinity. Everywhere it is richly
fossiliferous, and from various localities the following species
have been obtained: Productus Nebrascensis, P. seni-retic-
ulatus, P. longispinus, Spirifer lineatus, Spirifer sp. (?),
Athyris subtilita, several species of Platyceras, Pleurotomaria
turbinella, P. Grayvilliensis, P. perhumerosa, Polyphemop-
sis peracuta, Polyphemopsis sp. (?), Huomphalus rugosus,
Lophophyllum proliferum.
The Clarion Coal is finely exposed in the vertical cliffs
above New Brighton and below Trough Run, presenting a
black band, which is conspicuous for some distance along
the river. It never exceeds eighteen inches in thickness,
but is said to be of remarkably fine quality.
The Brookville Coal is traceable with some difficulty. In
a small gully, emptying into the Beaver River, opposite New
Brighton, this seam is double, the two parts separated by
four feet of shale. The bed is of no economic value.
The Shale, No. 7, is fossiliferous. On Trough Run I ob-
tained from this stratum the following species: Productus
JULY, 1874. 2 ANN. Lyc. NAT. HIST., VOL. XI.
18 Irregularities of the Floor of the.
Nebrascensis, Chonetes mesoloba, Hemipronites crassus,
Spirifer plano-convexus, Athyris subtilita, -Aviculopecten
Whitei (?), Nucula ventricosa, Nucula (?) anodontoides,
Nuculana bellistriata, Bellerophon Montfortianus, Bellero-
phon Stevensanus, Bellerophon percarinatus, Plewrotomaria
Grayvilliensis, Pleurotomaria carbonaria, and Nautilus occi-
dentalis, together with many fragments of crinoidal stems.
On a small run entering the Beaver, about three miles above
New Brighton, the lower portion of this stratum is made up
almost entirely of Aviculopecten Whitei, and attached to
these shells are Spirorbis carbonarius in countless numbers.
The latter fossil occurs at this locality only. This shale
‘seems to disappear entirely where the overlying limestone
attains considerable thickness.
In the Shale No. 3 are vast numbers of vegetable remains,
for the most part so imperfect that anything beyond; mere
generic determination is impossible.
The Tionesta Sandstone is a very hard, coarse, white
rock. It is quarried extensively at Homewood, by the
Pennsylvania Railroad Co. It is there fifty feet above the
river, but passes under the river opposite New Brighton.
III.— Observations on some Irregularities of the Floor of the
Coal Measures of Eastern Kentucky.
By R. P. STEVENS.
Read October 27, 1873.
Durine a late trip to the Cumberland Mountains, I ap-
proached them via the Knoxville Branch of the Kentucky
Southern Railroad.
At Mount Vernon, Rockcastle Co., and in that vicinity, the’
sub-carboniferous limestone is 300 feet thick (by estimate).
Thence:the railroad: runs eastward to Rockeastle River, and
Coal Measures of Eastern Kentucky. 19
after reaching the summit at the head of Rough Rock Creek
(a tributary of the former) has a descending grade eastward
of fifty feet to the mile.
In the first five miles, the limestone, which at Mount Ver-
non is 250 feet above the grade, has at Pine Hill descended
to the grade, and even below it.
At Pine Hill is the first workable coal. The coal measures
here rest upon the sub-carboniferous limestone without the
intervention of the conglomerate.
Immediately across the first intervening valley the lime-
stone rises above the grade of the railroad 30 feet ; and piled
upon it are some eighty or ninety feet of coarse siliceous
conglomerate, reaching to the tops of the high hills bordering
the railroad. Here, at the 136th mile post, is an anticlinal.
The eastward dip of the limestone is 24°, and the westward
dip 50°; and through it are cut two tunnels.
Passing on eastward to the 137th mile post, the limestone
has sunk beneath the railroad, and the conglomerate is at the
grade. Halfa mile farther, the conglomerate is replaced in
part by sandstone.
At the 138th mile-post, and at the first crossing of Rough
Rock Creek, the limestone is in the bed of the creek; over
it are ten to twelve feet of sandstone, then thirty to forty
feet of black and purple shale, with a few feet of sandstone ;
and over these, coal measures. The lower vein of coal
appears a little farther on, in the left bank of the stream.
At the 139th mile post, sandstone replaces the colored
shales ; but in the distance of a few rods they come in again
and continue to Livingstone, where sandstone appears with
thin conglomerate bands, in place of the large volume of
conglomerate.
At the termination of the railroad, a few rods beyond the
depot, sands and pebbles begin to be cemented with lime;
and at Goodin’s Mine, limestone for ninety feet replaces the
conglomerate. |
20 Genitalia and Lingual
Across Pond’s Hollow, the limestone rests upon a sand-
stone, in its normal condition.
All these changes take place in the distance of five miles.
We have here the evidence of the following series of con-
ditions ;—first, two miles of strong currents, bringing in
coarse gravel; next, gentler currents for one mile, bringing
in fine sand; then a quiet bayou, a mile broad, receiving
deposits of carbonaceous mud; then for another mile,
stronger currents again, carrying sands and pebbles; and
finally at the Rockcastle River, tearing up the limestone and
giving instead of it a mixed deposit of lime, sands and peb-
bles. All these changes, looking at them with reference to
the coal above, are in one common horizon.
IV.—On the Genitalia and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
By W. G. BINNEY.
With Plates I-VI.
Read May 25th, 1874.
Ir will be noticed that in the following descriptions of the
genital system, I have followed Dr. Leidy (Terr. Moll. U.
S., I) in applying the terms ovary and oviduct. I am aware
of other names being applied to the organs by other authors.
I take this opportunity of strongly urging upon concholo-
gists the study of the genital system as a most reliable spe-
cific character, in the terrestrial Pulmonata. :
_ For the species extralimital to the United States, I am
indebted to my friend, Mr. Thomas Bland, as well as for their
identification. The most interesting of them were collected
by Prof. Orton, in his late journey in northern Peru.
Limax flavus, Linn.
A few days since a colony of this species was discovered
by a friend in the cellar of his house in Burlington, N. J.
Dentition of Pulmonata. 21
The specimens agree perfectly with the description and fig-
ures in the “Terrestrial Mollusks of the United States.”
The genital system is also the same as figured by Leidy in
the same work, and by Moquin-Tandon (Moll. Terr. et Fluv.
de France). There can be no doubt, therefore, of the iden-
tity of the species.
The figure of the dentition of this species given by me in
L. and F. W. Shells N. A., I, p. 63, f. 105, is drawn from
some other species.
The true Z. flavus now examined by me has central teeth with subobso-
lete side cusps, bearing no cutting points, central cusp short, with a
short, bluntly pointed cutting point. Laterals like the centrals, but un-
symmetrical. Marginals aculeate, the extreme ones bifurcated. Teeth
in the lingual examined over 60-1-60.
The figure by Dr. Leidy published by Mr. Bland and
myself (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. of N. Y., EX, 285) though
unsatisfactory, was, no doubt, drawn from this species.
The lingual membrane examined by me agrees with the
figures given by Heynemann* of the dentition of L. flavus.
Limax agrestis, Linn.
Specimens from Burlington, N. J., of this species, of un-
doubted identity, agreeing externally and anatomically with
the figures in the “Terrestrial Mollusks of the United States,”
furnished the lingual membrane here described.
Teeth 50-1-50, with 14 perfect laterals. Centrals long, narrow, with a
middle long cusp, extending to the lower edge of base of attachment, and
bearing a long, acute cutting point, extending far below the lower:
edge; side cusps subobsolete, but bearing well-developed, triangular
cutting points. Laterals like centrals, but unsymmetrical by the changed
form of the inner cutting point. Marginal teeth aculeate, the extreme
ones do not appear to be bifurcate.
Jaw wide, low, slightly arcuate, with broad median projection.
*See Mal. Blatt, X.
22 Genitalia and Lingual
Limax Hewstoni, I. G. Cooper.
The specimens examined are from the state collection of
California, presented by Dr. J. G. Cooper.
These specimens are not in good condition for anatomical examination,
but I am able to state that both testicle and ovary are large. The ovi-
duct is long and greatly convoluted. The prostate is well developed.
The vagina is very short, the very short duct of the genital bladder enters
at about its middle. The last named organ is large, globular. The penis
is small, short, cylindrical, expanded and bulbous at its apex, where the
vas deferens enters. I could detect no accessory organs in the single
specimen imperfectly examined. :
The genitalia are somewhat of the same type as those of L. flavus (see
Terr. Moll. U. S., I), Linn., but the dentition of the latter is quite dis-
tinct (see above). There is a still. stronger resemblance to the genitalia
of Amalia gagates as figured by Semper (Phil. Archip., pl. xi, fig. 9), so
far as the penis and genital bladder are concerned.
The species certainly belongs to the section Amalia, as
understood by Semper (I. ¢. p. 84) and Heynemann (Mal.
Blatt., X, 200) as shown by the dentition of the lingual
membrane. I have already, in connection with Mr. Bland
(Ann. N. Y. Lye. N. H., X, 349), described the dentition.
It is necessary, however, to be more explicit in the descrip-
tion, as several types are found in the genus Zimax (in the
broad sense usually adopted).
Dr. Cooper’s type now before me has the lingual membrane long and
narrow. There are about 50-1-50 teeth. The centrals are tricuspid, the
middle cusp is stout and reaches to the lower edge of the base of attach-
ment, the side cusps are not well developed; all three cusps bear a cutting
point. The base of attachment is almost as broad as high. The lateral
teeth, about 22 or 25 in number, are of the same type as the centrals,
equally tricuspid, and so symmetrical as to be with great difficulty distin-
guished from the central tooth, excepting the outer ones, which lose the
inner cusp. The marginal teeth are aculeate, not bifid, and are generally
short and stout, but in some specimens are long and slender.
So far as outward appearance goes, the species somewhat
resembles Amalia marginata, Drap., as figured by Lehmann
(Lebenden Schnecken, etc., pl. v, fig. B). It is, however,
by no means certain that it was introduced into San Fran-
cisco, as Mr. H. Hemphill has sent me specimens of an
Dentition of Pulmonata. 23
Amalia from Los Angeles. His species had about 48 teeth
in each row, 16 being laterals, the balance marginals, a dif-
ference of arrangement which may fairly be considered to
show a specific difference between his specimens and the San
Francisco form, though his discovery leads us to consider
Amalia as native to California.
Limax maximus, Linn.
I have also reéxamined the lingual of this species from
specimens collected in Newport, R. I. (see my edition of
Gould’s Invertebrata of Mass., p. 407, fig. 669) and find it
to agree with the descriptions and figures of Lehmann and
Heynemann. I am preparing an exhaustive paper on the
dentition-of our land shells, in which more particular de-
scriptions of the dentition of all our species will be given.
I will here say, however, that in the specimen examined by
me the bifurcation of the marginals commences nearer the
median line than is described by Heynemann. There are
but twelve marginals without bifurcation in my specimen,
that is, the bifurcation commences at about the thirtieth tooth
from the central line. Heynemann gives the commencement
of the bifurcation at the sixty-fifth tooth. There are 76-1-76
teeth.
Limax campestris, Binney.
d To complete the series of North American Limaces, I
subjoin a summary of the characters of this species, the only
one now known to be native to eastern North America.
There are 36-1-36 teeth, 11 being perfect laterals, and 25
being marginals. Of the latter about one-half are bifid.
The centrals and laterals are of the same type as in LZ.
agrestis.
Judging from dentition alone, ZL. maximus and flavus
would be placed in Heynemannia, a subgenus of Limax;
agrestis in s. g. Agriolimax; campestris in s. g. Malacoli-
max; While Hewstoni would be in the genus Amalia. (See
Heynemann, Nachr. Mal. Gesell., I, 163.)
24 Genitalia and Lingual
Limax Weinlandi, Heynemann (Mall. Blatt., X, 212), I
do not know. The figure given by Heynemann (I. ec. pl. ii,
fig. 1) of its dentition does not agree with that of LZ. cam-
pestris.
Limazx campestris differs widely in its genitalia from Limax
agrestis, as will be seen by Leidy’s figures in Terr. Moll. U.
pes ty plat, fice. 6.
Zonites capnodes,* W. G. Binney.
Tennessce.
Jaw as usual in the genus.
Lingual membrane broad, with numerous rows of about 66-1-66 teeth.
Centrals long, with a long, slender, median cusp, reaching the base of
attachment and bearing a long, slender point projecting beyond it. Side
cusps subobsolete, but represented by the cutting points, which are
greatly developed, triangular, stretching beyond the sides of the base of
attachment. Lateral teeth of same type as centrals, but bicuspid; there
are about nine perfect laterals. Marginals aculeate, as usual in the
genus.
Ihave not been able to observe the complete genital sys-
tem of the species. The penis has the same arrangement as
in Z. levigatus. The external orifice is quite under the
edge of the mantle.
In the Land Mollusken of the “Archip. der Philippinen”
(p. 78, pl. iii, fig. 27; pl. v, fig. 21), Semper describes and
figures the genital system, jaw and lingual dentition, which
he refers to Z. lucubratus, Say. The specimen examined by-
him was from Tennessee. ‘It is difficult to decide from what
species Semper drew his description. It certainly was not
the true lucubratus, which is a Mexican species. A com-
parison of my descriptions and figures of Javigatus, tnor-
natus, fuliginosus and friabilis shows that neither of those
species could have been before Semper. His description of
the lingual membrane would better apply to capnodes. I
have not been able to examine the whole of the genital
system to sce how nearly that also agrees with his figures.
* Formerly erroneously spelt Kopnodes.
Dentition of Pulmonata. 25
Zonites friabilis, W. G. Binney.
Mr. A. G. Wetherby.
Jaw as usual in the genus.
Lingual membrane similar to that above described of Z. capnodes.
Teeth about 57-1-57, with six perfect laterals.
The genital system is figured on pl. V, fig. m1. The ovary (11) is stout,
light-brown, and blunt. The oviduct (8) is short. The vagina is long
and narrow, with a yellow prepuce-like expansion at the entrance of the
duct of the genital bladder, which is near the base. The genital bladder
(9) is large, oval, on a duct of about equal length and size as the vagina:
The penis sac (5) is long and slender, and peculiarly characterized by a
lateral bulbous expansion near its base, bearing the retractor muscle (6).
Beyond this bulb the sac is narrow, but gradually expands, and towards its
end again very gradually tapers towards the apex, where the vas deferens
(7) enters. [ts orifice is side by side with that of the vagina.
I found no dart in the bulb-like organ attached to the penis. It prob-
ably is a form of prostate. The external orifice is under the mantle.
Zonites inornatus, Say.
The genitalia (pl. V, fig. 1) have the same general arrangement as in
Z. friabilis, herewith described. The ovary (11), however, is very much
more developed, being in this species the most conspicuous organ in the
system; the cpididymis (2) is less convoluted, the oviduct (8) is longer,
the vagina shorter, the genital bladder (9) more clavate, with a shorter
duct (16), and there is a small globular vaginal prostate (13).
Zonites sculptilis, Bland.
Tennessee. Miss Annie E. Law.
» Jaw as usual in the genus.
Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth about 40-1-40, with four
perfect laterals. Centrals tricuspid, laterals bicuspid, the side cusps of
each being almost obsolete, but surmounted by a triangular sharp point.
Marginals aculeate. The dentition is of the same type as in Z. capnodes,
see above. (PI. Il, fig. IV.) Fig. b represents the two extreme marginal
teeth.
Zonites Elliotti, Redfield.
Hayesville, N.C. Miss Annie E. Law.
Lingual membrane as usual in the genus. It will be noticed that there
are not any well developed side cusps to the centrals and laterals, though
there are well developed cutting points. Teeth about 32-1-32, with six
perfect laterals.
26 Genitalia and Lingual
The character of the dentition, as well as the caudal mucus pore, proves
the species to be a true Zonites, and not a Macrocyelis, in which genus it
is placed by Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., II, 246.
The existence of the dart sac and dart has already been published.
Zonites internus, Say.
An examination of the animal by Mr. Bland shows the existence of a
dart.
Helix rufo-apicata, Poey. (Hemitrochus.)*
Cuba. Mr. Arango.
Jaw slightly arcuate, ends but little attenuated, blunt; anterior surface
without ribs; cutting edge with a broad, blunt, median projection.
Lingual membrane (pl. V, fig. v) long and narrow. Centrals long and
narrow with one median stout cusp, bearing a short, bluntly pointed
cutting point, the side cusps subobsolete. Laterals like the centrals, but
unsymmetrical. Marginals subquadrate, with one very broad, oblique,
acutely trifid cutting point, the central division the largest.
The figure @ gives one central tooth with two adjacent laterals, b gives
two extreme marginals.
The dentition has the same general character as the other species of
Hemitrochus, examined by me, viz., gallopavonis, graminicola, varians and
Troscheli.
Helix badia, Fér. (Dentellaria.)
Martinique.
For jaw and dentition see Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., Phila., 1874, p. 52.
Genital system resembling that of H. Josephinw, herewith described.
Helix nuxdenticulata, Chemn. (Dentellaria.)
Martinique.
For description of jaw and lingual dentition see Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc.
Phila., 1874, p. 52.
The genital.system is figured on pl. V. fig. vnr. The ovary (11) is
short, stout. The oviduct (8) is wide, sac-like. The vagina is short,
small, with a bulbous expansion near its top; the duct of the genital
bladder enters at about the middle of its length, the sac of the penis near
its base. The penis sac (5) is very prominent. It is as long as the
*Mr. Rland and I have elsewhere (Ann. of Lyc. of Nat. Hist. of N. Y., X, 341)
pointed out the great difference in the lingual dentition of Helix muscarum, Lea, the
type of the subgenus Polymita, and the other species referred to the subgenus by
von Martens. We have suggested using for the latter the name Hemifrochus. We
have also shown that H. pista belongs to the true Polymita, sharing the peculiar den-
tition of muscarum.
Dentition of Pulmonata. 27
oviduct, narrowed at its base, along the remainder of its course quite
stout, but with a subcentral contraction, and a blunt apex, where the re-
tractor muscle (G6) is attached, and where the vas deferens (7) enters, the
latter swollen at this point. The genital bladder (9) is small, oval; its
duct (16) is long, irregular, narrowed above and below, but very much
swollen along the middle three-fifths of its length. As with the penis, the
duct of the genital bladder forms a conspicuous feature of the system.
Helix nucleola, Rang. (Dentellaria.)
Martinique.
Lingual membrane and jaw already described by me (Proc. Ac. Nat.
Sc., Phila., 1874, p. 52).
Genital system figured on pl. II, fig. vr. The ovary (11) is long and
narrow. The oviduct (8) is long, rather stout, but little convoluted.
The vagina is narrow, about one-third the length of the oviduct; just
below the middle of its length it has a bulbous expansion, which receives
the long, slender duct (16) of the small. oval genital bladder (9). The
penis sac (5) enters the vagina near its base; it is very long, cylindrical,
slender, with the vas deferens (7) and retractor muscle entering at its
apex.
Helix Josephine, Fér. (Denteliaria.)
Guadeloupe.
For description of jaw and lingual membrane, see Ann. Lyc. N. H. of
ING Yer, Xi, G00.
Genital system figured on pl. V, fig. rx. The testicle (1) is composed
of white ceca tipped with brown. The epididymis is greatly convoluted
near the ovary. The latter organ (11) is broad. The oviduct (8) is long.
The vagina is long and narrow; it receives the long slender duct (16) of
the small globose genital bladder (9) near its top. The penis sac (5) is
long and slender, its opening being by the side of that of the vagina,
rather than actually into the latter organ, its apex rapidly narrowing to
an acute point, near which enters the vas deferens (7).
Helix discolor, Fér. (Thelidomus.)
Martinique.
Jaw and lingual membrane already described by me (Proc. Ac. Nat.
Sc. Phila., 1874, p. 51).
Genital system short and stout in its various parts, excepting the ovary.
(11) which is long, slender, acutely pointed. The epididymis (2) is long,
convoluted at the end near the oviduct. The oviduct (8) is stout, sac-like.
The genital bladder (9) is as long as the oviduct, clavate, stout, with no
distinct duct, but gradually tapering to-its entrance into the vagina,,
which is at the upper end of the latter. The penis sac (5), is the most
28 Genitalia and Lingual
prominent organ. It enters the vagina at its base. It is as long as
the whole system, stout, especially in its lower half, abruptly terminating
in an acute point above, where it receives the vas deferens. The latter
organ (7) is enlarged for some distance after leaving the penis sac. The
retractor muscle (6) of the penis is inserted on the side of the sac, at the
lower third of its length. Pl. II, fig. IX.
Helix Troostiana, Lea. (Polygyra.)
Kentucky, Mr. A. G. Wetherby.
Jaw as usual in the sub-genus Polygyra, with about ten, broad, crowded
ribs, denticulating either margin.
Lingual membrane (pl. V, fig. VI) long and narrow. Teeth about 25-
1-25. Centrals and laterals quadrate, the former tricuspid, the latter
bicuspid, the cusps stout: all the cusps with cutting points. Marginals
low, wide, with one inner, oblique, stout, short, bluntly bifid cusp, and
one outer, shorter, bluntly bifid cusp.
Genital system (pl. V, fig. III) long and slender, especially the ovary
(11), and oviduct (8); vagina long, recciving the duct of the genital
bladder below its middle, and the sac of the penis still lower down; penis
long, tubular, of about same width as the vagina, with a prominent bulb
at its apex, into the end of which is inserted the vas deferens (7) and at
the side of which the retractor muscle (6) is attached; genital bladder (9)
moderate, oyal, on a duct (16) of about equal length and size as the vagina.
Helix obstricta, Say. (Triodopsis.)
Ohio, Mr. A. G. Wetherby.
The genital system resembles exactly that of H. palliata, Say, as figured
by Dr. Leidy in Terr. Moll. U. S., I, pl. vii, fig. 8.
Helix Clarki, Lea. (Triodopsis? Mesodon?)
Hayesville, N. C., Miss Annie E. Law.
Jaw as usual, arcuate, ends attenuated, blunt; anterior surface with
about fourteen stout, separated ribs. denticulating either margin.
Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth about 35-1-35. Centrals
with a stout, short, median cusp, bearing a very short, blunt, cutting
point, the outer cusps subobsolete. Laterals like the centrals, but un-
symmetrical. Marginals wide, low, with one, inner, short, broad, sharply
bifurcated cutting point, and one shorter, outer, bifurcated cutting point.
Pl. VI, fig. I.
The genital system (pl. VI, fig VI) is peculiar in several respects. The
ovary (11) is very slender, and equals about one-half the length of the
oviduct. The epididymis (2) is highly developed, greatly convoluted,
stout, four times the length of the ovary. The oviduct (8) is convoluted.
Dentition of Pulmonata. 29
The prostate (4) is greatly developed. The penis sac (5) is short, cylin-
drical, entering the vagina near its base, and receiving both vas deferens
(7) and retractor muscle (6) at its apex. The genital bladder (9) is
small, oval, with a short duct (16) entering the vagina about the middle
of itslength. The vas deferens (7) is swollen on leaving the prostate.
Testicle not observed.
The marginal teeth of the lingual membrane are more of the type of
Triodopsis than Mesodon, as known to us at present. I am in doubt,
therefore, of the subgeneric position of the species.
Helix Wheatleyi, Bland. (Mesodon.)
Hayesville, N. C., Miss Annie E. Law.
Jaw as usual in the subgenus, with about twelve ribs.
Lingual membrane long. Teeth about 67-1-67. Centrals and laterals
as described under H. Clarki. Marginals high, narrow, with one very
long cutting point to the single cusp. Outer marginals about as high as
wide, with one long inner, obtusely pointed, cutting point, and one
shorter, outer cutting point.
The first marginal teeth resemble those of H. thyroides in the single,
greatly produced cutting point. The extreme marginals, however, are
bifid.
The genital system in the specimens received was too decayed to allow
of complete examination. The penis, however, was in perfect condition.
It forms the peculiar feature of the system on account of its enormous
development. It is short, cylindrical, with blunt ends, very stout, three
or four times as large as the oviduct, with retractor muscle, and vas
deferens at its apex.
Helix Pennsylvanica, Green. (Mesvdon.)
The upper portions of the genital system (pl. V, fig. VII) not observed.
The penis sac (5) is long and slender, with the vas deferens (7) and retractor
muscle (6) entering its apex, and its orifice entering the vagina near its
base. The genital bladder (9) is long, stout, cylindrical, with a median
contraction; its duct (16) is hardly distinct from it, with an entrance
opposite that of the penis sac. The prostate (4) is very large.
Helix clausa, Say. (Mesodon.)
Ohio.
Pl. V, fig. rv. The penis sac (5) is the conspicuous feature of the system :
it is longer than the oviduct, and almost as stout, of about equal size
throughout; it has the entrance of the vas deferens (7) and retractor
muscle (6) at its blunt apex. The genital bladder (9) is small, length-
ened oval, with a long, slender duct (16). The prostate (4) is narrow,
stout, prominent, cord like. The vas deferens (7) is large. The other
organs present no peculiar features.
4
30 Genitalia and Lingual
Helix Traski, Newc. (Arionta.)
Specimens from the mouth of San Tomas River, Lower
California, collected by Mr. Henry Hemphill.
The genital system resembles very nearly that which I have figured
of Helix Nickliniana, Lea (Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1874, 41, pl. iv.
fig. m1). The duct of the genital bladder in this species is, however, very
much longer, its accessory duct shorter in proportion, the flagellum of
the penis'sac longer. There is also a peculiar feature in the genitalia of
H. Traski, a globular organ of about equal diameter with the vaginal
prostate, attached laterally to the flagellum of the Jatter, before it becomes
bifurcated. The bulbous expansions on the two branches of the flagellum
are also much larger in H. Traski. It is figured in pl. VI, fig. IV.
Helix Stearnsiana, Gabb. (Arionta?)
To the kindness of Mr. Henry Hemphill I am indebted
for living specimens of this species from Todos Santos Island
and the mouth of the San Tomas River, Lower California.
The result of the examination of the genitalia and lingual
dentition establishes its specific distinction from the Cata-
lina Island form (4. Jvelletti, Forbes) to which it is nearly
related by the. characters of its shell. (See L. and F. W.
Shiels oN SAC TY L76. 177).
The genitalia (pl. VI, fig. 11) resemble very nearly those of H. Kelletti
(Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1874, pl. iii, fig. 4, p. 39).
A comparison of the figures, however, will show considerable difference,
especially in the dart sac (14). In the species before me there is a long
thread like duct (14") leading from the base of the dart sac (14) to a large
globular organ, whose character is unknown to me. Opposite the en-
trance of this duct a corresponding duct (14°) branches out, but instead
of ending in a globular organ it becomes much enlarged in size and ends
in enveloping the prepuce (12). The dart sac (14) contained a small
dart of the form figured by Leidy (Terr. Moll. U. S., I) for Tebenno-
phorus Caroliniensis.
The oviduct was closely and spirally wound around the duct of the
genital bladder. Thie testicle (1) and ovary (11) are yellow.
The jaw is thick, arched, ends blunt, but little attenuated; anterior
surface with six stout, separated ribs denticulating Son margin, and
several less developed, interstitial ribs.
The lingual membrane is long and narrow with about 50-1-50 teeth.
The centrals are of the form of those of H. Californiensis (L. and F. W.
Shells N. A., I. fig. 297). The cusp with its cutting point, however, is
Dentition of Pulmonata. 31
very much shorter, reaching only about half way to the lower edge of the
base of attachment. Laterals of same type. Marginals low, wide, very
variable in the denticles, but usually with one long, broad, sharply bifid
inner denticle (the inner point much the smaller), and one short sharp,
rarely bifid outer denticle.
The Catalina Island H. Kelletti has same type of dentition. The mar-
ginals, however, seem much more broadly denticulated.
Strophia iostoma, Pfr.
Inagua, Bahamas.
-Jaw strongly arched, ends but little attenuated, bluntly rounded. An-
terior surface without ribs. Cutting edge with a decided, blunt, median
projection.
Lingual membrane (pl. II, fig. vn) long and narrow. Teeth about
29-1-29. Centrals but little longer than broad, tricuspid, the middle cusp
short and stout, with a short, bluntly rounded cutting point; side cusps
slightly produced, with a short, sharp point. Lateral teeth like the cen-
trals but bicuspid. Marginal teeth a simple modification of the laterals,
with one short, bluntly pointed inner cusp, and one still shorter, bluntly
pointed outer cusp. Fig. q@ represents the central and lateral teeth, ba
marginal tooth, c an extreme marginal.
Geomalacus maculosus, Allm.
England. Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys.
The genital system is figured on pl. V, fig. x. Fora description of it
and of the jaw and dentition, see Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., X, 308. As
there stated, the vas deferens is conspicuous by its great length, and the
penis sac has attached to its apex a singular globular organ, which is a
conspicuous feature of the system.
Pallifera Wetherbyi, n. sp.
From near the mouth of Laurel River, Whitley Co.,
Kentucky, Mr. A. G. Wetherby collected many specimens
of what appeared to be a small species of Tebennophorus.
It was readily distinguished from the numerous young of
T. Caroliniensis found in the vicinity by the arrangement
of the blotches of color, they being in irregular, interrupted,
transverse bands, instead of running longitudinally as in
that species. The anterior portion of the body seemed also
to be more swollen, and the posterior extremity to taper
more rapidly than in Caroliniensis. On examining the jaw
32 Genitalia and Lingual
I found it to be ribbed, a character placing the slug in the
genus Pallifera. The presence of ribs was verified in four
individuals. Small specimens of 7. Caroliniensis from the
same locality had the usual ribless jaw of Tebennophorus.
It appears, therefore, that the slug must be considered a new
species of Pallifera.* It may be called after its discoverer.
It is difficult to draw more satisfactory specific characters
from specimens preserved in alcohol. One of them in its
contracted state measures 12 millimetres in length.
Jaw (pl. Il, fig. 1) arcuate, ends blunt, but little attenuated; anterior
surface with decided, separated, unequal ribs, denticulating either margin,
about 15 on one Specimen, those at the ends being less developed than on
the balance of the jaw; cutting edge with a decided, short, blunt, median
projection.
Lingual membrane (pl. II, fig. 1r) long and narrow. Teeth about 35-
1-35. Centrals long, expanding towards the base, cusp stout, with a
stout blunt cutting point not reaching the lower margin of the base of
attachment, side cusps obsolete. Laterals same as centrals, but unsym-
metrical. Marginals (b) low, wide, with one inner, long, oblique, blunt
cusp, and one outer, short, usually bluntly bifid cusp.
Bulimus foveolatus, Rve. (Orphnus.)
Northern Peru. Prof. Orton.
This and the other species collected by Prof. Orton were
determined by Mr. Bland.
Jaw slightly arched, wide, low. thin, with over 50 delicate ribs of the
kind herewith described under, Bulimulus Lobbi: ends but slightly at-
tenuated, blunt.
Lingual membrane (pl. I, fig. mr) long and narrow, composed of very
numerous rows of about 34-1-34 teeth each. Teeth as usual in the Heli-
cide. The centrals (2) with one short cusp, the side cusps being obso-
lete, cutting point short, bluntly pointed. Laterals like the centrals, but
unsymmetrical, and with a more developed outer side cusp. Marginals
b, a simple modification of the laterals, smaller, higher than wide, with
the cutting point longer. The plate.gives one central with its adjacent
lateral, a, and three’extreme marginals, b.
The membrane is very thick and strong, and of equal width throughout
its length, the ends being bluntly truncated.
*lts dentition is more related to Tebennophorus than to Pallifera by the absence of
side cusps and cutting points to the central and lateral teeth.
Dentition of Pulmonata. 33
The genus Bulimus seems to be characterized by marginal
teeth to its lingual membrane of the same type as the laterals,
being simply a modification of the latter. Thus far we know
the dentition of the following species: B. porphyrostomus,
scarabus, odontostomus, glaber, auris-sileni, multicolor, egre-
gius, oblongus, ovatus, magnificus, Hanleyi, marmoratus,
and aulacostylus. B. auris-sciurt (which appears to be a var.
of B. glaber), figured by Guppy and Hogg, may not agree
toto!
with these, but the figure is too bad to judge from.
Bulimus auris-sileni, Born. (Pelecychilus.)
St. Vincent.
For description of jaw and lingual dentition, see Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist.
N. Y., X, 222. For figure of latter, see Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1874,
pl. vi, fig. 4.
The genitalia are figured at natural size as they appear suspended in
water. The whole system is very long and slender. The testicle (1) is
embedded in the upper lobe of the liver; it is composed of lung ceca.
The epididymis (2) is convoluted along the half nearer the oviduct. The
accessory gland (3) is composed of prominent aciniform ceca. The
ovary (11) is short and stout, much broader than the oviduct, lobulated.
The oviduct (8) is long, narrow, greatly convoluted. The vagina is long,
very narrow. The external orifice is behind the right eyepeduncle. The
penis sac (5) is the most prominent organ. It is extremely long, exceed-
ing the length of the whole system. It is tubular, of about equal length
along three-fourths of its course, where it receives the vas deferens (6)
and commences to taper gradually towards the apex, merging into a
long, delicate flagellum or lengthened retractor muscle, said muscle being
attached to the end. The penis sac does not appear actually to enter the
vagina; the two organs terminating side by side.
The genital bladder (9) is small, globular, its duct (16) is almost as
long as the oviduct, of very unequal breadth. For two-fifths of its length
beyond the bladder it is delicate, then rapidly expands into a tube as
wide as the ovary, then, tapering, becomes again narrow at the com-
mencement of the last fifth of its course, but again widely expands before
entering the vagina at the upper third of the length of the latter organ.
PIL LVG tz. V-
Bulimus glaber;Gmel. (Pelecychilus.)
Island of Grenada.
Jaw as in Bulimulus, Cylindrella, etc.
Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth as usual in the Helicine,
long and narrow, ceutrals tricuspid, laterals bicuspid, marginals a simple
JULY, 1874. 3 ANN. Lyc. NAT. HistT., VOL. XI.
34 Genitalia and Lingual
modification of the laterals, with one large, long, inner, pointed cusp, and
two outer, small points. See Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sc., 1874, pl. vi, fig. 6...
Cylindrella sanguinea, Pfr.
Jamaica.
The genital system (pl. II, fig. vir), as would be inferred from the shape
of the shell, is very much lengthened in all its organs. The testicle (1)
isin a globular mass lying close to the oviduct. ‘The epididymis (2) is
short. The oviduct (8) is very long and narrow. The vagina is two- .
thirds the length of the oviduct, it. is narrow, with a bulbous expansion
at the insertion of the duct of the genital bladder, above its centre. The
genital bladder (9) is very small, globular, on a very narrow, long duct
(16), which expands at its entrance into the vagina. The penis sac (5) is
short, thick as the oviduct, bluntly terminating above, where the vas
deferens (7) and retractor muscle (6) are inserted. The ovary (11) is
short and stout.
Cylindrella brevis, Pfr.
Jamaica.
The genitalia have the same arrangement as in C. sanguinea, herewith’
described. The duct of the genital bladder (16) in this species is much ”
more expanded before it enters the vagina, ‘and the latter organ below the
junction is expanded to a greater size than the oviduct. The penis sac °
(5) is shorter and stouter in brevis than in sanguinea, Pl. II, fig. 11.
Bulimulus Altoperuvianus, Rve. '(Drymeus.)’
Between Balsas and Cajamarca, Peru, Prof. Orton..
Genitalia (pl. I, fig. 11) of the same general form as I have herewith de-
scribed for those of Bulimulus Lobbi. The ovary (11) is smaller in pro-
portion, the oviduct (8) more developed. The duct of the genital bladder
(16) enters lower down upon the vagina. The testicle (1) is farther
removed from the ovary, lying in the apex of the shell. It is composed
of short, stout, blunt ceca. The ovary is of a dark slate color, the rest of
the genital system is white. The external orifice is behind the right eye ©
peduncle. The edges of the ovary are very deeply scalloped.
The jaw has thirty-one ribs. It is of same type as that herewith de-
scribed of Bul. Lobbi. Lingual membrane (pl. I, fig. Iv) of same type as
herewith described and figured for Bul. Lobbi as far as centrals and lat- ~
erals (a) are concerned. The marginal teeth, however, are quite different
from those of that species. They are quite like the laterals, excepting
that the cutting point is very much more produced, and somewhat curved
towards the central line of the membrane.
These peculiar marginal teeth remind one of those of Helix Ghiesbreghti
as figured by Messrs. Fischer and Crosse.’ In that species, however, the
notch is on the outer, not the inner, ‘side of the cutting point. ~~
Dentition of Pulmonata. 35
*
It will be noticed that the cutting point on the central tooth of B.
Altoperuvianus is more produced ‘than in B. Lobbi, to which I have com-
pared the dentition.
Bulimulus Peruvianus, Brug. (Plectostylus.)
Talcahuana,, Peru... Museum..of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge.
Jaw and lingual dentition already described by me. (Proc. Ac. Nat.
Sc. Phila., 1874, 53, pl. -V, fig. 2.)
The genital.system is figured on pl.,I, fig. vimt.. The testicle (1) is
extremely large, apparently composed of aciniform ceca. . The epidid-
ymis (2) is long, very thick, and greatly convoluted in its whole course.
The ovary (11) is long and slender... The oviduct (8) is long and narrow.
The vagina is short. .The short duct (16). of the genital bladder (9)
enters at its upper end. The genital bladder is very stout,.almost as
thick as the oviduct, tapering above gradually to along flagellate point.
The penis sac (5) enters the vagina near its lowerend. It is smaller than
the genital bladder, cylindrical, tapering gradually towards the apex, -
where it has a flagellate appendix, into the end of, which, perhaps, is
inserted the retractor muscle. The vas deferens enters the penis sac at its
upper end. The external orifice of. the generative organs. is. behind the
right eyepeduncle.
Bulimulus Lobbi, Rve. (Drymeus.)
Between Balsas and Cajamarca. Prof. Orton.
_ The genital system is. quite similar to that which Ihave figured of B. -
Altoperuvianus (ph. I, fig. 1), the ovary (11), however, is much larger:
than in that species. The testicle (1) is composed of short, blunt cxca;
it lies near the ovary. The epididymis (2) is short. The accessory
gland (3) is composed of several long, threadlike ca#ca...The ovary is
long, equalling one-third of the oviduct, and twice as broad. The oviduct
(8) is long, convoluted, narrow, with deeply scalloped edges. ‘The vagina
is short, tubular, receiving the duct of the genital bladder near its top,
and the opening of the penis ‘sae just above its base; between the two
there is a short decided expansion of the vagina. The penis sac (5) is
long and slender, with a long, flagellate extension, on-the end of which
the retractor muscle (6) is attached. The vas deferens (7) enters the
penis sac at:about'the middle of its length. The genital’ bladder (9) is
small, globular, on a delicate duct (16): equalling in length the vagina and
oviduct combined. The external orifice of generation is behind the right
eyepeduncle. I
The jaw (pl. I, fig. v1) is‘ arcuate, with attenuated, blunt ends, thin,
transparent, of the same type’as is common to Bulimulus,’ Cylindrelta,:
Amphibulima, Geotis, etc., i. e., with narrow, distant ribs, running ‘ob-
36 _ Genitalia and Lingual
liquely towards the median line, so that those of the centre converge
before reaching the bottom of the plate. These ribs serrate the upper
and lower margins. They increase in thickness gradually on their outer
edge. There are twenty-one ribs on the specimen examined. The ma-
terial of the jaw is so thin on the outer edge of the ribs that it separates
into distinct plates at these points, when macerated. In some specimens
examined the ribs appear to be formed by an actual overlapping of distinct
plates. I have no doubt, however, of the jaw being in one single piece.
divided by these delicate ribs into numerous plate-like compartments. It
is not composite as formerly believed by most authors.
The lingual membrane (pl. I, fig. 1) is broad, very delicate in texture and
difficult to handle. There are numerous rows of about 90-1-90 teeth each.
The centrals have a base of attachment longer than wide, with lower lat-
eral expansions. The reflection has one stout median cusp, the side cusps
being obsolete; this cusp bears a short, rapidly attenuated, sharp cutting
point, not reaching the lower margin of the base of attachment. The lat-
erals are of same type as centrals, but unsymmetrical, the cutting point,
however, is very different from that of the centrals, being very broad,
bluntly rounded at its end, oblique, extending far below the base of at-
‘tachment, and having on its inner margin, near the blunt end, a promi-
nent blunt notch. The marginals are a modification of the laterals, but
lower, with a much more oblique cusp, bearing a much broader trifid
cutting point, the middle division very much more produced than the outer
ones.
The figures represent @ one central with its adjacent lateral teeth, and
b, two marginal teeth. “
The lateral teeth are a modification of the usual Helicide type not before
observed by me. The marginal teeth are somewhat like those seen in
many species of Bulimulus, such as laticinctus, Bahamensis, auris-leporis,
papyraceus, Jonasi, membranaceus. They only approach, however, the
teeth of those species in form.
Bulimulus rhodolarynx, Rve. (Scutalus.)
Northern Peru. Prof. Orton.
. The genital organs were so reduced as to be only threadlike, and not
sufficiently developed to. be described as perfect.
The jaw was not examined, being of so delicate texture as to be quite ©
destroyed by the action of potash.
The lingual membrane is long, narrow. Teeth about 40-1-40, of the.
usual type of Helicine (see pl. I, fig. v). The central teeth, a, have one
median cusp, the outer cusps being obsolete, the cutting point is shor .
and bluntly pointed. Lateral teeth same as centrals, unsymmetrical, the
‘inner subobsolete cusp more developed. The marginals (b) are simple
modifications of the laterals, subquadrate, bicuspid, each cusp with a
ong, oblique, stout cutting point...
Dentition of Pulmonata. 37
From this description it will be seen that Bulimulus rho-
dolarynx has the type of dentition which appears normal to
the Helicine, in this respect agreeing with B. cinnamomeo-
lineatus, pallidior, chrysalis, Guadalupensis, alternatus, spo-
radicus, dealbatus, solutus, sepulcralis, durus and Peruvianus.
For the species differing from the common type of Helicine
dentition, see remarks under B. Lobbi.
Bulimulus Proteus, Brod. (Scutalus.)
Northern Peru. Prof. Orton.
Genitalia quite like those described and figured of Bul. Altoperuvianus
(pl. I, fig. 1). All the organs were delicate, almost threadlike, and not
so well developed as in the species to which I have compared them.
Orifice behind right eyepeduncle.
Jaw, with 28 ribs, of same type as herewith described for B. Lobbi.
Lingual membrane of same type as Bul. Altoperuvianus, herewith des-
cribed.
Bulimulus primularis, Rve. (Mesembrinus.)
Northern Peru. Prof. Orton.
The genitalia are like those of Bul. Proteus herein described, but the
ovary is orange colored.
The jaw was imperfect and thus the number of ribs cannot be given.
It is of the same type, however, as herewith described of Bul. Lobbt.
The lingual membrane (pl. I, fig. vii) is broad. Central teeth of same
type also as in Bul. Lobbi, but much shorter and stouter. The lateral
teeth of Bul. Lobbi and B. Altoperuvianus are wanting in this species,
their place being entirely filled by marginal teeth of the form known in
Bul. laticinctus (see Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y. x, pl. i). The teeth are
subquadrate, with a very large, curved, obliquely trifid cutting point,
extending far below the lower margin of the base of attachment.
Fig. a gives one central tooth with the two adjacent mar-
ginals ; fig. 6 an extreme marginal. The latter will be seen
to be rather narrower than those nearer the median line of
the membrane.
Orthalicus obductus, Shuttl.
Islands in Bay of Panama, Mr. MeNiel.
Jaw as usual in the genus. Lingual membrane (pl. VI, fig. mr) as usual
in the genus. Teeth about 96-1-96. The side spurs to the cusps (rep-
38 Genitalia and Lingual
resenting the side cusps of the usual Helicine type) are not present on
the first laterals, but are conspicuous on those farther removed, as shown
in figure 6 of the seventh lateral tooth.
Orthalicus gallina-sultana, Chemn.
Marafion, Peru. » Prof. Orton.
An opportunity having been given me by the kindness of
my friend, Mr. Thomas Bland, of examining the animal of
Orthalicus gallina-sultana, Chemn., I here give descriptions
of its genital system and lingual dentition. It will be seen
that my figures of the latter do not agree with those published
by»Troschel .(Arch. fiir Nat:, 1849, pl. iv, fig. 3), at least
so far as centrals and laterals are concerned, these teeth not
being represented in Troschel’s plate. It must be borne in
mind, however, that at that early date, the membranes were
not so carefully studied as at present, and consequently the
peculiarity of these teeth may have been overlooked by
Troschel. » Of: the identity of, the specimen examined by me,
there can be no doubt.
The jaw (pl..IV, fig. E) is of the type usual in Orthalicus and Liguus, but
up to the present time never observed in any other genus. It is com-
posite, its separate plates being apparently soldered firmly at their upper
portions, where, indeed, they seem collectively to form a jaw in a single
piece as in Helix, etc., but at their lower portion positively detached and
free, imbricated one upon another.. The jaw may in one sense be said to
be ina single piece,.as argued recently by Messrs. Fischer and Crosse,
(Moll. Mex..et Guat.), but with equal correctness it may surely be said
to be composite, as the amalgamation of the upper portion is produced
by the joining of absolutely separate pieces. There are fifteen of these
plates, the three upper central ones apparently lying upon the fourth,
which is very broad and extends from the upper to the lower margin of
the jaw. The jawis strongly arched, with attenuated, blunt ends. There
are well marked perpendicular grooves upon the anterior surface of many
of the plates.
The lingual membrane (pl. IV, tig. A-C) is very broad (13 mill.), for its
length (16 mill.). The rows of teeth are arranged in a backward curve
from the median line fora short: distance, and then run obliquely to the
outer margin of the membrane. The central teeth have a long and rather
narrow base of attachment, squarely truncated at the top, incurved with
slight lateral expansions at the base. The reflected portion bears one
stout, median cusp, the side cusps being subobsolete. This cusp bears a
Dentition of Pulmonata. 39
long, stout, lance-like cutting point, extending below the base of attach-
ment to a sharp point, and bearing at the centre of its length on each side
a prominent, subobsolete, blunt spur. There are three lateral teeth of
the same type as the centrals, but made unsymmetrical by the suppres-
sion.of the inner lower lateral expansion to the base of attachment, and
the inner subobsolete lateral spur to the cutting point. The fourth tooth
from the central tooth changes suddenly into a marginal tooth of the form
common in Orthalicus; ise.,'a long, stout, subquadrate base of attachment
with fringed lower margin, bearing at its lower. portion, a broad, bluntly
rounded subobsolete cusp, from which springs a short, widely expanded,
broad, bluntly rounded, gouge shaped cutting point, which has a small,
outer, lateral spur of the same bluntly rounded form. This form of mar-
ginal teeth runs quite to the edge of the membrane, those nearer the
outer edge being smaller, more widely separated, and in more oblique and
more widely separated rows.
Fig. A gives a central tooth with adjacent teeth to the fifth tooth on
one side, and only one lateral on the other side; fig. C gives the eighth
tooth; fig. D two extreme marginals; fig. B an extreme marginal in
profile.
The count of the teeth in one transverse row is over 108-1-108.
Peculiar as this form of dentition seems, it has already been noticed in
Liguus virgineus. (See Am. Journ. Conch., VI, 209, fig. 3,4, and below
-pl. III). That species differs widely, however, in the lesser size of its
membrane (10 X 44 mill.), the smaller count of the teeth, 40-1-40, and
in having but two well marked laterals. That species also has several
teeth intermediate between the laterals and marginals which vary greatly
on different parts of the membrane.
This form of dentition is very instructive in showing the
modification of the type usual to the Helicinw. The central
teeth may be said to be obsoletely tricuspid, and the side
spurs, to the greatly produced cutting point are but a modifi-
~eation of the usual cutting points on the side cusps of the
Helicine. The lateral teeth are in the same way but a modi-
fication of the usual bicuspid laterals of the Helicinew. The
marginal teeth are more abnormal in form, but they still are
but modified from the laterals by the expansion, bluntly
rounding and shortening of the cusps, and by the still greater
expansion, shortening and bluntly rounding of the cutting
points. In) Orthalicus iostomus, melanochilus, undatus and
Liguus fasciatus, this process of suppressing the usually
decided cusps:and cutting points is extended equally to the
central and lateral teeth... Other species show the same aber-
40 Genitalia and Lingual
rant form of centrals and laterals, as Bulimulus aurisleporis,
(Mal. Blatt., XV, pl. v, fig. 8). In less degree are the
laterals modified from the usual Helicine type in Simpulopsis
sulculosa (ib. fig. 10) as to the cutting points, and in the
same particular in Bulimus Peruvianus (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc.
Phila., 1874, pl. v, fig. 2). No doubt future research will
bring to light a complete series of teeth in land shells, show-
ing a gradual modification in different directions of the nor-
mal tricuspid and bicuspid type.
There seem no peculiar characters to the respiratory, digestive and
nervous system of the animal. The genitalia are figuied on plate IV, fig.
F. The external orifice is behind the right eyepeduncle. The testicle (1)
is as usual in the Helicine embedded in the lobe of the liver occupying
the extreme apex of the spire of the shell; it is composed of fasciculi of
short, stout, blunt ceca. The epididymis (2) is short, convoluted as
usual. The accessory gland (3) is ona short threadlike peduncle. The
‘ovary (11) is very large, tongue shaped, lobulated above and decidedly
spongelike in its division on its concave side. The oviduct (8) is long,
narrow, convoluted. The genital bladder (9) is large and oval, on a long
duct (16) which in its natural position is adherent to the oviduct in its
entire length: it is much larger in its lower third, equalling the stout |
vagina, near whose middle it enters; below this point the vagina becomes
very stout. The penis is cylindrical, about as long as the vagina, tapering
rather abruptly to its apex, where is inserted a long, delicate, retractor
muscle (6), which resembles a flagellum. The vas deferens (7) enters
the penis on its side, near its summit. There are no accessory organs.
The penis (5) does not appear to enteracommon duct of male and female
organs, but to have a separate opening of its own.
The general arrangement of the genitalia is like that of O. undatus,
(see this paper), O. longus and iostomus (Fischer and Crosse), Liguus
fasciatus (Leidy), and L. virgineus, see below. The last four, however,
have a single multifid vesicle, which I failed to detect in O. gallina-sul-
tana; and from them all there is ample specific difference in the size of the
ovary, the shape and size of the penis sac, and the size of the duct of the
genital bladder, near its base. :
It may fairly be assumed that no generic difference exists between the
genitalia of Orthalicus and Liguus.
These remarks are suggested by the treatment of Liguus
fasciatus by Messrs. Fischer and Crosse (Moll. Mex. et
Guat.). On account of the resemblance in dentition to
the species of Orthalicus known to them rather than to the
Dentition of Pulmonata. Al
allied Liguus virgineus, these authors place Liguus fasciatus
in Orthalicus, under the subgeneric name of Orthalicinus.
The same reasoning will now oblige them to place Oriha-
licus gallina-sultana in the genus Liguus, for its dentition
resembles that of Z. virgineus and not that of the other
known species of Orthalicus. It appears to me much better
to wait till more is known of the dentition of Orthalicus,
before we consider the teeth as reliable generic characters.
Orthalicus undatus, Brug.
It will be interesting in connection with my comparison
of Orthalicus and Liguus to state that having had an oppor-
tunity of dissecting six specimens of this species, from
Jamaica, I found the genitalia constantly agreeing with
Lehmann’s fig. in Malak., Blatt., 1864, pl. i, fig. 4. There is
no multifid vesicle on the penis as in the species of Orthal-
tcus figured by Fischer and Crosse (Moll. Mex.). With this
exception, the genitalia are quite like those figured by Leidy
for Liguus fasciatus (Terr. Moll. U.S. I. pl. v).
It will be seen above that Orthalicus gallina-sultana is also
characterized by the want of the multifid vesicle.
Liguus virgineus, Lin.
Aux Cayes, Haiti. Mr. Robert Swift.
In connection with my friend, Mr. Thomas Bland, I have
already described the jaw (L. and F. W. Shells N. A., I, p.
312, fig. 364) and lingual membrane (Am. Journ. Conch.VI,
209, figs. 3,4) of this species. The membrane having become
still more interesting from its resemblance in some respects
to that of Orthalicus gallina-sultana, Chemn., lately examined,
I have given the accompanying more detailed illustrations
(ple TITY.
There is, it appears, considerable variation in the development of the
cutting points of the central and lateral teeth, and the cusps of the first
marginals, on different parts of the membrane. Fig. D is taken from the
most perfect portion of the membrane, the most anterior portion. Fig.
42 Genitalia and Lingual
A is taken from the least developed, or posterior. end of the membrane.
Figs. B and C are drawn from intermediate points, the former from near
the centre.
Marginal teeth from various .points,of the: membrane are figured in E
aud G, each tooth being numbered from the median line. .Fig. F shows
an extreme marginal in profile.
Near the outer edges of the membrane the teeth are not only much
smaller, and arranged more obliquely, but they are more separated from
each other on the same transverse row,.and the rows themselves are not
so crowded together as in the portions of the membrane nearer the
centre.
On dissecting the animal I found nothing of peculiar interest in the
digestive, respiratory or nervous systems. There appeared to be the
same general arrangement as figured by Dr. Leidy (Terr. Moll. U. S., I,
pl. v) for the allied species, LZ. fasciatus.. The same may be said of the
generative organs, which, however, I have figured (pt. IV, fig. G) to com-
pare with the figure I have given of the same organs in Orthalicus gallina-
sultana. The external orifice of generation is close behind the right
eyepeduncle. ‘The testicle, epididymis and ovary were separated from
the specimen examined.:: The oviduct (8) is long, narrow; greatly convo-
luted. ,The genital bladder (9) is small.and globose; its duct (16) is. long
and narrow; in its natural position it lies close against the oviduct: as
the duct joins the vagina it becomes enlarged to the size of the latter
which it.enters at its upper third. The vagina is very wide below this
junction. The vas deferens (7) runs,as usual along the side of the vagina
to its base, and thence to the summit of the penis where it enters. The
penis sac (5) is long, slender, ‘tylindrical, narrowing at its apex, into
which is inserted a long delicate retractor muscle (6) which might be con-
sidered a flagellum: the penis does not seem to enter the vagina, but to
have an independent opening of.its own.. Near its base it bears upon a
short pedicle, a single prostate gland, a multifid vesicle of the same type
as figured by Dr. Leidy in Z. Sameera, composed of about six short, =
detached lobes.
Thus it will be seen that Liguus virgineus agrees in its
genitalia with the allied species, Z. fasciatus, but differs in
its shell, and in its lingual dentition., No generic value can
be placed upon this last character, however, for while Z.
fasciatus resembles in its dentition Orthalicus undatus, me-
lanochilus, and. iostomus, its allied species ZL. virgineus is
characterized by a widely different dentition, which is shared
on the other hand in a great ‘measure by Orthalicus gallina-
sultana. From our present knowledge we are forced to be-
lieve that lingual dentition will furnish no guide to the
generic distinction between Orthalicus and Liguus.
Dentition of .Pulmonata. © 43
The tail of the animal is very long and pointed. There
is no distinct locomotive disk to the foot.
Succinea obliqua, Say.
A specimen from New York, received from Dr. James
Lewis, furnished the jaw and lingual membrane here de-
scribed.
Jaw of shape usual in the genus, with the quadrate accessory plate.
Cutting edge with a prominent median projection. Anterior surface with
decided stout ribs. denticulating the cutting edge; one specimen had
three broad.and two intervening narrow ribs: another specimen has
seven ribs.
Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth about 43-1-43. Centrals
subquadrate, tricuspid, the middle cusp long and stout. Laterals longer
than wide, bicuspid, the third, inner cusp being only rudimentary.
Marginals a modification of the laterals, with one long, slender inner
cusp, and two short, slender outer cusps. The cusps of all the teeth
bear sharp cutting points.
In Terrestrial. Mollusks of United: States, vol. I, pl. xiii,
fig. 3, a jaw is figured as that of Succinea ovalis. It no
doubt represents rather that of the true obliqua, Say, than of
Succ. ovalis, Gld. not Say. The jaw of the latter is figured
in L. and F. W. Shells of N..A., I, p. 258. The figure of
genitalia given by Dr. Leidy on the plate referred to cor-
rectly represents that of S. obliqua.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
The figures of genitalia all have the same references :
The testicle.
The epididymis.
The accessory gland of the last.
The prostate.
The sac of the penis.
The retractor muscle of the penis.
The vas deferens.
The oviduct.
The genital bladder.
The external orifice of the organs.
The ovary.
The prepuce.
—s
—y
PESOS PASAT P wwe
_
44
In
Genitalia and Lingual
13. The vaginal prostate.
13a. flagellum to same.
13b. accessory gland to same.
13c. accessory duct to same.
13d. same as last with globular organ,
14. The dart sac.
15. The flagellum.
16. The duct of the genital bladder.
the figures of dentition it will be understood that the general inten-
tion is to give (a) one central tooth with its adjoining lateral, and (b) one
or two marginal teeth. The numbers of the teeth refer to their position in
counting from the median line of the membrane. This arrangement gives
as good an idea of the characters of the dentition as my space will allow.
Fic.
PLATE I.
. Bulimulus Lobbi, Rve. Dentition; a. lateral teeth: b, extreme marginal teeth.
. Bulimulus Altoperuvianus, Rve. Genitalia.
. Bulimus foveolatus, Rve. a, central and lateral teeth: 6, extreme marginals.
. Dentition of II. 6b, extreme marginals.
Bulimulus rhodolarynx, Rye. 6, marginals—first and extreme.
. Jaw orl.
- Bulimulus primularis, Rve. 6, extreme marginal tooth.
- Bulimulus Peruvianus, Brug.
PLATE II.
Pallifera Wetherbyi. Jaw.
- Same; dentition. a, central and lateral teeth: 6, marginal teeth.
. Cylindrella brevis, Pfr. Genitalia.
Zonites sculptilis, Bland. Dentition; b, extreme marginals.
. Bulimus auris-sileni, Born. Genitalia.
Helix nucleola, Rang. Genitalia.
. Cylindrella sanguinea, Pfr. Genitalia.
Strophia iostoma, Pfr. Dentition; a, central and lateral teeth: 6, marginal tooth:
c, extreme marginal tooth.
. Helix discolor, Fér. Genitalia.
PLATE III.
Lingual dentition of Liguus virgineus, Lin.
QAanoy On >
. From the least developed end of the membrane. The central tooth with the two
lateral teeth and three marginal teeth.
. From near the centre of the membrane.
From near the anterior end of the membrane; portions of two adjacent rows of
teeth.
. From still nearer the anterior end of the membrane.
. Marginals from the same end of the membrane as the last.
Extreme marginal in profile.
. Extreme marginals.
Dentition of Pulmonata. 45
PLATE IV.
A. Lingual dentition of Orthalicus gallina-sultana, Chemn.
B. A marginal tooth of the same in profile.
C. Thesame. The eighth from the median line.
D. The same. Extreme marginal teeth.
E. The same. Jaw.
F. Thesame. Genitalia.
G. Liguus yirgineus, Lin. The genitalia.
PLATE V.
Fic. Genitalia and Dentition of
I. Zonites inornatus, Say.
If. Zonites friabilis.
Ill. Helix Troostiana, Lea.
IV. Helix clausa, Say.
V. Helix rufo-apicata, Poey. *
VI. Dentition of III.
VII. Helix Pennsylvanica, Green.
VIII. Helix nuxdenticulata, Chemn.
IX. Helix Josephine, Fer.
X. Geomalacus maculosus, Allm.
PLATE VI.
I. Helix Clarki Lea. Lingual dentition, a, central and lateral tooth; 6, marginal
tooth. See also fig. y for extreme marginals.
Il. Helix Stearnsiana, Gabb. Genitalia.
Ill. Orthalicus obductus, Shuttl. Lingual dentition; a, central and lateral teeth; b,
the seventh tooth: c, extreme marginal teeth.
IV. Helix Traski, Lea. A portion of the genital system, showing vaginal prostate.
V. See I. :
VI. SameasJ. Genitalia.
VU. Helix Wetherbyi; Bland. Lingual dentition; a, central and lateral teeth 3, first
marginal teeth: c, extreme marginal teeth.
Note on the Jaw of Partua.
Having lately received through the kindness of Dr. W.
D, Hartmann a number of Partula preserved in alcohol, I
am preparing a description of their lingual dentition, geni-
talia and jaw. The latter is the most important point to be
studied, this organ never having been described, I now,
therefore, give the following particulars :
In P. fusca, Pease, umbilicata, Pease and virginea, Pease, it is very thin
and transparent; arcuate with attenuated ends; cutting margin with a
broad very slight median prominence; anterior surface with numerous
(over 60 in virginea) very delicate, separated ribs, slightly. denticulating
46 Upper Coal Measures of
either margin, those of the centre converging and meeting before reach-
ing the lower margin, as in Cylindrella, &c. The jaw appears therefore
to be of the same type as in Bulimulus, Geotis, Amphibulima, Cylindrella,
Macroceramus and Pineria. The ribs, however, are in Partula exceed-
ingly fine.
The lingual dentition of the species mentioned above is the same as
figured by Heynemann (Mall. Blatt. 1867, pl. i, fig. 1,) excepting that I
detect distinct cutting points to the side cusps of the central teeth, not
figured by him.
V.—Notes on the Upper Coal Measures of West Virginia
and Pennsylvania.
By I.C. WHITE.
Read May 25th, 1874.
In this paper I propose to describe that part of the coal
measures known as the Upper Barren Group, and also to
make such remarks on the Upper Coal Group proper, as
may be deemed of interest.
The district under consideration includes portions of Mo-
nongalia, Marion, Marshall, and Ohio counties, W. Va., and
Green Co., Penn.; and the section extends from the Pitts-
burgh coal on the Monongahela River.near Morgantown, W.
Va., across the basin to the same coal near the Ohio at
Wheeling.
Almost midway between Morgantown and Wheeling,
there rises in Pennsylvania, and extends south into West
Virginia, what is locally known as the “Dividing Ridge,”
since it forms the watershed between the tributaries of the
Monongahela, and those of the Ohio.
This seems tu occupy the median line of a gentle uplift,
or anticlinal axis, which passes across the coal measures from
north to south. As a consequence of this anticlinal, about
fifteen miles west of Laurel Hill, we find the dip changing,
and thenceforward the strata rise gently westward until the
“Dividing Ridge” is crossed, beyond which, ‘the dip is again
a
West Virginia and Pennsylvania. 47
northwestward, to within ten miles of Wheeling, when
the strata again rise and soon bring the Pittsburg coal to
the surface.
On the eastern flank of the “Dividing Ridge,” Dunkard
creek rises, and flows a little north of east, reaching the Mo-
nongahela two miles above Greensboro, Penn. ‘The eastern
section was made along this stream.
On the opposite side of the ridge and a few miles north,
Wheeling creek rises, and, following a southwesterly direc-
tion, enters the Ohio at Wheeling. The western section,
commencing on the south fork, was taken on this stream.
For the sake of a ready comparison we give both sections
together, but will confine our remarks chiefly to the eastern
one.
No. I is the eastern or Dunkard creek section.
No. IL is the western or Wheeling creek section.
*
I. Il.
1. Sandstone and shales...... eosce +300! pets} fel Getiaaereannoconcceavocde soses 100!
SEMIS IINERUONE siniuyainiale\e)sialeisieie.cieisissialc’s » LR: Dep OSLONC sesi<inicleinisisia's/n/nleleielaiciie © Li
3. Shaly sandstone......+.sesvseees 190' 3. Shales and Sandstones.......... 200
AOL OltE cainiots alcleinisiciale e'eleieie aise civiein ss « 1-1} ASH COM entaistsisisisisiaiviaisisieiacietsieldiaeicteiaca nie 1'
5. Sandstone............ aaiuleininlsiaiorsin's 95" GB. SHAS... ccccccncccscccvescccsvess 35'
FO Oba cetain cletele icin slaisiatslefsis's's'ciaiatalciale sta 1}-2' (Oy TOTNES Os naGosaonassdenodcon cen 3’
7. Shale and sandstone............ 85' Po RCU ST stlClewels siecclecie cisistaneisivcielsla als 18’
8. Limestone... .cscccccccccenence 3' 8. Sandstone and shales........... 40'
SU ANG saslatclalelalsleislajelaloie sis stsiela/cisisielsiofe 40' Die COU Umeletas alniaie's Weralardlal sie seiclciere eeiee nes
Lh Gin tesa Semoopoosooc Ss imjalniatnieleleinicicia 1-1}"..| 10. Sandstone............. Souinanoodne 30°
DTS SRA Crcccnc conaciccccccescccucitvses LO Man dil ela CSUGNEs seine sinc aisivieleicte’sleslelelsie’a 6'
12. Limestone... ....cccccsccevessiene 2' .| 12. Shaly sandstone.........ssseee. oe 25!
13. Shale........0.. Secceececcccenes 40' DS (SHALE vies aeisewsiniseccccuvieseiccses «Lar
14. Coal, ‘‘ Brownsville”........ ‘see 2-35 | 14. Black slate... secccecceee veces = if!
16. Shales costs. .scics ene eocccccc 120° 15. Shale..... Cr eeceseceeendsesececes 2
164 Coulertetcn ca. cscscsseasesans as 1’ | 16. Coal, Brownsyille”.......... ng?
17. Shale..... eeesiee Socconbangdsbusne 15’ | 17. Shale....ccccccecccccccce edacccee 10’
18. Sandstone 2%. ccceiccedessceceicdee 45-50' | 18. Coal........« sebereccewereesesecs 1}!
19. Coal, “Waynesburg”..... aacthide . 4-9'.| 19. Shale..... Socccccccvcceesccesdan 12°
MOS) SANG SUOMO: cc lrietes'v’ele cielalalciacicivin'clere 15' QO: Limestone: stecgcedvceddcoceckes 6'-
48 Upper Coal Measures of
I. : II.
21° Shale .......5. Sa hntanelsbis Aodog 3c 8 Dk SHALES sms du siesta Warelsis ws a's ~ ce enleto gem enpL OY
22. Limestone......... Soseseccesecne ) (0 | 22) SANASCONE seccciericiinsis cintesiesiawugyauON
23. Shale.......ssee- oso s a easiscisie eee AMs || (23. TMCSEONE esc uesieislee sin einicis.s sles seen
24. SandstOne....cececccccrcocccccee 15’ | 24. SAmAStone .cceescerescccsnvece + 6 25-30"
25. Limestone ....-.-sceeeeeeeeeeee+ 30’ | 25. Coal, ‘‘ Waynesburg”........... 25-4’
26. Sandstone ........... cscccccecss 20’ | 26. Wire Clay.eccecccccciccscece werielpts 3’
27. Limestone..... qoeronasonasaqeana 6’ | 27. Sandstone......... “dohiae slesieoiisiett mune
28. Sandstone..... ccccccccccecceeees 15’ | 28. Shale with iron nodules..... ecce 3'
29, LIMESCONE.....ccesccececcsccecee Ff | 29s Timestonereee Was tases se wenaees 1}'
SOM SANGSUONE cele cierere sala sl ieisiatsla ston. Jkt BOs SMA te: alsin aniors\ole einlelelaletwiole’alaietnjalelers pid
Set Tinestone teeter ee erento ne RB. PS. MeLIMEBUONE : piclele sees viele selesieatsinetate W
32. Shale...... ede Sikes ABP INSR ST Shale tloc)se os sce Neus eens ae eemmnen ae
Bo. SAMARLOME: ve sie sie cisis'sissie'e's closeted) ale $3. VIUIMESUONE sie <iveicic'e'e ale/alote w wikictatel ste 6'
34. Sewickly Coal...... pla nersieisiatereinietsls 5’ | 34. Shales with limestone.. ........ 35!
3375 SHE LeSs5 Gosecnrocongc: Boieiacteletetste 8" (| 535. Limestone... svcoccccccwcccnend | od”
36. Limestone...... sloletarsiejetaiarsrereie Bites 7' | 36. Shale +. sceevesseesvccensecceene 2"
87. SaNGStONerecccoescescesces oes 10 | 37. Liméstone..:.. Aptonacondoonpade. 8!
B8. LimestOne.......cceeceseeceseere 22! | 38. Shale ...ceeecececeecsecsceeceeece 30'
39. Redstone Coal....... cecccccccecse = Ao | 89. LIMOSCONE. sc. ccccesancevccsesece Oy
40. Limestone.........sseees soccccs 12" | 40. Shale ic. cccccccecceccocecccseve 8
AL. Shale... cecccccsccsccvccscccese 8’ | 41. Limestone.....ccecccecescccceces 13!
42. Pittsburg Codl.ccccccccccccecceee VA! | 42. Shal€ ...eccccccccecccccecceveeeee 10!
AS, TiMeStONne....cccccscccccucsocsce GD
44. Sandstone..........+-0- ceeccsese 30°
45. Sewickly Coal...ccccccccccseceres Gi
AG. Limestone... .ccececersrereonns «. 30°
ATe SWAG ciawaisicieie ole ele wiciere -)s/ oie) ele steer ema
48. Redstone Codl....ccccccecsececeee 4in
49, Fire Clay..cccccsssccscereecerees = 2!
50. Limestone..........- Sisiecccesecce LOr
51. Pittsburg Codl....ccccrcecseseses 7-8
“ Il.
Total thickness of Upper Barren Group in Sec. I, 800 feet; in Sec. IT, 544 feet.
ee “ee “ “ Coal “cc “cc “ce “ 340 “e “cc “cc “ 278 “
Total 1,140 feet Total 822 feet.
The measurements in No. 1, from the Waynesburg coal to
the Pittsburg, are taken from a paper on the Upper Coal
Measures, by Prof. Jno. J. Stevenson. maar
West Virginia and Pennsylvania. 49
It should be remarked that great difficulty was experienced
in making these sections, owing to the fact that good ex-
posures are rare, since the. sandstones and shales of the
Upper Barren Group disintegrate so readily as soon to con-
ceal themselves and all other strata in their own débris.
The sections speak for themselves in showing the well
known fact, that the coals and sandstones thin out toward
the west, while the limestones thicken up. Their contrast
in this respect is remarkable. In the description which fol-
lows, section No. I is always meant where no reference is
made to No. IL.
Prof. H. D. Rogers in his Pennsylvania Report intimates
that possibly somewhere in the highest hills of the series in
Greene Co., Pa., Permian types of fossils may yet be dis-
covered. Without desiring to discourage future observers
in searching for such forms, I can only say that I made a
diligent search, not only in the highest hills found by me in
Greene Co., Pa., but also in those of West Virginia, and as
a result failed to discover a fossil animal or plant of any
type above No. 5 of Sec. I. These upper sandstones and
shales are very coarse, giving evidence of having been de-
posited by pretty strong currents.
No. 2 is the highest limestone found by me; it is rather
impure, but has been burned for lime in a few instances. On
account of its elevation, it is frequently found strewn over
the ground on some of the summits of hills, and is locally
known as the “Ridge” limestone. It is seen near the top of
the hill on the road from Tom’s Run to Wheeling creek, and
also 300 feet below Hunsucker’s Knob, four miles northeast
of Burton, B. & O. R. R., where Sec. I begins.
No. 4 is the first coal that we meet with. Though a small
vein, it is remarkably pure, and has frequently been used by
the blacksmiths in the vicinity. Jno. Taylor, near the head
of Dunkard, has procured his fuel from it for some time, and
says it is an excellent coal. It is the same as No. 4 of Sec.
II, which appears near Perry Moore’s on Wheeling creek.
JULY, 1874. 4 ANN. LYC. NAT. HIST., VOL. XI.
50 Upper Coal: Measures of
No. 6 is the highest coal that has been mined, the one
above it having been worked by stripping. This bed was
mined some years ago on Mr. Grim’s property, on Pumpkin
Run, Monongalia Co., W. Va., to supply fuel for Mr. Jno.
Lautz’s steam mill, one-half mile below. At this opening
the dip is southeast. Mr. Franklin Taylor, one mile and
one-half above Jollytown, Greene Co., Penn., has procured
his fuel from it for several years. One mile above this point
it is seen on land of Mr. Thos. White. It is doubtless iden-
tical with No. 9 of Sec. II, which has been worked by Mr.
Leals, on Wheeling creek. It is quite sulphurous, and too
impure to be used for smithing.
The shale above this coal is interesting, as it is the highest
horizon at which fossil plants have yet been discovered. On
land now owned by Mr. Shriver, two miles from West War-
ren, Monongalia Co., W. Va., I found some impressions of
what seems to be a Pecopteris, but they are not well enough
preserved for specific determination. This is the only local-
ity found by me, though doubtless others exist.
No. 8 is the purest limestone found in the Upper Barren
Group on the eastern side. It first appears above the sur-
face one mile above Kent’s Mills on Dunkard creek; from
this point it is easily traced down the stream to near Mt.
Morris, Greene Co., Penn.
Coal No. 10 is very impure, consisting merely of bitumi-
nous slate in many places. Mr. Jacob Minor has opened
this ‘coal near the creek bank, one mile above Blacksville,
Monongalia Co. ; it is here sixteen inches thick. The smut
of this coal is seen all along the road from Mr. Minor’s to
New Brownsville, a distance of five miles. It seems to have
no representative in the western section. In the shale above
it were found some very good impressions of Meuropteris
Loschii.
No. 12 is a very impure limestone, and is constantly asso-
ciated with coal No. 10.
Coal No. 14. This coal, the most important one in the
West Virginia and Pennsylvania. 51
,
Group, has its greatest development about one mile below
Brownsville, Monongalia Co., W. Va., and from this fact I
have given it the name of “Brownsville coal.” The first
opening in this coal, as we travel down Dunkard, is Mr.
Abraham Tenant’s, nearly a mile below Brownsville. Mr.
Alpheus Brown, the proprietor of Brown’s Mills on the
other side of the creek, has also an opening in this vein.
Hon. Wm. Price has opened the same bed two miles below.
The following section from Price’s bank is typical of the
openings in this locality :—bituminous shale, 2 ft.; coal, 1
ft., 9 in. 3; slate, 4—6 in.’; coal, 2 {t., 4 in.
As is seen from the preceding section, this coal, like the
Waynesburg, is double, and this characteristic it retains
wherever I have examined it, thus rendering its identifica-
tion easy and certain, since it is the only one in the Group
possessing this peculiarity. The upper division is not
good, as it is very slaty, and contains much pyrites, but the
lower part is an excellent coal and in high repute for smiths’
use, selling for ten cents per bushel at the bank.
This coal thins out towards the east. Mr. Adam Browne,
at Dunkard ford, near the mouth of Doll’s run, opened it on
his farm, but the entire thickness of coal in both parts was
only twenty inches, and the opening was abandoned. At
this point it is eighty-five feet above the Waynesburg coal,
-as proved by a boring made for oil. Four miles east of this,
near Mr. Samuel Lemley’s, where the road leaves the creck
and crosses a small bluff, it is seen as a mere bituminous
shale, only eighteen inches thick, and just about as far above
the surface of Dunkard as it is at Brown’s Mills, eight miles
west of this point. I cannot be mistaken in this identifica-
tion, since I traced it all the way between the two points,
and to confirm the same, coal No. 16 of Sect. I appears at
Lemley’s in its proper place twenty feet below.
I also traced this coal to the south through Monongalia
and Marion counties, W. Va., to Mannington on the B. & O.
R. R. It maintains an almost constant relation to the
52 Upper Coal Measures of
Waynesburg coal, as wherever we find the “Brownsville”
coal, the Waynesburg is always from eighty to one hundred
feet below. There isa perceptible thinning out to the south,
as at Monnington, Marion Co., it is barely three feet. It is
here nearly on a level with the railroad track. On Little
Paw-paw, near Phelix Michael’s, it shows the following sec-
tion :—coal, 1 ft., 6 in. ; slate, 2-4 in. ; coal, 2 ft. Through-
out the entire country from Brownsville to Monnington, it is
everywhere known as the “three foot vein,” and every farmer
that has the Waynesburg coal opened, knows that a certain
distance above is a “three foot vein.”
No. 16 of the western section is doubtless identical with
the “Brownsville” coal. It is worked in only one locality
that I could discover. Mr. George Woodruff, near Ryerson
station, Wheeling creek, Greene Co., Pa., has an opening in
it. Here it is only two feet thick, with a parting of three
inches of slate. At this point, being twenty-five miles from
Wheeling, it is eighty feet above the Waynesburg coal. I
should also say that wherever it thins out from its normal
thickness (three to three and one-half feet) it also deterio-
rates in quality. Impressions of WNeuropteris hirsuta are fre-
quently found in the shales and slates above this coal. At
Brown’s Mills they are very plentiful.
Coal No. 16, Sect. I, is probably the one referred to by
Dr. Stevenson, in “Notes on the Geology of West Virginia,” .
as having been struck at the head of Romp’s Hollow, by Mr.
Lumly. It is easily traced to the east, but I could not find
it to the south in Marion Co. It may be identical with No.
18 of Sect. II.
No. 19 is the heavy sandstone that everywhere overlies
the Waynesburg coal where it is of workable thickness. It
is a very coarse, hard rock, being almost a conglomerate in
some places, and its heavy massive outliers are seen pro- —
jecting from the hills along its entire outcrop from Waynes-
burg to the B. & O. R. R., at Farmington, Marion Co., W.
Va., which is as far south as I traced it. By means of these
West Virginia and Pennsylvania. 53
I was enabled to trace the underlying coal to the south
through Monongalia and Marion counties, to the B. & O.
RiaR:
In the eastern section it is seldom less than forty-five feet
thick, but in the western section it has dwindled down to
twenty-five feet, where we first strike it at Ryerson Station,
Wheeling Creek, Greene Co., Pa., and as we follow it still
farther to the west, it thins out, until near Wheeling it has
entirely disappeared and limestone takes its place.
Waynesburg Coal. On Dunkard creek we first come to
this coal a short distance below Mt. Morris, which is about
nine miles west from the Monongahela river. At this point
the dip is northwest. The development of this coal in the
neighborhood of Mt. Morris, is similar to the same coal on
Scott’s Run, as described by Dr. Stevenson. At Mr. Thornt.
Boidston’s opening, one mile east of town, the “horseback”
or slate has thinned away entirely, and he has eight and one-
half feet of solid coal. On Morris’s run, one mile south of
the town, the following section was made:— shale 10 ft. ;
coal, 3 ft.; shale, 6in.; coal, 4 ft.8 in. Nothing can exceed
the suddenness with which this coal changes its character in
some localities ; and of this an excellent example is seen at
South’s distillery near Newburg, Greene Co., Pa. One
opening there shows the following section : — coal, 23 ft. ;
shale, 2 ft.; coal, 4 ft. About forty feet from this, the sand-
stone is seen resting directly upon four feet of coal, the “horse-
back” and upper coal having been torn away by the violence
of the current which deposited the overlying sandstones.
I traced this coal south to the B. & O. R. R., and as it has
never been described in Marion Co., some sections of it from
that county, and the southern part of Monongalia may prove
of interest.
Passing south from Scott’s run to Big Indian ereek, and
travelling down it, we come to the first opening in this coal
at Mr. John Musgrove’s, seven miles from Arnettsville ;
here it shows the following section: — sandstone, 40 ft. ;
54 Upper Coal Measures of
coal, 1 ft.; shale, 1 ft. 7 in. ; coal, 6 in.; highly bituminous
slate 2 ft.; coal, 4 ft. 4 in.
One mile south of this, at Mr. Isaac Rigg’s bank, the fol-
lowing section was taken :— shale, 10 ft.; coal, 9 in. ; shale
1. ft. 4. in. ';. coal,.4 ft.
At the mouth of Little Paw-paw creek in Marion Co., Mr.
Fluhearty’s opening shows the following:—shale, 6 ft. ;
coal, 6 in.; shale, 3 in.; coal, 1 ft. 7in.; shale, 6 in. ; coal,
1 ft.02 inazvshale; lL ft44 in. scoal; 44:
Five miles northwest of this, at Bassettsville, on Big
Paw-paw, it shows the following :—shale, 4 ft. ; coal, 1 ft. 5
shale, 1 ft. 2 in.; coal, 3 ft.
Farther south, at Mr. Hawkins’ on Dunkard Mill run,
about three miles from the B. & O. R. R., it shows the fol-
lowing : — sandstone, 35 ft.; coal, 2 ft.; shale, 1 ft.; coal,
4 ft. At the mouth of the Dunkard Mill run on the B. & O.
R. R., it is worked high up on the hill, and exhibits a section
similar to the preceding one.
At Farmington on the B. O. R. R. it has been opened by
Mr. Hamilton and others, only within the last two years.
Previous to this, the people in the vicinity had been getting
their coal from the Pittsburg seam at Fairmount, not knowing
that the Waynesburg coal was at their very doors, until a
land-slide exposed it to them.
From Farmington it can readily be traced up Buffalo creek
along the B. and O. R. R. to where it disappears under it
two miles below Mannington.
On the western side of the “Dividing Ridge,” and fifteen
miles from it, we come to this coal two miles below Ryerson
station, where Crab Apple creek enters Wheeling creek.
Here the section is as follows :—Heavy sandstone, 25 ft. ;
coal, 4ft. This is a typical section of this coal throughout
the country where it is opened here.
As will be seen from the section, the double character of
this coal, universal in the eastern section, does not appear
here. But it is very probable that it once did exist, and has
West Virginia and Pennsylvania. 55
been torn away by the deposition of the coarse sandstone
which rests directly upon it. What seems to sustain this
conclusion is, that ten miles west of “Crab Apple,” where
the sandstone has disappeared and is replaced by a few feet
of shale, the coal presents its normal character, but it has
diminished in thickness, being, near Mr. Gardner’s, only
three feet thick, slate and all. ;
As Mr. Gardner expressed it “The horseback is almost
as hard as steel,” thus preventing the mining of the coal. It
is ten miles from this point to Wheeling, and as there are no
openings on the line of section, I can tell nothing concerning
it in the intervening distance ; but it is exposed at Wheeling
in a ravine not far from the B. and O. R. R. Co’s Steel Rail
manufactory. It is here only 24 feet thick, and single.
Nothing answering to the Uniontown coal of H. D. Rogers
could be found in either section.
Sewickly coal. This coal is very well developed in the
Dunkard creek section, attaining in some instances to 54 feet
in thickness. It is known everywhere as the “five foot
vein.” It is first seen on Dunkard creek about four miles
below Mt. Morris, where the road crosses the creek oppo-
site Newburg. At Bobtown, two miles from the Monon-
gahela river, it is seen on the steep bluffs of Dunkard,
eighty-five feet above the Pitsburg coal, and is here five feet
thick. This point is ten miles north of the Scott’s Run
country. On Wheeling creek this coal is only six inches
thick.
Redstone coal. This coal seems to thin out to the north,
as no openings have ever been made in it throughout the
entire district of country between Robinson’s run and Dun-
kard creek.
The inhabitants of this district are not aware that there is
such a coal; but it has a representative of some kind here,
as the smut of a coal, occupying its place, can be seen very
frequently. I do not think it can be more than eighteen feet
thick, if anything can be judged from its smut. One
56 Upper Coal Measures of
noticeable: thing concerning it on Dunkard, is the entire
absence of the twelve feet of limestones found below it on
Robinson’s run, Monongalia Co., eight miles south of this
locality. Its place is filled here by the Pittsburg sandstone,
which is twenty-five feet thick, and generally rests directly
upon the underlying coals. The Redstone coal is only four
inches thick in the Wheeling creek section.
Pittsburg coal. This coal first appears on Dunkard creek
at Taylortown, Greene Co., Pa. It is here eight feet thick,
and single-bedded, the heavy Pittsburgh sandstone resting
immediately upon it. One mile below, the following section
is seen :—sandstone 30 ft.; coal, 14 ft.;. shale 1 ft. 3 in.;
coal 7 ft.
The following section of this coal was taken on the top
of the hill opposite the mouth of Cheat river, and 350 feet
above the surface of the same :—sandstones 35 ft.; shale
6 {t.; coal 54 feet.
For the sake of contrast with the foregoing, I give another
from Robinson’s run, at Mr. Hunt’s opening, five miles
southwest of Cheat. It is as follows:—Limestones 11 ft. ;
shale 2 ft.; coal 14 ft.; shale 1 ft. 3 in.; coal 4 in.; shale
1 ft. 7 in.; coal 11 in.; shale 8 in.; coal 1 ft.; shale 3 in. ;
coal 8 ft. Here in the first section we have only one seam
of coal, while in the next we have five /
On land of Mr. James Lazzell, Dog’s run, Monongalia Co.,
W. Va.. some fine impressions of Weuwropteris hirsuta, Cala-
mites, Sigillaria, etc., were found in the roof-shales of this
coal.
In the roof-shales of the Waynesburg coal at Mr. Layton’s
bank near Cassville, Monongalia Co., W. Va. and also at
Mr. Morris’s just above, the following coal plants were
found, together with several others undetermined :—Ale-
thopteris Pennsylvanica, Pecopteris arborescens, Spheno-
phyllum filiculinus.
Borings. During the “Oil fever” which raged here some
years ago, several borings were commenced high up in the
West Virginia and Pennsylvania. 57
upper Barren Group, and put down from six to seven hun-
dred feet. It is a matter of great regret that the records of
these wells were not preserved. I was able to procure the
records of one boring that was made near Bellton, Marshall
Co., W. Va., B. and O. R. R., on land now owned by Hon.
H. S. White. It runs as follows :-—
ils) S08 GS eagesceccoudc 10 ft. 15. Sandstones......... 4ff. | 29. Shale... succor. 18 ft.
2; Sandstone........ 6 ¢ 16S Shale wc. scsssasivare 19 “ 30. Sandstone......... Bpire
De COM cecacscscssses gy 17. Sandstone......... GES Sle SHAS A. cicesclele'ssielee 4 °°
4. Sandstone.........17 “ Ib iN esconcocnnogor Ace 32. Limestone........ 10 ft.
BH. Shale....cccceveee ih 19. Sandstone........ 30 ** 33- Fireclay..........» Bye
6. Sandstone. ....... Ss DOR SUMO aiaatesmarciaiaaicia’s ae 34. Limestone........ 4366
ema Oeteleicicsisicisi ciclo LANES 21. Sandstone......... 35 °* 35. Sandstone.........16 “
Babine Cl ayes. cis in ose SEL) Cuntels\alsioinieiinte ce DTS 36. Limestone........ Ges
9. Sandstone........ 25 * 23. Soft sandstone....45 “ Bye File Geconooccaoods ois
1S SPECS AS Soopeosege 1b] Wil (Olio occobooce oobd Gis 38. Limestone........ sce
11. Sandstone........ sie <8 25. Sandstone......... 24) ee Osmo Mal ewelstclalctaretelatalel= art
1B, (Cle Characcannegoondo (3) 26. Limestone........ 8“ 40. Sandstone.........33 “
13. Sandstone......... 9 ° Plo SIG kon concoccnnec 19 ** Total “bud ft.
ii, SUN @aGanossesoncao ls 28. Sandstone......... 11 2
Interval between coal No. 3 and coal No. 12, 108 feet.
Heese 68) 6) egal No. 12 and.coal: No. 24, £96 feet:
It is very probable that coal No. 3 is the “Brownsville,”
No. 12 the Waynesburg, and No. 24 the Pittsburgh.
If this record is correct, it is a very anomalous one, as no
limestone at all appears above coal No. 24. It is easier,
however, to doubt the record than to believe it, as the first
foreman employed by the company knew very little about
the character of rocks.
ia ‘iy Hane aig en
te { H § i
, , i
As aed § . 4 fade ee
in ‘4 f
rv A. ; ¥ 4
ig zt oe ‘ hh A ; c - +
ee tr eT AeA ff) final rh : St i BRS
c eu yeh: h ’ i
i Pie Swaittey SOE
J a eying | ces Phat
Wd t f
} rr. wiehe ne £
' '
’ M4 : Ae 4
f ’ fi if .f abot eit
me ye »y Hi ve
+ ‘ i vie) he : 5 ' Nios
‘ 1°" H A aed . , wh % “cr v te ME SG
, i j ee j Pat
. ‘ 1 ee, we
f ad ( { RDS Te Fo
‘ i 4,
‘ t
is ADE Y) é é Le
!
aes P ah OE | f v4 Wy cee? fan
; fg r |
gee (dy iene
‘ i ail i 6
<u : { : + 7a)
bd , Pegi ‘ “i H a f aes iM > ‘i hd Lk ee Dy $2 £'
aby ta 7G ; "dd oil cae cag ’ ‘ ey F
AA POTN Co PM Ga KS ia oe ah er
} A } 3 ate re ftw
] ain bn (Pao han! say [ ME OR Giles (3 teat aT oer ‘I
Ate ie yt Bi Me Seah tan ne iis San Als ery
* ‘ ju = "Ue: a 9 17 rand Ps Ws ; rete
fits 2
bh GP adie! | dg, Aer i des ih me
DA hives ewe it Wha te ks 471. Bi chine \:
ear a NNR Sy CRS Rg Hy OE
? a aitt rely, sii A % ik i isa’ we Hay chdh ee id
f
ott, Agathe! af ale Vea alt td
ite DAT, ggg RF, ue ni
hy F ’ ae i ‘Tee See
P bya taht rts i Daal: thy
ie fy fei
West Virginia and Pennsylvania. 57
upper Barren Group, and put down from six to seven hun-
dred feet. It is a matter of great regret that the records of
these wells were not preserved. I was able to procure the
records of one boring that was made near Bellton, Marshall
Co., W. Va., B. and O. R. R., on land now owned by Hon.
H. S. White. It runs as follows :-—
iL SEND apAccnahoouac 10 ft. } 15. Sandstones....... 4 ft. | 29. Shale......sesseee 18 ft.
2. Sandstone....... Girse DG Shae seerelctsiele sieterots ie 30. Sandstone........ 25 *
3h (ClahheccAnmoecdonae 3 “4 17. Sandstone........ Gwe Slit al Cvmtsisretstalela tes 4 6
4, Sandstone........ ef: BSE SIA] Geer ieetclet=icisi='= 4,, 6 32. Limestone ....... LON <6
RoE Ae etetayataleteletetate« (eh 19. Sandstone........ 30 “ 33. Fireclay......... Byte
6. Sandstone........ a ZONA esisiescta clele's ile PANCE 34. Limestone ....... Ace
aS AIC iaclatnisielclels’atarete Ze. 21. Sandstone........ Baye 35. Sandstone........ GUESS
$. Fireclay.......... Farts oes Shall Gxcenecrcicce ce Br 36. Limestone....... Gut
9. Sandstone........ 25 % 23. Soft sandstone...45 “ Bite SIRE Ba coceoocccet Uk
Io TST en oeeeaes Soe 1p Pr COO lemrislaciasiniea ate Gy 38. Limestone....... Abs
11. Sandstone........ Lie 25. Sandstone........20 “ Oona Garsterciclelellstetatale oes
Vas (Obi pAgenaccaoencd Eye 26. Limestone........ 8S 40. Sandstone........ 33.
18, Sandstone........ 9 * Pilin slits apocescadede HOMES aE Total L ft.
Ma SMALE) escecceenios By 28. Sandstone........ 1D) st
Interval between coal No. 3 and coal No. 12, 108 feet.
so sé 666 666 egal No. 12 and coal No. 24, 196 feet.
It is very probable that coal No. 3 is the “ Brownsville,”
No. 12 the Waynesburg, and No. 24 the Pittsburg.
If this record is correct, it is a very anomalous one, as no
limestone at all appears above coal No. 24. It is easier,
however, to doubt the record than to believe it, as the first
foreman employed. by the company knew very little about
the character of rocks.
FEBRUARY, 1875.
or
ANN. Lye: Nat. .HistT., VOL. XI.
58 Poissons de Vile de Cuba.
VI.— Poissons de Vile de Cuba. Espéces nouvelles decrites
PAR FELIPE POEY.
Membre correspondant du Lycée d? Hist. Nat. de New York.
Présenté le 5 Octobre, 1874.
Chilodipterus affinis.
Le genre Chilodipterus appartient a la famille des Amide,
dont le type est le genre Amia de Gronovius (Apogon Lacé-
péde). Ilse distingue des autres genres de cette famille par
de longs crochets pointus qui se mélent au fin velours de
leurs machoires. Le Dr. Giinther n’en décrit que cing
espéces, toutes des Indes Orientales, de la Mer Rouge ou de
VYOcéan Pacifique.
L’espéce que je décris a été trouvée par moi une seule fois 4la Havane,
en trois exemplaires, dont le plus grand est long de quatre-vingt milli-
métres. Sahauteur entre quatre fois et deux tiers dans la longueur totale ;
Veil est trois fois dans lalongueur de latéte. La bouche est trés fendue
et oblique; le maxillaire échancré postérieurement, finit 4 ’aplomb du
centre de la pupille. L’opercule a deux épines plates, et une strie qui
aboutit 4 l’épine inférieure, au-del& de laquelle se prolonge le lobe sous-
operculaire; le préopercule est dentelé, et porte un rebord ayant 4 son
angle deux petites pointes 4 peine discernibles. On sent une épine sur la
region mastoidienne du crane. Les machoires ont les dents en velours,
et portent sur le devant quelques canines: la machoire inférieure a de plus
sur les cétés quatre longues canines.
D.6+1,9; A. 2,9. La seconde dorsale et l’anale sont opposées; le
deuxiéme rayon de la premiére et le troisiéme de la seconde, sont de dou-
ble hauteur que le dernier; lépine ventrale est forte. La caudale est
échancrée. Les écailles du dos sont cycloides; celles des flanes ont
Véventail et des cils trés-fins: ily ena aux joues. La couleur est rouge:
il parait que le péritoine est argenté. La base de la caudale est noiratre.
L’opercule est lisse et brillant.
Num. 601 de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba.
Corvina subaequalis.
Longueur totale 245 millimetres.
La hauteur du corps, égale 4 la longueur de la téte; est contenue trois
fois et cing sixiémes dans la longueur totale. La téte est grosse, ayant
Poissons de Vile de Cuba. 59
l’ceil contenu trois fois et un tiers dans sa longueur; le museau est court
et arrondi. La bouche est mediocre, le maxillaire atteignant l’aplomb du
bord antérieur de la pupille. Les deux machoires sont 4-peu-prés d’égale
longueur, comme j’ai voulu le témoigner par le nom spécifique. Les dents
sont en fin velours, sauf un rang externe de dents plus longues, égales,
écartées, plus remarquables 4 la machoire supérieure qu’a Vinférieure. Le
museau montre en dessous deux pores de chaque cété. Le préopercule est
finement dentelé; l’opercule, entier.
D. 10 + 1, 25; A. 2,7. Les deux nageoires dorsales sont séparées par
un espace d’environ cing millimétres. Le premier rayon de la premiére
dorsale est trés court; le second est robuste. Le bord postérieur de la
caudale forme un angle saillant. Les écailles sont assez grandes, méme
celles des joues et de Vopercule: il y en a sur la base de l’anale.
La couleur parait avoir été plus ou moins argentée, ayant jauni dans
l’eau de vie. Comparaison.— Le Diapterus Lefroyi des Bermudes, que M.
G. Brown Goode a décrit dans le Amer. Journ. of Sc. and Arts, viii, Aug.
1874, ressemble 4 mon espéce sous plusieurs rapports, notamment par la
forme allongée du corps et les rayons épineux de l’anale, qui sont au
nombre de deux, le premier trés-court, le second long et gréle. La com-
paraison qui suit montre cependant que l’espéce est différente. Je mets
entre parenthéses les caractéres de celle de Cuba.
L’origine de la dorsale est eloignée de l’extrémité du museau, deux fois
la longueur de sa base, ce qui doit s’entendre de la partie épineuse (une
fois et deux tiers), l’échancrure est profonde, ne laissant voir que la mem-
brane connective, celle-ci a disparu, l’échancrure étant plus profonde;
l’étendue de la partie molle de la dorsale est plus grande que celle de la
partie épineuse (les deux sont égales); l’anale commence en arriére du
milieu du corps (trés en arriére) ; l’extrémité de la pectorale est A’aplomb
de la derniére épine dorsale (de avant derniére) ; Vaxille de la pectorale
et ’extrémité du museau sont brunatres (le trone brachial est amplement
noir, et le museau n’a pas de brun; il y a du noir 4 la pointe de la dorsale
épineuse, ce qui n’est pas indiqué par Mr. Goode).
J’ai trouve ce poisson dans un de mes bocaux, conservé
dans la liqueur, ne sachant pas précisément d’ot il m’est
venu, mais soupconnant qu'il m’a été remis de Cienfuegos,
cote du Sud. Je Vai envoyé & Mr. Peters, Directeur du
Musée de Berlin, et je n’en ai pas revu depuis un autre exem-
plaire.
Num. 443, de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba.
Eucinostomus productus.
Le Professeur Gill dans les Proceed. of the Acad. of
Phila., 1862, p. 238, a consideré le genre Hucinostomus de
60 Poissons de Vile de Cuba.
Baird et Girard, comme synonyme du Diapterus de Ranzani,
qui a la priorité ; mais il parait qu’ila plus tard abandonné ce
dernier genre, 4 cause probablement de quelques erreurs dans
lesquelles est tombé lauteur italien; puisque dans son cata-
logue de 1873 ilaccepte la dénomination de Baird et Girard :
je ne crains pas de m’égarer sur les pas de ce savant ichthy-
ologiste. Cependant, lespéce que je decris a la dorsale telle-
ment échancrée, que l’on pourrait tout aussi bien dire qu’il
y a deux dorsales ; car la membrane du dernier rayon épineux
touche, sans monter le premier rayon mou. Le nom de
Diapterus lui viendrait bien; nom proposé en 1841 dans les
Novi Commentarii Academie Bononiensis, que ‘je wai pas
eu Voccasion de consulter.
Individu décrit : 225 millimétres; c’est une femelle. Le corps est oblong
élégammant attenué vers les deux bouts; la ligne de la gorge et celle du
front ont une égale courbure. La hauteur du poisson entre quatre fois
dans la longueur totale, ainsi que la téte, qui contient l’ceil trois fois, sans
compter l’intermaxillaire. Un des caractéres les plus distinctifs de cette
espéce, c’est le diamétre transversal du corps, qui est grand, surtout vers
les deux tiers de sa hauteur, ou il mesure trente millimétres, sur cinquante-
cing de haut. Les ouvertures nasales sont petites et rapprochées, sans
ressaut, la partie visible du maxillaire est triangulaire, ayant la hauteur
deux fois aussi étendue que la base. Le préopercule et le sous-orbitaire
sont entiers, comme l’exige le genre auquel le poisson appartient. Les
dents sont en fin velours, plus visibles 4 la loupe sur la machoire inférieure.
D. 9,10; A. 2,8. La dorsale est échancrée jusqu’a la ligne du dos; la
portion épineuse est aussi étendue que la portion molle, dont le dernier
rayon répond au dernier de l’anale, pas tout a fait cependant, car il est en
arriére environ deux millimétres. Les rayons épineux sont faibles, le pre-
mier de la dorsale est tres-court, le deuxiéme égale en longueur la moitié
de la hauteur du corps, égalant la distance qu’il y a entre Je centre de la
pupille et ’extrémité postérieure de ’opercule. Jene vois que deux rayons
épineux 4lanale: le premier est tres petit; le deuxiéme est trés gréle, et
n’est en longueur que la moitié du second de ladorsale. La dorsdle molle
et ’anale ont sur le devant 4-peu-prés le double de hauteur qu’en arriére.
Caudale bifurquée, pectorale pointue, ventrale médiocre, un peu en arriére
de Ja base des pectorales, et surmontée d’un lobule écailleux.
Les écailles des flancs, marquées au centre d’un petit trait, sont plutét
grandes que médiocres; celles de la région caudale sont de moitié plus pe-
tites. Je ne vois pas d’écailles sur l’opercule, mais il yen a sur les piéces
inférieures et sur les joues, ainsi que sur l’espace interorbitaire ; le museau
Poissons de Vile de Cuba. 61
n’en a pas, et le maxillaire brille comme de Vargent poli. Les nageoires
verticales n’ont pas d’écailles, mais leur base se loge dans un repli écailleux.
Le dos est bleudtreet brillant, le ventre est d’un bleu trés pale ; les flancs
sont verdatres, ainsi que les nageoires impaires; les autres nageoires sont
jaunatres. Il y asur la base des pectorales, un caractére important; c’est
une tache noire qui fait reconnditre l’espéce au premier coup d’ceil; de plus
la pointe antérieure de la dorsale est noiratre, comme chez quelques autres
espéces qu’on ne saurait confondre avec la présente.
L’espéce est rare: quelques-uns la nomment Moharra de
ley, nom qui appartient plutdt a une autre espece plus com-
mune. J’ai envoyé le type ici décrit au Smithsonian Institu-
tion.
Num. 382 de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba.
Mugil brasiliénsis. PL. vi.
vuxLGo Plateado.
? Curema Marcgravus, Hist. Bras., p. 181, 1648.
Mugil brasiliensis Agassiz, in Spix, Pisce. Bras., p. 234,
tibei2, Lo2d.
? Mugil incilis Hancock, in Lond. Quart. Journal Sc.,
1830 (fide Gthr.).
? Mugil Gaimardianus Desmarest, Dict. class., tab. 109,
1824-1830.
? Mugil Curema Valenciennes, in Cuv. et Val. Poiss., XI,
p- 87, 1836.
? Mugil petrosus Valenciennes, loco citato, p. 89.
? M. Curema Gay, Hist. Chil. Zool., Il, p. 259, 1848.
? M. petrosus Gay, loco citato, p. 260.
M. brasiliensis Giinther, Catal., III, p. 431, 1861.
M. Gaimardinus Poey, Synopsis, p. 388, 1868.
Les espices de ce genre sont trés difficiles & distinguer ;
parceque les auteurs ont ordinairement omis les caracteres
essentiels que le Dr. Giinther signale dans son catalogue
des poissons du Musée Britannique, tome 2, p. 412, & laide
desquels il a pu rendre compte de soixante-six espéces dé-
crites dans ce grand ouvrage.
Nous avons & Cuba deux espéces bien communes: la plus
62 Poissons de Vile de Cuba.
grande, nommée par moi Mugil Lebranchus, ayant la seconde
dorsale et l’anale dépourvues d’écailles, ’autre, que je rap-
porte au WZ. brasiliensis, nommé 4 la Havane Plateado, pour
le distinguer de la Liza commune. Les pécheurs ne connais-
sent que ces deux espéeces; mais parmi les individus 4 na-
geoires écailleuses, il y a des différences qu’un ceil attentif
peut découvrir, et qui suffisent pour ajouter deux autres
espéces & celles que l’on connait déja; et c’est ce que je vais
faire, en commencant par donner les caracteres essentiels du
brasiliensis, que je prends pour chef de file, comme point de
comparaison, ayant soin d’omettre quelques détails communs
aux espéces du genre Mugil.
Individu décrit, 325 millimétres. Ilse distingue au premier coup d’ceil par
un aplatissement sur les flancs; car sa coupe verticale, sur une hauteur de
soixante-et-huit mill. donne en longueur trente-deux mill. au premier tiers,
et quarante-et-un au deuxiéme. La hauteur du corps est contenue prés de
cing fois dans la longueur totale; la téte y est cing fois et un quart, et con-
tient l’ceil trois fois et trois quarts, séparé du bout du museau un peu moins
de son diamétre. Le profil du museau est médiocrement pointu. Le
dessus de la téte et les tempes montrent plusieurs écailles percées d’un
trait longitudinal. Les narines sont éloignées l’une de l’autre; la posté-
rieure 4 égale distance de l’antérieure et du bord de Vorbite; l’antérieure
peu eloignée de Ja lévre supérieure. Il y a sur l’eil un voile adipeux
ouvert sur la pupille. Le préopercule forme un angle qui se rejette en
arriére, ou il devient membraneux et transparent.
La bouche n’est pas fendue jusqu’aux yeux : la lévre supérieure est grosse,
le maxillaire entiérement caché sous le premier sous-orbitaire. La m4-
choire inférieure, moins avancée que l’autre, porte une lévre étroite.
Les dents sont comme des fils, trés courtes et rapprochées, et presque
imperceptibles 4 la simple vue, environ soixante-et-cing en haut, cent en
bas, de chaque cote.
Le palais est lisse, ainsi que la langue, qui est arriérée, attachée 4 un
frein élevé en toit, prolongé en avant et également lisse. Les branches
de la machoire inférieure, vues en dessous, forment un angle de quatre-
vingts dégrés. :
La ventrale s’attache sous les trois cinquiémes de la longueur de la’pec-
torale, qui entre prés de sept fois dans la longueur totale, et s’éléve au-
dessous de la moitié du corps: la premiére dorsale commence au milieu
du corps, sans compter tout le bord supérieur de la caudale; sa ligne
d’aplomb est séparée de la pointe de la pectorale un espace égal au tiers
de cette derniére nageoire, et séparée de la seconde dorsale autant que de
Poissons de Vile de OQuba. 63
la base supérieure de la pectorale. La premiére épine dorsale égale en
longueur la moitié de la hauteur du corps au-dessous delle; ce qui fait
plus de la moitié de la longueur de la téte. La seconde dorsale commence
au dessus du premier tiers de l’anale, dont les rayons sont 3,9. L’espace
libre entre les deux nageoires du dos, dépasse d’un cinquiéme l’étendue
de la premiére.
Les écailles du tronc sont grandes, environ quarante sur une ligne longi-
tudinale; marquées sur leur milieu d’un petit trait, sans distinction de la
ligne latérale. La seconde dorsale et l’anale sont couvertes de petites
écailles, trés serrées.
Couleur argentée, écailles miroitantes, dos verdatre; il y a des reflets
rougedtres sur l’opercule: une bande pale de reflet parcourt les séries
longitudinales des écailles. Les nageoires participent de la couleur du
corps: la pointe de la seconde dorsale et le devant de l’anale, ainsi que le
bord postérieur de la caudale, sont noiratres.. La tache bleuftre de la
base des pectorales est peu prononcée et variable. Iris orangé.
Observations sur la Synonymie.
Valenciennes est le premier qui ait rapporté le Curema de
Marcgrave au MW. brasiliensis d’ Agassiz, auquel ila enlevé in-
justement la priorité scientifique, rétablie par le Dr. Giinther.
Il n’y a rien dans Marcgrave qui fasse croire que son Curema
appartienne au brasiliensis, plutdt qu’au WZ. Liza, car le car-
actére des nageoires écailleuses n’y est pas: la taille quwil
donne, de deux pieds, le jette, au contraire, dans lasynonymie
du M. Liza.
Le Mugil brasiliensis, figuré par Spix, ne peut avoir qu'une
médiocre exactitude d’aprés le jugement que l’on peut former
sur louvrage entier: c’est cependant celle qui se rapproche
le plus de ’espece de Cuba, ayant comme elle les nageoires
écailleuses, et a-peu-pres la méme position des nageoires
paires; lceil est trop petit. Reste 4 voir la langue.
Le Mugil Gaimardianus de Desmarest est peut-étre antérieur
au brasiliensis, mais on n’en est pas certain, car la date du
Dictionnaire Classique est renfermée entre 1824 et 1830. Il
a été regu de Cuba; et comme il se conserve au Jardin des
Plantes, il est probable que Valenciennes, qui le cite a son
Curema, ait observé les écailles des nageoires verticales ;
mais je ne crois pas qu’il ait observé lalangue. Dvailleurs, la
64 Poissons de Tile de Cuba.
figure de Desmarest est plus inexacte que cclle de Spix, car
la pointe de la pectorale est sous le premier tiers de la pre-
miére dorsale ; et les nageoires sont d’une couleur uniforme ;
ce qui doit nuire a la priorité. Voyez Vespéce qui suit.
Le Mugil Curema de Valenciennes n’est pas le méme, par
le seul fait d’avoir la langue plieé en toit, & aréte aigué, toute
couverte de fortes 4pretés. Eiit-il pris le frein pour la langue,
encore est-il vrai qu’il se distingue de l’espece de Cuba par les
apretés. Je l’ai laissé avec doute dans la Synonymie, parce-
quwil cite Agassiz et Desmarest, parcequil en a recu un
exemplaire de Cuba, et parcequ’il peut avoir mal observé,
ou confondu quelque autre individu.
Le Mugil petrosus de Valenciennes, me semble, comme
au Dr. Giinther, n’étre qu’une variété du Curema du méme
auteur. Il en a regu de Cuba, du Brésil, de Surinam, et
nous en voyons, dit-il, l’espéce s’avancer vers le nord jusqu’&
New York. Ce serait le méme que celui de Cuba, s’il eut
différé du Curema par la langue; mais il n’en dit rien, tout
en le comparant au Curema, et il laisse croire qu’il ena les
apretés. Il est douteux que les Muges du Chili nommés
Curema et petrosus par Gay, soient bien déterminés : auteur
copie assez visiblement les données de Valenciennes.
Dans la déseription du Mugil brasiliensis, le Dr. Giinther
dit que la ventrale s’insére au milieu de la distance qwil y a
entre la pectorale et la dorsale $pineuse: c’est ce qui se voit
quelquefois.
Histoire. Les plus grands que jai vus n’arrivent pas 4 400
millimétres de long. No. 52 de mon Ichthyologie MS. de
Cuba.
Mugil Gaimardianus. pu. vin, Figs. 1-3.
Mugil Gaimardianus, Desmarest, Dict. Classique (1824—
1830).
En suivant la déscription de Vesp®ce qui précéde je m/’at-
tacherai ici 4 donner principalement les caractéres différen-
tiels.
Poissons de Vile de Cuba. 65
Longueur totale, 225 millimétres; contenant la hauteur cing fois et un
cinquiéme, et la téte qwatre et quatre cinquiémes. L7’ceil est contenu trois
fois et deux tiers dans la longueur de Ja téte, 4 trois quarts de son diamétre
du bout dumuseau, quiestarrondi. Labouche est fendue jusqu’al’aplomb
du bord orbitaire antérieure; la lévre inférieure renflée 4 son extrémité,
qui se cache entre trois tubercules du palais. Les dents de la machoire
supérieure sont ecartées, petites, un peu fortes; celles de la machoire
inférieure sont trés fiens, 4 peine discernibles.
Veentrale attachée sous le milieu de la pectorale, qui entre six fois et un
quart dans la longueur totale: sa ligne d’aplomb n’est separée de la pointe
de la pectorale, qu’un espace égal 4 un dixiéme de cette derniére nageoire.
La premiére épine dorsale entre une fois et trois cinquiémes dans la hau-
teur du corps au-dessous delle. L’espace libre qui sépare les deux na-
geoires du dos, égale l’étendue de la premiére. Je ne vois pas de trait en-
foncé sur les écailles des flancs.
Couleur argentée, dos gris de plomb; une bandelette brune parcourt les
séries longitudinales des écailles. a base de la dorsale porte une tache
noiratre bien prononcée: les autres nageoires n’ont pas dunoir. Ilya
des reflets dorés sur l’opercule.
Observations.—Le reproche que j’ai fait 4 Desmarest sur
la position avancée de la premiére dorsale, lorsque j’ai comparé
sa figure 4 celle du AZ. brasiliensis, disparait ici et devient un
caractére essentiel, confirmé par la ligne brune qui parcourt
les écailles des flancs. J’ai donc lieu de croire qwil est bien
cité par moi, comme auteur de cette espece, qui est peut-étre
celle du Dr. Giinther, décrite sous le nom de AV. brasiliensis
quoigwil y rapporte la figure de Spix, qu'il dit toutefois n’étre
pas bonne.
Comparaison.— On peut voir par la déscription qui précede,
que le AZ. Gaimardianus différe principalement du brasiliensis,
par un corps plus allongé, un museau plus court, la levre
supérieure moins grosse, l’inférieure moins ¢troite, les dents
plus fortes et écartées; la premiére dorsale presque sur la
pointe de la pectorale et moins séparée de la seconde. Il y
a encore quelques différences sur les couleurs. Je regrette de
n’avoir pas observé la langue, l’angle de la machoire inférieure,
les rayons de lanale. Les écailles des nageoires verticales
sont les mémes.
Histoire.—L’espéce est trés rare, si l’on considére que je
66 Poissons de Vile de Cuba.
ne lai vue qu’ une fois; mais il est probable que je l’aie con-
fondue au marché avec le M. brasiliensis. C’est le No. 529
de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba.
Mugil trichodon. pL. vim, rics. 4-8.
C’est toujours en suivant la déscription de mon chef de file,
et en m/arrétant sur les différences, que je vais décrire cette
nouvelle espece 4 langue lisse et & nageoires verticales écail-
leuses.
Longueur totale, 275 millimétres, contenant la hauteur du corps un
peu plus de cing fois et la téte un peu moins. L’ceil est contenu quatre
fois et un cinquiéme dans la longueur de la téte, eloigné plus d’un diamétre
du bout du museau, qui est pointu. La lévre supérieure est médiocrement
grosse; le maxillaire est caché sous un sous-orbitaire dentelé, ou du moins
bien strié sur son bord: Ja lévre inférieure est aplatie et étroite.
Les dents sont longues de deux millimétres, comparativement écartées,
flexibles, courbées, environ quarante sur chaque mfchoire de chaque cété :
elles paraissent filiformes; mais, 4 la loupe, elles se montrent comprimeés
et élargies 4 leur extrémité (fig. 7). Les branches de la machoire infé-
rieure forment un angle de soixante-et-dix degrés.
La ventrale s’attache sur les cing septiémes de la longueur de la pecto-
rale. La premiére dorsale a sa ligne d’aplomb séparée de la pointe de
la pectorale, un espace égal aux trois cinquiémes de cette nageoire,
et plus prés de sa base que du commencement de la seconde dorsale.
La premiére épine du dos n’est que la moitié de la longueur de la téte,
quoique elle soit la moitié du corps au-dessous d’elle. Les rayons de l’a-
nale sontcertainement 3,8. lL’espace libre entre les deux nageoires du dos
dépasse de moitié ’étendue de la premiére. Les écailles sont grandes,
trent-cing sur une ligne longitudinale, marquées sur la base d’un petit
trait.
Couleur gris de plomb brillant, ventre argenté, nageoires d’un brun pale,
sans autre tache noiratre: la tache des pectorales est presque nulle. Il y
a des reflets sur les cétés de la téte.
Comparaison.—Il resemble plus au MM. brasiliensis qu’au
Gaimardianus. Il est plus allongé, la région caudale bien
comprimée, la téte plus longue, le museau plus pointu ; l’eil
est plus petit; langle de la machoire plus aigu; la premiere
dorsale est plus séparée de la pointe de la pectorale, et sur-
tout du commencement de la seconde ; les stigmates secréteurs
Poissons de Vile de Cuba. 67
de la téte sont plus petits, mais ce qui les distingue le
mieux, ce sont les dents.
Histoire.—Il est rare: Je l’ai vu plus Vune fois. Num.
611 de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba.
Weoconger perlongus. pL. 9, rigs. 3-4.
Ce poisson se rapproche compléetement des Congres par la
position des narines, ayant l’ouverture postérieure haute et
pres de l’eil ; et il se rapproche des Ophisures par lextrémité
de la queue: ses nageoires tres basses le rangent dans le
genre Weoconger de Girard.
Longueur totale 320 millimétres (140+180). La téte est contenue un
peu plus de cing fois dans la premiére partie du corps, qui termine 4 anus.
Le museau est pointu, la gorge renfliée; la bouche est fendue jusqu’é la
quatriéme partie de la téte. L’ceil est grand, et finit un peu en avant de la
commissure buccale, séparé du bout du museau un diamétre et trois quarts.
La machoire inférieure est arriérée. Il y a de chaque cété trois pores
entre les deux ouvertures nasales, une autre plus bas, trois derriére l’eil,
deux 4lamachoireinférieure. Les nombreux et fins rayons branchiostéges
se laissent voir sur la peau, 4 la partie postérieure de la téte.
On reconnait 4 la loupe que les dents sont trés courtes mais robustes,
un peu crochues et pointues, toutes de méme grandeur, et sur un rang;
quelques-unes placées sur le devant des machoires, sont plus longues.
Je ne puis pas bien distinguer les vomériennes, mais sur le milieu du pla-
teau nasal il y a un rang de dents courtes et robustes.
Ce poisson est remarquable par le peu de hauteur du corps, laquelle, prise
entre la pectorale et l’anus, entre soixante-et-douze fois dans la longueur
totale. La dorsale et l’anale sont basses, environ le quart ou le cinquieme
de la hauteur du corps. La premiére commence un peu en arriére de la
pointe de la pectorale, et finit sur la pointe méme de la queue, ainsi que
Yanale. Couleur brun-violet, plus pale sous le ventre. La peau, vue sous
la loupe, est pointillée de noir.
Histoire.—Je ne Vai eu qu'une seule fois & Matanzas.
Cest le num. 639, de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba.
Gymnothorax umbrosus. PL. IX, Frias. 1-2.
Longueur totale 660 millimétres, savoir 340-320, ce qui fait la queue
plus courte que le reste du corps, dont la téte occupe le quart: celle-ci
nest pas grosse et n’a pas la nuque relevée. La hauteur du poisson est
68 Poissons de Vile de Cuba.
contenue seize fois dans la longueur totale. La bouche est fendue jusqu’a
la moitié de la téte. L’oeil est petit, fait un sixitme de la bouche, et se
trouve placé un peu plus prés du bout du museau que de la commissure.
L’ouverture postérieure nasale est haute, devant leeil, fendue longitudinale-
ment; lautre est tubuleuse et terminale. Le long des machoires, ily a
quatre pores en haut, trois en bas et deux entre les ouvertures des narines.
La machoire supérieure présente & V’extrémité une rangée de petites
dents, suivies en dedans d’autres plus longues et gréles, tant au palais
comme au plateau nasal: ces derniéres sont les plus longues. Les dents
de la machoire inférieure sont sur un seul rang, plus nombreuses, plus
serrées, tournées un peu en arriére, environ trente de chaque coté; les six
premiéres plus longues et écartées, faisant jeu avec celles d’en haut. Les
dents vomériennes sont sur un seulrang. Les deux machoires sont d’égale
longueur.
La nageoire dorsale commence au-dessous de ouverture des ouies, elle
augmente insensiblement de hauteur jusqu’a l’anus, ot elle aun peu moins
du tiers de la hauteur du corps au-dessous d’elle; de 14 elle va en diminu-
ant jusqu’a l’extrémité de la queue, ou elle se réduit 4 presque rien, pour
s’unir 4 l’anale; celle-ci est d’un tiers moins haute que la dorsale, entrant
prés de douze fois dans la hauteur du tronc. Deux lignes longitudinales,
comme un pli, parcourent la longueur de la dorsale. Plusieurs plis se
rendent de l’ouverture branchiale aux cétés de la bouche.
Couleur brune, tirant un peu sur le rouge. Cette couleur forme de
nombreuses marbrures sur un fond plus pale, et de la couleur uniforme
rougeatre du ventre; ces marbrures sont peu prononcées. Les nageoires
sont aussi d’un fond rougeatre.
C’est une femelle: les ceufs, tombés dans V’abdomen, sont ronds, d’un
millimétre de diamétre et trés blancs. Je l’ai envoyé au Smithsonian In-
stitution. No. 403 de mon Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba.
Gymnothorax polygonius. PL. x.
Longueur totale, 722 millimétres (344-+378).
La téte est contenue plus de trois fois et demie dans la longueur du
tronc, la téte incluse: elle parait grosse 4 cause du renflement de la
gorge; l’occiput est relevé, le profil fait une ligne rentrante sur lil.
La miachoire inférieure est un peu arriérée. -La fente buccale est contenue
deux fois et demie dans la longueur de la téte. L’ceil fait la cinquiéme
partie de cette ouverture, placé plus prés de la commissure que de l’ex-
trémité du museau. L’ouverture postérieure des narines est arrondie,
Vantérieure porte un tube qui dépasse le bout du museau. Le long des
machoires on compte trois pores en haut, et trois en bas: entre les deux
ouvertures antéricures, il y a deux pores. Les joues sont parcourues,
depuis Vouverture branchiale jusqu’é la bouche par sept lignes, ou plis
paralléles: plus ces lignes sont inférieures, plus elles avancent.
La machoire supérieure est pourvue d’une série externe de dents, envi-
Poissons de Vile de Cuba. 69
ron guinze, courtes, écartées, tournées en arriére, presque égaies au nasal
et aux palatins: le plateau nasal a sur la ligne médiane deux dents plus
longues. Les dents du vomer paraissent étre sur un seul rang. La ma-
choire inféricure porte une autre série de dents toutes semblables, un
peu plus courtes que celles de la m&choire supérieure: ces dents sont
comprimées et aigués, assez rapprochécs, au nombre de seize a vingt.
La hauteur du trone est contenue quinze fois et demie dans la longueur
totale. La nageoire du dos commence aux deux tiers de la téte, d’abord
basse, et peu aprés haute, de maniére a entrer trois fois et demie dans la
hauteur du corps: elle s’étend trés peu 4 l’extrémité de la queue, ou elle
se continue avec l’anale, qui est extrémement basse, comme un relief, dont
la hauteur n’est que la douziéme partie de celle de la dorsale, vers le milieu
de la queue, ou un trente sixiéme de la hauteur du tronc.
La couleur est blanchatre, ou jaunatre pale; le tronc et la queue par-
courus par des bandelettes d’un brun jaundtre, qui décrivent des polygones
incomplets, ordinairement des carrés irréguliers dont les cotés ont deux 4
quatre fois le diamétre de l’ceil. Outre cela, toute la peau est couverte
@une marbrure fine, qui forme sur la téte des traits arrondis, comme j’en
ai représenté une partie sur la figure. Ces bandelettes s’étendent sur la
nageoire supérieure, qui est de la couleurdu trope. La peau est si grosse,
qu’elle ne permet pas de compter les rayons. La nageoire anale a le bord
tout blanc. Iris jaune. "
L’espece n’est pas commune. Je l’ai envoyeé au Smithso-
nian Institution. C’est le No. 602 de mon Ichthyologie MS.
de Cuba.
Chilomycterus orbitosus.
Famille des Diodontidi. Longueur totale, 345 millimetres.
Brun clair en dessus et sur les flanes, ot il se montre tout couvert de
taches rondes, tracées par des lignes brunes circulaires qui se touchent
sans se croiser, aussi grandes que la pupille, rehaussées souvent par le
fond plus foncé des interstices. Le ventre a ses taches plus grandes et
ovales, d’un orangé trés vif tirant sur le vermillon, sur un fond bien noir
des interstices. De plus il y a deux grandes taches paires, noires, bor-
dées de clair, savoir: une au-dessus de la nageoire pectorale, une autre en
arriére de cette méme nageoire. La base de la dorsale porte une bande
noire. Nageoires orangées; lévres rougeatres, ainsi que le tube des narines.
Iris jaunatre, avec un cercle rouge.
Les épines sont fortes, courtes, affermies sur trois racines, au nombre
A-peu-prés de quatre-vingt sur tout le corps, sans compter les petites du
ventre. Le dessus de la téte présente en avant une de ces épines, deux
plus en arriére; deux au-dessus de l’cil, une au-dessous, une en arriére.
Il y a trois tentacles pendants de la michoire inférieure, de chaque coté.
70 Descriptions of Two New Species of Birds.
D. 12; P. 23; C. 8. La vessie natatoire est comme celle du Paradiodon
hystriz ; la rate est arrondie, de méme que la vésicule du fie], laquelle est
jaunatre.
Variété :— On trouve de plus quelguefois une tache grande, noire, ano
die, en arriére de la machoire inférieure.
L’espéce est assez commune. C’est le No. 109 de mon
Ichthyologie MS. de Cuba.
VII.— Descriptions of Two New Species of Birds of the
Families Tanagride and Tyrannide.
BY GEO. N. LAWRENCE.
5
Read November 16, 1874.
Pheenicothraupis cristata.
Maur. Upper plumage of a deep dull vinous color; the front, sides of
the head, breast, and under tail coverts of a rather dull crimson; the
throat bright scarlet; sides and lower part of abdomen dusky; the crest,
which is much elongated and recurved, is bright scarlet; quills smoky-
black with their outer margins the color of the back; tail feathers deep
vinous red, the central ones and outer webs of the others brighter in
color; bill black; tarsi and toes dark brown.
Length about 8 in.; wing 4; tail 33; tarsi 1; bill $; from base of bill
to end of crest 1 9-16 inches.
Habitat. New Granada, Bogota.
Remarks. I found the single specimen described above,
in a collection of birds from Bogota.
It differs from all others of the genus in having a conspic-
uous and well developed crest ; in its allies the crest is partly
concealed. In general appearance otherwise, it is most like,
and is of about the same size as P. fuscicauda, but differs in
the throat being of a deeper color than in that species, and
Descriptions of Two New Species of Birds. 71
in having the sides of the head, the tail feathers and the outer
margins of the quills dark red; in P. fuscicauda these parts
are dusky.
Myiarchus flammulatus.
Entire upper plumage of a light greenish-olive, the crown just per-
ceptibly of adarker shade; tail feathers of a rather light brown, the outer
‘margins light rufous and the inner webs just edged with very pale salmon
color; loral space and eyelids grayish-white; chin, throat, and upper
part of breast grayish-white, the centres of the feathers on the upper part
of the throat are very pale ash, but the lower part of the throat and the
breast are marked with distinct light colored ashy flammulations, lower
part of breast, abdomen and under tail coverts pale yellow; thighs of a
light rusty-brown, quill feathers of a darker brown than the tail, the pri-
maries edged with very pale rufous, the secondaries margined with gray-
ish white, and the tertiaries broadly edged with grayish-white; the wing
coverts end rather broadly with very pale rufous, forming three distinct
bars across the wings; under wing coverts pale yellow, inner margins of
quills pale salmon color; bill dark brownish-black, with a whitish spot on
the angle of the lower mandible; tarsi and toes brownish-black.
Length 6 in.; wing 2%; tail 2g; tarsi 3; bill §, width at base 7-16.
Habitat.. Mexico, “Tehuantepec, Cacoprieto.” Type in
the National Museum at Washington. Procured by Prof.
F. Sumichrast in June, 1872; original number 1555.
Remarks. Prof. Sumichrast thought it would prove to be
a new species, and forwarded it to me for examination, but
I did not receive the specimen until the summer of this year,
the box containing it having been lost sight of for several
months.
Its dimensions are less than those of MW. lawrencii, and
the colors throughout are paler; it also differs in having a
whitish throat and flammulated markings on the breast ; these
parts in MW. lawrencti being of a clear bluish cinereous ; the
lores and eyelids are grayish-white, in J. lawrencti they are
brown like the crown; the bill in the new species is much
broader.
In reply to my inquiry for other facts concerning it, and
its relationship to M. lawrencii, Prof. Sumichrast wrote as
ib Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks.
follows: “I have two more specimens of the Mytarchus
(No. 1555) in my possession (which I hope soon to send
you), and consider them distinct from 47. lawrencit, These
two specimens, like the one you have seen, have a grayi$h-
white throat, and on the breast deeper longitudinal spots,
although slightly marked, and the bill also broad. The
physiognomy of these birds in life is sufficiently distinct
from M. lawrencit, to enable me to distinguish them even at
a distance ; the body of No. 1554 is in fact thicker and more
robust. I have had occasion to kill a great many of the J/.
lawrencii, and I have always been able at first sight to re-
cognize them-as such, although perched at a great height.
My immediate impression on seeing No. 1555 for the first
time was that I had before me a new form. I have never
seen in the M. lawrencit dark flammulations on the breast,
which the three specimens of No. 1555 show, although but
lightly marked.” :
VIII. — Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks, with Descrip-
tions of New Species.
BY THOMAS BLAND.
Read Oct. 5, 1874.
Oleacina flexuosa, Pfr.
Tuts was described in 1854 (Zool. Proc.), from a speci-
men in Cuming’s cabinet, and subsequently figured in Nov.
Conch., I, t. 2, f. 16-17, but the habitat was unknown.
There is in the Swift cabinet * a very fine example, with
*I have recently had the opportunity of examining the collection of my late
esteemed friend, Mr. Robert Swift, before its delivery to the Philadelphia Academy, to
which it has been presented by his daughter,
Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 73
note that it was received from Aux Cayes, in November,
1856, from Mr. Ross. Mr. Swift communicated this, and
probably sent to Dr. Pfeiffer the imperfect shell referred to
in Mon. VI, 278.
The specimen in the Swift cabinet is long. 65, diam. 24
mill., apert. 37 mill. long., infra medium 10 mill. lata.
This is the only species in the West Indies nearly allied to
the large Mexican forms.
Macrocyclis euspira, Pfr.
In the Swift cabinet I lately found young specimens, as
well as adults, of this Venezuelean species, and from one of
the former obtained the animal. W. G. Binney favors me
with the following report on its dentition : —
‘The lingual membrane is indeed like that of Macrocyclis in its general
type. It differs from our North American species only in having all the
teeth purely aculeate, the usual form of marginals in the Vitrinine. It
has no laterals, but the first teeth are of a transitional character, between
laterals and marginals. This cannot be,considered a generic difference.
Zonites levigatus has no true laterals, ant several species have not more
than two.
M. euspira has a true Glandina-like lingual, especially in the form of
the central tooth, which is of a somewhat different character in the North
American species of Macrocyclis.
The presence of a jaw with smooth anterior surface and decided median
projection to the cutting margin, in connection with the form and
arrangement of the teeth and the absence of true laterals, warrant our
placing euspira in Macrocyclis.”
v. Martens has this species in Ammonoceras, subgenus of
Hyalina, with, among others, H. caduca, Pfr. of Mexico,
which is doubtless a Zonttes.
Macrocyclis Baudoni, Petit.
The jaw and dentition of this species were described
(Amer. Jour. Conch., VII, 1871, and Annals, X, 1873), by
W. G. Binney and myself, and we found it to be a Macro-
cyclis.
FEBRUARY, 1875. 6 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Voi. XT
74 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks.
Macrocyclis concolor, Fer.
This species, judging from its great similarity, if not
identity, with MZ. Baudoni, is doubtless a Macrocyclis.
Shuttleworth (Diag. n. Moll. 1854) mentions, on the
authority of Blauner, that JZ. concolor is viviparous. In the
Swift cabinet a specimen is preserved, which he had alive,
and from which he took five embryo shells. What the habit
is in that respect of the North American species of Macro-
cyclis has not been noticed. ,
M. concolor and Baudoni are placed by v. Martens in
Morchia (subgenus of Hyalina), which must now, however,
be treated as a synonyme of Macrocyclis.
M. laxata, Fer., is the type of that genus, but its denti-
tion is, I believe, unknown.
The geographical distribution of the species shows that
Macrocyclis is essentially an American genus.
In the Pacific Province of the Northern Continent, four
species are found; JZ. Vancouverensis, sportella, Voyana and
Duranti. In eastern North America, MW. concava. H. pau-
cispira, Poey, of Cuba, will, I think, prove to be a Macro-
cyclis. M. concolor belongs to Puerto Rico, and Baudoni to
Guadaloupe and Dominica; MM. euspira to Venezuela.
Zonites Lansingi, nov. sp.
T. imperforata, orbiculato-depressa, fusco-cornea, superne levigata,
basi substriatula; sutura impressa; anfr. 54 convexiusculi, ultimus non
descendens, ad peripheriam obsolete angulatus, subtus convexior, circa
regionem umbilicarem excavatus; apertura anguste lunaris; peristo-
mate acuto, margine dextro-lamella obsolete serrata intus incrassato, colu-
mellari vix reflexiusculo.
Shell imperforate, orbicular-depressed, shining, dark horn-colored,
smooth above, at the base substriate; suture impressed; whorls 54
rather convex, the last not descending, obsoletely angular at the periph-
ery, more convex at the base, excavated around the umbilical region;
aperture narrow, lunate; peristome acute, the right margin thickened
within by an obsoletely denticulated lamella, columellar margin scarcely
reflected.
Diam. maj. vix 3, min. 24-mill., alt. 1} mill.
Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 75
Habitat. In damp moist places, among leaves. Astoria,
Oregon.
Remarks. Two figures of the species are annexed. The
aspect of the upper surface of the shell is very like that of
Z. multidentatus, Binney.
Fig.1. Zonites Lansingi.
I am indebted to Mr. Henry Hemphill for this interesting
little species, and dedicate it to my young friend, Mr. A.
Ten Eyck Lansing of Burlington, New Jersey, a very prom-
ising student, to whom Mr. W. G. Binney and myself. are
much indebted for assistance in our examination of the den-
tition of terrestrial mollusks.
One specimen of Z. Lansing?, appearing to have the ani-
mal within it, was crushed between two glass slides, enabling
Mr. Binney, without the use of potash, satisfactorily to ob-
serve the jaw and teeth remaining uninjured in the tissues of
the animal. Iam indebted to him for the subjoined particulars.
Fig. 2.
Jaw (fig. 2, A) low, wide, slightly arcuate; ends scarcely attenuated,
blunt; cutting margin without median projection; anterior surface with
fourteen, broad, unequal, crowded, flat ribs, slightly denticulating either
margin.
76 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks.
The first impression given by the jaw is that it bears narrow, separated
ribs, as in Bulimulus, Cylindrella, etc. A more careful study of it, however,
shows the ribs to be very broad, crowded, flat, with narrow interstices
between them.
Lingual membrane with 17-1-17 teeth; six laterals. Centrals (fig. 2, B)
with the base of attachment longer than wide, the lower lateral angles
expanded; upper margin broadly reflected; reflection very short, tricus-
pid, side cusps decidedly developed, short, bearing distinct cutting
points, median cusp long, slender, bulging at sides, reaching nearly to
the lower edge of the base of attachment, beyond which projects slightly
the distinct, long cutting point. Laterals like the centrals, but unsymmet-
rical by the suppression of the inner, lower angle of the base of attach-
ment, and inner side cusp and cutting point. Marginals (fig. 2, C) acyle-
ate, their base of attachment less sole-like than usual in Zonites, but more
circular in outline. Fig. C shows these bases of attachment. Fig. D
gives one marginal tooth in profile.
This is the first known instance of a species with ribs on
its jaw having aculeate marginal teeth; or of a species fur-
nished with a Zonites-like shell having decided ribs on its
jaw. It will be difficult to find a place for the species under
any description of genus or subfamily. The shell is that of
Zonites, but that genus has a ribless jaw with median pro-
jection.
Zonites Stearnsii, nov. sp.?
With land shells from the west coast, kindly sent to me
for examination by my friend Mr. Stearns, I lately noticed a
single specimen of a form from Astoria, Oregon, allied to
Z. Lansingi. Itis larger, more elevated and more distinctly
striated than that species, has seven whorls, with rather wider
and more rounded aperture, but without the lamella within
the outer margin of the peristome.
The measurements are diam. maj., 4, min. 33 mill., alt.
24 mill.
Having before mea single specimen I am unwilling for-
mally to describe the species, which for the present I desig-
nate as Zonites Stearnsit.
Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 77
The accompanying figures of this and the preceding species
were kindly drawn for me, on wood, by Mr. W. G. Binney.
Fig. 8. Zonites Stearnsii.
Zonites indentatus, Say.
Pfeiffer, on the authority of Hjalmarson, mentions the
occurrence of this species in St. Domingo.
I have specimens collected by Dr. Cleve in Puerto Rico
which are scarcely distinguishable from Z. indentatus, but
the color is very much darker than of American shells.
Hyalina Bermudensis, Pfr.
This has been shown (Bland and Binney, Annals, X, 221)
from the character of the lingual dentition, to belong to the
Vitrinea, not to the Helicacea of v. Marten’s arrangement.
I am indebted to Mr. J. Matthew Jones for an opportunity
of examining a remarkable sub-fossil form found in stalag-
mitic conglomerate, in caverns at Tucker’s Town, Bermuda.
The living H. Bermudensis, as described by Pfeiffer (Zool.
Proc., 1845), has seven whorls and in size is diam. maj. 23,
min. 21 mill., alt. 12 mill.
The extinct form differs from it in having nine whorls, the
last more convex above, a less acute carina, umbilicus smaller,
but especially in size. The measurements are diam. maj.
37, min. 34 mill., alt. 19 mill.
I propose the name of Hyalina -Nelsoni for the sub-fossil
species, in honor of Lieut. Nelson, the author of valuable
geological memoirs on the Bermuda and Bahama Islands.
78 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks.
Although its contemporary and survivor, H. Bermudensis, is
nearly allied to it, I cannot refer to them as being identical.
The occurrence of this large extinct form in Bermuda is
very interesting. It may surely be inferred that the species
lived at a period when the area of the land was more exten-
sive and elevated. The existing form, it should be mentioned,
is also found sub-fossil.
Wollaston (Variation of Species, 1856) remarks, with
respect to some large extinct Madeira Helices, that they may
have been but forms of the smaller living species,—“coex-
istent with them, though more sensitive to the great diminu-
tion of altitude and area which were consequent on the break-
ing-up of a once continuous land.”
Sub-fossil are not unfrequently larger than living allied or
identical forms. Ihave noticed that the sub-fossil Chond-
ropoma? basicarinatum and chordiferum of St. Croix are
larger than their very near ally C. Santacruzense, now living
on that Island. The extinct H. Josephine, found in St.
Kitts, is considerably larger than the living forms of the
neighboring Islands. St. Croix and St. Kitts, geologically
speaking, are but fragments of larger areas.
Some living species, however, vary very much in size: I
may instance 7. Luquillensis Shuttl. of Puerto Rico. The
measurements given by Shuttleworth are diam. maj., 40;
min. 32 mill.; alt. 30 ad 33 mill. In the Swift cabinet
there is a remarkably small specimen, diam. maj., 29; min.
25 mill.; alt. 18 mill.
M. concolor, Fer., of the same Island is another instance.
In the Swift Cabinet there is one, 54 whorls, diam. maj. 25;
min. 23 mill.; alt. 9 mill. Adult specimens collected by
Dr. Cleve, having 44 whorls, are not more than half that
size. Unfortunately, I have no note as to the stations of the
different sized forms.
Guesteria Powisiana, Pfr.
M. Crosse (Jour. de Conch., 1872) described and figured
Helix Powisiana, Pfr., placing it in the new genus Guesteria,
Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 79
of which it is the only known species. He remarks on its
rarity and the absence of mention of it in my Catalogue of
shells collected in New Grenada (Cont. to Conch., 1852).
On a recent examination of shells, which my late valued
friend Mr. Robert Swift had from me in 1852, still preserved
in his Cabinet, I identified a young specimen of Guesteria
Powisiana, which I found in 1851 near Marmato, at an ele-
vation of about 5,000 feet, on the Western Cordillera of the
Andes. The shell had not been previously determined.
Simpulopsis dominicensis, Pfr.
In the Swift Cabinet are two specimens, marked “ Vitrina,”
found by Hjalmarson near Puerto Plata (Haiti), but which
are I believe young shells of Simpulopsis dominicensis.
In Mal. Blatt. 1858, p. 146, Pfeiffer mentions a Vitrina from
Haiti, on the authority of Hjalmarson, which was subse-
quently found probably, to be what I have suggested.
Helix bracteola, Fer. (Microphysa).
M. Mazé enumerates this in his Catalogue of Martinique
species (Jour. Conch. April, 1874) and I am indebted to M.
Crosse for a specimen of it. Looking at the description and
figure by Deshayes (in Fer. Hist. I, p. 84, t. 86, f. 2), Ido
not doubt the determination, but believe that the species is
the same as /7. vortex, Pfr.
Helix Sargenti, nov. sp.
T. sub-perforata, globoso-depressa, oblique striata, tenuis, pallide cor-
nea?; spira brevis, apice obtusa; anfr. 5, convexiusculi, ultimus antice
-descendens, ad peripheriam obsolete angulatus, basi subplanulatus ; aper-
tura obliqua, lunato-rotundata; perist. marginibus approximatis, dextro
expansiusculo, columellari superne perdilatato, reflexo, perforationem
fere tegente, basali introrsum lamellato-calloso.
Shell subperforate, globose-depressed; obliquely striated, thin, pale
horn-colored?; spire short, apex obtuse; whorls 5, rather convex, the last
descending at the aperture, obsoletely angular at the periphery, base sub-
planulate; aperture oblique, lunate-rounded; peristome with the margins
80 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks.
approximating, right margin somewhat .expanded, columellar margin
much dilated above, reflected, nearly covering the perforation, basal mar-
gin with a lamelliform callus within. Diam. maj. 15; min. 13 mill.; alt.
8 mill.
Habitat. Little Inagua, Bahamas.
Remarks. This in general form is much like H. Duclosi-
ana, Fer., but the interior projecting tooth is wanting and the
callus on the basa] margin is more developed.
The species belongs to the subgenus Plagioptycha, which
is peculiarly characteristic of the Haitian fauna. I have else-
where remarked (Annals X, 318) on the evidences of the
former more intimate connection of Inagua and Turks Islands
with Haiti. I name the species after Mr. Daniel Sargent of
Inagua, to whom I am indebted for many interesting shells
from the Bahamas.
Helix marginella, Gmel. (Caracolus).
In the Swift Cabinet there are specimens from Mayaguez,
Puerto Rico, in which the dark band almost covers the upper
whorls, leaving simply a narrow lighter colored margin next
the sutures ; the dark band equally wide at the base. There
is also an albino specimen, which was found in 1864, by the
late Mr. Haigenson in a wood, on San Isidio Estate, near
the city of San Juan.
This species occurs in Viéque and Culabre as well as in
Puerto Rico.
Helix Gaskoini, Pfr. (Caracolus).
M. Sallé first collected this in St. Domingo. He noticed, I
learn from him, many specimens, but all appearing dead and
white, collected two only, one of which remains in his Cab-
inet, the other in Cuming’s. ;
Professor Gabb found specimens during his explorations
in St. Domingo, and one of them was given to me by Dr.
Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 81
Newcomb. It agrees entirely with Pfeiffer’s description
(Zool. Proc., 1851) and with Reeve’s figure.
Helix bizonalis, Desh.
Several years ago Mr. Ferguson found on logwood brought
to the Port of New York, two specimens of a shell allied in
form to H. marginella, Gmel. of Puerto Rico ; with them were
examples of H. crispata Fer., an indication that the logwood
was from Haiti. One of the specimens is still in my posses-
sion, the other in the Swift Cabinet.
Dr. Newcomb collected one fresh example when crossing
the eastern end of the Island; the shell was sent to me for
examination and found to be similar to that had from Mr.
Ferguson.
In 1872 I received another (dead) specimen from Mrs.
Wm. Klatte, found near Port au Prince, with H. crispata.
The Ferguson shell was compared in 1871, by Mr. Sow-
erby, in the British Museum, and agreed with specimens
there labelled H. btzonalis, Desh.
In 1873 my specimens were examined by Sallé with the
type of HH. bizonalis in the collection of Deshayes, and pro-
nounced identical with it.
Deshayes (Fer. Hist. I, 68, N. 90) has, in the synonymy
of the species, H. marginata, Var. Fer. Hist., t. 63, f. 11-
12, which figures certainly agree with bizonalis.
Deshayes does not give the habitat of bizonalis; in Chem.
ed. 2, N. 956, the species is attributed, apparently on the
authority of specimens in Cuming’s Cabinet, to Manila, but
undoubtedly it belongs to Haiti. Looking at the variability
of H. Sagemon of Cuba, I am much inclined to consider
that H. Gaskoini is a var. of bizonalis.
The occurrence of the nearly allied forms of. Sagemon in
Cuba, dizonalis in Haiti, and marginella in Puerto Rico, is an
interesting fact. The connection of the faunas of the two
latter Islands is strikingly shown by the prevalence of forms
82 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks.
closely related to HZ. caracolla*, and H. Audebardi of Haiti
has a near ally in H. Luquillensis of Puerto Rico.
HI. bizonalis is placed by v. Martens (Albers ed. 2) in the
sub-genus Obba, probably with reference to the supposed
habitat, “Luzon,” while Sagemon and marginella are in
Caracolus.
Helix platystyla, Pfr. (Leptoloma).
Pfeiffer described this species in the Zool. Proc., 1849,
froma specimen, “expallescens,” in Cuming’s Cabinet. In
Mon. Hel. II, 175, the habitat doubtfully given is Moluccas ;
it is placed next before H. conspersula, Pfr. and H. fusco-
cincta, C. B. Ad. of Jamaica, to which it is very closely allied.
An example from Jamaica in my Cabinet agrees closely
with Pfeiffer’s description and Reeve’s figure (Conch. Icon.
N. 487, t. 90). Similar specimens in the Chitty Collection,
British Museum, are labelled H. fusco-cincta, var. H. con-
spersula was described by Pfeiffer in 1845, the habitat un-
known. In 1871 Mr. Sowerby informed me that a specimen
in the British Museum is ascribed to India.
Hl. platystyla belongs, I believe, to Jamaica as well as
Hf. conspersula and fusco-cincta.
Cylindrella gracilicollis, Fer.
I am indebted to Mrs. Wm. Klatte for several specimens
of this species, found in the vicinity of Port au Prince, Haiti.
It has been erroneously attributed to St. Thomas. Judging
from a very young individual it appears that the number of
whorls in a perfect shell must be from twenty to twenty-two.
The four upper whorls are smooth.
On the axis there are two revolving lamine. I have not
had an opportunity of examining the internal structure of
many species from the Island of Haiti, but find two lamelle
* H. caracolla is found semi-fossil only in St. Croix, but Mr. Swift assured me that I
erroneously referred to H. marginella as occurring there in a similar condition (Annals
VII, 357).
Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 83
on the axis of C. Salleana and Hjalmarsoni. It is curious
that no species peculiar to Jamaica has a similar character of
axis.
Macroceramus Swifti, nov. sp.
T. imperforata, cylindraceo-turrita, confertim striata, punctis numero-
sis et strigis obliquis fusco-corneis variegata; spira ovato-conica, apice
obtusula, pallide cornea; anf. 114 vix convexiusculi, ultimus rotundatus,
infra medium obsolete filo-carinatus; apertura diagonalis, rotundato-luna-
rio, perist. albido, expansiusculo, incrassato, margine dextro arcuato,
columellari dilatato.
Shell imperforate, cylindrically turreted, crowdedly striated, variegated
with oblique dark horn colored stripes and numerous spots; spire ovate-
conic, apex rather obtuse, pale horn-colored; whorls 114 scarcely convex,
the last rounded, obsoletely carinated below the middle; aperture diag-
onal, roundly lunate; peristome whitish, rather expanded, thickened, the
right margin arcuate, columellar margin dilated.
Long. 11, lat. 4 mill.; ap. 3 mill. long, 2 lat.
Habitat. Turks Island, also Inagua, Bahamas.
Remarks. This species is allied to WM. Hermanni, Pfr., of
Haiti, but is less distinctly costulated, the suture not crenu-
lated and has thicker peristome.
I dedicate the species to the late Mr. Robert Swift, from
whom I originally received specimens.
Macroceramus Klatteanus, nov. sp.
T. rimata, oblongo-turrita, solidula, oblique costulata, albida, strigis
interruptis et maculis castaneis ornata; spira elongata, apice albido;
sutura subcrenulata; anfr. 10 convexiusculi, ultimus rotundatus, basi ad
aperturam compressus, infra peripheriam fascia 1 nigricante, interrupta,
notatus; apertura diagonalis, subcircularis; perist. albo, obtuso, margin-
ibus approximatis, dextro subarcuato, columellari subdilatato.
Shell rimate, oblong-turreted, rather solid, obliquely ribbed, whitish
with chestnut colored interrupted stripes and spots; spire elongate, apex
whitish ; suture subcrenulated ; whorls ten, rather convex, the last rounded,
compressed at the base near the aperture, one interrupted dark band
below the periphery; aperture diagonal, subcircular; perist. white, ob-
tuse, with approximating margins, right margin subarcuate, columellar
margin scarcely dilated.
Long. 11, lat. 4 mill.; ap. 3 mill. longa.
84 Notes on Cer‘ain Terrestrial Mollusks.
Habitat. Near Port au Prince, ‘Haiti.
Remarks. This is allied in form and ornamentation to
M. tenuiplicatus, Pfr., but is much smaller, is costate, and
differs from it in form of aperture. I received specimens of
this and other interesting Haitian shells from Mrs. Wm.
Klatte after whom I name this species.
Bulimulus stramineus, Guilding (Drymaeus).
Several years ago I sent to Dr. Pfeiffer a specimen from
St. Vincent, which he described (Mon. VI, p. 44) under this
name as an authentic example of Guilding’s species, of which
however it is probably a variety. I have since received from
Governor Rawson extremely fine specimens more closely
agreeing with Guilding’s description.
Pfeiffer (Mon. II, 203) gives the following description,
“T. subdiaphana, straminea, transverse densissime striatula ;
anfr. 6-7, apicalis ferrugineus (G.). On referring, however,
to the Linn. Trans. XIV, p. 340, I find the description to be
“Testa tenera, tota straminea, transverse obscuro-dense stri-
ata; anfr. sex.”
~ The most common form is of uniform bright yellow, some
specimens have a purple apex and others several narrow red-
dish-brown bands. One of my specimens measures: long.
34, lat. 14; ap. 16 mill. long., 103 lata. B. stramineus oc-
curs also in the Island of Mustique one of the Grenadines.
Bulimus stramineus, Richard.
In the Swift Cabinet there are shells under this name, re-
ceived from M. Sallé and said to be from St. Domingo. I
can find no mention of, or reference to, such a species in the.
books.
The largest specimen, which is scarcely adult, has 54 whorls;
the two upper whorls have a pale yellowish tinge, the apex
rather darker in color. It is very like and may be a variety
of B. liliaceus, Fer. which occurs in Puerto Rico.
Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 85
Stenogyra Dominicensis, Pfr. (Pseudobalea).
This was described in 1850 by Pfeiffer as a Balea, but in
1854 Shuttleworth (Diag. n. Moll. No. 6) referred it to Sten-
ogyra.
Pfeiffer described it as Bulimus hasta in Malak. Bl. 1856.
From a Cuban specimen, in the Cabinet of R. Swift, I ob-
tained the animal and found it to be viviparous. From one
I took five embryonic shells, of from two to three whorls.
The jaw and lingual membrane were examined by W. G.
Binney, who informs me that they exhibit the characters pre-
vailing in Stenogyra, the jaw striate, without median projec-
tion; central lingual tooth small, laterals large, subquadrate,
perfectly symmetrical in base of attachment and tricuspid.
The jaw of S. decollata has the same fine strie.
Strophia calcarea, Pfr.
Several dead specimens of this rather rare shell were col-
lected by Mr. D. Sargent on Little Inagua. The habitat of
the species has not hitherto been known.
Ina young shell (4 whorls), the umbilicus is 14 mill. in
diameter. The parietal tooth is shown in the figure in Chem.
ed. 2, t. 19, fig. 4, but not referred to in Pfeiffer’s descrip-
tion.
Strophia iostoma, Pfr.
From Mr. Sargent I have remarkably fine specimens of this
species, from Turtle Cove, Great Inagua. The following
are measurements of extreme forms :
13 whorls, Long. 46 lat. in med. 14 mill.
114 66 66 35 Te 15 «6
11 66 66 31 66 10 «s
Choanopoma occidentale, Pfr.
Pfeiffer refers this species (Malak. Bl. 1860, p. 216) to
Martinique, but as M. Mazé (1. c.) mentions, it does not,
occur in that Island.
86 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks.
Dr. V. Rijgersma collected it several years since in the
Island of St. Martin, and very kindly supplied me with
specimens.
Helix ammonoceras, Pfeiffer. (Ammonoceras, Pfr.)
I discovered this species in 1851, in New Grenada, and it
was described, from a specimen in the Cumingian Collec-
tion, by Pfeiffer in 1854 (Zool. Proc.).
During last year Governor Rawson sent to me, for deter-
mination, a single shell from the Island of Grenada, W. I.,
which I found on comparison with a specimen of H. ammo-
noceras, preserved in the Robt.. Swift Cabinet, to be identical
with it.
Helix Hubbardi, A. D. Brown. (Strobila.)
This was first found near Indianola, Calhoun Co., Texas,
by Mr. E. W. Hubbard, and described by Brown in the
Phila Proc. (Oct., 1861). It was subsequently discovered
at Bellevue, in the Parish of St. Andrew, Island of Jamaica,
and described (Jour. de Conch., Oct., 1871) by Mr. C. P.
Gloyne, as H. Vendryesiana.
In November, 1872, Dr. W. Newcomb found a few speci-
mens on the trees in Bonaventure Cemetery, near Savannah,
Georgia, and kindly sent to me a couple.
I have no doubt as to the identity of the Texas, Jamaica
and Georgia shells.
Gloyne mentions the parietal lamella only, but there are
others as described by Brown. The species is in fact allied
to H. labyrinthica, Say, and not to H. paludosa, to which
group it is referred by Gloyne.
The distribution of H. Hubbardi is certainly curious, but
it may be observed that H. Strebeli, Pfr., which is extremely
like, if not identical with, abyrinthica, belongs to the Mexi-
can fauna.
Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 87
Helicina nemoralis, Guppy.
This Trinidad species can scarcely be considered distinct
from H. Columbiana, Philippi of Venezuela.
Auricula pellucens, Menke.
In 1871 I received several dead specimens of this species
of Auricula from Mr. Henry Prime. He informed me that
he “found about a dozen, none with the animal, on Punta
Rasa, a small island on the west coast of Florida, at the
mouth of Calvasahachee River ; they were in one place only,
at the edge of a mangrove swamp, in company with Melam-
pus bidentatus and M. coniformis; the latter were in great
abundance.” )
Auricula pellucens is referred to Demerara and Ellobium
Ceylanicum, H. & A. A., placed in its synonymy by Pfeif-
fer, to Ceylon. I have one specimen from each of those
localities, given to me by the late Mr. Swift, and they are
certainly very like those from Florida.
Pfeiffer gives the Antilles also, with doubt on the author-
ity of Férussac, as one of the habitats.
I never heard of the collection of the species on the Flor-
ida Coast by any one excepting Mr. Prime. Stimpson (Am.
Naturalist, IV, 587) refers to the present tropical character
of the shells of the west coast of Florida as being plainly
due to the influence of the Gulf Stream. A. pellucens,
whether now living or not on that coast, doubtless originally
owed its introduction there to the agency mentioned by
Stimpson.
88 Four New Species of Birds from Costa Rica.
IX.— Descriptions of Four New Species of Birds from
Costa Rica.
By GEO. N. LAWRENCE.
Read December 21, 1874.
A third instalment of about six hundred specimens of
birds was received quite recently at the Smithsonian Insti-
tution, from Prof. W. M. Gabb, in charge of the Talamanca
Exploring Expedition, Costa Rica, and forwarded to me for
examination. This collection was made by Mr. Juan Cooper,
acting zoologist, Mr. Zeledon having retired from that posi-
tion on account of failing health.
The species described below I consider new to science ;
they all seem to be rare, as the collection contains but a
single example of each.
1. Cyanocitta argentigula.
Female The feathers of the front, lores, with those above and below
the eye and of the chin are rigid, and of an intense black; crown, hind
neck, upper part of back, sides of the neck and the breast black, lower
part of back and rump of a dull deep blackish-blue; the abdomen, sides
and under tail coverts are also dull deep blue, but brighter than the back,
especially on the sides and under tail coverts; on the front part of the
crown is a crescentic mark of bluish-white, which becomes narrower
along each side of the crown, and extends over the ear coverts as far as
the occiput; the feathers of the crown are elongated forming a short
crest; the throat is marked with a sharply defined patch of silvery gray-
ish-white, with just a tinge of blue, and is in strong contrast with the
black that surrounds it; this patch widens out a little at its lower extrem-
ity, which is on the upper part of the breast; the wings and exposed por-
tions of the quill feathers, are of a rich dark cobalt-blue, the inner webs.
and under surface of the quill feathers are glossy black; the tail above is:
colored like the wings, underneath it is glossy black; bill and feet black.
Length 10% in.; wing 44%; tail 54; bill 1; tarsus 1 5-16.
Habitat. Costa Rica, Talamanca. Type in National
Museum.
Remarks. This does not much resemble any other species ;
in general coloring it is somewhat like C. ornata, but the
Four New Species of Birds from Costa Rica. 89
black in the new species is more prevalent and the blue
darker and brighter. C. nana and C. pumilo each have a
narrow whitish band on the forepart of the crown, and ex-
tending over the eyes, but uniformly narrow; the former is
described as having the throat bluish-white; but in these
species the black is confined to the front, sides of the head
and throat, the blue color is much lighter and they are rather
smaller.
The new species is very handsome,.and the peculiar mark-
ings on the head and throat will at once distinguish it from
all others.
2. Stenopsis albicauda.
Male. Crown and sides of the head. blackish-brown finely freckled
with bright rufous and gray, a: grayish-white line extends from the bill
over the eye; throat and sides.of the neck white, tinged with pale rufous;
there is a narrow band of pale rufous on the hind neck; upper plumage
dark brown, the feathers crossed with narrow markings of light rufous;
two central tail feathers grayish-ash, marked with narrow waving lines of
brown, and crossed with eight irregular blackish-brown bars; the outer
lateral feather is white, its outer web tinged with dull rufous almost to
the end of the feather, and about midway of the web is a narrow brown
stripe along the shaft half an inch in extent, the remaining feathers are
white on their inner webs, except at their ends, where with their outer
webs they are blackish-brown; the smaller wing coverts, secondaries and
tertiaries are handsomely freckled with gray and rufous, and blotched
with black and lighter rufous, the larger wing coverts are blackish-brown
ending with pale rufous; the feathers of the breast are fuliginous at base,
and crossed on the exposed portions with narrow bars of black and light
rufous, the ends of the feathers whitish; the abdomen is very pale rufous,
sparingly barred on the sides with blackish, the marks on the middle of
the abdomen are nearly obsolete;.the under tail coverts are clear light
rufous and immaculate; the quills are dark brown, the outer four prima-
ries have a conspicuous white bar at about one-third their length from the
end, on the first primary is a white. spot on the inner web towards the
base, the other quill feathers have their inner webs more or less marked
with pale rufous spots; under wing coverts dark brown mottled with ru-
fous; bill black; tarsi and toes pale brownish-yellow.
Length 9 in.; wing 54; tail 4%; tarsus .
Habitat. Costa Rica, Talamanca. Type in National
Museum.
FEBRUARY; 1875, {f Awn:. Lyc. Nat. Hist., VOL. . XI.
90 Four New Species of Birds from Costa Rica.
femarks. In appearance this species resembles S. cayenn-
ensis, but the tail is longer with narrower feathers; it wants
the transverse black bar midway on the tail feathers as in S.
cayennensis, and has the abdomen and under tail coverts
more rufous than in that species.
This appears to be the first occurrence of a’ member of
this genus north of the Isthmus.
8. Geotrygon rufiventris.
Front and a line under the eye extending as far as the occiput, light
salmon color; crown, hind neck, upper part of back, throat and upper
part of breast, of a rather dull violet-purple, on the lower part of the
breast merging into brownish-ash; lower part of back, rump, and upper
tail coverts of a dull bronzy olive-green; tail feathers brownish-black,
the ends lighter or ashy-brown; abdomen, vent and sides dull brownish-
rufous, on the middle of the abdomen is a patch of white feathers just
tinged with rufous; under tail coverts dark brown largely ending with
rufous; wing coverts, secondaries and tertiaries olive-brown, primaries
brownish black, the shafts of a reddish or hazel-brown; under wing
coverts and axillars deep cinnamon-red; inner webs of primaries at base
dull pale cinnamon; bill black; feet in the dried specimen of yellowish-
flesh color.
The sex is not given.
Length about 9 in.; wing 54; tail 34; bill from front %, from rictus 1;
tarsus 1%.
Habitat. Costa Rica, Talamanca. Type in National
Museum.
Remarks. The number of handsome species of this genus
discovered in Central America within the last few years is
quite remarkable, this making the sixth; it is however much
more sombre looking than most of its allies, the colors being
darker and more subdued. It is so unlike all others ot the
genus that no comparisons are required.
4. Porzana cinereiceps.
‘Female. Upper part of head and cheeks bluish-cinereous, darker on the
crown, but clearer and lighter on the cheeks; neck before and behind,
upper part of back and breast bright reddish-chestnut, paler on the throat
and grayish near the chin; back olivaceous-brown, on the rump and upper
va
Notes on North American Lepidoptera. 91
tail coverts dark brown; quill feathers brown; abdomen and under tail
coverts crossed with alternate bars of black and white; upper mandible
brown, brighter on the culmen, under mandible yellowish; tarsi and toes
hazel brown.
Length about 54 in.; wing 2; bill 3; tarsus 1}.
Habitat. Costa Rica, Talamanca. Type in National
Museum.
Remarks. Compared with P. albigularis this species dif-
fers in its ash colored head, more deeply colored chestnut
breast and in not having a white throat; above it resembles
P. rubra but the head in that species is darker, below they
are quite unlike, as the entire under plumage of P. rubra is
chestnut-red.
X.—WNotes on North American Lepidoptera.
By H. K. MORRISON.
Read Jan. 7, 1875.
Family BOMBYCID A.
EDEMA, Walk.
Ocelli absent. Eyes naked, unlashed. The antenne of the female sim-
ple. The palpi stout, finely clothed, exceeding the front; the first joint
of the usual form; the second long, flat, rectangular, and truncate at the
extremity; the third, in the Texan species hidden in the villosity of the
second, in albifrons short and slight, but perceptible.
The front rounded, but the frontal hairs converge forming an obtuse
projection; the villosity above the antenne elevated, forming a triangular
projecting hood over the vertex. The collar circular, nearly flat, sur-
rounded and limited above by the pterygodes, which are well defined, tri-
angular, closely scaled and separated by the depressed dorsal portion of
the thorax.
The prothoracic tuft absent, the metathoracic tuft present although
low and rounded. The abdomen smooth, heavy, cylindrical, truncate and
-untufted.
All the tibie unarmed and clothed with long thin hair.
The anterior wings comparatively broad, with rectangular apices; the
posteriors rounded.
92 Notes on North American Lepidoptera.
M. Guenée notices in the first volume of the “Species
Général” the great resemblance of #. albifrons to the higher
generaof the Noctuide, and the discovery of the species de-
scribed below gives fresh force to his remarks.
We would not be surprised if the genus should be ulti-
mately referred to the neighborhood of Demas and Diloba.
Edema albifrons, Sm. Abb.
As this species is not uncommon in the Northern States it
is known to almost every collector, and a specific description
is unnecessary.
Edema Packardii, nov. sp.
Expanse 31™™, Length of body 16™™. The ground color of the an-
terior wings gray, sprinkled with black atoms and with white, and faint
brownish and ochreous stains; the half-line and the interior line absent ;
the orbicular spot present as a geminate blackish upright lunulate mark,
preceded by a white stain; the reniform a similar, but simple and more
distinct mark, surrounded by a faint ochreous annulus; the median
shade passes between the spots, it is thickened below the reniform form-
ing a black spot, but is afterward lost; the exterior line is only present
in the central part of the wings, it is "“geminate, dentate and forms a
particularly prominent indentation opposite the reniform spot; a con-
trasting apical white shade, below which appears a diffuse blackish shade
clearly cut above, and the black distinct subterminal line formed of ob-
liqgue marks between the nervules; fringes long. Posterior wings uni-
form dark fuscous, with lighter fringes.
Beneath gray, with numerous black atoms; the lines and discal dots are
obsolete.
Habitat. Waco, Texas. March 9. (Belfrage.)
We dedicate this interesting species to Dr. A. S. Packard,
Jr.,.as an acknowledgment of the value of his exhaustive
“Synopsis of the Bombycide” as well as of his kindness to
a younger naturalist.
Fanily NOCTUIDA.
Acronycta brumosa, Guen.
Acronycta Verrilli, G. & R. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., Vol. III, p. 178,
Pl. 2, fig. 82.
Notes on North American Lepidoptera. 93
We are satisfied that Grote and Robinson’s species is iden-
tical with A. brumosa.
The depth of the color on the hind wings has been men-
tioned as a sufficient character in separating the species ; but
it is variable, as a large series in our collection will show.
We have specimens from Canada (Prof. F. X. Belanger
and Mr. George Norman), from Wisconsin (Prof. S. H.
Peabody), from New York (Messrs. Fred. Tepper and E. L.
Graef), from the Adirondack Mts. (Mr. F. C. Bowditch),
from Mt. Washington, N. H., near the Half Way House (H.
K. Morrison) and many from various localities in Massachu-
setts.
The variation in marking and particularly in size is con-
siderable.
Acronycta pudorata, nov. sp.
Expanse 34™™, Length of body 16™™. We have had a single speci-
men of this species in our collection for a long time, but have hesitated
to describe it, fearing that it was but a variety of A. tritona, Hubn.
The discovery of other specimens of both sexes convinces us that
it is distinct. Anterior wings above, bluish gray, with the lines and
dashes as in A. tritona, the ordinary spots are distinct, concolorous and
black encircled, in this respect differing from tritona. The posterior wings
instead of yellow are pure white with a faint discal dot and median line,
followed by a vague suffused terminal band. Beneath white, with conspic-
uous discal dots and an angulate median line; in ¢ritona the ground color
is yellowish with scarcely traces of the usual discal dots.
Habitat. New York; Canada.
Specimens received from Messrs. Fred. Tepper and F. X.
Belanger.
M. Guenée’s description of A. tritona does not agree alto-
gether with Hibner’s figure, and perhaps another species is
described by him.
Agrotis acclivis, nov. sp.
Expanse 35™™, Length of body 17™™. Eyes naked. All the tibiz
spinose. The antennz of the male with fine short hairy clothing, black
above, testaceous beneath. The thorax black above, having a low pro-
thoracic tuft tipped with cinereous; the pterygodes light, and concolor-
94 Notes on North American Lepidoptera.
ous with the costal shade. Abdomen gray, conspicuously banded with
ochreous.
The anterior wings with a broad costal carneous-gray shade extending
over the middle and upper part of the basal space, filling the ordinary
spots, narrowing and becoming extinct before the exterior line; the re-
mainder of the wings blackish gray, becoming lighter in the neighbor-
hood of the irregular, jagged and diffuse subterminal line, which is close
to the external margin thus narrowing the terminal space; the interior
line is lost above in the costal shade and below on the inner margin, it
only appears in the middle of the wings and there has attached to it the
small concolorous black edged claviform spot; the ordinary spots small,
the space between them blackish, the orbicular elongate, nearly lost in the
costal shade, the reniform followed by a distinct black streak which ex-
tends to the exterior line; the latter is black, simple, denticulate and not
very distinct; a series of black dots before the fringe, the latter is yel-
lowish at the base, outwardly gray. Posterior wings whitish with a
slight yellow tinge, having an indistinct discal dot and an indefinite subter-
minal shade; the costa and inner margin are gray; the fringe ochreous,
Beneath the anterior wings are blackish, the posteriors white with a
gray costal border; the fringes of both wings more or less yellow.
Habitat. New York.
(From the collection of Mr. Fred. Tepper).
The distinctive characters of this Agrotis are found in the
carneous-gray costal shade, the small spots, the distinct black
dash following the reniform and the ochreous fringes. It
is allied to A. annexa, Treits, but differs by the non-serrate
antenne, the absence of the basal black dash, and the whitish
posterior wings with ochreous fringes; it also approaches
more remotely A. venerabilis, Walk. and A. volubilis, Harvey.
Agrotis montana, nov. sp.
Expanse 30™™, Length of body,12™™. Eyes naked. | All the tibie
spinose. The villosity of the palpi, front, collar and thorax coarse and
thick; the collar black, edged broadly with white; the thorax and abdo-
men blackish, the latter having the anal tufts yellowish. The ground
color of the anterior wings dark gray, as in Anarta algida, Lef.; the
whole insect closely simulates Anarta. The anterior wings elongate,
with the inner angle rounded; the half-line thick, black and twice undu-
late ; the basal space is more or less suffused with bluish gray, and contains
a black orbicular basal dash; the interior line very distinct, black, thick
and perpendicular, preceded by a conspicuous bluish gray shade line; to
Notes on North American Lepidoptera. 95
it is attached the long blackish claviform; orbicular spot round, whit-
ish and contrasting; the reniform whitish, upright, elliptical and closely
approaching the exterior line; the latter is black, distinct, non-dentate
and but slightly bent beneath the cell; beyond, the ground color becomes
lighter; the subterminal line is irregular, preceded by cuneiform mark-
ings and by a blackish costal shade; the fringe concolorous. The poste-
rior wings are dark fuscous with white fringes and faint discal dots.
Beneath whitish, without markings, except faint discal dots and suf-
fused gray costal shades.
Habitat. Mountains of Colorado, above 12,000 feet, July
22 to Aug. 12.
One specimen in the possession of Dr. A. S. Packard,
Jr., and another in our own collection.
This abnormal species is extremely interesting on account
of its resemblance to the boreal genus Anaria, three species
of which are found in the same localities. Messrs. Bates
and Wallace have discovered numerous cases of mimicry
between the species of Heliconide and Pieride inhabiting
the tropical regions of South America; and now we have in
the alpine fauna of these mountains a parallel instance of
close outward resemblance between species of two widely
differing genera of moths.
None of the northern Agrotids known to us, as scropulana,
opipara, hyperborea, islandica, okakensis, approach in the
least to Anarta.
Adita chionanthi, Sm. Abb.
We have received from our friend Mr. George Frazer, a
female specimen of this rare and interesting species ; which
has remained unknown since 1797. The antenne of the fe-
male are simple with fine hairy clothing, and the ovipositor
projects slightly beyond the abdomen.
In his generic description Mr. Grote states that the tibie
are spinose; this is apparently an error as the only spines
present are the pair before the spurs on the middle tibiz:
and a single spine (there possibly may have been two) be-
96 Notes on North American Lepidoptera.
tween the two pair of spurs on the hind tibie; isolated
spines sometimes occur in these positions in genera which
do not have spinose tibie, as has been noticed by European
entomologists.
Mamestra adjuncta, Boisd. (Miselia).
Hadena adjuncta, Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sc., Vol. I, p. 108 (1873).
This species, considering its strong generic characters, has
suffered many changes of position; described by Dr. Bois-
duval under Miselia and thought by him to be a European
species, it was shortly afterwards correctly referred by M.
Guenée, in the “Species Général,” Vol. 5, p. 199, to the
side of the well known Mamestra brassice, Linn. Mr.
Grote places it in Hadena; why, we do not know, as the
eyes are distinctly hairy.
Mamestra curta, nov. sp.
Expanse 30™™, Length of body 15™™. Eyes hairy. Anterior tibie
unarmed. Collar, front and palpi as usual in this genus. A low protho-
racic tuft. Abdomen smooth, yellowish and untufted, slightly exceeding
the posterior wings. Anterior wings gray, with all the markings distinct
and well defined; interior line simple, removed further than usual from
the base, strongly lobed between the nervules; to the largest lobe the
distinct, short and truncate claviform spot is attached; orbicular spot large,
black-ringed and concolorous, reniform spot narrow and upright, crossed
by the diffuse blackish median shade, below the spot the latter is lost in
the ground color; exterior line of the normal form, black, distinct and
dentate, followed by a narrow pale shade line; subterminal line very
prominent, preceded by black shades which partially fill the subterminal
space, becoming diffuse as they recede from the line, but near it are very
intense and contrast with the light terminal space; a series of black dots
at the base of the fringe. Posterior wings yellow, with a discal dot, a
narrow median line, and a broad blackish terminal border; the fringe is
yellow and contrasting. Beneath, both wings are yellow, with discal dots
and traces of median and terminal lines.
Habitat. Colorado, July 20 and 22.
This species can at once be separated from the other
Mamestre by the yellow posterior wings. It was collected
by Mr. T. L. Mead.
Notes on North American Lepidoptera. 97
Mamestra promulsa, nov. sp.
Expanse 35™™, Length of body 15™™, Eyes hairy. Palpi ochreous.
Villosity of the front, thorax and collar coarse and rough. Abdomen
smooth and untufted, covered with mixed gray and yellow scales; in the
female with a short, thick, projecting ovipositor.
The wings are thinly scaled, nearly unicolorous, the ground color being
olivaceous gray, overspread with numerous yellowish scales; the median
lines are blackish, diffuse, irregular and dentate; the subterminal line
forming a series of blackish blotches, interrupted, and some times barely
perceptible; the orbicular spot obsolete, the reniform reduced to a blackish
stain; thé median shade is seen at the costa and inner margin in diffuse
spots; a yellow line at the base of the concolorous fringe. Posterior
wings colored like the primaries, with a more or less distinct discal dot.
Beneath, yellowish gray, with black discal dots and a diffuse, thick, but
angulate median line.
Habitat. Colorado (Mr. T. L. Mead), July 20.
We refer this interesting species to MJamestra provision-
ally ; the two specimens we have were placed in papers, so
that the thoracic tufts are much defaced; we think that on
the discovery of fresh specimens it will probably become the
type of a new genus.
Scopelosoma devia, Grote.
Expanse 36™™, Length of body 17™™. The thorax is concolorous
and provided with a sharp edged longitudinal crest behind the collar.
The anterior wings have their apices rectangular; half-line present,
whitish; the basal space brown, closely and evenly sprinkled with white
atoms; the interior line white, even, oblique, and concave, contrasting
strongly with the deep brown of the central and outer portion of the
wings; the reniform spot is reduced to a fine white concave line, the or-
bicular absent; the exterior line is very fine, whitish, and broadly undu-
lating, subparallel with the subterminal line which is also fine and clear;
between these two ordinary lines there is another very distinct white
concave line, parallel with the interior line and most distinct at the apex;
outwardly this line contrasts with the brown subterminal space, inwardly
it is suffused, but finally lost in the brown ground color before the exte-
rior line; there is a sprinkling of whitish atoms towards the end of the
terminal space; at the base of the brown fringe there is a bicolorous un-
dulate brown and white line, outwardly the fringe is narrowly edged with
white. The posterior wings are uniform dark fuscous, the fringes light.
Beneath, the anterior wings are gray, with an indistinct double exterior
98 Notes on North American Lepidoptera.
line; the terminal space is brown having the apical portion suffused with
whitish; the posterior wings are brown, thickly sprinkled with black
atoms; the usual discal dot is present as well as a broad undulate median
line.
Habitat. Brookline, Mass., Oct. 10.
From the collection of the late Dr. C. A. Shurtleff, now
in the possession of the Boston Society of Natural History.
The style of marking in this species is very unique; it
can at once be distinguished by the brown ground color and
the two distinct, concave, white parallel cross lines inwardly
suffused, outwardly clear and contrasting.
Plusia laticlavia, nov. sp.
Expanse 32™™, Length of body 16™™, Habitus and markings of P.
precationis, Guen., to which it is closely related. Ground color lighter
than in the allied species, aurichalceous shaded with delicate pink as in P.
purpurigera, Walk.
The reniform spot, the usual metallic spots and the general pattern of
the markings as in precationis; it differs in the course and distinctness
of the median lines, the interior line being oblique, perfectly straight,
broad, and golden from the inner margin to the median nervure, and the
exterior line even, simple undulate and strongly contrasting; above pur-
ple, near the inner margin becoming golden. Posterior wings dark gray.
Beneath suffused with yellow, lighter than in precationis.
Habitat. New York. July 10, 1872.
Described from a single specimen in good condition re-
ceived from Mr. Fred. Tepper.
Plusia formosa, Grote.
(Leptina formosa, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. Vol. IV, p. 323).
The description of “Leptina formosa” has always been of
great interest to us, for evidently the species intended was
not a true Leptina; but its rarity has prevented us from de-
ciding its proper place. A careful examination of the single
specimen in the collection of the Boston Society of Natural
History convinces us that it is a Plusia, rather remotely al-
lied to P. ampla, Walk.
Notes on North American Lepidoptera. 99
It may seem a wide leap from Leptina to Plusia, but nev-
ertheless it appears to be a necessary one; the naked lashed
eyes, the form of the palpi, the unition at the base of the
costal and subcostal nervures of the posterior wings, the con-
spicuous saddle shaped metathoracic tuft, and particularly
the style of ornamentation, admit of no doubt.
The wings are rounded at the apices, thus differing from
our American species, but we do not consider this character
of more than specific value, particularly as the European
concha and dlustris show an approach to this form.
Plusia Hochenwarthi, Hoch.
P. alticola, Walk. Cat. Brit. Mus. Noct., p. 912.
P. ignea, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., Vol. II, p. 274.
P. alticola, Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sc., Vol. II, p. 31.
After comparing numerous specimens of the above species
from Europe, Labrador, the White Mountains, N. H., and
the mountains of Colorado (Dr. Carpenter), we agree with
Mr. Strecker in uniting under one specific name the forms
from these localities.
The specimens from Colorado are larger and better marked
than the others; we do not see any other differences.
Mr. Herman Strecker has kindly sent us a specimen of
Plusia parilis, Hiibn., so that we are able to verify Més-
chler’s record of the species from Labrador.
CaLOcamMpa, Steph.
C. nupera, Lintn.
C. curvimacula, Morr.
C. cineritia, Grote.
C. germana, Morr.
In two recent papers Mr. Grote has made some remarks
on this genus, which, as they do not seem to be founded on
a careful study of its characters, require correction.
100 Notes on North American Lepidoptera.
In the first of these papers from the Bulletin of the Buf-
falo Society of Natural Sciences, Vol. II, pp. 193-200, soli-
daginis and germana are separated under Hibner’s genus
Lithomia; we prefer to follow Lederer and all succeeding
European Lepidopterists, and place these species in Calo-
campa; they resemble strongly in ornamentation the typical
species, and their only material structural difference is in the
less arched, more rounded collar.
In the second paper from the Proceedings of the Philadel-
phia Academy of Natural Sciences, p. 210, 1874, Mr. Grote
takes exception to our statement that nupera is the repre-
sentative of the European vetusta, and considers it rather to
resemble the allied species exoleta.
After a reéxamination of our material, consisting of six-
teen specimens of exoleta and eight of vetusta from various
parts of Europe, and five specimens of nupera and fifteen of
curvimacula from different localities in the Eastern and Mid-
dle states, we not only feel prepared to state again that nu-
pera is our representative of vetusta, but further that it is
still a matter of doubt whether the forms are specifically
distinct.
If aseries be examined it will be seen that every spot and
line of vetusta is reproduced in nupera in exactly the same
relative position; the black basal dashes, the strongest dis-
tinctive character, are found in the same place in both spe-
cies, in the former brownish and nearly concolorous, in the
latter accentuated and marked by black scales ; we now know
of no other constant distinguishing character than this;
which is, as we have shown, merely a difference in intensity,
not one of position.
In regard to the statement that nupera is more closely al-
lied to exoleta we remark in addition to what is said above,
that the former differs mainly from the latter in the obsoles-
cence of the orbicular spot, and the presence of a single in-
tense black dash beyond the reniform, or in other words pre-
Notes on North American Lepidoptera. 101
cisely the same characters in which vetusta differs from the
same species.
Anarta membrosa, nov. sp.
Expanse 33 ™™, Length of body 15™™, Eyes hairy. The antenne of
the female simple. The hairy clothing of the palpi and front coarse and
uneven. The collar is gray with a black terminal border, tipped with
white. The thorax is clothed with mixed black and gray hair. The ab-
domen smooth, except a slight low tuft on the first segment. The ground
color of the anterior wings is dark gray; all the markings are black, and
the lines are followed and the spots filled with clear bluish gray; the half-
line thick, black and uneven, followed by a bluish gray shade which ex-
tends to the apex, only interrupted by the black diffuse starting points of
the lines; interior line black and distinct, strongly outwardly lobed be-
tween the nervules; at the usual place of the claviform spot a diffuse black-
ish shade extends to the exterior line; the median shade is strongly
marked on the costa, below much diffused, filling with black the space be-
tween the ordinary spots, on the inferior portion of the wings it is nearly
obsolete; the usual spots are of nearly equal size, enclosed within black-
ish interrupted annuli; the exterior line is fine, distinctly dentate be-
* tween the nervules and drawn in below the cell; on the submedian fold it
is thickened forming a blackish spot; the subterminal space is more
clearly bluish, but there is a blackish blotch in its upper portion with
which the usual three bluish ante-apical dots contrast; the subterminal
line light and undulate forming two blunted Hadena-like teeth on the sec-
ond and third median branches, it is followed and set off by black shades
the most prominent of which are above the teeth; the fringe distinctly
chequered with black and white.
Posterior wings dark gray with a faint discal dot and median line; the
fringes are black and white, but the colors are more mixed and not so
well defined as on the anterior wings.
Beneath dark gray, with discal dots and a very conspicuous watennete
median line; the fringe is also chequered.
Habitat. White Mountains, N. H.
From the collection of the Boston Society of Natural
History.
This species can be distinguished from others of the ge-
nus by its large size and stout form, as well as the distinct
spots filled with bluish gray, and the uniform dark gray pos-
terior wings ; it is slightly larger than A. amissa from Green-
land and quite different in appearance.
102 Notes on North American Lepidoptera.
Anarta melanopa, Thunb., is also found on Mt. Washington,
and appears to be of common occurrence ; it is interesting to
observe its successive broods; it first emerges on the Ledge
from June 15 to July 1, according to the season; as the
summer gradually advances it comes out higher up, and from
July 4 to 10 is found in perfect condition near the Summit,
while below at this time none but worn and ragged females
are to be seen.
EUTRICOPIS, nov. genus.
Eyes naked. Ocelli present. Palpi comparatively stout, the joints
hidden by long, coarse, uneven hair. Front very full, rounded; without
a projecting knob or horizontal plate. Antenne of the male simple; by
the aid of an ordinary Jens the segments are seen to be well separated
from each other, and each provided with a short tooth. Thorax rounded,
moderately stout. Abdomen reaching to the anal angle of the posterior
wings, untufted. All the tibie non-spinose, the anterior tibiz without
the claws found in allied genera. The anterior wings short and trian-
gular, with the angles well marked; the nervures are very strong at their
commencement, particularly the median and submedian; the posterior
wings short and broad, having all the angles rounded. The thorax and
head are clothed above and beneath with long, coarse hair.
This well-marked little genus differs from others of the
group, by the non-spinose tibie; we consider it distantly
allied to Omia and Heliolonche; to these genera it is related
by the very hirsute head and body parts.
Eutricopis nexilis, nov. sp.
Expanse 18 ™™, Length of body 8™™. Ground color of the anterior
wings dull olivaceous gray, with mingled pink scales, resembling that of
H. modicella, Grote; the median space is occupied by three white spots,
the largest is quadrate, situated between the median and submedian nery-
ules, above and attached to this spot, another large spot occupying the
place of the reniform; in the ordinary place of the orbicular spot appears
another small, partially obscured spot; beyond, smooth and unspotted,
overlaid with pink scales, through which passes a broad, even, olivaceous,
subterminal band; fringe tipped with white. Posterior wings black, with
white fringes, and two large, united, subquadrate discal white spots.
Beneath, on the anterior wings, the white markings above are reproduced,
Notes on North American Lepidoptera. 103
the ground color is black, but the entire costa is beautifully and broadly
banded with pink; on the posterior wings the ground color is also black,
but the white markings are larger than the above, the entire anterior half
of the wings are pink, excepting the central white band.
Habitat.. Colorado, June 18.
This beautiful species will at once be recognized by its
vivid colors beneath. From the numerous species of Heli-
othis described by Mr. Grote from the same locality, it
differs at once by the unarmed tibie.
Telesilla vesca, nov. sp.
Expanse 23™m, Length of body 10™™. Eyes naked. The palpi and
frontas in 7. cinereola. Thorax untufted, concolorous. Abdomen smooth,
dark gray. The middle and posterior tibie are terminated by a pencil
like tuft in addition to the ordinary spurs.
Different shades of brown prevail over the anterior wings, melting
gradually into one another; the basal space is chestnut-brown deepening
into black-brown on the first part of the median space, the outer and up-
per portions of the median space are cinereous-brown, beyond, the ter-
minal and subterminal spaces are dull gray-brown; the ordinary lines are
cinereous and the spots are encircled by annuli of the same color; the
half-line and the interior line indistinct; the exterior line distinct, even
and preceded by a darker shade line; it is followed by a series of black
spots on the nervules; subterminal line whitish, preceded by lighter brown
shades; orbicular and reniform spots distinct, concolorous, the former
rounded, the latter upright having the lower inner corner drawn in on the
median nervure.
The posterior wings are blackish gray. Beneath uniform dark gray;
both wings flecked with white atoms; the posteriors with a discal dot
and median line.
Habitat. Texas; Wisconsin.
Smaller than cinereola, with the markings much the same
but on a deeper and more diversified ground color.
EUCALYPTRA, nov. genus.
Eyes naked. The antenne in the male are clothed with fine, isolated,
comparatively long hair.
The first joint of the palpus is normally formed, the second and third
are united together to form a long (3™.), thin, distinctly triangular
104 Notes on North American Lepidoptera.
piece, united to the first joint at its smallest angle, the side opposite this
angle being about one millimetre in length. The front is rounded; above
and beyond the vertex the frontal villosity projects as a triangular tuft,
directed’ towards and almost reaching the obtuse angle of the palpal
piece. The thorax is weak, rounded and untufted; its clothing entirely
scaly. The abdomen is slight and closely scaled, exceeding the margin
of the posterior wings.
The legs are long, closely scaled, having the tibie non-spinose. The
wings are elongate with all the angles rounded.
This is a peculiar, slender-bodied genus allied to Amolita and Thauma-
topsis, the characters drawn from the palpi, antenne and frontal villosity
are very distinctive, and separate it at once from the genera mentioned
above, as well as all others known to us.
Eucalyptra bipuncta, nov. sp.
Expanse 31™™, Length of body 14™™, Palpi black. The front and
thorax whitish. The anterior wings are white, sprinkled with black at-
oms, outwardly they are gray and the atoms are more numerous. The
ornamentation is extremely simple, the two ordinary spots are reduced
to black dots; the median nervure is shaded with dark gray to the exte-
rior line; the latter is distinct, even, grayish-ochreous, regularly arcu-
ate beyond the cell and then extending obliquely to the inner margin;
all other markings are obsolete. The abdomen and posterior wings are
uniform light grayish fuscous, with an ochreous tinge.
Beneath, the anterior wings are dark gray, with a distinct ochreous
costal border; the posteriors are lighter, grayish ochreous with a dark
costal border.
Habitat. Massachusetts.
Taken at Belmont, Aug. 17, 1874.
The slight form, the obsolete markings, and the triangular
black palpi will serve to identify this species.
|
Asphaitic Coal. 105
XT.— On an Asphaltic Coal from the shale of the Huron
River, Ohio, containing seams of Sulphate of Baryta.
By PROF. ALBERT R. LEEDS.
[With a Geological Note by Dr. J. S. Newberry. ]
Read January 11, 1875.
I HAVE received from Chas. N. Smith, Esq., of Norwalk,
Ohio, a specimen of coal found on the Huron River, below
the Lake Shore and Michigan Southern R. R. crossing. It oc-
curs in a bank of shale, about seven feet below the surface of
the ground, and a few feet above the bed of the river. The
specimens forwarded to me for examination were three and a
half centimetres in thickness. According to my informant,
the thickness of the seam at its outcrop, and for a distance
back of three feet, averages about two inches. It then
divides into two seams, which are separated by a thin stra-
tum of. shale. The remarkable and, as we believe, novel
fact concerning these seams of coal, is that they are traversed
by innumerable sheets of sulphate of baryta, which divide
the coal into small irregular fragments. The coal itself has
a brilliant lustre, resembling asphalt. The white mineral
traversing it, consisted, in the specimen examined, of 88.61
per cent. of sulphate of baryta, the remainder consisting of
silica, alumina, and oxide of iron. By weathering, the sur-
fuce of the sheets of white spar becomes stained yellow with
ferric oxide. The causes which have operated to produce
this deposition of barytes in the coal, whether by infiltration
of meteoric waters percolating through overlying strata, or
by some other agency, must be determined by an examina-
tion of the local stratigraphy.
Note by Dr. J. S. Newberry.
The mineral in question occurs in numerous localities in
Ohio and Kentucky, filling narrow fissures in the Huron
shale. This formation, which is the equivalent of the Por-
May, 1875. 8 ANN. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. xi.
106 Asphaltic Coal.
tage group of the New York geologists, contains throughout
from 10 to 25 per cent. of carbonaceous matter, and is the
source whence most of the oil is derived, both in Pennsyl-
vania and Ohio. These rocks are lower than any in which
true coal has ever been found; and this material, moreover,
occurs not in beds like true coal, but in fissures and crevices
intersecting the layers of the rock. The mineral examined
by Prof. Leeds should therefore be regarded as an asphaltic
coal, originally derived from the spontaneous distillation of
petroleum, like the Albertite of New Brunswick and the
Grahamite of West Virginia.
The white scales which fill the cracks of this coal, as found
in Huron and Lorain counties, in Ohio, have probably been
derived from deep-seated sources, coming up, perhaps as
chloride of barium, through the fissures which contain the
asphaltic coal.
The region where this mineral occurs is occupied exclu-
sively by unchanged sedimentary rocks, Devonian and Upper
Silurian. These contain, so far as known, no disseminated
sulphate of baryta; butthe Water Lime group of the Upper
Silurian, which lies some distance below the Huron shale,
and comes to the surface a few miles west, on the Islands of
Lake Erie, is much shattered, probably in connection with
an uplift along the line of the Ohio anticlinal: and the cav-
ities and crevices, once existing in this rock, are frequently
filled with sulphate of strontia and sulphate of baryta, or
with native sulphur. These minerals, occurring thus, should
probably be regarded as deposits from thermal waters ; and
it is quite possible that the fissures in the Huron shale, con-
taining this asphaltic coal, have derived their sulphate of
baryta from a similar source.
On a New Species of Anarta, etc. 107
.
XII.— On a New Species of Anarta and on an allied Genus,
with a note on the Genus Adita.
By AUG. R. GROTE, A. M.
Read March 8, 1875.
Amone acollection of Lepidoptera made by Mr. Theo. L.
Mead in Colorado Territory, are specimens of an undescribed
species of Anarta, which differs from all the American species
known to me in its more lengthy villosity, in its colors and
the greater proximity of the median lines on the primary
wing. I describe it as follows:
Anarta nivaria, n. s.
&. The eyes are hairy. Fore wings, thorax and head purple gray.
Median lines approximate, scalloped or dentate, blackish, obsoletely gem-
inate, accompanied by light gray shades. The narrow median space is
darkened by the passage of the broad diffuse blackish median shade.
Ordinary spots inconspicuous, the orbicular pale ringed, a little oblique,
ovate; the reniform upright, narrowed. somewhat Scroll-shaped, pale
ringed with a darker centre. The sub-basal space more blackish than the
basal and terminal spaces, the darker tint evenly spread and deepening to
the subterminal line, which is continuously indicated by the contrast of
color and of the usual irregular shape. Fringes not checkered, darker
than the wing. Hind wings yellowish fuscous, with discal lunule and
vague darker outer borders; an indistinct sub-continuous dark terminal
line; fringes pale, not checkered. Abdomen of the Same hue, but a little
darker’ than hind wings. Body short, villose. Beneath, both wings,
light yellowish, with distinct lunules and traces of a common fuscous
line.
Expanse 28mm. Two specimens varying in the distinctness of the
markings on the primaries and numbered 21 and 22.
There is also in Mr. Mead’s collection an interesting spec-
imen which I have considered as belonging to the Heliothide,
and as constituting the type of a distinct genus allied to
Anarta. The legs are spinose, and thus it has a strong fea-
ture in common with Agrotis. The naked eyes are, however,
encroached upon by the caputal tegument, somewhat sensi-
bly narrowed, ovate, lashed. The shape and vestiture of
108 On a New Species of Anarta, etc.
the abdomen are as in Anarta. Its spinose legs are its only
analogy with Agrotis. But it must be remembered that the
spinose tibize are a prevalent feature in the group of genera
allied to Heliothis, and to which Anarta belongs. The spe-
cies seems to have been recently described as a species of
Agrotis, by Mr. Morrison, who has regarded its characters
as mimetic with Anarta, and its true relationship to be de-
cided by the single character of its spinose tibie. The
majority of the characters, however, ally the moth to Anarta,
in my opinion, and we must also consider that genera with
spinose tibize are scattered throughout the family, and that
hitherto no attempt has been made to associate them on this
single character. Mr. Morrison himself fails to remark any
resemblances to Anarta in other species of Agrotis inhabit-
ing the same regions with Anarta.* Mr. Morrison com-
pares the cases of mimicry between the Heliconide and
Pieride discovered by Bates and Wallace, with the present
instance. I think there is no parallel to be sustained. The
cases of mimicry reported among the butterflies from South
America affected their coloration. In the present case there
are structural differences which make the parallel untenable.
I think that Mr. Morrison has merely mistaken the essential
characters of his Agrotis montana, and that in consequence
his remarks will not well bear criticism.
AGROTIPHILA, 0. &.
All the tibiz are spinose. The shape of the abdomen and habitus is as
in Anarta. The eyes are naked, encroached upon by the caputal tegu-
ment, ovate, narrowed, fringed with lashes. The thorax is thickly and
coarsely haired, without tufts. The maxille are stout. The antenne are
simple, thickly ciliate beneath in the male.
Agrotiphila montana.
Agrotis montana Morr., Ann. Lyc. N. H., Vol. XI, 94.
My specimen, numbered 28, agrees very well with Mr.
*Mr. Morrison applies the term ‘‘northern” to the species of Agrotis hitherto only
found in the White Mountains, such as scropulana, opipara, perhaps incorrectly.
On a New Species of Anarta, etc. 109
Morrison’s description, except that the whitish orbicular is
open superiorly, somewhat triangulate, and that the discal —
marks beneath and on the hind wings above are illegible.
The ornamentation is like Anarta, with coarse lines above
on the primaries, while beneath, both wings are pale, and
here the concolorousness of both wings as to their ground
color is characteristic of the group to which I conceive the
insect belongs.
Adita Grote (1874).
I founded this genus upon the Phalena Chionanthi of
Abbot and Smith, having rediscovered the species in a col-
lection of Noctuide sent me from Ithaca, N. Y., by Professor
Comstock of Cornell University. It had not been men-
tioned previously, and since its first description in 1797, by
any other author, to my knowledge. In my generic diag-
nosis, I gave as a character the spinose tibiz. Mr. Morrison
recently speaks of my generic description in the present vol-
ume of the Annals, p. 95, and says: “In his generic de-
scription Mr. Grote states that the tibiz are spinose ; this is
apparently an error, as the only spines present are the pair
before the spines on the middle tibiz and a single spine
(there possibly may have been two) between the two pairs
of spurs on the hind tibie.” I have again examined my
specimen of Adita chionanthi. 'The middle tibiz have ecght
spines arranged in irregular pairs, besides several other finer
spinules massed on the joint. The hind tibiz have three
spines, and in perfectly fresh specimens will probably show
at least four. It has been noticed by European entomolo-
gists that the spines on the legs in the Woctuid@ are, on occa-
sion, accidentally absent. The fore tibiz appear to me now
to show merely the terminal claw which I have compared to
that of Oncocnemis. I conclude, therefore, that my original
statement, as applied to the middle and hind tibiz of Adzita,
is correct.
110 Morgan Expeditions.
* XIII.— Morgan Expeditions, 1870-71: On the Devonian
Trilobites and Mollushs of Ereré, Province
of Parad, Brazil.
By CH. FRED. HARTT,
Prof. of Geology in Cornell University,
AND
RICHARD RATHBUN,
Assistant in the Museum of the Boston Society of Natural History.
Read March 9, 1875.
We have given in this paper descriptions of the trilobites
and of all the species of mollusks, not including the brachio-
pods, collected by the parties of the Morgan Expeditions, in
1870 and ’71, from the Devonian rocks of the plain around
the little village of Ereré. In the Bulletin of the Buffalo
Society of Natural Science, for January, 1874, Vol. I, No.
4, Prof. Hartt has described at length the geography and
geology of the Ereré-Monte-Alegre district, in which occur
the fossiliferous Devonian beds forming the plain of Ereré.
These beds consist of thin horizontal layers of white and
reddish sandstones, interstratified more or less with shales.
Both the sandstones and the shales contain at a few points an
abundance of fossils, closely related to, and in some cases
identical with, forms characteristic of the middle Devonian
rocks of North America. The brachiopods, the most abund-
ant fossils in the Ereré Devonian, were described by Mr.
Rathbun in the work above cited, in a paper immediately
following that of Prof. Hartt. There then remained for de-
scription the mollusks, including six forms of gasteropods
and eight of lamellibranchs, with a single form of Tentacu-
lites, two forms of trilobites of the genera Dalmania and
Homalonotus, both probably new, and a number of obscure
forms, many of which are entirely unrecognizable.
The mollusks and trilobites in the Devonian at Ereré are
confined entirely to the sandstone, no traces of either having
Morgan Expeditions. nL
been found in the shale, in which the only recognizable forms
are the very abundant Discina and two species of Lingula,
already described.
By reference to the paper on the Brachiopoda of Ereré,
mentioned above, it will be seen that many of the forms
there described are identical with species of the Devonian
age, more especially the Hamilton group, of New York
state, and that most of the remaining forms have closely
related ones in these same deposits of North America. The
close relation in horizon of the middle Devonian of New
York and the formations of the plain of Ereré was thus
demonstrated. The study of the mollusks has greatly
strengthened the proof of this relationship, for several of
the forms of mollusks from Ereré have proved identical with
forms recently described from the Hamilton group of New
York by Prof. Hall, and possibly others, now apparently
distinct, may also turn out identical with more extended col-
lections. All the genera represented, with a single excep-
tion, are common to the Devonian elsewhere. We are under
very many obligations to Prof. James Hallof Albany, N. Y.,
for identifying for us many of the following genera, some
of which have been recently proposed by him. He also
made a comparison of the species with the New York forms
contained in his collection, and it was with his aid that we
were enabled to unite the three forms, as hereinafter indi-
eated. To Mr. R. P. Whitfield, of Albany, we are also
much indebted for assistance in our work.
TRILOBITES.
Genus DALMANIA, Emmrich.
Dalmania Paituna, sp. nov.
Animal of medium size, sometimes quite large: test very tumid, and
with the different lobes and segments sharply defined. :
Buckler crescent-shaped; greatest breadth about one and one-fourth
the greatest length, and nearly twice the length of the glabella; in front
sub-acuminate or bluntly sub-angular, the margins on either side diverg-
112 Morgan Expeditions.
ing at first at an angle of about 120°, and curving moderately and regularly ;
posterior lateral angle on either side produced backward in an acute
Spine. On each side of the frontal lobe the margins sometimes form
nearly straight lines. The entire margin forms a curve, nearly equal to
half an ellipse, in which the relation between the two diameters is
about as 2 to 8. A specimen rather below the medium size measures:
greatest length, 14°5™™; greatest width, about 20™™, A larger specimen
has a length of about 21™™,
Glabella very prominent, slightly flattened on top, bounded by deep
axal furrows, sub-pentagonal in outline, and rounded or sub-angular in
front; widest just back of the middle of the frontal lobe, or at about
one-third the length of the glabella from the front. Thence backward
the glabella narrows regularly, the width at occipital furrow being a
little more than half the length of the glabella. Frontal lobe rounded
or sub-angular at front and sides and very convex, curving strongly
downward toward the margins of the head, and sometimes obliquely
flattened on either side in front. Its length equals about the united
length of the four succeeding pairs of lobes, and a little more than two-
thirds its own width. Frontal furrows wider than middle and basal
furrows. Originating at a distance from the front equal to about one-
third the length of the entire glabella, they run inward and backward
at a strong angle, terminating near the middle of axis. They reach a
little more than one-third across the glabella. Upper and middle lobes
wider and more prominent than the basal lobe. Middle furrows situated
at a distince from the front equal to about 3-5 the length of glabella,
deep and rather narrow, perpendicular to axis, and extending inward
quite as far as the frontal furrows. Basal furrows deep, curving a little
forward, and reaching to about one-third the distance across glabella,
or slightly farther than do the middle furrows. Basal lobes narrow
and much less prominent than the other lobes. Occipital furrow deep,
broad and rounded. Occipital ring broad, strongly arched vertically
and sub-angular behind. The highest part of the glabella is situated
at a point about between the middle furrows. On the median line,
and slightly in advance of frontal furrows, is a minute, more or less
distinct depression, usually more marked in the internal cast.
Limb forming a blunt, rounded or sub-angular projection in front of
glabella, but narrowing down to a mere line before reaching the axal
furrows. Cheeks very convex, with a strong convex slope toward the
margins; slope toward neck and axal furrows abrupt. The limb increases
rather rapidly in size going backward from the axal furrows, being sep-
arated from cheek lobe by a well defined, broad furrow. The occipital
furrow is inclined slightly backward, and is deep and well defined, not
being .extended into the nuchal spine, which last is short, acuminate
and not differentiated from cheek. Length of spine, measuring from
angle formed by lateral and occipital furrows, equal to about half the
length of glabella. Spines directed slightly outward. Posterior mar-
Morgan Expeditions. 113
ginal fold strongly convex and of moderate width. Eyes large and
very prominent, situated exactly opposite outer extremities of anterior
and median lobes. In none of the specimens in the collection are they
sufficiently well preserved to allow of detailed description.
A Hypostome, probably of this species, is sub-quadrate in form and
strongly convex. The front margin is strongly arched and slightly sub-
angular. On each side it is produced in a short acuminate spine, ex-
tending directly outward. The sides are nearly straight and incline
slightly toward one another in going backward. The body of the hy-
postome is very convex and abruptly separated from a flattened margin.
The outline of the convex portion forms a very regular curve as follows:
beginning at the anterior lateral angles it runs obliquely backward and
inward, the flattened margin widening gradually; posteriorly with a
regular arch it extends apparently nearly to the margin. The whole
hypostome is strongly arched, transversely and vertically. The abrupt
margin of central portion increases in height going backward. This
specimen measures 7™™ in length and about 10™™ in greatest width. A
fragment of a larger specimen of hypostome, having a length of 21™™,
was also obtained from the same bed as the above, and, although dif-
fering from it somewhat in appearance, may belong to an older specimen
of the same species.
Pygidium triangular, with curved sides, and very convex. Axis nar-
row, prominent, regularly rounded from side to side, and extending
about 3-4 length of shield; width in front apparently equal to 1-3 width of
shield. It decreases slightly in width and gradually in height posteriorly,
where it ends abruptly, the extremity being rounded and convex; width
in front about one and one-half to two times the width behind. In one
large specimen the axis shows 14 rings, the anterior of which, in the
internal mould, are prominent, rounded, and separated by furrows of
rather greater width; but they become very small and indistinct pos-
teriorly, the last three or four being crowded together. In none of the
specimens collected is the articular ring preserved, but several of these
show 11 to 13 rings. Lateral lobes convex, but generally of much less
elevation than the axis; margin slightly flattened. Furrows deep and
extending to the margin in all but the last four or five rings. The segments
are rounded near. the axis, but are flattened and much broader toward
the margin. The anterior one is nearly at right angles with the axis,
but they become more strongly inclined posteriorly. On the first seg-
ments the sutures are faint and on the posterior ones not observable.
The margin is denticulate, the terminations of each segment being ap-
parently blunt and obliquely rounded or angular. Posterior part of
pygidium, behind axis, highly inclined, rounded and smooth; posterior
margin concave, arched and slightly turned up along the edge. A spec-
imen of medium size measures in length, about 15™™, in width, 14™™. A
very large specimen has a length of 32™™.
A few detached segments, that may belong to the thorax, were found,
but they are unsatisfactory for determination.
114 Morgan Hzxpeditions.
The first distinguishing feature of this species lies in the
great prominence of the test, none of the forms, with which
we have compared it, approaching it at all in convexity.
This difference of character is supplemented by many others.
From Dalmania Boothii, of the Hamilton group of New
York, the only abundant form known in beds corresponding
most nearly in age to the Ereré Devonian, it differs, among
other features, in the greater proportionate length of the
middle of the head, in the more gradual backward nar-
rowing of the glabella, and in the greater length of the
frontal lobe, which is generally more angular in front in
the latter form.
This beautiful species occurs somewhat abundantly in the
Devonian sandstone at Ereré, associated with Spirifera Ped-
roana, etc. The specific name is given in allusion to a
mythical personage, after whom the Serra of Paittina in
the vicinity received its name.
Genus HOMALONOTUS, Keenig.
Homalonotus Oiara, sp. nov.
There was obtained from the Devonian sandstone at Ereré,
a single fragment of the head of a large trilobite, which be-
longs to this genus. It is very distinct from any other form
yet known, but too imperfect to admit of proper descrip-
tion. It differs from Homalonotus Dekayi, Van., appar-
ently, in the fact that the margins of the glabella are more
concave than in the latter form, and the eyes are placed
farther forward. We have ventured to rank it as a new
species, naming it after the Tupi water maiden. Associated
with the last species above described, Dalmania Pattina.
GASTEROPODA.
Genus PLEUROTOMARIA, Defrance.
Pleurotomaria Rochana, sp. nov.
Shell quite small; outline, as seen in front and hind view, a rhomboid,
of which two opposing sides are about twice the length of the other two
Morgan Hxpeditions. 115
sides. Height less than the breadth; spire very depressed-conical; api-
cal angle somewhat greater than a right angle. Volutions about three
in number, the last angular and carinate along the middle, with the upper
surface flattened, or curving very slightly from the suture to the median
carina. The upper surfaces of all the volutions, from the apex to the
carina of last volution, lie in nearly the same plane and are separated by
a shallow suture; lower side of the body volution slightly more convex
than the upper. Aperture and surface markings not preserved. This is
a very small species of Pleurotomaria, one specimen measuring about
8.5 ™™ in length, and 11 ™™ in breadth.
Only a few specimens of this species have been obtained,
and none of these are in a very perfect condition. Asso-
ciated with Nuculites Nyssa, Streptorhynchus Agassizii, etc., -
in the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of Para, Brazil.
Named in honor of Tenente Rocha, commandant of the
Marine Arsenal at Para, to whom the expedition of 1870
was indebted for the fitting out of the steamer Jurupensem.
Genus HOLOPEA, Hall.
Holopea Furmaniana, sp. nov.
Shell rather above the medium size, obliquely sub-conical in front view,
with the length and breadth nearly equal. Volutions about three or four
in number, very prominent and wellrounded. They increase quite rapidly
in size from the very small apex, the last one being ventricose and some-
times slightly flattened on the top near the suture, which is rather deep
and acute-angular. Aperture slightly oblique, oval in outline and a little
reflected on the lower side. Surface, as determined by external moulds,
smooth. One specimen of average size measures: length and breadth
each, about 17 ™™; but many specimens are larger than this.
All the specimens of this form, so far obtained, are in the
condition of moulds of the interior and exterior. In the in-
ternal mould there is a small umbilicus, probably due entirely
to the removal of the columella. This form is easily recog-
nized by its regular and well rounded volutions and low
spire, the volutions commencing of very small size and in-
creasing rapidly and regularly to the aperture. So far as we
are aware the genus Holopea has not been recognized from
the Devonian before; but the smooth exterior of this form
116 Morgan Expeditions.
precludes its being placed in the genus Pleurotomaria, to
which it might seem to be related from the shape and appear-
ance of the internal mould alone.
Very abundant in the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov.
of Para, Brazil; associated with Spirifera Pedroana, Nucu-
lites Nyssa, ete.
Dedicated to Mr. Furman of Para, a gentleman to whom
both expeditions are deeply indebted.
Genus PLATYCERAS, Conrad.
Platyceras symmetricum.
Platyceras symmetricum, Hall. 15th. Ann. Rep. St. Cab., N. Y., 1862, p.
34.
Description of the Ereré form:— Shell small, argonautiform in side
view, very slightly elongated and somewhat laterally compressed. From
the apex, which is minute and twisted very slightly to the right of the
median line, the shell increases very rapidly in size, the ventral side of
the body volution passing tangentically for a short distance beyond the
last preceding volution. Volutions about one and one-half in number,
the outer one, small and much compressed where it commences, but be-
coming gradually less compressed and more fully rounded toward the
aperture, enlarging rapidly at the same time. The aperture is oval in out-
line, with the sinistro-dextral diameter a little less than the dorso-ventral.
The margin is apparently sinuous, but is defective in the specimen. Exte-
rior surface of shell not preserved. Surface of internal mould of body
volution not very irregular, somewhat rugose and traversed near the front
by numerous, rather indistinct growth lines, which bear on each side a few
deep, rounded flexures. To these ftexures a few short, irregular, longitu-
dinal undulations near the aperture appear to correspond. ‘There is a
slight prominence, probably the impression of the base of a spine, just on
the left of the dorsal line, midway between the aperture and the beginning
of the outer volution. Dimensions: greatest length from anterior mar-
gin of aperture, 19™™; dorso-ventral diameter of aperture, 13.5 ™™;
sinistro-dextral diameter of same, 12 ™™,
Only one specimen of Platyceras, the one described above,
was obtained from Ereré. It agrees with P. symmetricum
of Hall, Hamilton group, N. Y., in being symmetrical and
in having the same number and character of volutions; but
it is much smaller than any specimen of P. symmetricum
from the Hamilton group which we have seen, and more per-
Morgan Expeditions. 117
fect specimens, preserving the shell, may show it to be dis-
tinct from that species.
From the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of Para,
Brazil; associated with Spzrifera Pedroana, ete.
Genus BELLEROPHON, Montfort.
Bellerophon Morganianus, sp. nov.
Shell of small to medium size. subglobose, with the umbilical openings
small but rather deep. Body volution generally somewhat broadly flat-
tened along the back, sometimes moderately rounded and curving abruptly
to the umbilicus. It increases rapidly in size toward the aperture, where
it expands quite abruptly, making the aperture lirge and apparently
transversely sub-elliptical in outline. Surface covered with minute,
rounded. transverse, parallel, raised lines, which first curve slightly for-
ward from an indistinct, median dorsal band, and then extend nearly
directly to the edge of the umbilical openings. Of a nearly perfect speci-
men of medium size, the greatest length from the outer edge of the aperture
is about 17™™; sinistro-dextral diameter of aperture of same specimen,
about 19 ™™,
This Brazilian species of Gellerophon appears to be closely
related to B. leda of Hall, Hamilton group, New York, and
is of about the same size as that species. The body volu-
tion of B. Morganianus is, however, generally larger where
it commences than is the case in B. /eda, and the revolving
raised lines are entirely wanting in the former species.
Obtained in great abundance from the Devonian sandstone
of Ereré, Prov. of Para, Brazil; associated with Spirifera
Pedroana, ete.
Dedicated respectfully to Mr. Edwin B. Morgan, of
Aurora, N. Y.
‘Bellerophon Coutinhoanus, sp. nov.
Shell rather small, subglobose, trilobed. The outer volution increases
rapidly toward the aperture, and is divided into three longitudinal lobes,
of which the middle or dorsal lobe is about two-thirds the width of the
whorl itself, and is prominent, sharply defined at its margins and very
regularly rounded. The lateral lobes curve regularly and quite abruptly
from the dorsal lobe to the umbilical openings. Size of the most perfect
specimen, which is not, however, the largest one obtained: greatest
length from near the outer edge of the aperture, about 15™™; width of
the outer volution near the aperture, nearly 15 ™™,
118 Morgan Expeditions.
Although a number of specimens of this species of Bellero-
phon were obtained from Ereré, the aperture is not preserved
in any of them, and the umbilical openings, if such existed,
are covered up by the rock in every case. The specimens
are all of internal moulds and the surface markings are not
retained. B. Coutinhoanus is very closely allied to B.
trilobatus of Sow., Devonian of Europe, more especially to
the variety ¢wmidus, from which, however, it differs in hav-
ing the dorsal lobe broader, less prominent, and more flat-
tened along the top, with its margins more distinctly defined.
From the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Proy. of Para,
Brazil; associated with Wuculites Nyssa, etc.
Respectfully dedicated to Dr. Silva de Coutinho, Rio de
Janeiro, Brazil.
Bellerophon Gilletianus, sp. nov.
Shell very small, laterally compressed, somewhat lenticular in form and
sub-circular ih outline; umbilical openings of medium size, deep. The
outer yolution commences very small, somewhat compressed and more or
less angular on the median dorsal line, and increases rapidly in prominence
but quite gradually in width, becoming more and more strongly angular
toward the aperture, where it is but slightly expanded. The summit of
the mesial prominence is often well rounded, but sometimes acute, while
on each side is generally a very shallow accompanying groove, growing
more pronounced toward the aperture, and which gives to the shell near
the mouth a somewhat trilobed appearance.
The surface of the shell is marked by numerous, very fine, rounded,
thread-like, concentric raised lines, which arch very strongly backward
from the umbilici to the median dorsal line, where the corresponding
ones on each side unite in a curve. Of the largest specimen obtained,
the greatest diameter, which is from the outer margin of the aperture to
the opposite side of the shell, is about 10 ™"; width of the body volution
near the aperture, about 5™™. Most of the specimens, however, are
much smaller than this.
B. rotiformis of De Kon., Europe, resembles the species
just described in size and general appearance, but it is more
lenticular in shape and the whorls increase more rapidly in
size. The umbilical openings are also smaller and the slope
toward them is much less abrupt.
Morgan Expeditions. 119
Moderately abundant in the Devonian sandstone of Ereré,
Prov. of Para, Brazil; associated with Nuculites Nyssa,
Spirifera Pedroana, ete.
Named after M. Léon Gillet, Prof. Hartt’s able and oblig-
ing agent at Para.
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.
Genus NUCULITES, Conrad.
Nuculites Nyssa.
Nuculites Nyssa, Hall. Lamell. Shells of the U. Held., Ham. and Chem.
Groups, etc., 1869. (Preparatory for the Paleontology of N. Y.)
Description of Ereré specimens :— Shell of medium size, longitudinally
sub-ovate or sub-triangular in outline, and of moderate convexity. Ante-
rior margin well rounded and narrower than the posterior. The dorsal
margin, curving slightly, extends obliquely backwards from the beak to
the posterior extremity of the shell, a short distance above the termina-
tion of the median antero-posterior diameter. The ventral margin is mod-
erately rounded and, together with the anterior and posterior margins,
forms an elliptical curve. Beaks about one-fourth the length from the
anterior extremity, with the apices acute and strongly incurved to the
hinge line. Valves most convex at a point just above and anterior to the
middle. The surface arches rapidly and more or less regularly from
the ventral margin to the beak, but is generally a little more strongly
curved in the umbonal region, and is broadly flattened, rounding suddenly
to the dorsal margin. The slope toward the posterior margin is convex
and more abrupt than toward the ventral margin; toward the anterior
margin it is still more abrupt, becoming gradually concave near the beaks.
The septum, curving very slightly, and with its concave side forward,
extends down nearly two-thirds the shell height, cutting the antero-poste-
rior diameter at about one-fourth its length from the front. Surface
smooth or marked with a few indistinct lines of growth. Length, 24 ™m™,
height, 17™™; depth of single valve,5™™, Specimens of larger size are
numerous.
This species of Nuculites, which is the most common.
lamellibranch at Ereré, proves to be identical with V. Nyssa
of Hall, found in the Hamilton group, New York.
We are indebted to Prof. Hall for the identification of the
forms from the two places.
120 Morgan Expeditions.
Abundant in the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of
Para, Brazil, with Spirifera Pedroana, Streptorhynchus
Agassizii, ete.
Nuculites Ererensis, sp. nov.
Shell small, elongate, nearly twice as long as high, sub-elliptical in
outline, the margins forming quite a regular elliptical curve, broken by
the slight upward extension of the beaks. Dorsal margin oblique and
nearly straight. Beaks situated about one-third the length from the
anterior margin, smali, only slightly incurved, and apparently not reach-
ing to the hinge line. The convexity of the valves is moderate, being
greatest just below the umbonal region. The septum extends downwards
for about three-fifths the height of the valves, and intersects the antero-
posterior diameter at a little less than one-third its length from the front.
Length, 1387; height, 8™™; depth of single valve, nearly 3™™,
This species of MNuculites is readily distinguished from
the last one above described, WV. Nyssa of Hall, by its
elongate form and nearly elliptical outline, and by the
absence of any flattening along the middle. Only two
specimens have yet been obtained. These are both inter-
nal moulds of the left valve, and the surface markings are
not preserved upon them.
Found, with Spirifera Pedroana, etc., in the Devonian
sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of Para, Brazil.
Genus GRAMMYSIA, De Verneuil.
Grammysia (Pholadella?) parallela.
Grammysia parallela, Hall. Lamell. Shells of the U. Held., Ham. and
Chem. Groups, etc., 1869. (Preparatory for the Paleontology of N. Y.)
Shell small, elongate, about two-thirds as high as long, with the greatest
height at the beaks. Valves moderately convex, the surface arching
strongly from the beaks to the ventral margin, but being rather more ab-
ruptly curved in the upper portion. The beaks are situated at about one-
fourth or one-fifth the length of the shell from the anterior extremity, and
project but little above the hinge margin; they are small, rather strongly
arcuate and turned somewhat abruptly forward, with the apices acute and
contiguous. Dorsal margin straight and extending directly backward.
The anterior margin extends obliquely forward in its upper half, forming
at the beaks an angle of about 135° with the dorsal margin, and is slightly
Morgan Expeditions. 121
concave; it rounds somewhat abruptly to the ventral margin below, which
is moderately curved anteriorly, but becomes nearly straight and subpar-
allel with the dorsal margin along the middle of the shell. Posteriorly
the ventral margin appears to round up more or less strongly toward the
dorsal margin, but in none of the specimens obtained, is the posterior ex-
tremity of the shell perfectly preserved. From a line, extending obliquely
across the valves, from just behind the beaks to the lower posterior ex-
tremity of the shell, and forming an angle of about 30° with the dorsal
margin, the surface curves moderately and quite regularly to the anterior
margin, and is traversed by about 10 or 12 low, wide, rounded, concentric
undulations, which decrease in size from the ventral margin toward the
beaks, where they are quite small. The lower ones round up quite ab-
ruptly in front, but are more gently curved along the middle. Posterior
to the oblique line, above mentioned, the surface descends abruptly, and
with a concave slope, to the hinge line and the posterior extremity, and is
smooth in the moulds. Length, about 16™™ ; height, 10.6 ™™ ; depth of
each valve, 3 ™™,
Prof. Hall has identified this Brazilian form with his Gram-
mysia parallela of the Hamilton group, New York, loc. cit. ;
but he expresses a doubt as to whether the species is a true
Grammysia, or belongs to his new genus Pholadella, pub-
lished in 1869.
Only a few specimens of this pretty form were obtained
from the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of Para, Bra-
zil, associated with Spirifera Pedroana, ete.
Genus EDMONDIA, De Koninck.
Edmondia Pondiana, sp. nov.
Shell below the medium size, elongate, nearly two-thirds as high as
long, sub-elliptical in outline and moderately ventricose, with the great-
est convexity in the lower posterior part of the umbonal region. An-
terior end much narrower than the posterior, well rounded and prominent,
the margin uniting by a moderate curve with the ventral margin, which,
along the middle one-half of the shell, is quite straight and nearly par-
allel with the dorsal margin; posterior end strongly rounded, and appar-
ently slightly truncate in its lower portion; dorsal margin straight
and about one-half the length of the shell. Beaks situated at a little
less than one-third the length from the front, broad, very prominent,
and strongly incurved toward the hinge margin and the front, nearly or
quite contiguous, and projecting a moderate distance above the hinge.
The umbonal region is obliquely flattened, the flattened surface inclining
anteriorly. This flattening, which commences on the beak, appears to
May, 1875. 9 ANN. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. x1.
122 Morgan Hxpeditions.
extend downward, and somewhat obliquely backward, across the valve;
but it becomes less and less perceptible toward the ventral margin,
toward which the slope, for nearly the whole height of the valve, near
the middle, is only slightly curved; toward the front, the slope is much
stronger and it becomes concave in front of, and beneath, the beaks.
Commencing at the anterior margin, the surface rises at a moderately
strong angle for one-fifth the shell length, more or less, when, the’
angle of ascent becoming gradually less, it continues to rise with very
little curvature toward an oblique line, extending across the valve from
the posterior side of the beak to the lower posterior extremity of the
shell. Along this line the valve rounds over toward the dorsal and
posterior margins, quite gradually in the lower part, but more and more
abruptly near the beak, the curve, from the point of greatest convexity
of the valve toward the posterior end of the hinge margin, being abrupt
and slightly sigmoidal. Exterior surface unknown. Length, 22™™;
height, 14™™; convexity of single valve, 5.5™™.
This species is founded on a single specimen, a very per-
fect internal mould of the left valve; but one or two much
smaller specimens, probably referable to the same species,
were also obtained from Ereré. From the Devonian sand-
stone of Ereré, Prov. of Parad, Brazil; associated with
Spirifera Pedroana, ete.
(Named after my friends, Mr. Fred. Pond, American
Consul at Parad, and his brother, Mr. Thos. Pond, to whom
I am indebted for a thousand favors. C. F. H.)
Edmondia Sylvana, sp. nov.
Shell small; length a little more than one and one-half times the height;
outline apparently sub-elliptical. Valves moderately convex and nearly
symmetrical, most prominent in the umbonal region. Beaks small, sub-
central and obtuse in the moulds, incurving very little and hardly pro-
jecting above the plane of the hinge, between which and the apices of
the beak is quite a space. The dorsal margin is regularly curved, and
rounds down on each side of the beak to the anterior and posterior
margins, of which the former seems to be the narrower, and is more
regularly rounded than the latter; ventral margin nearly straight along
the middle. The surface of the valves arches very strongly and quite
regularly from the beaks to the ventral margin, while the curvature along
the antero-posterior diameter is moderate and nearly regular. Length,
17™™;, height, 10™™; convexity of single valve, 4™™.
Morgan Expeditions. 123
Although only a single specimen of this species, which
has been referred with some doubt to Hdmondia, has been
obtained, and that is not a very perfect one, it has been pos-
sible from it to make out the principal characters of the
species quite accurately. It is readily distinguished from
all the other species of lamellibranchs yet found at Ereré,
by the nearly symmetrical valves and sub-central beaks.
From the Devonian sandstone, Ereré, Prov. of Para,
Brazil, with Spzrifera Pedroana, ete.
[Named in honor of my friend, Senhor José Gualdino da
Silva, of Pard, to whom I am under many obligations. C.
Genus MODIOMORPHA, Hall.
Modiomorpha Pimentana, sp. nov.
Shell of moderate size, elongate, sub-quadrilateral in outline. From
the beaks, which are placed at less than one-fourth the length from the
front, the height increases very gradually to the posterior end of the
hinge margin, which last equals about three-fifths the length of the shell
and is straight; height of shell at beak about five-sixths that at end of
hinge margin. Anterior margin straight and oblique for about one-half
its length, forming at the beak an angle of about 135° With the dorsal
margin. It rounds abruptly to the ventral margin, which, in its posterior
three-fourths, is nearly straight. The posterior margin is slightly con-
vex, and extends obliquely backward from the dorsal margin, with which
it forms an angle equal to about that at the beaks, and curves abruptly to
the ventral margin. Beaks very small, obtuse and not produced above
the hinge line. The valves are quite convex, the surface rising rapidly
from the ventral and anterior margins on the one side, and from the
dorsal and posterior margins on the other, toward a line running obliquely
across the valves from the beaks to the lower posterior extremity. Along
this line the valves are sometimes angular, at others they are regularly
and strongly rounded; generally, however, they are angular near the
beaks and become gradually rounded and flattened posteriorly. Above,
the surface slopes to the dorsal margin very abruptly and is concave just
behind the beaks, but the slope becomes more and more gradual toward
the posterior extremity, and, from very slightly concave at first, it changes
to very slightly convex posteriorly. The lower and anterior portion of
the valves’ is sometimes broadly flattened. Surface marked with numer-
ous concentric lines of growth. Length, 30™™; height, 16™™; depth of
single valve, 5™". These dimensions are of the largest specimen found;
most of the specimens are much smaller.
124 Morgan Expeditions.
This form of Modiomorpha, which is quite abundant at
Ereré, although very constant in its outline, varies consid-
erably in its surface characters, as described above. The
specimens obtained are all moulds of the interior and ex-
terior. Associated with Muculites Nyssa, Spirifera Pedro-
ana, etc., in the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of
Para, Brazil.
Named in honor of Senhor Pimenta Buend of Para, to
whom the expeditions are under obligations.
Genus PALHANEILA, Hall.
Paleaneilo sulcata, sp. nov.
Shell of moderate size, elongate, slightly gibbous, and apparently sub-
elliptical in outline, with the height less than two-thirds the length.
Dorsal margin inclining slightly downward in extending backward from the
beaks. The anterior margin appears to be slightly concave, for about one-
third its length from the beaks, and forms an angle of nearly 120° with
the dorsal margin; in its lower two-thirds it is well and regularly
rounded. Ventral margin nearly straight and suddenly indented toward
the posterior extremity of the shell, which is imperfect in all the speci-
mens of this species yet obtained. Beaks situated at a distance from the
front, equal to a,little less than half the height of the shell, quite prom-
inent and incurved to the hinge line. The valves are most convex just
above and anterior to the middle, with the surface arching quite strongly
and regularly, the curvature, however, increasing somewhat in strength,
from the ventral margin to the beaks. A rather deep and well marked
sinus commences in each valve on the posterior side of the beak, where
it is very small, and extends obliquely across the valve to the ventral
margin, near the posterior extremity of the shell, increasing gradually in
size at the same time, the margin being deeply indented by it. The an-
terior edge of the sinus is quite abrupt and forms a slight fold on the
surface of the valve; it makes an angle of about 30° with the dorsal
margin of the shell; the posterior edge rounds over gradually. From
the anterior margin of the valve the surface rounds up gradually for a
short distance, and then extends. with very little curvature to the sinus.
Surface of mould smooth. Length, about 17™™; height, 11°5™™; depth
of each valve, 3°5 ™™,
This species of lamellibranch has the external characters
of the genus Paleaneilo, but the specimens representing it
are not in a condition to show the character of the hinge,
eat
Morgan Expeditions. 125
which is crenulated in that genus. Only a few specimens
have been obtained.
From the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Proy. of Para,
Brazil; associated with Streptorhynchus Agassizii, etc.
Paleaneilo? simplex, sp. nov.
Shell of medium size, elongate, quite regularly sub-elliptical in outline
and of moderate convexity; height about two-thirds the length. Anterior
margin not quite as high as the posterior; both anterior and posterior
margins regularly and quite strongly rounded, and passing gradually into
the ventral margin, which is regularly and moderately rounded. The
dorsal margin is nearly straight and extends directly backwards from the
beak; its length is less than one-half that of the shell. Beaks situated
at about one-third the length of the shell from the anterior end, quite
small, rather strongly incurved to the plane of the hinge, and slightly
elevated above the hinge margin, with the apices acute. The point of
greatest convexity of the valves is just above the middle. The curvature
of the surface from the ventral margin to the beaks is moderate and
nearly regular, growing gradually stronger, however, toward the beaks.
The curvature along the antero-posterior diameter is quite moderate and
regular, the slopes toward the anterior and posterior margins from the
middle being sub-equal. Toward the dorsal margin the slope is moderate
posteriorly, but grows gradually stronger as the beaks are approached,
just behind which it is very abrupt. Immediately in front of the beaks
the surface is slightly concave. Surface markings unknown; the surface
of the internal moulds is quite smooth. Length, 16™™; height, 12™™;
depth of single valve, 3 ™™.
The above description of this form was made from a
single, very perfect specimen, an internal mould of the
left valve, in which, however, the characters of the hinge
are not preserved. The generic relations of the species
are thus rendered doubtful; but it agrees externally with
Prof. Hall’s genus Palwanetlo in which we place it pro-
visionally. Besides the single specimen just mentioned,
there are four or five other specimens of lamellibranchs
from Ereré, which apparently belong to this same species.
In them the beak is sometimes more acute, and the curva-
ture of the surface varies slightly. In all the other char-
acters they agree quite perfectly. This form of Paleaneilo
126 Morgan Expeditions.
is readily distinguished from P. sulcata, by the regular
curvature of the surface from the anterior to the posterior
end, and by the absence of a sinus.
From the Devonian sandstone of Ereré, Prov. of Para,
Brazil; associated with Spirifera Pedroana, etc.
Genus TENTACULITES, Schlotheim.
Tentaculites Eldredgianus, sp. nov.
Shell small, rather long, straight, circular in cross-section, at least 1™™
in diameter at the larger end, and tapering very gradually to an acute
point. Length of the most perfect specimen, a fragment, about 16™™.
Annulations narrow, quite prominent, and angular or slightly rounded
on the summit; the interspaces are generally about twice as wide as
the annulations, though they vary somewhat in width, and are flattened
or a little rounded in the bottom; they are ornamented by fine annular
raised lines, of which there are about four or five in each interspace,
near the larger end of the specimen. The annulations decrease in size,
but become more numerous toward the apex. There are about 5 to 7
in the space of 3™™ near the large end.
The specimens of this species, so far obtained, are from
the sandstone, in which they exist as moulds of the exterior
surface, generally filled up with clay or sandy material.
The moulds usually preserve the impression of the annu-
lations very sharply; the annular raised lines, however,
are seldom preserved. The casts formed by the filling up
of the moulds are never exact copies, but in them the an-
nulations are almost always low and rounded. The full
length is not preserved in any of the specimens obtained,
but it was probably not much greater than 16"". Although
the distance between the annulations varies, the variation
is never very great, and is generally regular through the
same specimen, the interspaces becoming gradually narrower
toward the apex.
From the sandstone of the Devonian age, Ereré, Prov.
of Pard, Brazil; associated with Spirifera Pedroana, ete.
Morgan Hexpeditions. 127
Dedicated to Mr. Rolfe Eldredge, one of Prof. Hartt’s
companions at Ereré, on his expedition of 1870.
Among the more obscure remains obtained from the De-
vonian sandstone beds at Ereré, and which it is impossible
from their imperfect condition to properly identify, are frag-
ments of crinoidal columns, the valves of a form which
appears to be related to Beyrichia, M’Coy, fragments of
wood, etc. They are all, however, in such a poor state of
preservation, that it would be unwise to attempt anything
beyond a mere notice of their appearance. The crinoidal
remains occur as impressions of the detached disks of the
columns, which are small and thin, and it is seldom that more
than two or three of the disks are found together. The
central canal is generally replaced by sandy material, but
none of the surface markings are retained. Diameter of
disks, about 2°5 to 8™"; thickness of each, about :5™". The
test of Beyrichia (?) is small, sub-ovate in outline, with a
slight depression near one end. The surface, though imper-
fect in all the specimens obtained, seems to have been granu-
lose. Diameter of a medium specimen, 2™. The remains
that have been referred to with doubt as plants have no
definite or describable shapes and are probably fucoidal.
Many of the other fragments obtained will undoubtedly be
explained with the aid of new collections from the same
locality.
128 Note on a name in Entomology.
XIV.—WNote on a name in Entomology proposed by the late
Coleman Townsend Robinson.
By AUG. R. GROTE, A. M.
Read April 19, 1875.
Ir was my good fortune to have known somewhat intimately
the late Mr. Coleman T. Robinson, latterly of New York
city, who contributed to the Annals of the Lyceum of Nat-
ural History (vol. IX.) two short papers on North American
Moths, and previously, in conjunction with myself, a longer
communication, in the Eighth Volume of the Annals, on the
same subject. I was personally associated with Mr. Robin-
son from 1864 to 1868, and met him again for a few days
in 1870. This was the last time that I had the pleasure
before his premature death in 1872.*
Although Mr. Robinson had pursued his studies in Nat-
ural History somewhat fitfully, I know that he has performed
some good work on the smaller moths, and especially on the
Tortricide. The first part of his projected Revision of the
North American species of that difficult group appeared in
the Transactions of the American Entomological Society,
Vol. II, 1869, and I have been anxious to discover his un-
finished manuscripts for the second part, which I know were
in existence. His and my own joint collections passed into
the Central Park Museum after Mr. Robinson’s death. At
this moment I can only find a brief record of his study of
the following species, belonging to the Pyralides.
Siparocerat nobilis, Robinson.
@. The type of this new genus and species is in the Central Park
Museum. It is allied in size to Fabatana oviplagalis, as well as in orna-
* A list of the scientific papers published by my late esteemed friend, under his sole
signature, was given by me in the fourth volume of the Canadian Entomologist, pp.
109-111, June, 1872.
{ This seems to have been the original writing of the generic term; in the collection
at the Central Park the name is written ‘‘ Callocera.”
On the Birds of Ritchie County. 129
mentation. The genus is characterized by a large hollow expansion on
the fore wings opening outwardly at basal third. This extraordinary
feature is not shared by the Brazilian Amblyura corusca Led., apparently
its nearest ally. The basal and terminal fields of the primaries are rich
purply brown, separated by paler median lines as in corusca. The me-
dian space is paler. The abdomen is tufted at the anus. The hind wings
are dark, with paler indications of transverse lines on internal margin.
The specimen is from New York.
I have searched the few papers left by Mr. C. T. Robinson
which have come into my possession, without finding a de-
tailed description of this species. Mr. Robinson’s MSS.
which I have yet seen consist almost entirely of enlarged
drawings of the venation of small species of moths with brief
notes. In 1870 Mr. Robinson exhibited to me prepared
specimens and a drawing of the abdominal appendage of the
male Leucarctia acrea, recently described by Mr. H. K.
Morrison, in the pages of “Psyche.” It had been acci-
dentally observed by him during its voluntary extrusion.
He had prepared a paper on the subject which I yet hope
to discover.
*
XV.— Some Observations on the Birds of Ritchie County,
West Virginia.
By WILLIAM BREWSTER.
Read March 22, 1875.
In preparing the following paper, I have adopted the
systematic arrangement of a faunal list, more for the sake
of convenience than with any idea that it is deserving to
take rank as such, for the time spent in the locality was by
far too brief, for the acquirement of a very perfect knowl-
edge of its avian inhabitants. However, the results, em-
130 On the Birds of Ritchie County.
bracing as they do the joint labors of Messrs. R. Deane and
Ernest Ingersoll, in addition to those of the author, be-
tween the dates of April 25th and May 9, 1874, must, I
think, give a large proportion of the birds which occur at
that season, and as many little known species were found in
abundance and under very favorable conditions for observa-
tion, I have been induced to present a few notes on their
habits, etc., trusting that they may prove acceptable contri-
butions to science. The locality explored was the neighbor-
hood of the little village of Petroleum, a rude hamlet of
some hundred inhabitants, situated on Goose creek, a tribu-
tary of the Huse River. The characteristics of the country
are essentially like those of all the region lying in that lati-
tude, within the foot hills of the great Alleghanian range of
mountains ; wild rugged valleys walled in by steep ridges,
of a nearly uniform elevation of perhaps 500 feet, which,
in their turn, are here and there cleft by rocky ravines,
the beds of the mountain torrents.
With the exception of the creek bottoms, where are a
few imperfectly cultivated clearings, the whole face of the
country is covered with a dense and apparently for the most
part primeval forest, abounding in deer, bears and other
large game. Consequent upon the small extent of open
cultivated country, is the scarcity, and in some cases total
absence of many species of birds, which might otherwise
be confidently expected to occur here, although a careful
examination at other seasons would undoubtedly increase
largely the present list. In this connection, a comparison
with Mr. Scott’s “Partial list of the summer birds of Ka-
nawha County” (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 15, p.
219) would prove interesting, for as the locality which he
investigated lies but little more than fifty miles to the south,
and possesses the same general features, his catalogue may
be relied upon to furnish the data of several summer species
not detected at the time of our visit in the region about to
be considered.
On the Birds of Ritchie County. 131
Several interesting notes made by Mr. Ingersoll, during
a previous visit in Sept., 1873, have been generously placed
at my disposal by that gentleman, and I would also express
my thanks to my friends Messrs. Ruthven Deane and H. A.
Purdie, to the former of whom 1 am indebted for many
valuable field notes, and to the latter for much kind assist-
ance in the preparation of the present paper. It may be
well for me to state that all differences in voice or habits,
which I shall describe, are such as compared with the
normal voice or habits of the same bird in the New England
States. I shall also, for the sake of uniformity, use the
terms song and note in their restricted sense, that is, song,
as descriptive of the vocal performances of the male during
the breeding season; notes, the calls of recognition, alarm,
pleasure, etc., which are used indifferently by both sexes at
all seasons. At the same time I am fully aware that some
few’ exceptions may be found which will mar the uniformity
of this system, as in the case of the cardinal grosbeak, both
sexes of which sing equally well. In classification and no-
menclature I have followed Dr. Coues’ Key to North Ameri-
can Birds.
Family TURDIDZ. The Thrushes.
1. Turdus mustelinus Gm. Excessively abundant, and one of the most
characteristic birds of these woods, affecting alike the hillsides and
tangled thickets of the ravines.
By May Ist all had arrived and were paired for the season. In the early
morning and evening twilight, as many as six or eight males might fre-
quently be heard singing at once. Their song, as compared with that of
the Massachusetts bird, was hardly recognizable, being less loud, much
abbreviated, and lacking all that variety and depth of intonation that
makes our bird so preéminent among its companion songsters. They
were also less shy than I have been accustomed to find them.
2. Turdus migratorius L. Rather common but restricted to the belt
of cultivated country in the valley. Onthe 30th of April three nests were
found, all containing eggs but slightly incubated.
3. Turdus fuscescens Steph. Apparently rare, a single pair noted by
Mr. Deane, May 2d.
4. Turdus Swainsoniti Cab. Arrived May 5th and for three or four
132 On the Birds of Ritchie County.
days were quite numerous. Found them in small companies in the deep-
est recesses of the woods, where they flitted on ahead in their characteris-
tically silent and phantom-like way. All the specimens taken were quite
typical.
5. Turdus Pallasti Cab. Frequent in the elevated woods during the
latter part of April and first three or four days of May, when they all dis-
appeared.
6. Mimus Carolinensis (L.) Gr. Very common. Found everywhere
in the open country, but especially in the briery thickets along the margin
of the creeks. The only peculiarity of song noticed was the occasional
interpolation of notes foreign to the ear of a New England collector, but
common enough here; such as the call of the tufted titmouse, the chirrup
of the Carolina wren, and the sharp tchip of the red bird.
7. Harporhynchus rufus (L.) Cab. Not common. A few were seen
daily up to about the 1st of May, when they all disappeared.
Family SAXICOLIDZ. The Saxicolas.
8. Sialia sialis (L.) Haldeman. Not abundant, but very generally
distributed, breeding in the dead stubs along the wood edges and creek
bottoms. \
Family SYLVIIDZ. The Sylvias.
9. Regulus calendula (L.) Licht. More abundant than I have ever
seen them elsewhere. Found frequently in companies of a dozen or more.
Associated as they often were, with many of the rarer warblers, they
proved a great nuisance, for although the characteristic and almost con-
stant tremulous motion of the wings, together with the small size, never
failed to identify the little bunch of animated feathers upon a good view,
yet when dim!y seen among the thick branches, they frequently fell un-
wished-for victims, in place of some more desirable bird that we had been
pursuing. None of the males were heard to sing, and by May 9th all had
disappeared.
10. Polioptila cerulea (L.) Scl. Common from the time of our arrival,
and very generally distributed throughout the woods, although showing
a rather decided preference for the heavy timber, where they kept high up
in the trees. When seen one hundred feet or more above the earth they
remind one more of insects than birds, so active and so very frail and
slender do they seem. In motions they bear perhaps a greater resem-
blance to the redstart (Setophaga ruticilla) than to any other bird, like
him launching out frequently after insects and alighting with spread tail
and drooping wings, but they have withal an impertinent, quizzical air,
savoring strongly of cat bird ways; the song is indeed quite that of the
latter bird, but in miniature (if I may apply such an expression to sound)
a quaint mocking little strain, continued half a minute or more at a time
and full of mewings and harsh chatters, with an occasional full round
note, but altogether so feeble as scarcely to be audible at twenty yards’
On the Birds of Ritchie County. 133
distance. The note used by both sexes is a harsh but rather faint lisp.
A nest, upon which the parent birds were still at work, was discovered by
Mr. Ingersoll, May 10th, on a horizontal oak branch fifty feet above the
ground.
Family PARIDA. The Titmice.
11. Lophophanes bicolor (L.) Pr. A very common bird here, seeming
to prefer high oak woodlands, though we also sometimes found them in
the scrub or second growth. By April 25 they were commencing to lay,
as we dissected several females which contained eggs nearly ready for
the shell; no nests were, however, found. In habits and general appear-
ance they strongly suggest the jays, the only Paridine attributes being
some of the notes, and the flight, which is undulating, heavy and accom-
panied by a loud rustling sound.
They spend much of their time on the ground, hopping about slowly
among the leaves until a nut or acorn is discovered, when it is taken up
to some low branch and then hammered vigorously with the bill until
broken open.
The crest is nearly always erect and looks much longer than it actually
is. They are at all times very tame and unsuspicious.
The song of the male is sure to be one of the first sounds that one
hears upon entering the woods, for it is very loud, and repeated almost
incessantly. It is a rolling whistle uttered six or seven times in succes-
sion; something like qguee dle-t-or, quee dle-t-or, etc. Other notes used by
both sexes are a faint lisping chirp, a chee de de (almost undistinguishable
from that of Parus Carolinensis) and a tse-tsip, which latter is, however,
but seldom heard.
12. Parus Carolinensis Aud. Common and generally distributed. In
habits and appearance it much resembles P. atricapillus, though its smaller
size is at once noticeable. The notes are, however, all quite different.
The song of the male is quite a pretty one and consists of four measures,
whistled rather slowly, audible at a considerable distance; the first syl-
lable is rather high, the second several octaves higher, the third and
fourth lower than the first. Altogether, it bears quite a resemblance to
the song of Dendroica virens, though lacking its peculiar, albeit rather
pleasing, harshness. The chirp used by both sexes is very faint and par-
takes somewhat of a Fringilline character. They have also a scolding
chee de de somewhat similar to that of our Northern species, but much
feebler. Females of this species were dissected, which contained eggs
nearly ready to be laid, as early as April 25.
Family SITTIDA. The Nuthatches.
13. Sitta Carolinensis Gm. Found sparingly in the woods. Its hank
sounded a trifle harsher and less loud than at the north. A nest discov-
ered May 9th, in a natural cavity near the top of a tall beech, must have
134 On the Birds of Ritchie County.
contained young, as the parent birds passed in at frequent intervals with
food in their bills.
Family TROGLODYTIDA. The Wrens.
14. Thryothorus Ludovicianus (Gm:.) Bp. Rather common. Most par-
tial to the thickets along fences, brush piles on the edges of the woods,
and dark rocky ravines. Found them very unsuspicious and easy of cap-
ture, even when in the most tangled thicket. If shot at and missed they
seemed at once to become very angry, hopping nimbly from twig to twig
with tail erect and uttering almost incessantly a shrill chirr ree, chirrr,
chir rv, chirr ree, and occasionally a harsh chatter precisely like that of
T. edon, which bird, indeed, they closely resemble in every look and
action. The song of the male is a beautifully clear and pure one, but it
is so always and invariably the same that one soon tires of it. Heard in
some deep, silent glen or ravine its loudness is positively startling, the
rocks taking up and flinging back the sound till the air is fairly filled with
the ringing melody. By May Ist several broods of young were seen fully
fledged and on wing, and the females were laying again.
15. Troglodytes wdon V. Two specimens only taken: the first a male,
April 80th; the second a female; both in deep woods, and silent.
Family SYLVICOLIDZA. The American Warblers.
16. Mniotilla varia (L.) V. Perhaps the most abundant of the family
here, being found everywhere throughout the woods.
17. Parula Americana (L.) Bp. Frequent from the time of our arri-
val, but less abundant than the preceding. As their numbers showed no
sensible diminution with the advance of the season, they probably breed
here.
18. Helmitherus vermivorus (Gm.) Bp. First specimen taken April
30th. Soon became common. Most partial to the retired thickets in the
woods along water courses, and seldom or never found in the high open
groves. They keep much on the ground, where they walk about rather
slowly, searching for their food among the dried leaves. In general ap-
pearance they are quite unique, and I rarely failed to identify one with an
instant’s glance, so very peculiar are all their attitudes and motions.
The tail is habitually carried at an elevation considerably above the line
of the back, which gives them quite a smart, jaunty air, and if the dorsal
aspect be exposed, in a clear light, the peculiar marking of the crown is
quite conspicuous. Seen as they usually are, however, dimly flitting
ahead through the gloom and shadow of the thickets, the impression re-
ceived is that of a dark little bird. which vanishes unaccountably before
your very eyes, leaving you quite uncertain where to look for it next;
indeed, I hardly know a more difficult bird to procure, for the slightest
noise sends it darting off through the woods at once. Occasionally you
will come upon one winding around the trunk of some small tree exactly
On the Birds of Ritchie County. 135
in the manner of Mniotilta varia, moving out along the branches with
nimble motion, peering alternately under the bark on either side, and anon
returning to the main stem, perhaps in the next instant to hop back to
the ground again. On such occasions they rarely ascend to the height of
more than eight or ten feet. The males are very quarrelsome, chasing
one another through the woods with loud, sharp chirpings, careering
witb almost inconceivable velocity up among the tops of the highest
oaks, or darting among the thickets with interminable doublings until
the pursuer, growing tired of the chase, alights on some low twig or old
mossy log, and in token of his victory, utters a warble so feeble that you
must be very near to catch it at all, a sound like that produced by strik-
ing two pebbles very quickly and gently together, or the song of Spizella
socialis heard at a distance, and altogether a very indifferent performance.
19. Helminthophaga ruficapilla (Wils.) Bd. One or two specimens
seen every day, but by no means common. For the most part silent,
though I heard the song of the male on a few occasions.
20. Dendroica estiva (Gm.) Bd. Restricted entirely to the belt of
willows, etc., along the margin of the creek, where it was not uncommon.
First specimen noted April 29th.
21. Dendroica virens (Gm.) Bd. A general arrival May 2d, when the
males were in full song; comparatively speaking however, they were not
common. Found them mostly among the taller oak and beech growths.
22. Dendroica cerulescens (L.) Bd. Less common than the preced-
ing, not more than half a dozen specimens being noted. The first (a fe-
male) was shot May 5th. Apparently most partial to the thickly wooded
ravines.
23. Dendroica cerulea (Wils.) Bd. Decidedly the most abundant of
the genus here. The first specimen taken May 5th. They inhabit exclus-
ively the tops of the highest forest trees, in this respect showing an
affinity with D. Blackburnie. In actions they most resemble D. Pensyl-
vanica, carrying the tail rather high and having the same ‘“‘ smart bantam-
like appearance.” Were it not for these prominent characteristics, they
would be very difficult to distinguish, in the tree tops, from Parula Ameri-
cana, the songs are so precisely alike. That of the latter bird has how-
ever at least two regular variations ; in one, beginning low down, he rolls
his guttural little trill quickly and evenly up the scale, ending apparently,
only when he can get no higher; in the other, the commencement of this
trill is broken or divided into syllables, like zee, zee, zee, ze-ee-ee-eep.
This latter variation is the one used by D. cerulea and I could detect little
or no difference in the songs of dozens of individuals. At best, it is a
modest little strain, and far from deserving the encomium bestowed upon
it by Audubon, who describes it as ‘‘ extremely sweet and mellow;” de-
cidedly it is neither of these, and he must have confounded with it some
other species. In addition to the song, they utter the almost universal
Dendroicine lisp, and also, the characteristic tchep of D. coronata, which
I had previously supposed entirely peculiar to that bird.
136 On the Birds of Ritchie County.
24. Dendroica coronata (L.) Gr. Not very numerous, but saw more
or less of them every day up to the date of our departure. Associated
with the other warblers, in the woods.
25. Dendroica Blackburnie (Gm.) Bd. First specimen May Ist, after-
wards quite abundant, frequenting the tops of the highest forest trees in
company with D. cerulea and Parula Americana. The males were in full
song.
26. Dendroica castanea (Wils.) Bd. Two specimens observed: and
one taken, by Mr. Ingersoll, May 14th.
27. Dendroica maculosa (Gm.) Bd. A male was seen by Mr. Inger-
soll, May 14th.
28. Dendroica pinus (Wils.) Bd. On the 7th of May I shot a pair ina
high oak grove. They were evidently mated, the male warbling at inter-
vals his simple strain, and the female following him closely through the
branches. No other individuals were observed during our stay. The
almost entire absence of coniferous trees, would perhaps explain the
scarcity here of this and other pine loving species.
29. Seiurus aurocapillus (L.) Sw. These woods being well suited to
their habits, they were abundant everywhere, and as usual a great nuis-
ance, their songs continually repeated from all sides, frequently drowning
every other sound. Arrived April 29th.
30. Seiurus Noveboracensis (Gm.) Nutt. Common during our stay.
Found exclusively along the margin of Goose creek, where, in the early
morning, I several times heard the beautiful song of the male. Three
specimens taken vary quite appreciably from all of a large series collected
in Massachusetts, Maine and New Hampshire. The superciliary line is, in
each, dirty white, with a yellowish tinge where it intersects the eye, while
in the northern specimens it is at its lightest, decidedly yellowish, inten-
sifying at the anterior end to a brownish orange. The smallest bill
among the West Virginia examples also shows an excess in length of -03
over that of any of the northern birds, and the largest fully °05. As Mr.
Scott, in his ‘‘ Partial list of Kanawha County,” mentions an individual of
this species taken there in August, it may very possibly breed here.
31. Seturus Ludovicianus (V.) Bp. Not common, only seven speci-
mens were secured in all.
While the Northern water thrush was confined to’ the muddy banks of
the creek —and I will remark en passant, that I never saw one other than
in a muddy locality —this species seemed to delight in the pebbly streams
of the hills; just such streams as in the New England mountains would be
called good trout brooks, overshadowed by mighty forest trees, frequently
choked up by fallen logs, and abounding in beautiful cascades, still, deep
pools, and wild rocky ravines.
In the deepest, darkest retreats you were most likely to find him and
here on several occasions I was fortunate enough to hear his song. It is
somewhat like that of S. Noveboracensis, being quite as loud, almost as
rapid, and commencing, in nearly the same way but lacking the beautiful
crescendo termination, and altogether, a less fine performance.
pe
On the Birds of Ritchie County. 137
Represented by words it would be nearly as follows: pseu, pseur, per
see ser.
This is usually uttered several times in succession from some shelving
rock, or fallen log overhanging the stream, the bird in the intervals be-
tween each repetition tilting his body incessantly, and looking nervously
about as if he didn’t half like your presence and hada good mind to be off,
and this expression in the majority of cases soon finds vent in action, for
he is a very shy little fellow the moment he begins to suspect that he is
wanted to grace your cabinet. Come upon him suddenly however, as he
is running nimbly along the margin of some quiet pool or rippling eddy,
and at times he will seem to pay little regard to your presence and you
may have a fine chance to observe his motions and sandpiper-like ways,
as he wades knee deep into the water, or splashes through it in hot pur-
suit of some aquatic insect.
I could distinguish not the slightest difference in general appearance
and actions at such times, between him and his Northern analogue, and
the sharp chirp of alarm is precisely the same. The larger size and gen-
eral lighter color of the under parts will, however, usually serve to dis- -
tinguish the Southern bird if you get a good viewof him. The first speci-
men was taken April 29th.
32. Oporonis formosus (Wils.) Bd. First specimen May 4th. Soon
became rather common frequenting nearly the same localities as Helmi-
therus vermivorus. Almost exclusively terrestrial in habits it reminded
me much of O. agilis, though it was not so shy. You would find it most
frequently in the vicinity of brush piles, fallen logs, etc., but if suddenly
startled, instead of seeking refuge in them, it usually flew up to some low
limb where it sat silent and thrush-like, awaiting further developments.
On the ground it walked in somewhat the manner of Seiurus aurocapillus,
though not quite so nimbly. The song of the male, usually delivered
from some low limb or old stump, is a most beautiful one and very loud,
but almost impossible of description. It most resembles that of Geo-
thlypis Philadelphia with the first two notes omitted, is extremely rich and
full, and altogether one of the best Sylvicolidine performances with which
Tam acquainted.
The only other note that I heard was a chuck so extremely like that of
the ground squirrel ( 7amias striatus) that I often found it very difficult to
separate them. f
33. Geothlypis trichas (L.) Cab. Rare. Only three specimens were
observed.
34, Icteria virens (L.) Bd. Not very common and found only in cer-
tain localities, usually thickets of blackberry bushes and bull briers in
retired portions of the woods. Arrived May Ist, and for a few days were
silent. but soon became very noisy, especially when their retreats were
invaded. Their notes are so varied as almost to defy description.
What I took to be the song of the male was a series of about eight very
loud bell-like whistles, commencing quickly, and becoming slower and
May, 1875. 10 ANN. vcr NA Hiss, VOL xn:
138 On the Birds of Ritchie County.
more emphatic toward the end, then after an interval of a few seconds
would follow a scolding chatter, to be immediately succeeded by a single
very clear note, then the series of whistles again, but all these notes were
varied to an almost infinite extent. All this time the bird would be dodg-
ing through the bushes ahead, keeping always in the thickest places, and
perhaps after a moment of silence would suddenly strike up directly be-
hind you. In this way I have frequently pursued one for fifteen or twenty
minutes without so much as getting a glimpse at him.
Several times when I came upon him suddenly however, he would put
on a very innocent and injured air and vociferate his notes directly a/ me
as if to dispel any possible suspicion on my part that he had been running,
or, to speak more literally, flying away.
When alive they look much smaller than they really are, and in general
markings, but especially those about the head, bear a resemblance to
Oporornis formosus ; their peculiar actions however, readily serve to dis- °
tinguish them.
The tail is usually carried rather high and frequently flirted in an odd
independent sort of way. I did not witness their performance so often
described of singing on wing with dangling legs, ete.
35. Myiodioctes mitratus (Gm.) Aud. Very common. First specimen
tuken May Ist. Found generally throughout the woods, usually on the
hillsides, where they sought their food low down among the undergrowth.
As the day advanced the males would frequently ascend to the tops of the
forest trees, and sing many times in succession sitting perfectly motion-
less in one place, then with expanded wings and tail would sail to the next
tree and sing again. The chirp of alarm is a sharp chuck not unlike that
of M. Canadensis; the song more resembles that of Dendroica maculosa,
being short, clear and quite loud, with a decided emphasis on the last
syllable! like whee, whee, see sér.
When among the low thickets they are restless and shy, keeping a con-
siderable distance ahead however fast you may walk, and were it not for
the loud song they would be most difficult to procure. At such times
they have a habit, observable in others of the genus, of flirting up six or
eight feet after an insect and dropping almost perpendicularly again with
closed wings.
I rarely observed one on the ground. Although during the last week
of our stay the males were abundant and numbers shot, only one female
was seen. }
36. Setophaga ruticilla (L.) In. Arrived April 29 and soon became
common. Found both in the woods and along the banks of the creek.
Family TANAGRIDZA. The Tanagers.
37. Pyranga rubra (L.) V. Quite common. Arrived May Ist. Found
generally throughout the woods.
38. Pyranga estiva (L.) V. A male in fine plumage shot May Sth,
On the Birds of Ritchie County. 139
was the only specimen noted. It closely resembled the preceding species
in all its motions, occasionally launching out after an insect, and was
silent and very shy. The uniformity of its coloring, together with its
large size, served, however, to identify it at a glance.
Family HIRUNDINIDA. The Swallows.
39. Hirundo horreorum Barton. Abundant everywhere in the clear-
ings.
40. Tachycineta bicolor (V.) Cs. Rare. A single specimen observed
April 29th, by Mr. Ingersoll, in a flock of Progne purpurea around a mar-
tin box.
41. Petrochelidon lunifrons (Say.) Cab. Abundant, arriving May 8rd.
Nested under the low eaves of a log hut in the village.
42. Stelyidopteryx serripennis (Aud.) Bd. Arrived May Ist, and sey-
eral colonies of six or eight individuals each were soon established in the
rocky ‘‘cuts” along the line of the railroad. Here they were evidently
preparing to build, as each pair had already selected some little projec-
tion of the rocky cliff, where they would sit together for many minutes at
a time. Another small company also haunted the vicinage of a bridge
over the creek. and had probably selected the stone abutments for a nest-
ing place, as they frequently passed in and out underneath.
This bird is readily distinguishable on wing from C. riparia, by its
greater size and slower flight; indeed, in this latter attribute it much
more closely resembles 7’. bicolor, like it sailing much of the time, and
proceeding in a very leisurely manner; its note is, however, more nearly
that of the former species, but rather louder and harsher. Like the
other members of the family they were very fond of lighting along the
telegraph wires to rest and plume themselves.
43. Progne purpurca (L.) Boie. Common, breeding in the martin
boxes put up for their occupancy. No instances of the aboriginal habit
of nesting in hollow trees came under our observation.
Family AMPELID A.
44. Ampelis cedrorum (V.) Bd. Not common. A few specimens
were noted by Mr. Ingersoll in September, 1873.
Family VIREONIDZK. Vireos, or Greenlets.
45. Vireo olivaceus (L.) V. Rather common in the woods. Arrived
May Ist.
46. Vireo gilvuus (V.) Bp. Not very common and apparently re-
stricted to the belt of willows, etc., along the creek. Arrived May Ist.
47. Vireo flavifrons V. Decidedly the most abundant of the family
here, being found everywhere throughout the woods.
140 On the Birds of Ritchie County.
48. Vireo solitarius (Wils. ) V. Rather uncommon. May possibly
breed, as we saw them up to the date of our departure.
49. Vireo Noveboracensis (Gm.) Bp. Several individuals were pro-
cured by Mr. Ingersoll in September, 1873. Singularly enough it was
not detected by any of our party, this spring.
Family FRINGILLID/ZE. Finches, etc.
50. Carpodacus purpureus (Gm.) Gr. Rare. A single male seen by
Mr. Ingersoll, April 29. :
51. Chrysomitris tristis (L.) Bp. Common. On the 8th of May took
a male in full summer plumage, which is I think rather earlier than the
change is usually perfected at the north.
52. Melospiza palustris (Wils.) Bd. Not common. A few individuals
were observed in the thickets along the creek.
53. Melospiza melodia (Wils.) Bd. Common. Specimens taken aver-
age a little smaller than Massachusetts examples, and are very much
darker, the entire under parts being a strong ashy color, instead of white.
Although this peculiarity seemed constant in all the individuals observed,
I suspect that it is due at least in part, to the stain received from the
charred and blackened logs in the burnt clearings.
Several other birds, especially the woodpeckers and nuthatches were
unmistakably disfigured in this way, and I took a Thryothorus I.udovicia-
nus that was almost entirely black, with the markings but faintly discern-
ible beneath.
54. Junco hyemalis (L.) Scl. Three or four specimens were observed
during the last days of April.
55. Spizella socialis (Wils.) Bp. Very common. Found everywhere,
penetrating even quite deep into the woods.
56. Spizella pusilla (Wils.) Bp. Not uncommon on the clearings on
the hillsides.
57. Zonotrichia albicollis (Gm.) Bp. Extremely abundant during our
entire stay, in flocks, and evidently migrating. The males frequently
sang, but not so finely as when on their breeding grounds at the north.
58. Zonotrichia leucophrys (Forst.) Sw. A single specimen was ob-
served by Mr. Ingersoll, May 10th.
59. Goniaphea ludoviciana (L.) Bowditch. Arrived May lst, after
which date a few individuals were observed daily. Frequented the
woods.
60. Cyanospiza cyanea (L.) Bd. Not uncommon. Arrived May 8th.
61. Cardinalis Virginianus (Brisson.) Bp. Very abundant. ‘Their
most characteristic haunts seemed the thickets along fences and on the
edges of the woods and the more open ravines. The males usually sang
from some tree top overlooking their bushy retreat, which they were
always ready to dive into upon any alarm. The ordinary position of the
bird is a very erect one, with the tail lowered and the crest nearly always
On the Birds of Ritchie County. 141
raised. The flight is jerking and labored, and they rarely proceed far at a
time on wing. The ordinary note of alarm and recognition, is a sharp
tchip, kept up almost incessantly. The song, though loud, clear and full,
strikes one as too bold and lacking of sentiment. The bird is nearly
always in full view at the time, and seems to vaunt his powers to the
utmost, and his performance, though pleasing at first, soon becomes tire-
some, although varied to an almost infinite extent; it has two principal
changes, of which some idea may be given by words, as follows: quoit ;
queo, queo, queeo, quoit ; or whittu ; whittu; whittu ; tu, tu, tu, tu, tu. Occa-
sionally he begins in a low undertone, then gradually raises his strain to its
full volume, producing thereby quite a beautiful effect. The female sings
nearly as much as the male and quite as well, going through all his vari-
ations. Though not so shy as I have found them in the vicinity of Wash-
ington, D. C., they were not at all easy to procure here. A whistled
imitation of the song, would, however, usually bring up the male in full
response, and I procured many in that way. Although we saw the females
building as early as the lst of May, no nests were discovered.
62. Pipilo erythropthalmus (L.) V. Very abundant everywhere but
especially so in the scrub on the hillsides. Thesong of the male was not
unlike that of the Massachusetts bird, but the ordinary note, a harsh gut-
tural tow geesh, was very different. A comparison with Northern examples
reveals a slightly darker shade in the brown of the throat of the Virginia
female.
Family ICTERIDZ. American Starlings.
63. Dolichonyx oryzivorus (L.) Sw. A few individuals of this species
were seen May 14th, by Mr. Ingersoll, in the grassy meadows along the
creek.
64. Molothrus pecoris (Gm.) Sw. Abundant from the time of our
arrival and generally distributed. Although all its habits were quite
familiar, some of its notes differed very much from any that I have heard
at thenorth. One in particular a hissing z-z-zeep was quite unique, though
apparently universal here.
65. Ageleus pheniceus (L.) V. Common but restricted to the belt of
swampy land along the creek. Notes very different from those of our
Massachusetts bird and as a rule decidedly harsher.
66. Sturnella magna (L.) Sw. Apparently not common, owing prob-
ably to the almost total absence of its favorite meadow land in this sec-
tion.
67. Icterus spurius (L.) Bp. Arrived May 8th and on the succeeding
day several individuals were observed in the trees along the banks of the
creek. On the evening of our departure I heard a male in full song at
Laurel Junction, a station some two miles from Petroleum, where we were
awaiting the arrival of the eastward bound express train. The slanting
rays of the setting sun streaming through the gaps in the Western divide,
in places tinged the floating mists with a beautiful rosy hue, in others
142 On the Birds of Ritchie County.
where the beams fell more directly, threw so strong a light that the small-
est insect floating in the still clear air was discernible at hundreds of
paces, and as the chorus of bird voices swelled to the utmost, we heard
many of our newly acquired feathered friends to the best possible ad-
vantage. The cardinals as usual were most prominent and their bold
ringing notes quite drowned the efforts of some of the more modest per-
formers though the lofty reverie of the wood thrush stole up occasionally
from the valley below, and the bell like calls of the chat came almost in-
cessantly from the thickets on the opposite mountain side. Above all,
however, rose at intervals a clear loud warble resembling the spring song
of Passerella iliaca, but possessing withal a wild abandon, that to my ear
rendered it even more beautiful. Suspecting the author we approached
the spot and soon caught a glimpse of his fine chestnut and black plum-
age among the branches of atall sycamore. After singing for some time
longer he dove down into a low thicket where we had a good chance to
observe his motions. His relatively longer tail and more slender shape
gave him quite a different aspect from his cousin the Baltimore, though
his ways were very similar.
When closely approached he glanced at us suspiciously, jerking his tail
and uttering a note closely resembling that usually given by Ageleus phe-
niceus When on wing. Mr. Ingersoll informs me that their numbers did
not materially increase after our departure, and the species must be con-
sidered rather a rare one in this section.
68. Icterus Baltimore (L.) Daudin. Arrived April 29th and soon be-
came common. Noticed many old nests in the cottonwoods along the
creek. The song differed slightly from that of Northern individuals.
69. Quiscalus purpureus (Bartr.) Licht., var. eneus Ridg. Common,
nesting in small colonies in the holes of the decayed cottonwood trees.
All the specimens taken were quite typical of this variety.
Family CORVIDZA. Crows, Jays, etc.
70. Corvus Americanus Aud. Quite common everywhere.
71. Cyanurus cristatus (L.) Sw. Common everywhere in the woods.
A nest found by Mr. Deane contained four fresh eggs.
Family TYRANNIDA. Flycatchers.
72. Tyrannus Carolinensis (L.) Bd. Arrived April 28th and soon
became rathercommon. Frequented for the most part, the belt of timber
along the creek.
73. Myiarchus crinitus (L.) Cab. Abundant, affecting alike the open
oak woods and the heavy undergrowth of the ravines. Their ordinary
note is a single whistle, extremely loud, and possessed of something of a
weird character, making it peculiarly noticeable in the gloomy depths of
the forest where it is usually heard. In addition to this they utter a loud
On the Birds of [Ritchie County. 143
and rather harsh rattle. Their habitual attitude is an erect one, and they
have a peculiar habit of sailing from tree to tree with spread wings and
tail, somewhat in the manner of Perisoreus Canadensis.
74. Sayornis fuscus (Gm.) Bd. Extremely common. A few were
breeding under the railroad bridges along the creek, but by far the greater
number clung to their aboriginal proclivities, and nested in the rocky ra-
vines of the mountain brooks.
A nest found by Mr. Ingersoll, April 26th, contained six eggs, every one
of which was spotted, and some of them as much so as average specimens
of Contopus virens. This nest was attached to the stone abutments of a
bridge and differed not appreciably from northern examples in either ma-
terial or architecture.
75. Contopus virens (L.) Cab. The first specimen, taken May 9th,
afterwards became rather numerous. Found exclusively in the woods.
76. Empidonax minimus Bd. A single individual taken May 7th was
the only specimen noted. (#. Acadicus undoubtedly occurs as Mr. Inger-
soll who is well acquainted with the species observed several old nests in
the woods).
Family CAPRIMULGIDZE. Goatsuckers.
77. Antrostomus vociferus (Wils.) Bp. Very common, as many as five
or six individuals being frequently within hearing at one time. A male,
which I heard ou the evening of May 9th, after commencing in the usual
way, regularly finished his song by omitting the first syllable on the last
eight or ten repetitions thus: poor-will, poor-will, poor-will, etc.
78. Chordeiles Virginianus (Briss.) Bp. Rare. A single specimen
noted at Laurel Junction, May 9th.
Family CYPSELIDA. Swifts.
79. Chetura pelasgia (L.) Steph. Arrived April 29th and soon became
abundant. Whether or not they resorted to hollow trees in this section,
for breeding, I was unable to ascertain, but if they breed here at all, I
think such must be the case, as the small, narrow chimneys of the log
houses in the village, are but ill adapted to their wants.
Family TROCHILIDA. Humming birds.
80. Trochilus colubris L. Rather numerous in the woods. Arrived
May 2d.
Family ALCEDINIDZ. Kingfishers.
81. Ceryle alcyon (L.) Boie. Very common. Several nests were dis-
covered in the banks along the creek, but none of them explored.
144 On the Birds of Ritchie County.
Fanily CUCULIDA. Cuckoos.
82. Coccyzus erythrophthalmus (Wils.) Bd. Rare. One specimen seen
by Mr. Deane, May 5th.
Family PICIDAS. Woodpeckers.
88. Hylotomus pileatus (L.) Bd. Only a few individuals noted,
most of which were observed well up on the mountain sides, though I
shot a fine male on one occasion, in the very outskirts of the village,
coming upon him suddenly as he was hammering away at an old pros-
trate log.
84. Picus villosus L. Not rare. Found usually in the woods. Spec-
imens average considerably smaller than those taken in New England
but differ not appreciably in other respects.
85. Picus pubescens L. Rather more common than the preceding but
still hardly abundant. Confined principally to the woods.
86. Centurus Carolinus (L.) Bp. Not common, about half a dozen
individuals noted in all. In habits, it seemed to me to resemble most
closely Melanerpus erythrocephalus, like that bird showing great skill in
winding about the tree trunks and keeping always on the side farthest
from the observer.
The only note heard was a raucous cr-ruk very like the croak of a frog.
Its tapping roll was also peculiar and rather more feeble than in most
of the family. This tapping is so far as I have observed, a regular
spring note or call and never (in its restricted sense) heard at any other
season. It is likewise specifically characteristic, and in Maine where
the Picidz are very largely represented, I have always been accustomed
to rely quite as much upon the tapping as a means of identification as
upon any of the vocal notes. Thus, P. pubescens has-a long unbroken
roll, P. villosus a shorter and louder one with a greater interval between
each stroke: while S. vartws commencing with a short roll ends very
emphatically with five or six distinct disconnected taps. In this latter
species I am convinced it is literally a call of recognition, as I have
repeatedly seen the bird after producing it, listen a moment when it
would be answered from a distance and its mate would shortly appear
and join it.
87. Melanerpes erythrocephalus (L.) Sw. Rather common, but appar-
ently restricted almost altogether to the forest.
88. Colaptus auratus (L.) Sw. Very common. Found everywhere.
Family STRIGIDZ. Owls.
89. Scops asio (L.) Bp. A single specimen in the red plumage was
noted by Mr. Deane, April 27th. It was surrounded by a mob of small
birds and was too shy to admit of its capture.
&
—— :
On the Birds of Ritchie County. 145
Family FALCONIDA. Diurnal Birds of Prey.
90. Accipiter Coopert Bp. Saw a female of this species May 2d. This
(with one of the larger Buteos which could not be satisfactorily identi-
fied) was the only member of the family observed here.
Family CATHARTIDZ. American Vultures.
91. Cathartes aura (L.) Iliger. Was informed by the inhabitants
that in former years it was very abundant, but for some unknown reason
had almost totally disappeared. A single specimen which I saw sailing
high over the valley was the only one noted during our stay.
Family COLUMBIDZ. Pigeons.
92. Zenaidura Carolinensis (L.) Bp. Very abundant and one of the
characteristic birds of this region. Though never molested by the in-
habitants who regard them very much as the English do the robin red-
breast, they were very shy and difficult to obtain. Although females
containing eggs ready to be laid were dissected as early as May Ist,
they almost invariably flew and fed in flocks, but on the latter occasion
I noticed that the paired birds usually kept together. Early in the
morning and again at sunset the deep resonant cooing of the males
might be heard from all sides. Ata distance this sound resembles the
syllables whoo, whoo, whoo; or sometimes with only two repetitions whoo,
whoo, but ashort preliminary note with a rising inflection which always
precedes this cooing is lost, unless the listener is very near. The bird
when thus employed usually sits on the top of some lofty tree in the
forest and, with his superlatively graceful attitudes and fine plumage
glistening in the sunlight, presents a very beautiful appearance. In
common with other members of the family they have the peculiar habit
of oscillating the head and neck when approached and upon the slightest,
suspicious movement on your part they are off giving three or four pow-
erful raps of the tips of the wings under the body, as they start, which
warning is usually acted upon immediately by all the others within
hearing.
Family TETRAONIDA. Grouse, etc.
93. Bortasa umbellus (L.) Steph. Abundant everywhere in the woods
where we started more or less of them every day and frequently heard
the drumming of the males.
94. Oriyx Virginianus (L.) Bp. Apparently not very numerous. The
males were first heard whistling bob-white on the 8th of May.
146 Felix Jamaicensis, etc.
Family SCOLOPACID. Snipe, ete.
95. Philohela minor (Gm.) Gr. Probably not very common, an indi-
vidual flushed by Mr. Deane, being the only specimen noted.
96. Totanus flavipes Gm. Noted a single bird of this species April
29th, in a wet meadow near the creek.
97. Totanus solitarius Wils. Quite numerous along the creek during
our stay, but undoubtedly was on its way north.
98, Tringoides macularius (L.) Gr. Common along the creek.
Family ARDEIDZE. Herons.
99. Ardea cerulea L. On the 30th of April I saw a fine adult bird of
this species on the banks of the creek and identified it to my complete
satisfaction, but owing to an unfortunate accident failed to obtain it.
100. Ardea virescens L. Not common; a few specimens only, observed.
XVI.—Wotes on the Sub-generie Character of Helix Jamai-
censis, Chemn., and on certain Terrestrial Mcllusks
Jrom Haiti; with Description of a New
Species of Helix from Colorado.
BY THOMAS BLAND.
Read March 8, 1875.
Helix Jamaicensis, Chemn. (Thelidomus).
Tuis well known Jamaica species is given by v. Martens
(Albers, 2nd. ed., 147) as the type of the subgenus Liochila,
in which he also places 7. picta, Born. and H. sulphurosa,
Morelet, of Cuba. y
W. G. Binney and myself have shown (Annals, X, 341,
pl. xvi, figs. 1, 2, 1873) that H. picta has the same form of
jaw and dentition as the Cuban H. muscarum, Lea (Amer.
Jour. of Conch., VI, 204, pl. 9, figs. 4 and 16), which v.
Helix Jamaicensis, etc. 147
Martens (1. c., 146) has as the type of Polymita. We as-
signed both muscarum and picta to Polymita, proposing that
other species, the dentition of which we had examined, em-
braced in that subgenus by v. Martens, should form a dis-
tinct group under the name of Hemitrochus, Swainson.
We expressed the opinion that the curious lingual denti-
tion of H. picta might be found in H. sulphurosa, but not
in H. Jamaicensis, adding “the latter, which is the type of
Liochila, will therefore remain undisturbed in its systematic
position, unless indeed, it belongs to Thelidomus, in which
ease the name Liochila will be placed in the synonymy of
the last named subgenus.”
Through the kindness of Mr. V. P. Parkhurst, who lately
visited Jamaica, I am enabled to solve the doubt as to the
subgeneric position of H. Jamaicensis. He brought from
that Island, and placed at my disposal, one living and two
dead specimens (in alcohol) of the species in question. I
am indebted to W. G. Binney for the following description
of the jaw and dentition :—
H. Jamaicensis has a jaw high, slightly arcuate, ends attenuated; no
median projection to cutting edge; anterior surface with 13 decided ribs,
varying in size and irregularly disposed, but denticulating either margin.
Lingual nlembrane long and narrow; teeth about 41-1-41, of the usual
Helicine type. Centrals with the base of attachment longer than wide,
and lower lateral angles greatly developed; side cusps subobsolete, side
cutting points absent, median cusp stout, reaching only half way to the
lower edge of the base of attachment, beyond which projects slightly the
cutting point, whose outer lower sides are somewhat bulging. Laterals
same as centrals, but unsymmetrical as usual, and very gradually changing
into the marginals. The latter are a simple modification of the laterals,
with a very short, blunt, broad, bluntly bifid cutting point.
Comparing the forms of jaw and lingual teeth with those,
especially of H. aspera (Amer. Jour. of Conch., VI, 204,
1870) and H. discolor (Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., 51, pl.
x, fig. 1, 1874), belonging to Thelidomus, there can be no
doubt as to the correctness of placing H. Jamaicensis in that
subgenus.
148 Flelix Jamaicensis, etc.
There is a variety of H/. Jamaicensis, notice of which I
have not:seen mentioned. The aperture is remarkably pro-
duced laterally, the columellar margin is oblique, having a
very broad callus, with denticles across its edge; in one of
my specimens there are two, and in another three, denticles.
In this respect the species shows an alliance with HZ. aspera.
This variety has moreover, usually, a small tooth on the
parietal wall. Férussac’s figure (Hist., t. 9 B, fig. 10)
shows the form of aperture above mentioned.
The other form of the species, which is generally smaller,
has a much less oblique columella, without the broad callus,
and the aperture is more oval than lunate.
Helix obliterata, Fér. (Hurycratera).
In the description of this species (Fér. Hist., 342, N.
406, pl. 61, figs. 8-4) the habitat quoted is Porto Rico, on
the authority of Maugé. In Chemn., ed. 2, and by Pfeiffer
(Mon. Hel.), the same habitat is given.
The late Mr. R. J. Shuttleworth (Diag. n. Moll., 45),
referring to the species, says, “ex affinitate maxima cum /7.
angulata, Fér. verisimiliter Portoricensis, sed nuperrime non
inventa.”
Shuttleworth, in his correspondence with me in 1854-5,
expressed surprise that Blauner had not found ZH. oblit-
erata, and some doubt as to its specific distinctness from H.
angulata.
v. Martens (Die Heliceen, ed. 2d, 147) assigns, but I do
not know on what authority, H. angustata to Haiti and Ja-
maica, 7. obliterata to Haiti, and H. angulata to Porto Rico
and Jamaica, but most certainly neither the first nor the last
occurs in Jamaica.
Mr. V. P. Parkhurst lately spent a few days in Haiti, at
Port au Prince and its immediate northern vicinity, where
he found not only specimens (dead) of HH. bizonalis (see
ante p. 81), but one dead specimen of /Z. obliterata, which
Felix Jamaicensis, ete. 149
he has kindly presented to me. The shell is destitute of
epidermis, and white, without any trace of browh bands.
Deshayes (in Fér. Hist., 1. c.) mentions that the bands are
on the epidermis only, on removal of which the shell is
white.
The dimensions of my specimen are as follows: Diam.
maj., 49; min. 35 mill. ; Alt. 20 mill.
The surface of H. obliterata is described as covered with
course granulations, of H. angulata, with numerous strie,
but the nuclear whorls of the latter and the striz are finely
granulated; this character, at least of the three upper
whorls, is distinctly seen in young specimens.
I am disposed, from Mr. Parkhurst’s discovery, to con-
sider that Haiti may be the true habitat of ZZ. obliterata,
presenting another illustration of the remarkable connection
of the land shell fauna of Haiti with that of Porto Rico (see
ante-p. 81-2). With respect to the doubt of Shuttleworth
as to the specific difference of obliterata and angulata, |
would remark that the latter may be fairly treated as a geo-
graphical variety of the former, as may 7. Luquillensis of
H. Audebard?.
Helicina intusplicata, Pfr.
SYNONYMY.
Flelicina intusplicata, Pfr., Zool. Proc., p. 98, 1850.
Flelicina intusplicata, Sow., Thes., ILI, N. 37, figs. 60-61,
1866.
Helicina intusplicata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. N. 25, pl. iv,
fig. 25, 1873.
Hlelicina Smithiana, Pfr., Malak. Blat., p. 90, 1866.
Ihave no doubt of the identity of H. Smithiana and in-
tusplicata; of the latter the habitat is not given by the
authors who refer to it.
H. Smithiana was discovered by Mr. Smith (brother of
my friend Mr. Sanderson Smith) on Mount Platon, about
150 Flelix Jamaicensis, etc.
thirty miles northeast from Aux Cayes, and I sent specimens
to Dr. Pfeiffer, who described it in 1866.
Mr. V. P. Parkhurst, during his late visit to Haiti, collected
a considerable number of specimens near Port au Prince.
The aperture of JZ. intusplicata is described as “parum
obliqua, semiovali-subtriangularis, altior quam lata, ad colu-
mellam angulata et plica intus fere ad marginem decurrente
munita,” of AZ. Smithiana as “obliqua, late semiovalis, juxta
columellam plica approximata, parallela canaliculata.”
Specimens received from Messrs. Smith and Parkhurst
agree with each other, slightly varying in size only, and with
the figures of Sowerby and Reeve.
Helicina Cumingiana, Pfr.
SYNONYMY.
Helicina Cumingiana, Pfr., Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 121,
1848.
Helicina Cumingiana, Chemn., ed. II, No. 35, taf. 6,
figs. 13-14.
Helicina Cumingiana, Pfr., Mon. Pneu., I, 359, 1852.
Helicina Cumingti, Sow., Thes., III, N. 165, figs.
282-3, 1866.
Helicina Cumingii, Reeve, Conch. Icon., N. 62, pl. viii,
1873.
Iam indebted to Mr. Parkhurst for one dead specimen,
found near Port au Prince, Haiti.
Pfeiffer was ignorant of the habitat, but by Sowerby and
Reeve this species is assigned’ to St. Domingo under the
name of Cumingii, the latter erroneously referring to the
Zool. Proc. of 1845.
The species is readily identified by its well developed
strie, subangular periphery, etc.
Among other species, also collected by Mr. Parkhurst
near Port au Prince and in its vicinity, were Cyclotus flucco-
Helix Jamaicensis, etc. Lod
sus, Shuttl., Cyclostomus Aminensis, Pfr., Chondropoma
serraticosta, Wein., Helicina rugosa, Pfr., and Paivana, Pfr.,
Helic pubescens? Pfr., crispata and indistincta, Feér., cepa,
Muall., Cylindrella gracilicollis, Feér., and sacroceramus
Allatteanus, Bland.
Species not yet determined, among them an Oleacina,
believed to be new, will be described on another occasion.
Helix Ingersollii, nov. sp. ( Microphysa).
T. umbilicata, discoidea, tenuis, translucida, sublevis, alba; spira plana,
vertice, subimmersa; sutura impressa; anfr. 54 convexiusculi, lente ac-
rescentes, ultimus non descendens, infra peripheriam convexior; umbili-
cus fere 1 mill. latus; apertura subverticalis, altior quam lata, lunavis;
perist. simplex, acutum, marginibus remotis, columellari brevissime pa-
tente, basali subsinuato.
Shell umbilicated, discoidal, thin, translucid, nearly smooth, white;
spire flat, summit subimmersed; suture impressed; whorls 5 rather con-
vex, slowly increasing, the last not descending, more convex below the
periphery; breadth of umbilicus nearly 1 mill.; aperture subvertical,
higher than broad, lunate; perist. simple, acute, margins remote, columel-
lar margin slightly reflexed, basal margin subsinuate.
Diam. maj. 4; min. 33; alt. 24 mill.
Station and Habitat. Howardsville, Baker’s Park, 9300
ft. above the sea, abundant in wet places on the mountains ;
not uncommon at Cunningham Gulch, near the former local-
ity, clinging to the almost vertical face of a trachyte cliff, at
an elevation of about 11,000 feet; the finest specimens came
from this spot; found also on the southern slope of the Sa-
guache Mountains, in the Las Animas and La Plata valleys,
in the same stations as affected by Succinea.
152 Felix Jumaicensis, etc.
All the localities mentioned are in the southwestern corner
of Colorado (Ingersoll !).
Remarks. This species was discovered by Mr. Ernest
Ingersoll, Naturalist of the United States Geological Survey
of the Territories, under Professor Hayden. It can searcely
be compared with any known North American species.
The magnitied figures herewith given, from drawings made
by my triend Mr. A. Ten Eyck Lansing, faithfully represent
the shell.
At first sight I was disposed to consider the species a
Zonites, but examination of the animal by Mr. W. G. Binney
proved it to belong to the fHelcine; Iam indebted to him
for the following particulars : —
Jaw low, wide, slightly arcuate, ends slightly attenuated; whole anter-
ior surface with about 22, broad, flat, slightly separated ribs, whose ends
denticulate either margin. This form of jaw is unusual amoung the Heli-
cine. It is of same type as in H. Lansingi (Aun. Lyc. N. H. of N.Y.
XI, 74, fig. 2.)
Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth about 16-1-16. Centrals
as usual in the Helicinw: the side cusps and cutting points are well de-
veloped, the base of attachment longer than wide. Laterals of same
type, but unsymmetrical and consequently only bicuspid. The change
from laterals to marginals is very gradual, there being no splitting of the
inner cutting point. Marginals low, wide, with one inner, long, blunt
cutting point, and one outer small blunt cutting point.
Geostilbia Gundlachi, Pfeiffer.
Through the kindness of Dr. H. E. van Rygersma, I
have lately received specimens of this species, with the ani-
mal (in alcohol), collected by him in the Island of St. Mar-
tin. The species was described as Achatina Gundlachi by
Pfeiffer in 1850.
In 1867, M. Crosse established the genus Greostilbia
(Jour. de Conch., p. 184), for a species from New Cale-
donia, and referred Achatina Gundlachi to the same genus
in 1874 (1. ¢. p.*66):
Flelix Jamaicensis, etc. 153
Dr. van Rygersma informs me that he had an opportu-
nity of examining the animal and could discover no eyes.
He says it has “four tentacles, of which the lower ones are
very small, scarcely perceptible, the upper thick, cone elon-
gated, without any black spot, indicating eyes. The animal
citron yellow in color; the foot long and narrow.”
v. Martens (Die Heliceen, ed. 2) has A. Gundlachi, Pfr.
in Acicula, subgenus of Otonella; he mentions that Acicula
is without eyes, but gives no other particulars of the animal.
Arango (Repertorio, I, 128) assigns the species under con-
sideration to the genus Coeciliunella, Bourguignat. While
for the purposes of the present note, I have adopted Geosti-
bia, I have much doubt as the necessity for its establishment.
Mr. W. G. Binney, to whom I sent the specimens received
from St. Martins, has obliged me with the following particu-
lars :
Jaw low, wide, slightly arcuate, ends attenuated ; whole surface covered
with about 22 crowded, broad, flat ribs, denticulating either margin.
Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth 18-1-18, with 4 perfect
laterals. Centrals with their base of attachment long, narrow, their re-
flected portion about one-half the length of the base of attachment, tricus-
pid; the middle cusp stout, with a short blunt cutting point, side cusps
subobsolete, but with small, distinct cutting points. Lateral teeth with
their base of attachment subquadrate, much longer, and very much
broader than that of the centrals, the reflected portion short, stout, tri-
cuspid, the middle cusp very stout and long, reaching the lower edge of
the base of attachment, beyond which projects the short, stout cutting
point; side cusps subobsolete, but bearing distinct, though small cutting
points. There are four perfect laterals, the fifth tooth being a transition
to the marginals, by the base of attachment being lower, wider, not ex-
ceeding the reflected portion, with one inner large cusp bearing one outer
large cutting point representing the outer cutting point of the first four
lateral teeth and one inner, still larger, cutting point, representing the
middle cutting point of the first four laterals, and one smaller, outer cusp
bearing one small, sharp, bifid, cutting point, representing the outer side
cutting point of the first four laterals. The sixth tooth has the largest
cutting point bifid. The balance of the teeth are true marginals. They
are very low, wide, with two low, wide cusps, bearing each several irreg-
ular, blunt cutting points.
May, 1875. ilar ar Ann: Live) Nit: Hist; (VOL. xr.
154 Helix Jamaicensis, ete.
The dentition of this species is, as would be anticipated, of the same
type as the allied Cecilianella acicula as figured by Lehmann (Lebenden
Schnecken Stettins, p. 128, pl. xiii, fig. 48, and Sordelli, 1. c., fig. 26).
The jaw, however, has no appearance of the ‘‘brace” like ribs described
in that species by Sordelli (Atti Soc. Ital. Sc. Nat., xiii, 1870, 49, pl. i,
fig. 25). The ribs are quite like those figured of Helix Lansingi (Ann.
Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., XI, p. 75, fig. 2 A) although they are narrower.
For a figure of a similar type of dentition, see that of Stenogyra hasta,
Pfr., in Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1875, pl. xx, fig. 3.
G. Gundlachi is widely distributed; it oceurs in Cuba,
Jamaica, Haiti, St. Thomas, St. Martin and Barbados. A
closely allied, if not identical, species, has recently been
collected by M. Marie in Guadeloupe.
Notes on Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. 155
XVI.— Notes on Ceraurus pleurexanthemus, Green.*
By C. D. WALCOTT.
Read June 7th, 1875.
THE writer has had the opportunity, by his residence at
the type-locality of the Trenton Limestone, to make some
investigations upon the structure and habits of the trilobites
of that interesting horizon. The results of these observa-
tions and studies, he hopes to present from time to time, as
they shall become sufficiently definite to call for permanent
record.
In the present article, it is proposed to consider certain
facts of occurrence, which seem to bear upon the habits and
mode of life of one of the principal species of the Trenton
rocks, Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. -Asaphus and other gen-
era are referred to here, only as giving additional evidence
on the points involved.
Ceraurus pleurecanthemus is one of the most character-
istic trilobites of the Trenton Limestone, in numbers and
distribution exceeded only by Asaphus gigas, A. megistos,
and Calymene senaria. It has a wide geographical, as well
as vertical, range. Entire specimens, however, are rare in
most localities, the head and the hypostoma being the parts
usually found. At Trenton Falls, N. Y., in the upper third
of the limestone, the separated heads are found in immense
numbers; in many places, the surface of the rock is nearly
covered with them, while only an occasional pygidium or
portion of the thorax is seen.
About twenty-seven feet below the coarse crystalline lime-
* The genus Ceraurus (Green, 1832, Monograph, p. 84) was founded upon specimens
not clearly showimg all the characteristics of the genus, as subsequently known. The
description, however, was sufficiently accurate for, the ready identification of the
genus, and of the species, C. plewrexanthemus. The name should therefore stand; and
Chetrurus of Beyrich (1845), must be regarded as a synonym; since the objection raised
to Green’s figure, on the ground of its indistinctness, is not tenable. The use of Chei-
rurus by authors is not allowable, under the rule as to priority of date adopted by the
British Association for the Advancement of Science, twelfth meeting, 1812.
NOVEMBER, 1875. 12 ANN; love; Nar. HistT:,) Viol, Xi:
156 Notes on Ceraurus pleurexanthemus.
stone that caps the upper portion of the ravine at Trenton
Falls, there is a thick layer of uneven gray limestone; upon
this rests a thin layer of shale and clay, varying from a
quarter of an inch ta an inch in thickness. This was the
sea-bed where the remains of trilobites, crinoids, and other
forms of animal life lay when buried by the overlying de-
posit, which now is a thin layer of bluish-gray limestone,
one to two inches thick. Attached to the under surface of
this layer, the following species of fossils have been found :
Stenopora fibrosa, S. lycoperdon, Ptilodictya acuta, P.
recta, Aulopora arachnoidea, Stellipora antheloidea, Stictopora
elegantula, Alecto inflata, Intricaria reticulata, three species
of Heterocrinus, two of Gilyptocrinus, one each of Anomalo-
cystites and Gilyptocystites, one of Stenaster, Lingula quad-
rata, Trematis filosa, Trematis n. s., Leptoena sericea, Stro-
phomena alternata, Orthis testudinaria, O. lynx, Rhynchonella
recurvirostra, Crania Trentonensis, Conularia Trentonensis,
Asaphus gigas, Calymene senaria, Ceraurus pleurexanthemus,
Acidaspis Trentonensis, Acidaspis n. s., Proetus parvius-
culus, Phacops callicephalus, Dalmanites.
These fossils are generally found in groups of associated
species, but often commingled, so that trilobites, crinoids,
cystids, brachiopods, and bryozoans occur on the same slab of
stone. The prevailing and characteristic fossil is Ceraurus
pleurecanthemus. Individuals from three-sixteenths of an
inch to two inches in length, are scattered over the surface,
often to the exclusion of all other fossils. Ina space thirty
by forty feet, 326 entire specimens were seen. Of this
number, and of many seen before, a record was kept; eight
lay with the dorsal surface up; the remainder were on their
backs, attached by the ventral surface of the dorsal shell to
the under side of the layer. The view that this was the
natural position of the trilobite is sustained by the following
considerations:—_ - :
1. Individuals of all stages of growth are preserved en-
tire; which would not have been the case, had they been
Notes on Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. 157
subjected to the action of the water in drifting them into the
position found. The thorax is easily dismembered and
broken, and could not have withstood such transportation.
2. Very few fragments are found, and when consisting of
the head or pygidium, they have the dorsal surface down.
3. Upon all uneven layers, and those showing the action
of strong currents, and holding coarser fossils, the trilobites
are distorted and broken up.
4. When found upon smooth layers above the Ceraurus
layer, they are invariably back-down. Fine specimens show-
ing the interior of the shell, are obtained from the upper
surface of several layers.
5. The drifting of the shell into the position found, would
not probably have taken place, as the shell is nearly flat.
Asaphus might, from its boat-like shape, assume such a posi-
tion; but a force sufficient to place a trilobite like Ceraurus
upon its back, if the natural position when living was the
reverse, would not have left the bryozoans and crinoids as
they grew, without breaking the more delicate portions,
which are often like fine hairs of stone, lying loosely in the
imbedding clay, and breaking at the slightest touch.
6. The trilobites never have shells or corals drifted into
them, or lying on them, when upon the upper surface of the
layers. Occasionally a coral encrusts the upper surface, and
frequently a coral (Stenopora lycoperdon) has taken the
interior or ventral surface as a base for its growth, showing
clearly that the shell had assumed the inverted position prior
to the growth of the coral.
Forty specimens of Acidaspis Trentonensis were associ-
ated with the Ceraurus,— every individual upon its back.
Calymene senaria, when not coiled (numerous), Proetus par-
viusculus, Asaphus gigas (one only), and Dalmanites, were
uniformly back down.
Upon the upper surface of the Ceraurus layer, a layer of
clayey shale was deposited, giving the same conditions as
below the Ceraurus layer. Attached to the under surface of
158 Notes on Ceraurus pleurexanthemus.
the succeeding layer, or imbedded in the clayey shale, were
bryozoans, cystids, crinoids, brachiopods, and trilobites of
the following genera:— Ceraurus, Acidaspis, Calymene,
Phacops, and Spherocoryphe. The trilobites, without excep-
tion, were back-down. In the succeeding layer, which is six
inches thick, many of Asaphus gigas and A. megistos have
been found, scattered through the lower three inches of its
thickness. Of seventy-five noted, thirty were back-down,
twenty-nine presented the dorsal surface up, sixteen were in
various positions, coiled, perpendicular to the layer, and
edgeways. The succeeding five feet of the stratum is of the
same nature as that below. Fossils are rare, especially
trilobites. Above this, the coarse earthy limestone extends
to the thick crystalline strata.
Prof. Burmeister, in his “Organization of Trilobites,”*
gives the following among other conclusions, as the result ©
of comparison of the trilobites with the recent crustacea.
1. That these animals moved only by swimming; that
they remained close beneath the surface of the water; and
that they certainly did not creep about at the bottom.
2. That they swam in an inverted position, the belly up-
wards, the back downwards, and that they made use of their
power of rolling themselves into a ball, as a defence against
attacks from above.
4, That they most probably did not inhabit the open seas,
but the vicinities of coasts, in shallow water; and that they
here lived gregariously in vast numbers, chiefly of one spe-
cies.
If the first and second conclusions are correct, we should
look in a quiet, undisturbed deposit for evidence as to the
position of the trilobites while living, by their position when
buried in the sediment after death. As before stated, the
conditions are such in the species mentioned, as to preclude
the idea of their. arrangement by other causes than the nat-
* Page 52, conclusions 1, 2, 4.
Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. 159
ural position of the living animal, which must, therefore, have
been with the back downward.
The Asaphus is more frequently broken; but the finest and
most perfectly preserved specimens, with but few exceptions,
are found on their backs.
That portion of the fourth conclusion in reference to trilo-
bites living gregariously in vast numbers, is true of Ceraurus
pleurexanthemus, Asaphus gigas, and A. megistos, as found
in the stratum mentioned.
Note. To October 16th, 1875, 1160 specimens of Ceraurus
pleurexanthemus have been noted on the under surface of the
thin layer (“Ceraurus layer”). Of these 1110 lay on their
backs; while but fifty presented the dorsal surface up.
Forty-five of these fifty were very small, the remaining
five of medium size.
XVIII.— Description of the Interior Surface of the Dorsal
Shell of Ceraurus pleurexanthemus, Green.
By C. D. WALCOTT.
Read June 7, 1875.
Tuis interesting species, which has been referred to in the
preceding pages, has already been described by earlier writ-
ers,* as regards the general features of its structure and the
outer surface of its shell. In this article, therefore, I shall —
omit all detailed reference to any of these points, and con-
fine the description, as closely as may be, to the inner, or
ventral, surface of the dorsal shell. This description is de-
*Green, Monograph of Trilobites, 1832, page 84, fig. X. Hall, Paleontology N. Y.,
vol. I, page 242.
160 Ceraurus pleurexanthemus.
signed to be compared with the several figures in Plate XI,
which have been drawn from the combined evidence obtained
by the examination of numerous specimens.
It should be borne in mind, that as the shell, in the fol-
lowing description, is supposed to be placed back-downward,
as shown in figure B, Plate XI, the words upper and under,
etc., when used in this article, are to be taken in their strict
sense, as compared with figure B, and not in the sense that
they usually have, when a trilobite is placed with its back
uppermost.
Heap. Anterior, lateral, and free posterior margins bordered by a
‘¢doublure.” Glabellar depression, concave, longer than broad, narrowed
posteriorly ; anterior margin a semi-lunate curve, to which the hypostoma
is attached by a suture (hypostomatic suture); from the extremities of
this suture, lateral ridges extend to the posterior lateral margins of the
central neck depression. Four short processes project obliquely back-
ward from each ridge into the glabellar depression. The four anterior
processes are rudimentary and concealed by the hypostoma. The four
posterior processes have rounded knob-like tubercles upon their upper
extremities; the posterior pair attached opposite the inner posterior
angles of the occipital depressions. A low arching ridge separates the
glabellar and neck depressions.
The occipital depressions include the spaces within the ‘ doublure,”
glabellar ridges, and neck depression. Occipital cavity in the anterior
lateral third: Glabellar and occipital depressions finely punctate.
The neck depression extends laterally as shallow grooves under the
‘¢ doublure,” deepest towards the central depression. Central depression
a concave groove, the posterior margin reflected upward and forward,
terminating in a thin edge, which articulates with the articular fold of the
first thoracic segment.
The facial sutures arise a little on each side of the centre of the posterior
margin of the frontal ‘‘doublure, pass forward crossing the ‘‘ doublure,”
and curve under its anterior margin, thence obliquely backward to the
anterior margin of the occipital cavities, then into those, describing a
curve around their anterior lateral bases, and passing out at their pos-
terior lateral margins; thence they extend obliquely outward and back-
ward to the lateral margins of the cephalic shield at their posterior third,
obliquely cut the ‘‘doublure,” and terminate at its inner margin, at the
posterior lateral angles of the occipital depressions.
Hypostoma subovate, with wing-like extensions of the anterior lateral
margins; central convex portion surrounded by a sinus, and an elevated
margin; this margin, at the anterior half, widens, and forms a slightly ele-
Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. 161
vated projecting surface; outer surface granulated. Interior concave, the
margin a reflected edge or “‘doublure.” Anterior margin a semi-lunate
curve, attached to the anterior margin of the glabellar depression by the
hypostomatic suture.
Tuorax. Each segment may be divided into three parts, viz.: 1,
Axial groove; 2, Thoracic pleure; 8, Free pleure. The axial groove
consists of the axial ring, anterior ‘‘ articular fold,” and a reflexed pos-
terior articular margin. ‘The “articular fold” rests upon the thin edge of
the reflected posterior articular margin of the next anterior segment.
The anterior margin of the “articular fold” describes a curve from the
anterior lateral extremities of the axial ring, forward into the axial
groove, nearly concealing the preceding axial ring. The anterior margin
of the axial ring is thickened, as a base for the articular fold, and also as
the base of a pair of processes extending from the lateral extremities
obliquely backward one-fourth the distance across the axial groove. Each
process is a plate-like projection, surmounted at its upper extremity by
a small knob-like elevation.
Thoracic pleure of each segment divided by diagonal ridges into two
triangular depressions upon each pleura, separated from the axial groove
and circular cavities, by short transverse ridges. Circular cavities situ-
ated between the triangular depressions and the free pleure; they are
deeper than the triangular depressions. Anterior and posterior margins
of the pleure parallel.
The free pleurze curve outward and backward, terminating in falcate
extremities. The hollow interior of each opens into the thoracic cavity
at the inner extremity. which has upon its upper margin a crescent-
shaped surface or slight sulcus. The whole thorax narrows posteriorly.
PyGIDIUM semicircular, concave, and surrounded by a strong ‘‘ doub-
lure,” which has a smooth subcrescentiform surface upon each anterior
lateral margin. Anterior lateral margins parallel to those of the posterior
segment of the thorax. The articular fold rests upon the axial ring of
the posterior segment. The pygidium is composed of four anchylosed
segments; the anterior one, penetrating the,‘‘ doublure” and lateral mar-
gins, is produced into long curved spines. Four pair of axial processes
project into the axial depression; the anterior pair well developed, the
posterior pair as rudimentary tubercles under the ‘‘ doublure.” Upon the
posterior surface of the anterior anchylosed segment, there are two
minute oval openings, one on each side of the median line, the longer
axis extending obliquely upward and backward.
Formation and locality, upper third of the Trenton Lime-
stone, Trenton Falls, Oneida Co., N. Y.
162
Ceraurus pleurexanthemus.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.
Figure A. Section of thorax at fourth segment; enlarged to two diame-
ers:
. Axial groove.
. Axial processes.
. Thoracic pleure and triangular depressions.
. Circular cavities.
. Free pleure.
gg.
Inner extremities of thoracic pleure.
Fane B. Interior of the dorsal shell; enlarged to two diameters.
il.
Beh
Se
Om IN
Hypostomatic suture.
Hypostoma.
‘* Doublure.”
Occipital depression.
Occipital cavity.
Facial sutures cutting ‘‘ doublure.”
. Glabellar depressions and processes.
. Neck depression.
10. Spines of the head.
Axial groove.
. Axial processes.
. Triangular depressions.
dd. Circular cavities.
. Free pleure.
Crescent shaped surface on free pleure.
. Elevated margin of the hypostoma.
yr. Axial processes.
s. Smooth crescent-shaped Suriage on ‘‘ doublure.”
Pygidium.
Oval openings.
‘* Doublure.”
a
Figure C. Longitudinal section at median line; enlarged to two diame-
m oo tS
ot
ters.
Hypostomatic suture.
Hypostoma.
** Doublure.”
Head.
Thorax.
6. Pygidium.
Figure D. Section of segment at median line; enlarged to five diameters.
]. Posterior reflected articular margin.
2. Outer surface of segment.
3. Union of articular fold and axial ring.
4, Articular fold.
A New Species of Jay, ete. 163
XIX.— Description of a New Species of Jay of the Genus
Cyanocitta; also of a supposed New Species of
the Genus Cyanocorax.
By GEORGE N. LAWRENCE.
Read October 11, 1875.
Cyanocitta pulchra.
A narrow band on the front next the bill, the lores, the sides of the
head and the chin are deep black; entire crown and occiput silvery bluish-
white; a band of bright ultramine blue crosses the hind neck, becoming
deeper in color and gradually merging into the smoky black of the upper
part of the back, where it inclines to brownish, the lower part of the back
and upper tail coverts are deep cobalt blue; wings and tail of a rich co-
balt blue, brighter than the color of the body; the under surface of the
wings and tail glossy black; throat cobalt blue, breast and sides of the
neck smoky black, abdomen and sides dark cobalt blue like the back,
under tail coverts smoky black ending with cobalt blue, thighs smoky
brown washed with blue; bill and feet black.
Length, 11 in.; wing, 54; tail, 54; bill, 1}; tarsus, 14.
Habitat. Ecuador, Quito. Type in my collection.
Remarks. Compared with QO. armillata it is shorter and
proportionally stouter, the bill very much stronger and the
tail not so long; it cannot be mistaken for that species as
they differ throughout in color and markings. In C. armil-
lata the vertex, occiput and nucha are of a light blue, which
merges into the fine dark ultramarine blue of the back ;
whereas in the new species, the silvery bluish-white of the
liead, is separated from the smoky black back, by a rather
narrow band of blue; the throat patch in C. armillata is of
a clear ultramarine blue, strongly defined and separated from
the darker blue of the under parts by a black collar; in the
new species the throat mark is rather dull in color and
without any collar below it. It is unlike any species which
I can find described, and I compare it with C. armillata that
its characteristics may be more clearly elucidated.
164 A New Species of Jay, ete.
?
Mater. Fore part of the head as far as upon a line with the middle of
the eye, sides of the head and of the neck, throat and upper part of the
breast, deep black; moustache, a spot over the hind part of the eye, the
central portion of the upper and lower eye lids, and a mark from the
lower eye lid to the moustache, white; occiput, nucha and under plumage,
pure white; back, wings and two central tail feathers dark cobalt blue,
all the other tail feathers and the ends of the two middle ones are pure
white, the under surface of the two middle tail feathers is deep black;
the outer webs of the primaries are of a dull rather light blue for about
half their length, the color of the terminal portion of the webs still paler
and of a greenish shade; inner webs of the quills black, op their under
surface the quill feathers are of a dark silvery-gray: the concealed parts
of the feathers of the back are largely pure white, on the rump the ends
of the feathers only are blue; ‘‘eyes yellow;” bill, tarsi and toes, black.
Length, 124 in.; wing, 53; tail, 6; bill, 14; tarsus, 1%.
Cyanocorax
Habitat. North Peru, Pacasmayo and Ticapa, Oct., 1874.
Remarks. This species belongs to the group represented
by C. cayanus, but differs in being smaller, with the back
very differently colored, and in having all the tail feathers
pure white except the two central ones, whereas in C. cay-
anus all the tail feathers are more or less blue on their basal
portions, the ends only white.
I find but two species of this genus described as having
the tail feathers white, with the exception of the two middle
ones; these are, Oyanocorax mystacalis, Geoff. Mag. de
Zool., 1835; and C. uroleucus, Heine Jour. fur Orn., 1860,
p. 115.
OC. mystacalis is admitted as a valid species by G. R. Gray,
Hand List 11, p. 5, and Sclater and Salvin, Nomenclator,
p- 39. It is referred to C. cayanus by Bonaparte, Cons.
Av..1, p. 8379; Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. 1, p. 224; Heine,
Jour. fur Orn. 1860, p. 116, and Schlegel Mus. des Pays
Bas, Liv. 9, p. 51. According to its description, the tail is
white with the exception of the two middle feathers; this
seems to debar it from being considered identical with C.
CaYANUs.
A New Species of Jay, etc. 165
From C. mystacalis the bird under examination appears
to differ, as follows: in having no tendency to bluish reflec-
tions on the top of the head, and the feathers of the back,
rump, smaller wing coverts and scapularies, being uniform
in color, and without grayish margins, as is stated to be the
case in C’. mystacalis. The upper plumage of C. mystacalis
is given as “bleu clair.” The shades of blue being so va-
rious it is sometimes difficult to understand satisfactorily the
color intended by the description, and among the Jays one of
the most distinguishing characters, is that of the different
shades of this color, especially in the group now under dis-
cussion, in which the pattern of coloration is much the same.
In my bird the back, wings and middle tail feathers are of a
uniform dark cobalt blue. The tail of C. mystacalis is stated
to be 44 inches long, and the two middle feathers to have
one-quarter their length at the end white, and at the extreme
end a small spot of bluish-black; in the present bird the
tail is 6 inches long, with the white ends of the central
feathers rather less than one-sixth their length in extent, and
immaculate. The inner webs of the quills are given as
brown in C. mystacalis, in the bird before me they are black.
These differences seem sufficient, I think, to show the two to
be possibly distinct species.
C. uroleucus Heine, I have not seen recognized by any
writer as a good species, it is noticed by Gray (Hand List,
11, p. 5) and referred to C. mystacalis, Geoff. ; to which
species he also refers C’. bellus Schlegel, Mus. des Pays Bas
Liv. 9, p. 50. This last Schlegel describes as having the
basal portions of all the tail feathers more or less blue, and
therefore it is unlike C. mystacalis.
Judging from the description of C. bellus, it seems to me
to be entitled to a distinct position, for with the cobalt blue
back in connection with the markings of the tail, it appears
to differ from all other species.
C’. uroleucus is described as having the quills and wing
coverts “fuscis” broadly margined with blue—this does not
166 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
apply well to the specimen before me, as the wing coverts
are blue, uniform in color with the back, the quills are black
on the inner webs and blue on the outer; the under surface
of the middle tail feathers is also given as “fuscis,” in my.
bird the color is deep black. The color given of the upper
plumage is “ceruleus.” In size it is stated to be larger than
C’. cayanus, my bird is smaller than that species. In neither
C. mystacalis nor C. uroleucus is there any allusion to the
feathers of the back having pure white bases as in my bird.
Mr. Gray may be correct in considering C. wroleucus the
same as C’. mystacalis, and the bird I have described may be
the same also, but the differences pointed out seem suflicient
for its separation, and should it prove to be distinct, I pro-
pose to name it after my friend Prof. James Orton, it would
then stand as Cyanocorax Ortoni.
There are two specimens of this handsome species, in a
small collection from Northern Peru; these were lately re-
ceived by Prof. Orton of Vassar College, Poughkeepsie, and
sent to me for determination.
It is much to be desired that the types of C. mystacalis,
C. uroleucus and C. bellus, may be carefully examined, and
their status more satisfactorily determined.
XX. On the Genitalia, Jaw and Lingual Dentition of cer-
tain species of Pulmonata.
By W. G. BINNEY.
[With a Note on the Classification of the Achatinelle, by Thomas Bland. ]
Read October 11, 1875.
In the following pages I have not considered it necessary
to offer a full description of the dentition in cases where a
figure is given. In the Proceedings of the Academy of
Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 167
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1875, p. 145, full expla-
nation will be found of the terms I use. In the plates, I
have endeavored to give a perfect idea of the several forms
of teeth on each lingual membrane by figuring the central
with the first lateral tooth, the transition from lateral to mar-
ginal teeth, and a decided marginal, usually the last. The
position of each tooth from the median line is indicated on
the plates by numerals. The plates must, however, be
studied with the text. It will be seen that the cutting points
of the teeth are shaded. I have not, also, considered it
necessary fully to describe the genitalia in cases where I have
given a figure of the system. I have rather confined myself
to pointing out the characteristic feature of each. In the
lettering of the plates, I have not deemed it important to
indicate the testicle, epididymis, accessory gland, prostate,
vas deferens, ovary or oviduct, as those organs cannot fail to
be recognized. I have, however, indicated the penis sac,
retractor of same, genital bladder with its duct, and any
accessory organs that may occur. As in my former publica-
tions, I apply the terms ovary and testicle as does Dr. Leidy
in the first volume of “Terrestrial Mollusks of the United
States.”
Glandina truncata, Say.
On plate xiv, fig. F, I have given a figure of the central tooth of this
species which is more accurate than that given in Proc. Phila. A. N. S.,
1875, pl. i, fig. 1. It will be seen to agree with the figure of Morse (Ib.
p. 156, fig. 2) as regards the presence of a distinct cusp. The figure was
drawn from the lingual membrane of a large Florida specimen.
It will be of interest to note here that the largest speci-
mens of Glandina found by me near St. Augustine, were in
the centre of the clumps of large, coarse grass covering the
marshes at the edge of Matansas Rien Mr. Say also
speaks of finding the largest specimens in the marshes imme-
diately behind the sand hills of the coast.
168 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
Wanina radians, Pfr. (Microcystis).
Rarotonga Isl., Mr. A. Garrett.
Plate xvi, fig. 1, represents one central, lateral and marginal tooth.
There are 40-1-40 teeth, 8 being perfectly formed laterals. The mar-
ginals are sometimes trifid.
For the identification of this and of the following Society
Island species Iam indebted to Mr. Garrett. They form a
part of an extremely interesting collection of Society Island
land shells, preserved in spirits, just received from him,
through Dr. W. D. Hartman of West Chester, Pa.
Nanina conula, Pease.
Island of Huahine, Mr. A. Garrett.
Central and lateral teeth as in N. radians, Pfr. (see above). Lateral
teeth seven in number. Marginals aculeate, multifid, very numerous.
The species is viviparous.
Nanina calculosa, Gould.
Island of Huabine, Mr. A. Garrett.
Jaw as usual in the genus. Lingual membrane long and narrow.
Teeth 38-1-38. Centrals and (7) laterals as in NV. radians (see above), the
latter, however, have slightly developed, inner, side cutting points. First
15 marginals bifid, the balance multifid.
The species is viviparous.
Trochomorpha Cressida, Gould.
Island of Huahine, Mr. A. Garrett.
Jaw arched, high; ends blunt; cutting margin with a median beak-like
projection.
Lingual membrane (pl. xvi, fig. H.) with 55-1-55 teeth. The bifur-
cation of the cutting point of the marginals commences in the 11th tooth.
There are no side cusps to centrals and laterals, which have a long,
narrow base of attachment.
I figure one central, one lateral and one marginal tooth.
Von Martens puts the species in Discus, a subgenus of Nanina.
Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 169
Zonites cerinoideus, Anthony.
Charleston, S. C., Mr. W. G. Mazyck.
The animal has the distinct locomotive disk and the parallel furrows
above the margin of the foot, meeting above a distinct, caudal mucus
pore, characteristic of the genus. It has also a dart and sac, as in Z. li-
gerus.
Jaw as usual in the genus. Lingual membrane (pl. xiii, fig. B),
as usual in the genus. (See Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1875, 161). Teeth
34-1-34 with 9 perfect laterals.
Limax montanus, Ingersoll.
(Report on Nat Hist. of U. S. Geolog. and Geogr. Survey of the Territories,
1874, p. 130.)
This species was found by Mr. Ernest Ingersoll, in the
mountains of Colorado, at “camps 9-11, Blue River Val-
ley,” while attached to the Survey of the Territories, in 1874.
The animal is about 18-25 mill. long. It presents no peculiar external
characters. Its color is brown, with mantle, head, tentacles and eye-
peduncles black: bottom of foot white. On opening the animal I found
it does not agree in dentition with Z. campestris, the only native species
whose presence could be expected there.
The jaw is as usual in the genus. The lingual membrane is long and
narrow. Teeth 50-1-50 (pl. xviii, fig. D), arranged as usual in the
genus Limax. The central teeth have decided side cusps and cutting
points. The lateral teeth are like the centrals, but unsymmetrical and
consequently bicuspid; there are about 16 perfect laterals. The marginals
are purely aculeate in form, are arranged as usual in the genus (see Proc.
A. N. 8. Phila., 1875, 172), and all have a slightly developed side spur,
making the tooth bicuspid.
L. campestris has no side spur to its inner marginals, though it has such
on the outer ones. Otherwise the dentition is about the same.
In its genitalia also, this species is nearly allied to Z. campestris, as
will be seen in comparing my figure (pl. xii, fig. 4), with that of Dr.
Leidy (Terr. Moll. U. S. pl. ii, fig. 6). Limax Ingersolli, however, differs
in the shape of its genital bladder-and the shortness of the duct.
With Limax montanus were specimens whose dentition (pl. xviii,
fig. F), differs only in having a less number of teeth, 34-1-84, with 12
perfect laterals. The teeth are of the same type as in Z. montanus. The
animal is shorter, by about one-half. This form has been noticed as Z.
castaneus by Mr. Ingersoll, 1. c. p. 181.
In dentition and genitalia Z. montanus differs from all the other species,
native and introduced, thus far known to exist in North America,
170 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
Patula Cumberlandiana, Lea.
Sewance, Tenn. Dr. Jno. B. Elliott.
Jaw of the same type as in P. a’ternata (see Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phila.,
1875, 177, fig. 21). There are coarse vertical striz.
Lingual membrane (pl. xv, fig. E) long and narrow. Teeth of same
type as in P. solitaria, alternata, etc. (see same reference, 178). The
centrals and laterals have, however, a much shorter median cusp. Side
cusps subobsolete, and side cutting points wanting on the centrals and
first two laterals, the third lateral beginning to show them; the outer
laterals, as the seventh lateral ete. (see plate), have them well developed.
The transition to marginals is very gradual and is not formed by the bifur-
cation of the inner cutting point, which remains simple to the extreme
outer edge. The smaller, outer cutting point is sometimes bifid in the
outer marginals. These last are usually but a simple modification of the
laterals, as shown (see plate) in the 20th and 30th teeth.
There are 80-1-30 teeth, with hardly 18 laterals, and certainly not so
many absolutely perfect ones.
In P. alternata (see as above, p. 180, pl. vii, fig. 5) there are decided
prominent side cusps and cutting points to centrals and first laterals. The
shape of the centrals and first laterals also in alternata, is quite different
from those of this species.
The genitalia agree with those of P. alternata figured by Dr. Leidy, in
Terr. Moll. U. S., I. pl. vii, fig. 2, excepting, perhaps, that in Cumberland-
tana, the genital bladder is smaller, and its duct longer and narrower.
For the specimens examined I am indebted to Dr. Elliott,
a son of the late Bishop Elliott, who so generously contrib-
uted specimens from southern localities a number of years
ago, most materially assisting Mr. Bland and myself in our
studies.
This species was described by Dr. Lea, from Jasper, Mar-
ion Co., Tenn. Sewanee, the University Place of Bishop
Elliott, is in Franklin, the adjoining county. These are the
only localities of the species thus far known.
Patula mordax, Shuttl.
East Tennessee.
I have lately had an opportunity of examining its genitalia, and find
them to agree with those of the typical aléernata. The dentition is also
the same (see Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1875, pl. VII, fig. 7).
Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 171
Patula alternata, Say.
I have also examined and here figure (pl. xvii, fig. 15), the genitalia
of the heavily ribbed form of P. alcernata, from Eastern Tennessee (Mr.
A. G. Wetherby). It agrees with the typical P. alternata, and also in
dentition. In both forms I found the duct of the genital bladder much
longer than is figured by Leidy, in the Terrestrial Mollusks U. S. In P.
Cumberlandiana also it is long, thus agreeing with alternata.
Patula Huahinensis, Pfr.
Huahine Isl., Mr. A. Garrett.
Lingual membrane, with 18-1 -18 teeth, of which about six are later-
als. The type of dentition is about the same as in Endodonta incerta,
herewith described. The marginals are, however, different, the two cut-
ting points being bifid, the base of attachment low and wide. (Plate
XVii, fig. 17).
Endodonta incerta, Mousson.
Huahine Island, Mr. A. Garrett.
I am indebted to Mr. Garrett, for the identification of this
and all the Huahine species herewith described.
I regret not succeeding in obtaining the jaw of any species of this
group, the more because some doubt about its existence has been ex-
pressed. It is, however, probable that it will be found, as no agnathous
genus has yet been noticed with the quadrate marginal teeth, which charac-
terize E. incerta, and also £. tumulotides, Garrett (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc.
Phila., 1875, p. 248, -pl. xxi, fig. 6).
Lingual membrane (pl. xvii, fig. 16) with 11-1-11 teeth, of which 4 are
perfect laterals. The marginals (of which the last is shown in the figure)
are but a simple modification of the laterals. They differ from those of
tumuloides, unless, indeed, I have, from their exceeding minuteness, failed
rightly to interpret them.
Helix Ingersolli, Bland (Microphysa).
Mr. Ernest Ingersoll: U. S. Survey of Territories, 1874.
Jaw low, wide, slightly arcuate, ends slightly attenuated: whole an-
terior surface with about 22 broad, flat, slightly separated ribs, whose
ends denticulate either margin.
This form of jaw is unusual among the Helicinw. It is somewhat like
that of H. Lansingi (see Phila. Pr., 1875, p. 169).
NOVEMBER, 1875. 13 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. x1.
172 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth about 16-1-16. Centrals
as usual in the Helicine (pl. xviii, fig. C). The side cusps and cutting
points are well developed, the base of attachment longer than wide.
Laterals of same type, but unsymmetrical, and consequently only bicus-
pid. The change from laterals to marginals (8th and 9th teeth of figure)
is very gradual, there being no splitting of the inner cutting points,at
least not as in most species (see pl. xii, fig. E). Marginals (16th tooth of
figure) very low, wide, with one inner, long, blunt cutting point, and one
outer, small, blunt.
The low, wide marginal teeth of this species are peculiar.
Helix rufescens, Pennant (fruticicola).
Extracted from a dry English shell furnished by Mr. A.
G. Wetherby. I include it here because the species has
been introduced at Quebec. I was not able to illustrate it
when treating of the Lingual Dentition of North American
Land Shells, in Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1875, 214.
There are 26-1-26 teeth. The characters of all are shown in my fig-
ures. It will be seen that the transition from laterals to marginals (16 to
19), see also Lehmann, in Malak. Blatt. xvi, is gradual. The inner cut-
ting point is not bifid.
Helix pubescens, Pfr. (Fruticicola).
Haiti. Mr. V. P. Parkhurst to Mr. T. Bland.
Jaw (pl. xv, fig. C) thin, semitransparent, low, slightly arcuate,
ends scarcely attenuated, blunt; upper margin with a strong muscular
attachment: no median projection to cutting edge; anterior surface with
about 20 ribs denticulating either margin; these ribs appear in most cases
to be broad, flat, with narrow interstices, but in others there are appear-
ances such as I have described in Bulimulus limneoides (see below).
Lingual membrane long and narrow (pl. xv, fig. D). Teeth as usual
in the Helicine. The change from laterals to marginals is very gradual,
not formed by the splitting of the inner cutting point. The 12th tooth
(figured) shows the commencement of the transition. The 22d (figured)
is a marginal tooth. The inner cutting point of the marginals is rarely
bifid.
Teeth about 24-1-24.
Helix Studeriana, Fér. (Stylodon).
Seychelles, Consul Pike to Mr. T. Bland.
Jaw stout, strongly arched, ends but little attenuated, blunt; anterior
surface without ribs; there are, however, afew, coarse, broad, vertical
r
Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 173
wrinkles. One jaw had a slightly developed median projection to its cut-
ting edge, another has no approach to a projection.
Plate xiv, fig. C, shows the lingual dentition. Teeth 69-1 -69,
with about 22 laterals. There is considerable resemblance to the denti-
tion of HZ. fringilla herewith described. The cutting points on centrals
and laterals are, however, more pointed.
This species is viviparous.
Helix dentiens, Fér. (Dentellaria).
See Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1874, p. 57. I now offer fig. G of pl.
xvi, to give more full details of the changes of the teeth from centrals to
marginals, especially the side cusp and cutting point of the outer laterals,
and the transition from laterals to marginals. Tooth 38 is the last.
Helix aspera, Fér. ( Thelidomus).
Jamaica. Mr. V. P. Parkhurst to Mr. T. Bland.
For jaw and lingual membrane see Amer. Journ. Conch. VI, 204.
Pl. xii, fig. 2, represents the genital system. The genital bladder
(g. b.) is elongated oval, on a short, stout duct. The penis-sac (p. s.)
is stout, long, tapering bluntly'to its apex, someway below which is the
entrance of the vas deferens. The retractor muscle is inserted at about
the middle of the length of the penis-sac.
Helix Jamaicensis, Chemn. (Thelidomus).
Jamaica. Mr. V. P. Parkhurst to Mr. T. Bland.
Mr. Bland has already called attention (Ann. Lyc. N. H.
of N. Y. XI, 146, 1875) to the true subgeneric position
of this species. I propose here only to give a figure of the
dentition and genitalia.
There are 41-1-41 teeth on the long and narrow lingual membrane
(pl. xiv, fig. B).
Jaw thick, arcuate, ends attenuated: anterior surface with 14 decided
but unequal, irregularly disposed ribs, denticulating either margin.
Genitalia figured on pl. xiii, fig. F. The peculiarity of it is the ex-
tremely long epididymis (e), convoluted at either end. The penis-sac
has a contraction at its middle, below which it is black, above it, white.
174. = Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
Helix crispata, Fér. (Zurycratera).
Port au Prince. Mr. V. P. Parkhurst to Mr. T. Bland.
Lingual membrane and jaw already described (see Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sc., 1874, 57, pl. x, fig. 9*).
Plate xii, fig. 8, represents the lower portions of the genital system.
The genital bladder (g. b.) is very small, globular, on a long duct, which
is very narrow in its upper half and gradually enlarges below until it be-
comes very stout. On the penis-sac (p. s.), above the junction of the re-
tractor muscle, is a small globular mass, of character unknown to me.
Helix spinosa, Lea (Stenotrema).
Tennessee. Mr. A. G. Wetherby.
Plate xii, fig. 8, represents the genital system of this species. The
penis-sac (p. s.) is very long, attenuated at either end, greatly swollen at
the median third of its length. The genital bladder is oval, on a short
duct.
Helix stenotrema, Fér. (Stenotrema).
Tennessee. Mr. A. G. Wetherby.
The genitalia are as figured for hirsuta by Dr. Leidy, in Terr. Moll. U. S.
There is, however, in this species, a much greater development of pros-
tate, testicle and epididymis. The last named organ is scarcely convo-
luted. The margins of the first named are scalloped.
Helix barbigera, Redf. (Stenotrema).
Genitalia as in the last species.
Helix tridentata, Say ( Triodopsis).
On pl. xvii, fig. 19, I have given the genitalia of this species. They
may be compared with those of the other species of Triodopsis given be-
low. ‘The genital bladder with its duct offer slight variations in all these
species; whether constant or not must be decided by future study. My
figures will draw attention to this point.
Helix fallax, Say (Triodopsis).
Genitalia (pl. xvii, fig. 11). See last species.
* There are decided side cutting points to centrals and laterals, though I failed to
see them in the lingual figured.
Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 175
Helix Hopetonensis, Shuttl. ( Triodopsis).
City of Charleston, S. C.
Genitalia (pl. xvii, fig. 14). See above, H. tridentata.
Helix Van Nostrandi, Bland, MS. (Triodopsis).
Aiken, S. C. Miss Emma Van Nostrand.
Jaw as usual in Triodopsis: ribs 17.
Lingual membrane (pl. xvii, fig. 8) long and narrow. Teeth 24-
1-24, with 10 laterals. ‘The centrals have no distinct side cusps or cut-
ting points, but the latter are replaced by decided bulgings on the median
cutting point. The figure gives the central with the first, tenth, eleventh,
nineteenth and twenty-fourth teeth; the last two are marginals.
Genitalia (pl. xvii, fig. 12). See above under H. tridentata.
Helix Rugeli, Shuttl. ( Triodopsis).
East Tennessee. Mr. A. G. Wetherby.
Genitalia (pl. xvii, fig. 18). See above under H. tridentata.
Helix Harfordiana, J. G. Cooper (Triodopsis).
California. Mr. Henry Hemphill to Mr. T. Bland.
Lingual membrane (pl. xviii, fig. A) as usual in the subgenus (see
Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1875, 206). Teeth 26-1-26, with 12 laterals.
The side cutting points to central and lateral teeth are well developed.
Jaw as usual in the subgenus (see same references as above), with
over 12 ribs.
Helix fringilla, Pfr. (Merope).
Admiralty Island. Mr. A. G. Wetherby.
The dried remains of the animal in the shell of a cabinet
specimen furnished the lingual membrane and jaw here de-
scribed. The shell is the variety with the pink peristome.
Jaw with numerous, crowded, stout ribs, denticulating either margin.
Lingual membrane (pl. xiv, fig. A, pl. xv, fig. A) long and narrow.
Teeth 28 - 1-28, with about 11 laterals. Centrals with base of attachment
longer than wide; side cusps obsolete, side cutting points wanting;
middle cusp broad, blunt, with a very short, broad, blunt cutting point.
176 —- Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
Laterals like the centrals, but unsymmetrical: the cutting point becomes
longer as they pass off laterally, and at the 12th tooth it commences to be
bluntly trifid. The marginals are peculiar; their base of attachment is
subquadrate with a single broad cusp, bearing a very broad, oblique, ex-
panding, trifid cutting point; the outer division very small, pointed; the
median longer, very broad, squarely truncated; the inner one about half
the size of the median, recurved and sharply pointed.
In pl. xiv, fig. A, I have represented the dentition of that portion of
the lingual membrane where the cutting points are least developed. PI.
xv, fig. A, represents that portion where they are most so. It must
always be borne in mind that such differences of development exist in all
membranes.
The dentition of this species is peculiar, resembling that common in
Orthalicus rather than the type usual in Helix.
Helix leporina, Gould (Polygyra).
Texas. Mr. A. G. Wetherby.
Jaw as usual in the subgenus (see Phila. Proc. 1875, 201), with 12
ribs.
Lingual membrane as usual in the subgenus (see id.). Teeth 18-1-18,
with 8 laterals (pl. xviii, fig. B). The 15th tooth figured is from another
portion of the membrane from that furnishing the 13th. The extreme
right hand figure of my plate represents a deformed first lateral tooth.
Helix auriculata, Say (Polygyra).
St. Augustine, Florida, under the ruins of the sugar house
chimneys at Hanson’s deserted plantation.
Having collected specimens of undoubted identity at Mr. Say’s original
locality, I have compared the genitalia with those figured by Leidy (Terr.
Moll. U. S., I. pl. ix) and find them to agree. This is important, as the
name ‘ auriculata” was used in that work to cover several species.
I have also given (pl. xviii, fig. E) a better figure of the dentition
than in Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1875, pl. viii, fig. 12. There are 26-1-26
teeth. The inner cutting point of the 13th tooth is bifid, so that there are
12 laterals.
Jaw with 10 ribs.
Helix uvulifera, Shuttl. (Polygyra).
Genitalia as in H. auriculata.
Helix septemvolva, Say (Polygyra).
St. Augustine, Florida.
Plate xii, fig. 6, represents the genital system of the large form of this
Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 177
species. It is characterized by its extreme length, as would be expected
from the form of the shell. The vagina (v.) is extremely long and narrow.
The genital bladder (g. b.) is elongated oval, on a short, slender duct.
The penis-sac (p. s.) is very long, attenuated to a point above, where the
retractor muscle is inserted.
The digestive system is also very much elongated. The csophagus
especially is excessively long, as are also the ducts to the salivary glands.
This species is extremely common all over St. Augustine
and its vicinity. The large form I found almost restricted
to the moat of the old fort, especially at the foot of the main
western wall:
Helix Febigeri, Bland (Folygyra).
Near Mobile, Alabama. Dr. E. R. Showalter.
Genitalia as in HZ. septemvolva (see pl. xii, fig. 6).
Helix cereolus, Mublf. (Polygyra).
For this and many species of Key West I am indebted to
the kindness of Mr. W. W. Calkins.
Jaw as usual in the subgenus (1. c.), with over I4 ribs.
Lingual membrane as usual (pl. xvi, fig. C). Teeth 22-1-22, with 9
laterals, the inner cutting point of the 10th tooth being bifid. Marginals
with base of attachment low, wide, with one inner, long, oblique, bifid
cutting point, and one short, bluntly bifid, small, outer cutting point.
Genitalia as in last species.
Helix Carpenteriana, Bland (Polygyra).
Key West. Mr. W. W. Calkins.
Jaw as usual in the subgenus: (1. c.): ribs over 12.
Lingual membrane as usual (pl. xiii, fig. K). Teeth 22-1-22. The
character of the various teeth is shown in the figures. There are 9 laterals,
the 10th tooth having a bifid inner cutting point.
I can now state that H. cereolus, Carpenteriana, septenvolva, volvoxis,
and Febigeri have the same dentition. In all, the splitting of the inner
cutting point commences at the tenth tooth.
Genitalia as in H. septenivolva described herewith.
178 = Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
Helix exoleta, Binn. (Mesodon).
I have already referred to the peculiarity of this species in sometimes
having, and sometimes wanting, side cutting points to outer lateral teeth,
and a bifurcation to the inner cutting point of the marginals (see Proc.
Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1875, 243). I here figure teeth from a lingual mem-
brane differing in this respect from that figured by me before (I. c. pl. xi,
fig. 7). The cutting point of the central and first lateral teeth have a lat-
~ eral bulging which represents the side point.* This point appears about
the 11th tooth.
Plate xvi, fig. D. EK. The 60th tooth is the last.
Fig. E represents an inner marginal tooth from another membrane,
agreeing with my former figure in having a simple, not bifid, inner cutting
point.
I am sure of the identity of each individual examined, having verified
it by the peculiar genital bladder and penis-sac, figured by Leidy, 1. c.
Helix ruficincta, Newc. (Arionta).
Catalina Isl., California. Mr. Henry Hemphill.
Plate xiii, fig. A, shows the genitalia. There are no peculiar acces-
sory organs, as in ramentosa, Nickliniana, Kelletti, etc. (see Proc. Phila.
Acad. Nat. Sc., 1874, pl. iii, iv). A dart sac ? (d. s.) is, however, pres-
ent.
Helix Carpenteri, Newe. (Arionta).:
Coronado Islands, coast of Lower California. Mr. Henry
Hemphill.
Genitalia as in H.,Nickliniana (see Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1874, pl.
iv, fig. 3). The flagellate ends of the vaginal prostate are shorter in
this species.
Jaw as usual in the subgenus (see Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1875, 216),
with over seven ribs.
Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth 48-1 -48, with 20 laterals.
See pl. xv, fig. B. It will be seen that the central and first lateral teeth
have no side cusps or cutting points; it appears first on the 8th tooth.
The change from laterals to marginals is formed as usual, the inner cut-
ting point of the 21st tooth being bifid. A marginal is shown in the 34th
tooth.
* I fear that in my figure of the dentition of MZ. albolabris (1. c.) I have mistaken this
bulging for a distinct cutting point. The membranes of all our species should be
carefully restudied with the view of learning whether there is any difference other than
of degree between this bulging and a distinct cutting point. The figures of Semper
(Phil. Archip.) should be carefully studied, as they show best the two planes of the
cusp and cutting point.
Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 179
Helix Ayresiana, Newe. (Arionta).
San Miguel Isl., California. Mr. H. Harford.
Genitalia as in H. Traski (see Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., XI, 30, pl.
. vi, fig. 4). The flagellate extensions of the vaginal prostate beyond
the bulbs in this species are, however, much shorter and stouter.
Helix exarata, Pfr. (Arionta).
Alameda Co., Calfornia. Dr. L. G. Yates.
Genitalia as in H. Nickliniana, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1874, pl. iv,
fig. 3.
Helix Diabloensis, J. G. Cooper. (Arionia).
Alameda Co., California. Mr. L. G. Yates.
Jaw as usual in the genus, (see Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1875, 216),
with 5 ribs.
Lingual membrane (pl. xv, fig. G), as usual in the subgenus. The
central and first lateral teeth have no side cusps or cutting points; these
appear on the 13th tooth.. The 18th tooth has its inner cusp bifid; there
may, therefore, be said to be 17 laterals. The marginals (see figure for
the last one), are low, wide, with one inner, long, oblique, bifid cutting
point, and one outer small cutting point. There are 37-1-87 teeth.
Genitalia as in H. exarata.
Helix arrosa, Gould (Arionta).
Plate xii, fig. 5, gives the genital system.
The penis-sac is extremely long and gradually tapers into a flagellum.
It receives the retractor muscle beyond the middle of its length, and the
vas deferens at three-quarters of its length from the vagina. The genital
bladder (g. b.) is very small, oval, on a very long duct, which has a very
long, stouter, accessory duct (a. d.).
From H. Nickliniana, H. arrosa differs greatly in the total want of the
peculiar accessory organ, probably a vaginal prostate, which characterizes
that species (see Phila. Proc. 1874, 41, pl. iii, fig. 4). From H. Town-
sendiana, it still more widely differs (see same, 1873, 254, pl. i, fig. 4), in the
character of the penis-sac and genital bladder.
Helix facta, Newc. (Arionia).
Sta. Barbara Island, California. Mr. H. Hemphill.
In my account of the dentition of North American Land Shells in Proc.
Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1875, I was unable to include this species.
180) = Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
Jaw already described.
Lingual membrane long and narrow (pl. xvii, fig. 13). Teeth 26-1- 26,
as usualin Arionta. The fourth has decided side cusp and cutting point,
which on the central and first three laterals are replaced by a prominent
bulging of the large cutting point. The thirteenth tooth has its inner
cutting point bifid. My figures give the central with the first, fourth,
twelfth, thirteenth, seventeenth and twenty-sixth teeth, the last two being
marginals.
Genitalia (pl. xvii, fig. 9) without the accessory duct of the genital
bladder, and with a dart sac (?). They resemble nearly those of H. ruji-
cincta (see above), differing chiefly in the length of the duct of the genital
bladder. At the base of the dart sac there appear two simple, thread-like
organs, reminding me of those of H. Stearnsiana, but without their ter-
minal complications. I have not figured them, being uncertain whether
they should be considered as a part of the genital system.
Helix Tryoni, Newc. (Zuparypha).
Sta. Barbara Island, California. Mr. H. Hemphill.
Jaw already described by me (L. & Fr. W. Shells, I. 179).
Lingual membrane (pl. xvii, fig. 5) long and narrow, quite as in
Arionta. Teeth 42-1-42. The eleventh lateral has a decided side cusp
and cutting point. The 14th has its inner cutting point bifid. The char-
acters of the individual teeth are shown in the figure, which gives the
central, the first, eleventh, fourteenth, thirty-seventh and forty-second
teeth. :
Genitalia (pl. xvii, fig. 10) as usual in Arionta, especially in H. Stearns-
tana, but with this important difference, that from the base of the dart
sac one thread-like organ alone proceeds, the other being replaced by a
sponge-like process, evidently a form of vaginal prostate.
Anadenus P
Himalaya Mts. Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam-—
bridge, through Mr. Anthony.
On pl. xviii, fig. 1, I have figured the dentition of this slug, whose
specific name is unknown to me. There are 58-1-58 teeth.
The jaw is thick, low, wide, slightly arcuate; ends but little attenuated :
anterior surface with 14 stout, unequal, separated ribs, denticulating
either margin.
The dentition is of the same type as described in the genus by Heyne-
mann, Malak. Blatt. X, 18638, p. 138.
Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 181
Orthalicus undatus, Brug. Var.
Key West. W. W. Calkins.
This is the form figured as O. zebra, Miill., in Terr.
MothkicWes-, LV; pl. Ixxvili, tg: 12, and T+) Br. W.
Sh. N. A., I. p. 216, fig. 370 (not fig. 371). It has also
been found on Indian Key, Sandy Key, Cape Sable and Key
Biscayne.
Mr. Calkins kindly sent me specimens preserved in spirits. The gen-
italia are like those of the typical O. undatus, from Jamaica (see Ann.
N. Y. Lyc., N. H., XI, 41). So also is the jaw.
The lingual dentition I have figured on pl. xiii, fig. E. giving one cen-
tral with its adjacent lateral, and one marginal tooth. There are 126-1
-126 teeth. The cutting points are somewhat more developed than in
the typical wndatus (see Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1875, pl. vi, fig. D).
Ariolimax Hemphilli (n. sp).
From Mr. Henry Hemphill I have received specimens of an
undescribed species of Avriolimax, collected by him at
Niles Station, Alameda Co., California.
It is from 25-381 mill. long, of a transparent flesh color, much more
slender than the other known species, with a much more pointed tail.
The mantle is also longer. These characters, even in specimens pre-
served in alcohol, readily distinguish the species. On dissecting the
specimens, I also found distinguishing specific characters in the genitalia
(pl. xii, fig. 7). The testicle (t.) embedded in the liver, is brown, com-
posed of thickly packed fasciculi of long, blunt cceca, the mass formed
by them is cuneiform. The ovary (ov.) is narrow and pointed. The gen-
ital bladder (g. b.) is small, oval, with a short, narrow duct, which be-
comes much more swollen at its junction with the vagina. The penis
sac (p. s.) is extremely short, globular, receiving the vas deferens at its
upper posterior portion, and the retractor muscle at its fartherend. Oppo-
site the mouth of the penis sac the vagina is greatly swollen.
A comparison with my figures of the genitalia of A. Andersoni ? (pl.
xii, fig. 9), and A. Columbianus, Californicus and niger (Phila. Proc., 1874,
pl. ii and xi), will show how widely they differ from those of the present
species.
The jaw is thick, low, wide, slightly arcuate, ends scarcely attenuated ;
anterior surface with 8-12 decided ribs, denticulating either margin.
Lingual membrane (pl. xviii, fig. H) as usual in the genus (see Phila.
Proc., 1875, 193). Teeth 81-1-31.
182 = Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
Ariolimax Andersoni, J. G. Coop.?
From Mr. L. G. Yates I have received specimens of an
Ariolimax found in the mountains of Alameda Co., Cali-
fornia. From the fact of the reticulations of the surface of
the animal having the foliated appearance noticed in Arion
Soliolatus, Gld., Prophysaon Hemphilli, Bl. & Binn., and
Arion Andersoni, J. G. C., Iam inclined to refer the spec-
imens to one of those species. I am entirely unacquainted
with the first (see Ann. N. Y. Lyc. N. H., X, 297), the
second is generically distinct, the latter may be identical.*
The specimens have all the characters of Ariolimax (see
Proc. Ac. Nat: Sc. of Phila., 1874, 33). They are about
35 mill. long.
The jaw is as usual in the genus, wide, low, with about 13 broad, sep-
arated ribs, denticulating either margin. The lingual membrane is as
usual. Teeth 48-1-48. The characters of the teeth are sufficiently
shown in my fig. G, of plate xii. The change from laterals to marginals is
very gradual (43), the latter being but a simple modification of the former.
The genitalia (pl. xii, fig. 9) are very much like those of A. niger (see
Phila. Proc. 1. ¢., pl. xi, fig. C), especially in the shape of the penis-sac,
and the peculiar accessory organ (v. p.), probably a vaginal prostate:
The genital bladder differs somewhat in shape, and also the testicle.
The rudimentary: shell has decided concentric layers. The caudal
mucus pore is as in A. Columbianus (Phila. Proc. 1. ¢., pl. ii, fig. B).
Should this not prove the species described as Arion
Andersoni by Dr. J. G. Cooper, it must receive a new name,
It isa true Ariolimax, most nearly related to A. niger. . The
latter species wants the foliated reticulations, and has its
posterior termination more blunt, with a decided lateral cleft
at the mucus pore.
*I have lately received from Dr. Cooper, under the name of Arion Andersoni, spec-
imens agreeing perfectly with the form of Prophysaon referred to as probably unde-
scribed on p. 296, and pl. xiii, fig. 5, of Ann. of Lyc. of N. H. of N. Y., vol. X. Should
Dr. Cooper’s Arion Andersoni prove, therefore, to be a Prophysaon, it will retain its
specific name, while the slug before us may also retain the specific name Andersoni. |
Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 183
Binneya notabilis, J. G. Coop.
Sta. Barbara Island, California. Mr. Henry Hemphill.
Mr. Hemphill, who has contributed so largely to our
knowledge of the land shells of the Pacific coast, has lately
visited the Island of Sta. Barbara. Among the species found
by him is Binneya notabilis, which was originally described
from thence by Dr. J. G. Cooper. Mr. Hemphill has kindly
sent me living specimens, as well as others preserved in
spirits. Iam, therefore, able to give a full generic descrip-
tion, with a figure (pl. xvii, fig. 4) of the animal as it
appears when half extended. I did not succeed in inducing
it to protrude itself fully. The descriptions will supersede
those formerly given by Mr. Bland and myself in L. & Fr.
Piosns NAA. 1. GT.
When received, the living examples were furnished with the
peculiar epiphragm described by Dr. Cooper. On becoming
again active, this epiphragm was left entire, still adhering to
the surface on which the animal had formed it. In one indi-
vidual I observed a second, inner epiphragm, simple, without
the perpendicular walls.
The Mexican genus Xanthonyz, is no doubt nearly allied
to Binneya, but it does not appear from the figures of
alcoholic specimens given by Messrs. Fischer and Crosse
(Moll. Mex. et Guat.) that the mantle of Xanthonyx is ex-
tended anteriorly, and the position given by them of the
respiratory office is different. Should future study of the
living animal prove Xanthonyx identical with Binneya, the
former will be considered as a synonyme of the latter.
Dr. Pfeiffer (Mon. Hel. Viv. VII) suggests the identity
of Binneya with Daudebardia, ignoring entirely the distinc-
tion of the first divisions now recognized among the Geophila
of presence or absence of a jaw, or of aculeate or quadrate
teeth. By the modern arrangement these two genera are
most widely separated.
184 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
The surface of the animal is dirty white, with about seventeen vertical
rows, on each side, of dark blue or slate blotches, interrupted by the
longitudinal reticulations running parallel to the foot, but again com-
mencing and extending to the edge of the foot. These blotches diverge
in all directions from under the shell and mantle, running almost perpen-
dicularly on the side of the animal, but very obliquely in front and behind.
The tail is quite keeled with oblique blotches. These blotches also run
obliquely from a median line on the fore part of the extended animal.
Tentacles, eyepeduncles and front of head slate color. Lips developed
and kept constantly in motion as tentacles. The reticulations of the sur-
face are large and few.
In specimens preserved in alcohol there appears a locomotive disk.
There is no caudal pore. The respiratory and anal orifices are far behind
the centre of the mantle edge on the right of the animal. The genital
orifice appears somewhat behind the right eyepeduncle. The mantle is
scarcely reflected upon the shell, even in front. When the animal is fully
extended, Dr. Cooper says the mantle equals one-fourth of its length.
The mantle exudes mucus freely. It seems fixed to the shell, not chang-
ing its position with the movements of the animal.
One of the shells collected by Mr. Hemphill is twice as large as that
whose measurements are given by Mr. Bland and myself.
The jaw is thick, slightly arcuate, ends blunt: anterior surface with
Six well developed ribs denticulating either margin, situated on the central
third of the jaw, and as many subobsolete ribs on each outer third: no
median projection. Pl. xvii, fig. 2.
Lingual membrane (pl. xvii, fig. 3) long and narrow. Teeth 31-1-81,
with about fifteen laterals, but the change into marginals is very gradual,
the latter being a simple modification of the former. My figures give a
central with the first, sixteenth and thirty-first teeth.
The genitalia I did not succeed in extracting, they being but imperfectly
developed in the individuals received. The nervous ganglia and the di-
gestive system present no peculiar features.
The generic description will be as follows : —
Animal heliciforme, antice obtusum, postice rapide acuminatum. Palli-
um subcentrale, extra testam antrorsum prolongatum. Discus gressorius
distinctus. Porus mucosus caudalis nullus. Apertura respiratoria et
analis ad dextram sita, in parte posteriore marginis pallii. Apertura
genitalis post tentaculam dextram oculigeram.
Testa externa, paucispira, haliotoidea, animal non includens. Pars
exclusa in hibernis epiphragmate albido, duro, membraneo protecta..
Maxilla arcuata, costis validis exarata. Dentes linguales quadrate
centrales tricuspidate, laterales et marginales. bicuspidate. — ;
Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 185
Coecilianella Gundlachi, Pfr.
St. Martin. Dr. H. E. Rygersma to Mr. T. Bland.
Mr. Bland has already noticed this species, in Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. of
N. Y., XI, 152, 1875, where a detailed description of the jaw and lingual
membrane will be found.
I add a figure of the jaw (pl. xiii, fig. D), with a still more enlarged
view of a portion of it (fig. G), to show the character of the ribs. As
stated in the article referred to, these ribs are quite different from those
described by Sordelli for C. acicula.
Pl. xiii, fig. H gives a camera lucida drawing of a central, lateral and
marginal tooth. Fig. 1 gives a still more magnified view of the transition
and marginal teeth, not drawn, however, by camera lucida.
Jaw low, wide, slightly arcuate, ends attenuated; whole surface coy-
ered with about 22 crowded, broad, flat ribs, denticulating either margin.
Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth 18-1-18, with 4 perfect
laterals. Centrals with their base of attachment long, narrow, their re-
flected portion about one-half the length of the base of attachment, tri-
cuspid; the middle cusp stout, with a short blunt cutting point, side cusps
subobsolete, but with small, distinct cutting points. Lateral teeth with
their base of attachment subqnadrate, much longer, and very much
broader than that of the centrals, the reflected portion short, stout, tri-
cuspid, the middle cusp very stout and long, reaching the lower edge of
the base of attachment, beyond which projects the short, stout cutting
point; side cusps subobsolete, but bearing distinct, though small cutting
points. There are four perfect laterals, the fifth tooth being a transition
to the marginals, by the base of attachment being lower, wider, not ex-
ceeding the reflected portion, with one inner large cusp bearing one outer
large cutting point representing the outer cutting point of the first four
lateral. teeth and one inner, still larger, cutting point, representing the
middle cutting point of the first four laterals, and one smaller, outer cusp,
bearing one small, sharp, bifid cutting point, representing the outer side
cutting point of the first four laterals. The sixth tooth has the largest
cutting point bifid., The balance of the teeth are true marginals. ‘They
are very low, wide, with two low, wide cusps, hearing each several irreg-
ular, blunt cutting points. 7
The dentition of this species is, as would be anticipated, of the same
type as the allied Cecilianella acicula as figured by Lehmann (Lebenden
Schnecken Stettins, p. 128, pl. xiii, fig. 43, and Sordelli, 1. ¢., fig. 26).
The jaw, however, has no appearance of the ‘‘ brace” like ribs described
in that species by Sordelli (Atti Soc. Ital. Sc. Nat., XIII, 1870, 49, pl. i,
fig. 25). The ribs are quite like those. figured of Helix Lansingi (Ann.
Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., XI, p. 75, fig 2 A) although they are narrower.
186 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
Stenogyra juncea, Gld.
Island of Huahine. Mr. A. Garrett.
The species was described originally as a Bulimus, in which genus it
is retained by Pfeiffer. I do not find it in die Heliceen, ed. 2.
Lingual membrane with 28-1-28 teeth, eight of which are laterals.
Teeth as in S. hasta as figured by me, Proc. Ac. N. S. Phila., 1875, pl.
xx, fig. 2.
Strophia incana, Binney.
Key West. Mr. W. W. Calkins.
Jaw already described (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1875, p. 190,
fig. 37).
Lingual membrane (see above reference) with 27-1-27 teeth. The
change from laterals to marginals is as shown in the ninth and tenth tooth.
There is the usual splitting of the inner cutting point beyond the ninth
tooth. The extreme marginals are low, wide, with one inner, long,
bluntly bifid cutting point and one outer, short.
All the changes from centrals to extreme marginals are shown in the
figures. Pl. xiii, fig. J.
The splitting of the inner cutting point of the marginals’ was not
detected by me before in S. iostoma and mumia. I have, however,
lately found it in those species.
Bulimulus pallidior, Sowb.
Lower California. Mr. A. G. Wetherby.
Plate xii, fig. 1, represents the genital system. The penis sac is long,
tapering at its end, where the retractor muscle is inserted. The genital
bladder (g. b.) is globular, on a long, stout duct.
Bulimulus limneoides, Fér,
St. Kitts. Dr. Branch to Mr. T. Bland.
Jaw (pl. xvi, fig. A.) low, wide, semitransparent, slightly arcuate,
ends scarcely attenuated, blunt: anterior surface with about sixteen ribs,
denticulating either margin. It is extremely difficult to decide upon the
character of these ribs. Some appear to be a simple thickening of the
jaw formed by the overlapping of distinct separate plates. Others remind
me of the distant narrow ribs of most of the Bulimuli, of the character
of the ribs in Cylindrella, etc. At other points upon the jaw there seem
to be broad, flat ribs with narrow interstices.
Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 187
Lingual membrane long and narrow (pl. xvi, fig. B.). Teeth as
usual in the Helicine. The change from laterals to marginals is very
gradual, the latter being but a modification of the former, with two cut-
tine points, the inner the longer. Thus it appears that this species in its
dentition agrees with B. cinnamomeo-lineatus, pallidior, chrysalis, deal-
batus, Guadalupensis, alternatus, sporadicus, solutus, sepulcralis, durus,
Peruvianus, rhodolarynx, and not with laticinctus, Bahamensis, auris-leporis,
papyraceus, Jonasi, membranaceus, trigonostomus, flavidus, virginalis, con-
vexus, Vincentinus, Lobbi, alternans, multifasciatus, primularis (see Ann.
Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., XI, 34 et seqq.).
Teeth 30-1-30 with about ten laterals. The outer cutting point of the
marginals is sometimes bifid.
Cylindrella Poeyana, Orb.
Key West. Mr. W. W. Calkins.
Jaw as usual in the genus, with about 40 delicate ribs.
Lingual membrane long and narrow (pl. xv, fig. F). Teeth 14-1-I4
of the same type as J have already shown to exist in this subgenus Gon-
gylostoma (see C. elegans, Pfr. Proc. Phil. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1875, pl. xx, fig. 6).
Cylindrella ornata, Gundl. (Gongylostoma).
Cuba. Cabinet of Mr. Bland.
Jaw not observed.
Lingual membrane with 18-1-18 teeth, of which three only are well
formed laterals, the change to marginals being very gradual. The type
of dentition is the same as I have described in C. Poeyana (see above).
It will be noticed in my figure F of plate xv, that there is a slender,
simple, upper prolongation or pedicle above the inner, palmate cutting
edge, as well as the pedicle on which the outer cutting edge rests. This
is the case also in C. elegans and C. Poeyana, and may, therefore, be con-
sidered characteristic of the section Gongylostoma.
Amphibulima Rawsonis,, Bland in litt.
Governor Rawson to Mr. T. Bland. Island of Montserrat,
between Nevis and Guadeloupe.
Plate xiii, fig. C, represents the genital system. There are no acces-
sory organs.
The jaw is as usual in the genus (see Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Se., 1874,
pl. viii, fig. 2, for that of A. rubescens). About 33 ribs, those at the
upper centre of the jaw running obliquely and meeting or ending before
reaching the lower margin.
NoOvEMBER, 1875. 14 ANN. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. x1.
188 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
Lingual membrane (pl. xiv, fig. E) as usual in the genus. Centrals
with the base of attachment very much larger than that of the laterals,
and with an enormous, single, broad, long, rapidly and obtusely pointed
cutting point. Noside cusps or side cutting points. Laterals of the form
usual in the Helicine, with a stout, inner cusp, bearing a broadly truncated,
short cutting point, and a small side cusp bearing a short cutting point.
The change from laterals to marginals is shown in the 10th, 15th and
27th teeth in the plate. .
The marginals (28th and 68th teeth in the plate) have a long, narrow
base of attachment, which near its lower margin bears a short, slightly
expanding, bluntly trifid cusp: from this cusp springs a short, expanding,
bluntly denticulated, broad, cutting edge, the inner denticle the largest.
This cutting edge is shown in the 67th and 68th teeth on a more enlarged
scale. There is great variation in the denticulation of the cutting edge.
There are 68-1-68 teeth.
The peculiarity of this membrane is the enormous development of the
central tooth.
I have (1. c.) given figures of the dentition of A. patula,
Brug., of St. Kitts and of Dominica, of A. appendiculata,
Pfr. of Guadeloupe, and of A. rubescens, Fér. of Martin-
ique.* Dr. Fischer (Journ. de‘Conch. XXII, 1874, pl. v),
figures that of A. depressa of Guadeloupe, and A. patula of
Guadeloupe.
Dr. Fischer also (1. ¢.) figures the dentition of A. rubes-
cens. He gives inner side cutting points to the lateral teeth
which I did not find in my specimens. His figure of the
dentition of the Guadeloupe A. patula is certainly specifi-
cally distinct from the St. Kitts and Dominica form. It
seems as if there were the following distinct species of
Amphibulima: depressa, uppendiculata, rubescens, patula of
Guadeloupe, pacula of St. Kitts and Dominica‘and Lawsonis.
It is with extreme regret that I find the Amphbulime still
treated as species of Succinea by Dr. Pfeiffer in vol. VII of
his Monographia, even as late as the present year. Messrs.
Fischer and Crosse, as well as Mr. Bland and myself, have
* My friend Mr. Bland and myself.were indebted to Goy. Rawson of Barbados, tor
specimens of this last, as well as for many other valuable West Indian species. The
sense of our great obligation to him is increased at-this moment by hearing that he
has lett Barbados to settle permanently in England. ;
Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 189
shown the genus to be widely distinct from Succtnea, in its
jaw, its lingual membrane, and its genital system.
Succinea campestris, Say.
St. Augustine, Fla.
Genitalia as in S. obliqua, Say, figured under the name of S. ovalis, by
Leidy, Terr. Moll. U. S., I. pl. xiii. fig. 1-8.
Succinea pallida, Pfr.
Raiatea Isl Mr. A. Garrett.
Lingual membrane (pl. xvii, fig. 7) with 30-1-30 teeth, with about
eleven laterals, but the change into marginals is very gradual. The figure
shows a central, first lateral and a marginal in the fifteenth tooth.
Jaw as usual in the genus: no anterior ribs.
Sucecinea papillata, Pfr.
Huahine Isl.. Mr. A. Garrett.
Jaw as usual: no anterior ribs.
Lingual membrane (pl xvii, fig. 6) with 25-1-25 teeth; nine laterals,
the tenth tooth having its inner cutting point bifid. Some of the outer
laterals have their outer cutting point bifid.
Tornatellina aperta, Pease.
Huahine Isl. Mr. A. Garrett.
Among the species received from Mr. Garrett were two
of this genus, 7’. aperta, Pse. and J’. oblonga, Pse. I did
not succeed in extracting the jaw of either. With the
lingual membrane I was more fortunate, which is the more
satisfactory from the fact of the dentition being quite similar
to that which Mr. Bland and myself have described for
Achatinella, s. s., Partulina, etc., sub-genera of Achatinella
(Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., X. 331). From the exceeding
minuteness of the individual teeth I find great difficulty in
counting the cutting points. They seem to be about eight,
in the form of regular denticles, not of unequal size as in
Achatinella.
190 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
Tornatellina is recognized as a genus by Pfeiffer (Mon.
VI), but by von Martens (Die Heliceen) is considered as a
subgenus of Cionella. It now remains to be seen whether
this peculiar dentition is shared by other species.
I am indebted to my friend, Mr. A.
T. E. Lansing, for the drawing of the
vers teeth here given. It represents the
central, with the first and second side
Corre) teeth. There are an exceedingly
rs large number of teeth beyond this,
: of the same type quite to the exterior
a margin of the membrane. ‘The teeth
are arranged obliquely in waving
rows, as is also the case in Achatinella.
Tornatellina oblonga, Pease.
Island of Huahine. Mr. A. Garrett.
Dentition same as in the preceding species.
Achatinella.
Already in connection with my friend, Mr. T. Bland
(Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. of N. Y.;:X, 331; pl. xv), I have
described and figured the jaw and lingual dentition of sev-
eral groups or subgenera of Achatinella. Recently, I have
received from Mr. J..G. Anthony, some more specimens in
alcohol. I am indebted to Mr. J. H. Redfield for their
identification.
I find A. marmorata, Gould, of which A. plwmbea, Gul., already exam-
ined, is a synonyme, of the subgenus Partulina.* to have the same denti-
tion as we have shown to characterize that subgenus as well as Achatinella
8. S.
Of Leptachatina there was the following: textilis, Fér. The dentition
is as in the other species of the subgenus examined by me. There are
26-1 -26 teeth, with 8 laterals. On pl. xiv, fig. G, I figure the transition
from lateral to marginal teeth, and two decided marginals. These last
* I use the subgeneric names of Von Martens.
Jaw and Lingual Dentition. of Pulmonata. 191
show the two cutting points which characterize the section b (see my
paper referred to above, p. 334). On the same membrane, however, are
some marginals having three cutting points and some which are quite
pectinate, being, therefore, like my section « to which I formerly referred
the subgenus. This variation shows that my distinction between b and ¢
was not well founded.
Of Laminella there was one species: A. obesa, Newce. The jaw is like
my fig. 7 (1. c.). Teeth 27-1-27, of same type as other species of the
subgenus (see my paper, |. c.). I have, however, figured the 19th tooth
(pl. xiv, fig. H), to show that here, again, I do not find the character of
only two cutting points to be constant in the marginals, the outer cutting
point being trifid in the tooth figured.
Of Newcombia there was A. venusta, Mighels. There are 24-1-24
teeth, with about 8 laterals (pl. xiv, fig. D). Here, again, the marginals
figured are pectinate, though others are simply with two cutting points
as I formerly (1. c.) supposed the case in all species of this subgenus.
Jaw slightly arcuate, with blunt ends; a few vertical wrinkles.
From my finding the variation I have noted above in the marginal
teeth of Leptachatina and Newcombia, I am forced to doubt.the accuracy
of the distinction in my sections b and ¢ (see 1. c).
There were also specimens of Achatinella auricula, Fér., which is in-
cluded in Achatinella by Pfeiffer (Mon. VI), but referred by von Martens
to Partula. The dentition proves it to be an Achatinella, being of the
same type as Achatinella s. s., and Partulina.
Note on the Classification of the Achatelline.
By THOMAS BLAND.
In the paper by my friend Mr. W. G. Binney and myself,
*©On the Lingual Dentition and Anatomy of Achatinella and
other Pulmonata” (Annals X, 1873), we adopted and gave
particulars of the classification of v. Martens (Die Heliceen,
ed. 2) and came to the following conclusion, viz., that three
groups are indicated by the forms of lingual dentition in the
genus Achatinella.
a. Partulina, Achatinella s. str.
b. Newcombia, Laminella.
c. Leptachatina.
As regards the subgenera (of v. Martens) not represented
among shells received from Mr. Gulick, we concluded, judg-
ing from the shell alone, that Bulimella and Apex belong to
the group a, and Labdiella rather to 6 or c than to a.
192 Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
Considering the intimate acquaintance of my friend, Mr.
Gulick, with the genus, and his publication of a classification
of the Achatelline (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1873), it seems to me
very desirable that his views should be compared with those
of v. Martens, with especial reference to the results obtained
from examination of the dentition.
In the foregoing paper by Binney, he expresses doubt as
to the validity of our group c, and for my present purposes
I therefore adopt two groups only, a and 8, as indicated by
the dentition of the species.
Gulick’s classification is as follows :—
ACHATELLINZ.
A. Arboreal Genera.
1. Achatinella, Swainson.
Type A. vulpina, Fér.
This is equivalent to the s. g. Achatinella s. str. of v. Martens.
2. Bulimelia, Pfeiffer.
Type B. rosea, Sw.
This agrees with the s. g. Bulimella of v. Martens.
3. Apex, v. Martens.
Type A. decora, Fér.
This also agrees with the s. g. Apex, v. Mart.
4. Laminella, Pfeiffer.
Type L. gravida, Fér.
Laminella, Guiick, includes section b of Newcombia, v. Mart., but
otherwise agrees with Laminella of that author. :
5. Partulina, Pfeiffer.
Type P. virgulata, Mighels.
Gulick embraces in this s. gen. two sections, Perdicella and Ebur-
nella, proposed by Pease, the type of the former placed in Lept-
achatina by v. Martens, of the latter in Partulina.
Partulina, Gulick, otherwise agrees with the same s. gen. of vy.
Martens.
6. Newcombia, Pfeiffer.
Type N. Cumingi, Newc.
, Gulick, in a measure, agreeing with Pfeiffer, confines this s. gen. to
the plicated species of section a. Newcombia, v. Mart. A. picta
of that section is in Laminella, Gulick.
7. Auriculella, Pfeiffer.
Type A. auricula, Fér.
Gulick and Pfeiffer correctly treat A. auricula. That and other
species of the s. gen. (Bland & Binney, 1. c.) have the same denti-
Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 193
tion as species of Partulina and Achatinella, by no means of Par-
tula in which A. auricula is placed by v. Martens. Gulick adopts
Frickelia, Pfeiffer, as a section of this s. gen.
B. Terrestrial Genera.
8. Carelia, H. & A. Adams.
Type C. adusta, Gould.
V. Martens places C adusta (as syn. of bicolor, Jay) in Carelia, s.
gen. of Achatina. Pfeiffer includes species of Carelia in Spiraxis,
CyB Ad.
9. Amastra, H. & A. Adams.
Type A. magna, C. B. Ad.
This embraces species placed both in Laminella and Leptachatina by
v. Martens. His type, A. turritella, Fér., of Leptachatina, is in
Amastra of Gulick.
10. Leptachatina, Gould.
Type ZL. acuminata, Gould.
Gulick includes section Zabiella, Pfr., treated by v. Mart. and
Pfeiffer, as a separate s. genus.
In explanation of Gulick’s views I add the following ex-
tract from a letter addressed to me by him, dated China,
April 11, 1874.
“Tt appears from the teeth, that Pfeiffer was right in putting Awriculella
with the Achatelline. Iam sorry that when last in the Sandwich Islands,
I did not succeed in getting any specimens of Carelia or Newcoimbia for
examination. The latter is undoubtedly allied to Partulina, the former
is more nearly allied to Amastra, but the form is so different, it would be
very interesting to know about the tecth.*
Achatinella, Bulimella and Apex are evidently closely allied, but any
classification which, like Pfeiffer’s, recognizes the difference between the
first two should also recognize the last, which is quite as distinct.
Achatinella and Bulimella are completely graded together by the varie-
ties of A. casta and A. oviformis, Newe. and of B. Sowerbyana, Pfr.
Under the name Laminella I group only a few species, viz., L. gravida,
straminea and sanguinea on Oahu, citrina and venusta on Molokai, tetrao on
Lanai, bulbosa on E. Maui, and picta on W. Maui; these are all arboreal
in their habits and sinistral in form, while the numerous species of Amas-
tra are, with but rare exceptions, confined to the ground and dextral in
form. A. soror and A. acuta are the only sinistral specics that I now re-
member. Of most of the species, sinistral specimens have never been
seen.”
*T am disinclined to adopt the views of Pfeiffer and y. Martens, that Carelia be-
longs either to Achatina or Spirawis.
194 =Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
The result of Binney’s examination of the dentition of -
species of the genus Achatinella, as classified by Gulick, is
as follows; group a, Achatinella s. str., Bulimella, Apex,
Partulina, Auriculella, group 6, Laminella, Amastra, Lept-
achatina. The subgenera of Gulick, of which the dentition
is unknown, are Newcombia and Carelia.
It will be seen that the dentition of Gulick’s arboreal s.
genus Laminella, the species of which are said to be sinis-
tral, is the same as of his terrestrial s. genera Amastra (the
species with rare exceptions dextral) and Leplachatina.
V. Martens and Gulick place various species in different
subgenera; this surely shows that the distinctions derived
from consideration of shell alone are arbitrary, and the
limits of the subgenera ill defined.
Pfeiffer, from form of shell alone (Mon. VI, 161), adopts
the following names for the sections in which he arranges
the species of Achatinella; the letters @ and 6 indicate the
group to which each section belongs from consideration of
dentition.
ail. Partulina. b 6.. Laminella.
a 2. Bulimella. ? 7. Newcombia, a.
6 3. Labiella. Dt) ASI Me b.
a 4. Achatinellastrum. b 9. Leptachatina.
(= Achatinella s. str.). a? 10. Frickella.
b 5. Amastra. a 11. Auriculella.
Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. 195
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE XII,
Genitalia of :~
FIG. Fig.
1. Bulimulus pallidior, Sowb. 6. Helix septemvolva, Say.
2. Helix aspera, Fér. 7. Ariolimax Hemphilli.
3. Helix spinosa, Lea. 8. Helix crispata, Fér.
4, Limax montanus, Ing. 9. Ariolimax Andersoni, J. G. Coop.
5. Helix arrosa, Gld.
p. 8. penis sac. v.d. vas deferens.
y.p. vaginal prostate. f. flagellum.
r. retractor muscle, = e. epididymis.
g.b. genital bladder. ov. ‘oviduct.
d.g.b. duct of same. v. vagina.
a.d. accessory duct of same. or. external orifice.
Ov. Ovary. pr. prostate.
t. testicle.
PLATE XIII.
Fig.
A. Genitalia of Helix ruficincta, New.
d.s. Dart sac?
B. Zonites cerinoideus, Anth. Central, lateral and marginal teeth of the lingual mem-
brane.
C. Genitalia of Amphibulima Rawsouis, Bl.
r. The retractor muscle of the penis sac.
D. Cecilianella Gundlachi, Pfr. Jaw.
E. Orthalicus undatus, Brug. var.
Central, lateral and marginal teeth.
F. Genitalia of H. Jamaicensis, Chemn.
e. The long epididymis.
G. Same as D; enlarged still more to show the nature of the ribs.
H. Central, lateral and marginal teeth of same.
I. Same. Transition and marginal teeth.
J. Strophia incana, Binn. Central, lateral, transition and marginal teeth.
K. Same of Helix Carpenteriana, Bl.
PLATE XIV.
Me
1G. Lingual Dentition of :—
Helix fringiila, Pfr. See also pl. xv, fig. A.
Helix Jamaicensis, Ch.
Helix Studeriana, Fér.
Achatinella venusta, Mighels.
Amphibulima Rawsonis, Bl.
Glandina truncata, Say.
Central and first-lateral tooth and part of the latter still more enlarged,
Transition and marginal teeth of Achatinella textilis, Fér.
. An inner marginal tooth of Achatinella obesa, Newc.
e
mO seoo
196
Fig.
A.
B.
FIG.
I
II-IV.
Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.
PLATE XV.
Lingual dentition of: -
Helix fringilla, Pfr. See also pl. xiv, fig. A.
Helix Carpenteri, Newe.
Helix pubescens, Pfr.
Jaw and teeth.
Patula Cumberlandiana, Lea.
Cylindrella Poeyana, Orb.
Helix Diabloensis, J. G. Coop. ?
PLATE XVI.
Jaw and lingual dentition of :—
Bulimulus limnzoides, Fér.
Helix cereolus, Muhlf.
Helix exoleta, Binney (see p. 178).
Helix rufescens, Penn.
Helix dentiens, Fér.
Trochomorpha Cressida, Gld.
Nanina radians, Pfr.
PLATE XVII.
Cylindrella ornata, G. The central, first and last teeth.
Binneya notabilis. Jaw, animal in half repose, and the central, first,
sixteenth and last teeth.
Helix Tryoni, Newe. The central, first, eleventh, thirteenth, fourteenth,
thirty-seventh and last teeth.
Succinea papillata, Pfr. Central, lateral and marginal.
Succinea pallida, Pfr. Central and first and fifteenth teeth.
Helix Van Nostrandi, Bl. Central, first, tenth, eleventh, nineteenth and
twenty-fourth teeth.
Tielix facta, Newe. Genitalia.
Helix Tryoni, Newe. Genitalia.
Helix fallax, Say. Genitalia.
Helix Van Nostrandi, Bl. Genitalia.
Helix facta, Newe. Central, first, fourth, twelfth, thirteenth, seventeenth
and twenty-sixth teeth.
Helix Hopetonensis, Shuttl. Genitalia.
Helix alternata, Say, var. Genitalia.
Endodonta incerta, Mouss. Central, first and last teeth.
Patula Huahinensis, Pse. Central, lateral and marginal.
Helix Rugeli, Shuttl. Genitalia.
Helix tridentata, Say. Genitalia.
PLATE XVIII.
Lingual dentition of :—
A. Helix Harfordiana, J. G. Coop.
B. Helix leporina, Gld.
The right hand figure shows av abnormal first litera..
C. Helix Ingersolli, Bland.
D. Limax montanus, Ing.
E. Helix auriculata, Say.
F. Var. castaneus of D.
G. Ariolimax Andersoni, J. G. C.?
H. Ariolimax Hemphilli.
I. Anadenus.
=:
Note on certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 197
XXI.— Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusks, with descrip-
tion of a New Species of the Genus Amphibulima.
By THOMAS BLAND.
Read October 11th, 1875
Helix Sagemon, Beck. (Caracolus).
In former papers (Annals XI, 81 and 148) I mentioned
the receipt from Haiti of dead specimens of Hi. bizonalis,
Desh., and referring to H. Gaskoini, Pfr., of Santo Domingo,
remarked as follows: ‘* looking at the variability of HZ. Sag-
emon of Cuba, I am much inclined to consider that HZ. Gas-
koint is a variety of bizonalis.” I am now indebted to
Professor Linden of Buffalo, for several living specimens,
collected by himself on Gonave Island, of a species not only
very closely allied in every respect to, but I believe identical
with the variety of 7Z. Sagemon, described as H. Arangiana
by Poey.* ‘
The Gonave shells differ only from a Cuban specimen of
Arangiana, received from my friend Don Rafael Arango, in
having a white instead of a.reddish brown peristome.
Seeing that this Cuban form belongs also to the Haitian
fauna, and comparing ZZ. Gaskoini with varieties of H. Sag-
emon, I am led to the conclusion that the former belongs to
the latter group, and is not a variety of bizonalis. Indeed
Hi. Gaskoini is strikingly similar to H. marginelloides, Orb.,
as figured by Pfeiffer (Nov. Conch. taf., XCI, figs. 9 and
10):
I submitted the animal of the Gonave shell to my friend
W. G. Binney, who examined that of the Cuban Arangiana
received from Arango. Binney reported that in jaw and
dentition they agree, but the former has an outer small cut-
* Poey, in his Introduction to the Catalogue of Land and Fresh Water Mollusks of
Cuba, by Arango (Repertorio I, 71), acquiesces in placing Arangiana and other allied
species in the synonymy of Sagemon. 4
198 Note on certain Terrestrial Mollusks.
ting point to the outer laterals and marginals, appearing first
on the ninth tooth.
In correspondence on the subject of this difference, Binney
remarked as follows :
‘¢ T have reéxamined the linguals of the Gonave and Cuban
shells, with a view of verifying the existence of the side cut-
ting point. In the Cuban Arangiana (Notes, Proc. Acad.
N. S. Phila., pl. XXI, fig. 1) you will see in the 8th and
11th teeth, an approach to a side cutting point by the bulging
on the side of the main cutting point. This sometimes occurs
on the extreme marginals also, both of Arangiana and Sag-
emon (1. c. fig. 4), while in the Gonave species it is very
much more pronounced on the outer laterals. The difference
is quite worth noting ; whether it be specific may well be
doubted, especially as we have never examined many linguals
of any one species to ascertain the limits of variation.” -
The occurrence in Haiti of the Cuban Sagemon affords
additional. evidence of the. faunal connection of the two
Islands. Identical species are, however, rare. The following
may be mentioned as the most important: Helicina rugosa,
Pfr., Succinea ochracina, Gund., Zonites Gundlachi, Ptr.,
Helix Boothiane, Pfr., Montetaurina, Pfr., vortex, Pfr.,
Oleacina oleacea, Fér., Strophia striatella, Fér., mierostoma,
Pfr., Macroceramus Gundlachi, Pfr., Coectlianella Gund-
lachi, Pfr., Stenogyra hasta, Pfr.
Helix cepa, Mull. (Cepolis).
Prof. Linden found in the vicinity of Port au Prince,
living specimens of HZ. cepa, var. minor. The color is an
uniform, very dark (blackish) chestnut,—rather more rufous
at the apex; the pale band scarcely perceptible. 1 had not
previously seen fresh specimens of this curious. species.
Liguus virgineus, L.
This species doubtless lives on Gonave Island.
Note on certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 199
Prof. Linden found specimens inhabited by living Pagurus, -
“moving about. briskly in an old pasture, at a distance of
two miles from the nearest sea beach.”
Bulimulus Bahamensis, Pfr.
One specimen was found by Prof. Linden near Port au
Prince (at Fort Jacques), of the var. of Bb. Bahamensis
collected by my friend Mr. D. Sargent, at Durham Creek,
Great Inagua.
In a former paper (Annals X, 318) I remarked on the
faunal connection of that Island with Haiti.
Amphibulima Rawsonis, nov. sp.
T. ovato-oblonga, tenuis, subruguloso-striata, lineis impres-
sis sutura parallelis subdecussata, nitens, vix pellucida,
fusco-cornea, maculis rufis raris ornata; spira brevis, obtusi-
uscula, rubescens ; linea rufa infra suturam impressam posita ;
aufr. 3, ultimus convexus, antice perdeflexus, columella
callosa, recedens ; apertura obliqua, peroblongo-ovalis, intus
nitido-czrulescens ; perist. simplex, leviter incrassatum,
margine dextro sinuato, columellari arcuato.
Shell ovate-oblong, thin, with rather rib-like strie irregularly decus-
sated by impressed lines parallel with the suture; shining, scarcely pel-
lucid, rather dark horn-colored, ornamented with a very few reddish spots;
spire short, rather obtuse, rufous; with a reddish line beneath the im-
pressed suture; whorls 3, the last convex, much deflexed at the aperture;
columella callous, receding; aperture oblique, oblong-oval, ccerulescent
within; perist. simple, slightly thickened, right margin sinuous, colu-
mellar margin arcuate,
Long. 18; Diam. 10 mill.; Ap. longit. max. 14; Diam. max. (infra
medium) 9 mill.
Habitat. -Island of Montserrat, West Indies.
Remarks. This species is most nearly allied in form to
A. pardalina, Guppy, of Dominica, but very distinct from
A. patula and rubescens. The single specimen found was
200 Note on certain Terrestrial Mollusks.
sent to me for determination by Sir Rawson W. Rawson, to
whom I dedicate the species.
W. G. Binney, in the preceding paper, has described the
jaw and dentition of the animal, pointing out the peculiarities
of the latter as compared with other species of the genus.
As might be expected from the geographical position of
Montserrat, the land shells inhabiting it, belong to the same
faunaas that of the neighboring islands. With A. Rawsonis,
were found ZZ. Josephine, B. exilis, Helicina Guadelupensis
and picta.
Helix Van Nostrandi, nov. sp. (Triodopsis).
This species is in form and character of the aperture very nearly allied
to H. introferens, but is more decidedly costate, more convex at the base,
with smaller umbilicus, and without the internal tubercle. It connects
introferens and vultwosa with, but is quite distinct from fallax.
The measurements of a specimen with 64 whorls, are, diam. max. 123:
min. 11, mill. Alt. 7 mill. Of a specimen with 6 whorls; diam. max. 10;
min. 8 mill.; alt. 5 mill.-
_ Several specimens were collected at Aiken, S. Carolina, in
the winter of 1874—5 by Miss Emma Van Nostrand, daughter
of my esteemed friend Mr. Henry D. Van Nostrand.
Mr. W. G. Binney has, in the preceding paper, described
the dentition of this species.
On the so-called Sterna Portlandica. 201
XXII.—Some Additional Light on the so-called Sterna
Portlandica, Ridgway.
By WM. BREWSTER.
Read Nov. 1, 1875.
SHortiy after Mr. Ridgway’s article on this supposed
species appeared in the ‘* American Naturalist,” I published
a few additional notes on the same subject in the “American
Sportsman” (Jan. 16, 1875). Having since been enabled by
the acquisition of a fine series of terns to make some further
investigations into the matter, I am now not a little disposed
to question the specific validity of S. Portlandica, and trust in
the course of the present paper to show clearly its true posi-
tion.
Among the terns before me are eight specimens collected
on Muskegat Island, Mass., between the respective dates of
July Ist and August 9th; of these I will briefly describe the
most extreme example.
In size and proportion of parts, similar to S. hirundo. Forehead, sides
of head, neck all around, throat and entire under parts, clear, pure white.
Mantle, rump, aud upper surface of tail, pale pearly blue. Occiput, crown,
and space around eye, sooty black. A dark, slaty, cubital bar on the
wings. Bill deep glossy black, tipped with pale yellow, and with but the
faintest possible suspicion of a reddish tinge at the base of the lower
mandible. ‘Tarsi and feet black, also with a slight shade of reddishness,
perceptible however, only when the parts are exposed to the strongest
light.
Of the remaining seven specimens five are precisely simi-
lar in every respect but one, namely, in the slightly increased
reddishness of the feet and tarsi. The seventh bird has the
tarsi dark red with a blackish cast, while at the base of the
otherwise perfectly black bill is a small but distinctly out-
lined area of brick red, confined almost entirely to the lower
mandible and encroaching but slightly upon the upper. In
202 On the so-called Sterna Portlandica.
the eighth bird we find the tarsi and feet clear, bright coral,
the bill black, with the lower mandible dull red as far out as
the gonys. Through this series of eight specimens there
runs but little variation of plumage, excepting that the in-
creasing reddishness of the tarsi and bill is regularly corre-
lated with a whiter shade in the color of the rump and upper
surface of tail, and a gradual decadence of the dark bar on
the wing, which mark, well known to indicate immaturity,
is altogether wanting in the last specimen.
We now pick up a tern of a still more advanced stage.
The white of the forehead is encroached upon,and narrowed
down by the black of the crown, the tarsi and feet are coral
without any tinge of duskiness, the bill is bright, clear, red
as far out as the angle of the gonys on both mandibles, and
the rump is now for the first time entirely white. From this
specimen we find an easy and complete transition through
birds with redder and still redder bills and white foreheads
spotted and blotched with black, up to the typical, adult
Sterna hirundo, with its black cap and red bill simply tipped
with black. A more complete and perfect series could not
be desired than that we have before us connecting the bird
first described with the typical Sterna hirundo. Let us
compare this same black billed, black legged hirundo with
our specimen of Slerna Portlandica, taken at Muskegat
Island, July 1st, 1870. r
The two birds placed side by side, a careless observer
would say at once they are the same, and indeed the general
effect is surprisingly similar. The pattern of the head is
precisely identical, the under parts in both are pure white,
the mantle dark pearly ash, and the cubital bar nearly equal
in color and extent. But the rump of Jortlandica is
emphatically white in decided contrast with the ashy one of
the other bird, and upon comparing the shape and propor-
tions of the tarsi, feet, bill, etc., the two in this respect, are
found to differ irreconcilably. Evidently S. Portlandica is
not to be confounded with the bird we have been studying.
On the so-called Sterna Portlandica. 203
What then are its true affinities? Let us take up a specimen
of Sterna macrura, and ignoring for the moment all discrep-
ancies of color, compare it carefully with Portlandica. Part
for part it agrees perfectly ; not a measurement of bill, feet,
tarsi, wings or tail, but can be exactly matched in the series
of -macrura before us. Undeniably then the difference is
purely one of color.
But it may be urged the Arctic tern never in any plumage
possesses a black bill and feet. True it has never been known
to have these parts so colored, neither has S. hirundo; and
yet we have just traced a bird of the size and proportions of
hirundo, but with the bill and feet black, or nearly so,
directly and unmistakably up throtgh closely connecting
forms, into the ordinary typical plumage of that bird. Now
why should not S. macrura be subject to the same variations
of color? It is a bird very closely allied to hirundo and
with—so far as is known—nearly the same seasonal changes
of plumage. What can be more likely than that S. Port-
landica bears the same relation to macrura that our black
billed bird does to the adult Airundo. With as good a series
of skins of Sterna macrura as that now at our command of
S. hirundo, there can be but little doubt that this point could
be directly established. At present we have only analogy
to reason by, but the indirect evidence is most strong. The
fact that Portlandica has the rump white is very pertinent,
inasmuch as Slerna macrura is the only species among those
we have named, whose nestlings have not that part more or
less washed with slate or pearly blue. Two specimens of
undoubted young macrura before us, though not sufticiently
feathered to fly at the time of their capture, still have the
rump of most immaculate whiteness. Our specimen of
Portlandica has the bill, tarsi and feet, absolutely black; but
in this respect it probably represents an extreme and perhaps
accidental limit of variation. ;
The Smithsonian specimen we have never seen, but in the
past connection, mark the following clause taken from Dr.
NOVEMBER, 1875. 15 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. x1.
204 On the so-called Sterna Portlandica.
Coues’ description of that example (Birds of the Northwest,
p. 691). He says, ‘bill and feet black, bué the latter with
a perceptible reddishness.”* Now here we have an approach,
however slight, to the red bill and feet of S. macrura, the
first link in fact of a chain or series of specimens which is
required to connect the two stages of plumage.
Dr. -Coues in the article above quoted, compares Portland-
tca with Dougalli; but if our specimen be identical with the
type (and it has been unqualifiedly declared to be so, by the
best judges, Dr. Coues himself included), he is surely at
fault, for in almost every respect does our bird differ. The
wings are much longer, the tarsi shorter and ‘the size of
the white areas on the inner webs of the primaries” is decid-
edly not ‘‘exactly as in Dougalli.” In Dougalli these white
areas run along the entire length of the feather on its inner
edge, narrowing as they approach the tip, where they again
broaden out and including the extreme point of the feather,
extend a little way back on the margin of the outer web.
In Portlandica they come entirely to an end a full inch
from the tip of the feather, and in this and every respect the
pattern of coloration of the primaries is precisely the same
as in S. macrura. Neither is the bill of our specimen at all_
“identical” either in “shape or size” with that of any
example of S. Dougalli, young or old, in the series of some
forty specimens of that bird before us, but as previously
stated it is precisely similar to the average bill of Sterna
macrura.
Another point of resemblance to macrura exists in the
presence of a few feathers on the under parts, which are
tipped with plumbeous, faintly but yet distinctly. These
feathers are somewhat isolated and give the plumage a soiled
appearance.
Again the Massachusetts specimen of Portlandica was
taken on a portion of Muskegat Island, where the Arctic
* The italics are our own.
On the so-called Sterna Portlandica. 205
terns breed apart from the other species, and at Portland,
Me., whence the type specimen was obtained, Sterna macrura
is one of the most abundant terns.
Now supposing the relationship of Portlandica to macrura
to be granted, as we consider that of our other black billed
tern to hirundo, to be proven, the question at once arises,
what is this peculiar condition of plumage, and how accounted
for? The young of dirundo and macrura are not described
as with black bill, tarsi and feet, in their first fall and winter
plumage, and assuredly these members cannot become darker
as the bird advances in age. Now strange as it may appear,
this is precisely the fact. With the special purpose of
obtaining information on this point, another expedition was
made to the breeding ground of the terns after the capture
of the black-billed birds in July and August, and a large
series of young and fall specimens of Sterna hirundo col-
lected, careful notes being taken on the color of the bill,
feet, etc., while the birds were freshly killed. The facts
elicited by a careful comparison of specimens are briefly as
follows. ‘The color of the bill and feet in chicks a few days
old varies individually to a considerable extent, but in the
average the tarsi and feet are light, while on the bill, reddish
or orange-colored areas predominate over the dusky or black.
In birds nearly or just able to fly the bill averages much
darker, in most instances the whole of the upper mandible
being black or dark brown with the exception of the maxil-
lary tomium, which is light, like the lower mandible. After
this period, as the bird advances in age the black area of the
bill spreads, the forehead whitens and the brown and gray
tipping of the feathers of the back wears off.* To this rule -
there are, however, a few exceptions, some birds with a
nearly pure mantle and snow white forehead, having the
* All the specimens of which we are now speaking are birds of the year, collected
in Sept. and Oct., but owing to the persistency with which their nests are broken up by
the eggers, their ages are various, sevecal taken at the latter date being scarcely able
to fly.
'
206 On the so-called Sterna Portlandica.
lower mandible red as far out as the gonys, but in by far the
greater number of cases, where the mantle has nearly lost
its rusty spotting, and the forehead becomes pure white, the
bill is nearly and in some examples, entirely black, with but
a slight reddishness at the base.
With the greater or less amount of black on the bill is
usually correlated a darker or lighter color of the feet and
tarsi, but this rule also has one or two exceptions in the
series. Now to return. The black-billed birds taken in
July and August cannot be birds hatched this season. That
is manifestly impossible, for they are all in perfectly devel-
oped plumage, and the mantle is as clear and immaculate as
in mature specimens. What then are they? They are birds
that have completed the first year only of their existence ;
birds that in the fall of the previous year had the mantle
slightly obscured by brownish blotchings, the bill nearly
black and the tarsi and feet dark: in short, birds like the
ones we have just been examining. The dark color of the
bill and legs has since spread and intensified. . Indeed one
of the October specimens is so nearly like these summer
birds, that had not its age been carefully determined by dis-
section, we should hesitate before calling it a bird of this
season. Its bill and feet are quite as dark as the average of
the summer specimens, and the mantle has become nearly
immaculate. Now in this same category we would place
Sterna Portlandica, referring its parentage of course, as
before stated, to macrura instead of hirundo. Only one
more question remains to be answered, namely; why are
these black-billed birds so rare, if they represent a regular
stage or plumage of species so common as S. macrura and
iS. hirundo? Here weare obliged to confess ourselves nearly
at fault and can offer little more than conjecture.
It is, however, nearly certain that neither species while in
this plumage breeds, and this is decidedly the opinion of the
gentlemen to whom we are indebted for the most interesting
and important specimens, an opinion founded moreover on
On the so-called Sterna Porilandica. 207
dissection and observation of the habits while in life. Now
such being the case, the natural tendency to wander, in
individuals which are burdened by no family cares and have
nothing to do but enjoy themselves, will scatter them away
from the breeding grounds and thus render their capture
much less likely. We do not, however, at the present time,
feel at all sure that all the young of either macrura or
hirundo, assume this plumage, and do not breed the first
season ; this is a point which future investigation can alone
decide.
In conclusion, we desire to express our great indebtedness
to Mr. E. B. Towne, Jr., of No. Raynham, and Mr. Jesse
Warren of Newton, Mass. A large portion of the material
investigated during the preparation of the present paper
was collected by these gentlemen, and many of the conclu-
sions herein arrived at were the result of their careful study
while in the field, and were first suggested by them.
We have-also to express our thanks to Messrs. G. N.
Lawrence, J. A. Allen and C. J. Maynard, for the use of
valuable specimens.
208 Literature of Manganese.
XXII.—Jndex to the Literature of Manganese, 1596-1874.
By H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.
Read December 14, 1874.
* General Literature, 1740-1874; for Minerals see next Section.
1740 | Pott Examen chymicum magnesiae vitriari-
orum, Germanis: Braunstein. Miscell.
Berolinensia, VI. 40.
1765 | Rinmann Braunsteinkoénig Versuch einer Geschichte des WHisens.
Abh. Schw. Akad. Wiss., 1765. 251.
Vetensk. Acad. Handl., 1765. 241.
1767 | Westfield Researches Mineral. Abhandl., 1767.
See: Scheele’s Chem. Essays. London.
1786.
1770 | Kaim and
Winterl De metallis dubiis. Viennae, 1770. 4to.
1774 | Scheele Researches Opuscula, I. 227.
Abhandl. Schw. Akad. Wiss., XXXVI. 95.
Vetensk. Acad. Handl., 1774. 89.
Crell’s N. Entd., I. 112 & 146,
Scheele’s Chem. Essays.- London, 1786.
1774 | Engestrom Vetensk. Acad. Handl., 1774. 196.
Abhandl. Schw. Akad. Wiss., 1774. 201
Scheele’s Chem. Essays. London, 1786.
1774 | Bergmann Researches Vetensk. Acad. Handl., 1774. 194.
Abhandl. Schw. Akad. Wiss., 1774. 199.
Bergmann’s Opuscula, II. 201.
Crell’s Ann., 1784. II. 397.
Crell’s N. Entd. I, 156, 1781.
1775 | Margraff Researches Abh. Acad. Wiss. Berlin, 1775. 3.
Journ. de Phys., XV. 223.
1776 | Hagen Nova. Acta. Acad. Nat. Curios. VI Ap-
pend. 329.
1778 | Hjclm Vet. Acad. Handk, 1778. 82.
Abhandl. Schw. Akad, 1778. 78.
Crell’s N. Entd., VI. 164.
1779 | de Morveau Journ. de Phys., XIII. 470.
1780 | de Morveau Chameleon (? ) Journ. de Phys., XVI. 348.
1780 | Anonymous | Researches Vet. Acad. Handl. 1780, I, 282.
Crell’s N. Entd. VIII, 191.
1781 | seman Crell’s N. Entd. IV, 24.
1782 | Bindheim Chameleon mineral | Crell’s N. Entd. V, 70.
Schw. Berl. Ges. Naturf. Fr. IX, 101.
Beob. Berl. Ges. Naturf. Fr. V, 451.
1785 | Volta Use of MnO? in prep- | Crel?s Ann. 1785, II, 433.
aration of chlorine
1785 | Hjelm Vet. Acad. Nya. Handl. 1785, 141.
1785 ' Gerhard Dendritic figures Crell’s Ann. 1785, I, 56.
wa ES ee —
* For explanation of abbreviations, see the end of this paper.
1786
1786
1787
1787
1788
1788
1788
1789
1789
1789
1789
1789
1790
1790
1790
1791
1792
1792
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1797
1799
1799
1799
1800
1801
1801
1804
1804
1805
Hermbstiidt
Rinmann
Hermbstidt
Hjelm
Gmelin
Porcel
Achard
Hjelm
Anonymous
Klaproth
Bindheim
Gadolin
de Morveau
Fuchs
Hermbstidt
Pelletier
Fuchs
Gmelin
Vauquelin and
Bouvier
Bucholz
Richter
Kirwan
Kirwan
Proust
Vauquelin
Phillips
Ritter
Gazeran
Bordier
Proust
Thomson
Ritter
Literature of
Preparation of O
from MnO2
Alloy with copper
Separation from iron
Preparation of O
from MnOz
Preparation of metal
by wet process
Preparation of metal
by wet process,
Occurrence in Spathic
iron
Researches
Chameleon mineral
Separation from iron
by tartaric acid
Phosphide
Preparation of metal
from sulphate
Alloys
Sulphate, ete.
Separation from iron
Tech. estim.
Magnetic properties
Occurrence in vege-
table kingdom
Separation from iron
Magnetic properties
Mn. in steel
Oxides
Occur. in meteorites
Purification of Au, Ag
by MnOsz (?)
Occurrence in mete-
ovic ‘iron
Manganese.
Crell’s Ann.
Crell’s Ann.
Crell’s Ann.
Crell’s Ann.
Crell’s Ann. 1788, II, 3.
PAG 195 (U0 Hd ars
Journ. de Phys. XXXIII, 436.
1786, I, 316.
1786, I, 357.
1787, I, 152 and 296.
1787, I, 158 and 446.
209
Abh. Acad. Wiss. Berlin, 1788-89, 32.
Vet. Akad. Nya. Handl.
Neue Abh. Schw. Akad.
Aes ps (ly Vijsl.
Crell’s Ann. 1789.
Ac. ps (i) seViIEG.
Schrift. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berlin.
A Cope aL) sn Wilanlo's
Crell’s Ann. 1789, If, 31 and 117.
Vet. Acad. Handl. 1789.
790, I, 129.
Crell’s Ann.
ZAC CO smn GL) Seer ie
Gren’s. J. d. Physik. I, 264.
J.d.m. XVIH, 215.
J.de. Phys. XXXVII, 28.
Crell’s Ann. 1790, IT, 441.
J. de. Phys. XXXVII, 386.
Geschichte des Mn. Jena. 1791.
Crell’s Ann. 1792, II, 315.
Keep: (picxrne 13%:
Crell’s Ann. 1792, I, 225.
IASC. ps (Gi); RXS 359%
Crell’s Ann. 1793, I, 99.
A. cop: (1); XX, 367.
A.c.p. (1)VII, 287.
Crell’s Ann. 1794, I, 407.
Beitriige. I, 29.
Crell’s Ann. 1796, II, 300.
Crell’s Ann. 1797, II, 436.
Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. VI, 177.
Gilb. Ann. VI, 405.
J.de Phys. XLVIII, 469.
Jee Ms Wi 1D.
Phil. Mag. (1), V, 214.
Gilb. Ann. IV, 20.
A.c.p. (1), XXXVI, 61.
Crell’s Ann. 1801, II, 326.
A.c.p. (1), XLI, 150.
Gehlen’s J. III, 429.
Gilb. Ann. XXIV, 284, 296, 380.
Gehlen’s, J. II, 692.
Gehlen’s, J. V, 397.
Schweigg. IV, (1), 23.
IX, 101.
210
Literature of Manganese.
1805
1805
1806
1806
1807
1807
1807
1808
1808
1811
1811
1811
1812
1813
1813
1813
1813
1814
Tel4
1815
1815
1815
1815
1815
1817
1817
—-1817
1817
1817
1818
1818
1818
1818
Bucholz
Fourcroy
Brugnatelli
de la Méthérie
Thénard
Proust
J.¥F. John
Reynolds
Vauquelin and
Fourcroy
Berzelius and
Hedenburg
Vauquelin
Bucholz
Pfaff
Davy
Vogel
Berzelius
Roloff
J.Davy
Prechtl
Fischer
Schweigger
Hatchett
Brandenburg
Vauquelin
Chevreul
Grotthuss
Clarke
Chevillot and
Edwards
Berzelius
Berzelius
Berzelius
Mushet
Arfvyedson
Monograph
Catalogue of analyses
Occurrence in an
aérolite
Sulphide
Researches
Use in mnf. of steel
Occurrence in bones
Sulphide
Sulphide
Separation from Fe,
Separation from Fe.
Hydrated protoxide
Oxides
Oxides
Chameleon Sol. a test
for AssO3
Chloride
Occurrence in steel
vide Roloft
Sulphate
Sep. from Fe.
Sulphate
Occurrence in hair
Chameleon
Sep. from Fe.
MnOz conducts elec-
tricity
Examination of ‘ cha-
meleon mineral”
Oxides
At. Wt.
Seleniate
Occurrence in steel
Oxides
A.c. p. (1). LVI, 86.
Encyclopédie Méthodique. IV, 672.
Gilb. Ann. XXIII, 214.
J.de Phys. LXII, 337.
Gilb. Ann. XXIV, 198; 207.
Gilb. Ann.
Gehlen’s, J. III, 452; IV, 436.
Ann. Phil. II, 172 and 263; IIT, 413.
J.d.M. XXII, 130, 245 et seq.; XXIII, 195.
Repert. Arts and Mnftrs. XII, 151.
Ann. Mus. @’ Hist. Nat. XII, 136.
Brugnatelli, G. I, 497.
Schweigg. II, 160.
XXV, 204.
Gilb. Ann. XXXIX, 432.
Ann. Musée. d. Hist. Nat. XVII, 16.
J.d. Mines. XXX, 301.
A.c.p. (1), LXXIX, 310.
Ann. Phil. II, 287.
Schweigg. IV, 368.
Schweigg. VII, 514.
Schweigg. VII, 191.
Trommsd. J. d. Pharm.
Schweigg. VII, 76.
A.¢.p. (2), V. 149.
Schweigg. VII, 420.
(2), II, 359.
Schweigg.
Schweigg.
Schweigg.
Schweigg.
Ann. phil.
Schweigg.
Schweigg. XIV, 336.
Schweigg. XII. 194.
A.c¢.p. (2), III, 42.
Phil. Mag. 1, 291.
Schweigg. XX, 324.
Trommsd. J.d. Pharm. (2), I, 188.
Schweigg. XX. 272.
Schweigg. XXI, 391.
X, 329.
X, 96,
XII, 194.
XIV, 377.
IT, 343.
XIV, 352.
Trommsd.J.d. Pharm. (2). IT, 199; III, 183.
A.¢.p. (2), 1V, 287; VIII, 237.
Schweigg. XX, 332.
ASCP -0) Wily 202:
Schweigg. XXIT, 336.
Schweigg. XXIII, 456.
Gilb. Ann, LVIII, 156.
Afhandl, Fysik. K. och. M. 1818, 222.
Journ. de Phys. LXXXVI, 464.
Schweigg. XLII. 202.
Ann. Phil. VII, 267.
Trommsd.N.J. Pharm. X, 170.
Literature of Manganese.
211
Turner
Faraday
Pfaff
Clarke
Pfaff
Van Mons
Doebereiner
Forchhammer
Gahn
Forchhammer
Braconnot
Pfaff
Herschell
Ure
Berthier
Gmelin
Fromherz
Fromherz
Fromherz
Geiger
Berzelius
Berzelius
Berzelius
Gmelin
Berzelius
Bouis
Unverdorben
Nasse
Dumas
Berzelius
Doebereiner
Berzelius
Heeren
Phillips
Hiinefeld
Oxides
Separation from Fe.
Sep. from Fe.
Reduction of oxides
Oxides
Prep. of O by Mn Oz
and He SOx
Two acids
Blowpipe reactions
Oxides
Mn in waters
Action HeS on Mn SO,
Sep. from Fe.
Researches on oxides
Cyanide Mn and K.
Permanganic Acid
Colored salts
Sulphides
Fluoride
Fluosilicate
Sulphocarbonate
Physiological action
of. Mn
Sulpharsenate
Analysis
Use in coloring porce-
lain
| Acichloride
Sulphomolybdate
At. Wt.
Hyposulphate
Sulphate
Edinb. J. Sci. IV.
Phil. Mag. (2), IV, 22 and 96.
Karsten’s Archiv. XIV, 359.
Schweigg. XXVI, 166.
Quart. J. Sci. WI, 357.
Schweigg. XXVI, 91.
Gilb. Ann. LXII, 353.
Ann. Gen. des Sci. Phys.
Ann. Gen. des Sci. Phys.
Schweigg. XXVIII, 247.
A.c. p. (2), XVI, 109, 267.
Trommsd. J. d. Pharm.
Ann. Gen. Sci. Phys.
Ann. Phil. (1) XVI, 180.
Quart. J. Sci. X, 175.
Schweigg. XXIX, 308.
Ann. Phil. (2), I, 50.
A.c.p. (2), XVIII, 223.
Schweigg. X XXIII, 487.
Schweigg. XXXIII, 475.
Ann. Phil., N.S. III, 95.
A.c.p. (2), XX, 304.
Schweigg. XXXII, 452.
Dingler pol. J. © VIII, 451.
A.c.p. (2), XX, 186.
Dingl. pol. J. IX, 248.
Schweigg. XXXVI, 303.
Schweigg. XXXVI, 223.
Schweigg. XLI, 257.
Pogg. XXXI, 677.
Schweigg. XLIV, 327.
Pogg. I, 50.
Geiger. Mag. Pharm.
Pogg. I, 24.
Pogg. I, 197.
Abh. Schw. Akad., Wiss.
Pogg. VI, 454.
A.c.p. (2), XXXII, 87.
Schweigg. J. XLIII, 110.
Edinb. Med. Surg. J. XXVI, 137.
Pogg. VII, 24 and 1438.
Dingler, pol. J. XXI, 331.
Trommsd. J. Pharm. (1), IX, 36.
Pogg. VII, 322.
Schweigg. XLVI, 79.
XI, 27.
1825.
A.c.p. (2), XXXII, 390.
Berz, Jahresb, VII, 112.
Pogg. VII, 274.
Doeb. Lehrb.'d. Chem. 1826,
Pogg. VIII, 185; XIV, 211.
Pogg. VII, 55 and 180.
Ann. Phil. 1827, 341.
Dingler pol. J. XXIV, 371.
Schweigg. L, 346.
VI, (1), 277.
VI, 1820, 368.
V, 1820, 284.
212
1827 | Stromeyer
1827
1827
Dumenil
W ohier
1827
1827
1827
H. Rose
Unverdorben
MeMullen
1827 | Dumas
H. Rose
Pfaff
Turner
Erdmann
Sprengel
Morin
Lassaigne
1829 | Fischer
1829
1829
1829
Bonsdorfft
Berzelius
Graham
1829
1829
1829
Martini
Gay Lussac
Phillips and
Turner
Henry and
Plisson
Dingler
Wright
Bachmann
1829
1829
1829
1829
1830 | Wurzer
1830 | Hiinefeld
1830
1830
Berzelius
Brandes
Quesnevilledr.
Literature of Manganese.
Sep. fron: CaO and
Als Oz
Sep. from Fe.
Fluoride
Phosphite
Sylvate
Prep. of Cl
Acichloride
Separation from Fe.
Hypophosphite
Sulphate
Researches
Alloy with Cu
Occurrence in soils
Estimation of
Ca Cl, O. by Mn Cle
Purification of oxide
Reduction
Hg Cl, with Mn Cle
Vanadate
Mn Cl and alcohol
Sep. from¥Fe.
Estimation
“Warwick oxyd”
Quinate
Recovery
Metal and oxides
Mn. in blood
Preparation of man-
ganates
At. Wt.
Researches
Pogg. XI, 169.
Schweigg. LI, 222.
Geiger’s Mag. Pharm. XXII, 339.
Schweigg. LI, 225.
Pogg. IX, 619.
ASC. Dene) kee av EL, LOL,
Pogg. IX, 33 and 224.
Pogg. XI, 400.
Ann. Phil. 1827, 142.
J. of Roy. Inst. XXII, 231.
Phil. Mag. I, 313.
Pogg. XI,165; Quart. J. Sci., II, 475.
A.c.p. (2), XXXVI, 82.
Berz. Jahresb. VIII, 177.
Geiger’s Mag. Pharm. XXI, 122.
Journ, de Pharm.
A.c.p. (2), XXXIV, 198.
Pogg. XII, 87.
Schweigg. LITT, 121.
Phil. Mag. 1828.
Pogg. XIV, 211.
Geiger’s Mag. Pharm. XXVI, 111.
Dingler. J. XXX, 74.
J. techn. Chem. I, 33.
J.techn. Chem. III, 68.
Bibl. Univers. 1828, 140.
J.techn. Chem. III, 104.
A.¢.p. (2), XL, 329.
Schweigg. LVI, 163.
Dingler. J. XXXII, 126.
Pogg. XVI, 128.
Kastn. Archiv.
C.C. 1831, 689.
Pogg. XVII, 247 and 263.
Pogg. XXII, 58.
Phil. Mag. IV, 265,
Pogg. XV, 151.
Schweigg. LVI, 162.
J.techn. Chem. IV, 274.
Schweigg. LVI, 186.
XVI, 219.
Journ. Pharm. 1829, 389.
Geiger’s Mag. Pharm. XXX, 91.
Kastner’s Archiv. XVIII, 252.
Pat. Specif. Abr. Acids and Salts.
A.c.p. (2), XXXIX, 244.
Poge. XV, 284.
Schweigg. LX, 481.
Geiger. Mag. Pharm. XXXII, 379.
Am. J. Sci. XXI, 370. ,
Schweigg. LX, 133.
Geiger. Mag. Pharm. XXXII, 293.
Pogg. XX, 556; XXII, 225.
Ann. d. Mines. (3), II, 320.
C.C. 1831, 267. *
101.
1830
1830
1830
1830
1831
1831
1831
1831
1831
1831
1831
1831
1832
1832
1832
1832
1832
1832
1832
Berthemot
Fuss
Bachmann
H. Rose
Liebig and
Wohler
Becquerel
Hiinefeld and
Wibmer,
Liebig ( ?)
Turner
Sefstrom
Fuchs
Serullas
MeMullen
Burkhardt
Lassaigne
Ohlmann
Dufios
Mitscherlich
Pearsall
Berthier
Zenneck
Gobel
Trommsdorff
Gay Lussac
and Pelouze
Literature of Manganese.
Bromide
Preparation pure
MnO.
Monograph
Ammonio-sulphate
Protoxide
Detection by galy-
anism
Physiological action
Separation from Fe.
Estimation of Ores
Coloring glass
Separation from Fe.
Perchlorate
Bleaching power of
Mn O2
Estimation
Todide
Estimation in ores
Acids
Color of solutions
Analyses ores
Estimation
Prep. Mn 02
Valerianate
Lactate
A.c.p. (2), XLIV, 392.
Schweigg. LX, 345.
C.C. 1831, 107.
See Schweigg.
Pogg. XX, 148.
Pogg. XXI; 584.
LVIII, 388.
Geiger Mag. Pharm. XXXIV, 140.
Mém. del Inst. X, 256.
A.c.p. (2), XLII, 380.
C.C. 1831, 809.
C. C. 1831, 96.
Geiger’s Mag.
C.C. 1831, 747.
A.c.p. (2), XLVIII, 280.
J. of Roy. Inst. I, 293.
Rep. Pat. Inv. XI, 224.
Phil. Mag. IX, 235.
J.techn. Chem. X, 485.
Ann. d. Mines. (3), II, 321.
Dingler. XL, 212.
C.C. 1831, 304.
Am. J. Sci. XXI, 364.
J.techn. Chem. X, 183.
Schweigg, J. LXII, 192.
C.C. 1831, 461.
A.c.p. (2), XLVI, 305.
Pogg. XXII, 298.
C.C. 1831, 529.
Quart. J. Sci. XXII, 232.
Quart. J. Sci. (2), II, 261.
Pogg. XXV, 623, note.
J.techn. Chem. XIII, 278.
XXXV, 1H.
J. Chem. Med. V, 330. Ann. d. M.
I, 114.
Schweigg. LXVI, 239.
Schweigg. LXIII. 346, LXIV, 81.
Abh. Acad. Wiss. Berlin, 1832.
PRIOR IES “DUG by
MGs 0a (EC) LID: bby
Schweigg. LXV, 62.
Pogg, XXYV, 287.
J.of Roy. Inst. IV, 49.
Ann. d. Mines. (3), II, 319.
Pogg. XXYV, 622.
Dingler pol. J. XLVII, 104.
A.c.p. (2), LI, 79.
J. techn. Chem. XVIII, 75.
Am. J.Sci. XXIX, 374.
Schweigg. LXVII, 77.
Trommsd. J. Pharm, XXVI.
PAYS Cie Pen WZ.
Pogg. XXV, 154.
A.c.p. (2), LI, 410
PAR Cee) Vel Gs .
Pogg. XXIX, 117.
213
(3),
214 Literature of Manganese.
1833 | WOhler Permanganates Pogg. XXVII, 626.
Ann. d. Mines. (3), V, 457.
1834 | Demargay Quantitative Separa- | A.C.P. XI, 241.
tion
1834 | Berzelius Tellurate Pogg. XXXII, 595 & 607.
1834 | Joss Preparation of J.p.C. I, 125.
He Mnz Og
1834 | Vogel Prep. of Cl. J.p.C. I, 446.
1834 | Fromherz Permanganates Pogg Ann. XXXI, 677.
1834 | Otto Arsenate of Mnand |J.p.C. II, 414.
NHg
1834 | Bottger Action Hg Na on sul-|J.p.C. III, 284.
phate
1834 | Doebereiner | Action alcohol on J.p.C. I, 452.
Mn0O2z
1835 | Zeller Separation from Fe J$p.C.1- Vs 33.
C. C. 1835.
1835 | Thomson Estimation ores Records Gen’! Sci. 1836, 412.
Pol. Centr. 1836, 788.
J.p.C. IX, 433.
Ann. d. Mines. (3), XI, 249.
Dingl. LXI, 55.
1835 | Balard Bromide J. p. Ce LV, 178:
1835 | Bonnet Reduction by As203 | Pogg. XXXVII, 303.
1835 | Everitt Prep. of salts for Phil. Mag. (38), VI, 193.
technical uses J.p.C. V, 33.
Dingler pol. J. LVI, 129.
Pol. Centr. 1835, 360.
1835 | Berzelius Pyrotartrate Pogg. XXXVI, 18.
1835 | Gay Lussac Volumetric estima: A.c.p. Nov., 1835.
tion Pol. Centr. 1836, 286.
A.c.p. XVIII, 47.
1835 | Gregory Permanganic acid J. pharm. XXI, 312.
AVC. P. XV, 237.
1835 | Winkelblech | Oxalate A.C.P. XIII, 280.
J.p.C. VI, 67.
1836 | Graham _ Sulphate Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. VIII.
Pogg. XXXVIII, 123.
A.C. P. XX, 147.
1836 | Baup Pyrocitrate A.C. PR. XTX, 34.
1836 | Regnault A.c.p. (2), LXII, 349 and 381.
1836 | Anthon Tungstate J.p.C. IX, 340.
1836 | Wittstein Buchn. Repert. LYVII, 30.
1836 | Zeller Recovery of Clresi- | J.p.C. VII, 137.
dues PNG Od oD. O. Gy ps
1836 | Osborn Mn Cl: for nose bleed-| Allg. med Ztg Juli. 1836.
ing AS GPs xeXx 86;
1836 | Bottger Carbonate Beitr. zur Phys. u. Ch. II, 12.
1837 | Ebelmen Analytical Annd. M. (3), XII, 607.
J.p.C. XIV, 312.
1837 | Gay Lussac Use of MnOz in sep. | A.c.p. (2), LXIII, 333.
COz from SO2 IA. GaP CONE 79;
1837 | Richter Sep. from ZnO J.p.C. IX, 159.
Ann. d. Mines. (3), XIII, 460.
A.C. P. XXIV, 309.
1837 | Marchand Sulphethylate J.p.C. XII, 263.
Literature of Manganese.
215
1837
1837
1837
1837
1837
1837
1837
1838
1838
1838
1838
1838
1838
1838
1839
1839
1839
1839
1839
1840
1840
1840
1840
1840
1841
1841
1841
1841
1841
1842
Berthier
Gay Lussac
Heller
Heller
Brett
Bottger
Rammelsberg
Cooper
Anthon
Jahn
Rammelsberg
Wackenroder
Simon
Wackenroder
W ohler
Brown
Fikentscher
Binks
Graham
Bottger
Fellenberg
Erdmann
Ebelmen
Miinzing
Rammelsberg
Uligren
W Ohler
Bensch
Warrington
Levol
Decomp. of sulphate
by carbon
Rhodizonate
Croconate
Amalgam
Cyanide of Mn. and K.
Physiological action
Solubility of sulphate
in alcohol
Sulphide
Todate
Sep.from Fe.NiandCo.
Sep. from Co.
Carburet
Techn. estimation
Recovery of Mn Oz
Chloride
Elect. depos.
Action of Cl on sul-
phide
Mineral waters
Techn. recovery of
Mn O2
Sulphantimoniate
Sep. from Co.
Action of Cl on oxide
Chromate
Chromate
Estimation
Ann. d. Mines. (3), XI, 489.
Jepees vEx, Gt.
J.p.C. XII, 228.
J.p.C. XII, 238.
Phil. Mag. (3), X. 98 and 335.
Beitr. zur. Phys.u.Ch. I, 302, and ILI, 278.
J.p.C. XII, 350.
Pogg. XLII, 117.
J. de chim. Medicale. 1838.
Pol. Centr. 1838, 29.
Dingl. J. LXVII, 236.
Buchner’s Repert. II, 13.
J.p.C. XIV, 125.
A.C. P. XXVIII, 101.
A.C. P. XXVIII, 213.
Pogg. XLIV, 588.
C.C. IX, 678.
Buchn. Repert. LXV, 208.
Archiv. d. Pharm. (2), XVI, 114.
A.C.P. XXIX, 217.
Ann. d. Mines. (3), XV, 492.
J.p.C. XVII. 492.
Bullet. Scient. V, 203.
Jap. Can SVL, 13:
Ding]. J. LXXIII, 204.
Pol. Centr. 1839, 665.
Pat. Specif. Abridge. Acids.
Alkalies, etc. 149.
ASC. P., XUXExe ol:
Pogg. L, 49.
Pogg. L, 76.
J.p.C. XXI, 399.
Ann. d. Mines. (3), XVII, 517.
Dingl. LXXVI, 364.
Pol. Centr. 1840, 538.
Pogg. LI, 193.
AW Ce ula 2866
Chem. Gaz. I, 13.
Berz. Jahresb. XXI, 147.
Ann. d. Mines. (4), II, 206.
INGOs Leg DS PATE
PAG evan SXENONDNG 253.
Pogg. LV, 97.
A.C.P. XLIV, 272.
Phil. Mag. X-XI, 380.
Chem. Soc. Trans. 1842.
AOE) SXGTVe 202.
Dingl. J. LXXXYV, 299.
Ann. d. Mines. (4), II, 205.
J.p.C. XXVI, 151.
Pol. Centr. 1842, 874.
216 Literature of Manganese.
1842 | Millon Nitrate A.c.p. Sept., 1842, 73.
TapaCseROwNa sol)
C.R. XIV, 905.
1842 | Haidlen and | Action of KCy on A. C. Po XLII, 133.
Fresenius solutions
1842 | Rammelsberg | Hyposulphite Pogg. LVI, 305.
1842 | Lea Estimation ores. Am. J.Sci. (1), XLII, 81.
1842 | Fresenius Racemate ANG: 2.9 Pel 20:
1842 | Rammelsberg | Anal. Ps. Leonh. Jahrb. 1842, 599.
1842 | Otto Test for Mn. Chem, Gaz. I, 180.
AA CHP | EXON SLT
Am. J. Sci. XLVII, 194.
Ann. d. Mines. (4), III, 569.
1812 | Otto Estimation Dingl. J. LXXXV, 296.
Pol. Centr. 1842, 876.
1842 | Meitzendorff ‘| Sulphocyanide Pogg. LVI, 73.
1842 | Rammelsberg | Bromate Pogg. LY, 66.
1843 | Wachter Chlorate J.p.C. XXX, 326. i
1845 | Heldt Citrates A.C. P. XLVII, 180.
1843 | Doepping Succinate A.C. P. XLVII, 275.
1843 | Ebelmen Estimation as MnO A.'c.p. (3); VALE, 503:
Ann. d. Mines. (4), IV, 409.
A.C. P. XLVIII, 369.
Chem. Gaz. I843, 685.
1843 | Fresenius and | Estimation Dingl. J. XC, 219.
Will Pol. Centr. 1843, 394.
Pamphlet, Heidelberg. 1843.
Chem. Gaz. 1844, 52.
1843 | Walters Recovery Pat. Specit. Abr. 197.
1844 ; Rieckher Fumerate ACC ee OGG AG.
1844 | Muspratt Sulphite A.C. P. LL, 280.
1844 | Schaffner Hydrated oxide INE Che, Ebi Gay)
1844 | Arrot Recovery Chem. Gaz. 1845, 73.
Pat. Specif. Abr. 211.
1844 | Arrot Double sulphate Phil. Mag. (3), XXIV, 502.
Rep. Pat. Inv. 1845, 323.
A.C. P. LII, 243.
Pol. Centr. 1845, II, 430.
Ding]. XCVI, 301.
1844 | Béttinger Sulphite A.C. P. LI, 405.
Apjohn Ores from Cork Trans. Irish Acad. II, 598.
1844 | Rammelsberg | Anal. Kali-Ps. Leon. Jahrb. 1844, 205.
1844 | Elsner Purification of Sul- Hoffmann’s Mitth. 1843, 20.
phate Pol. Centr. 1844, IT, 48.
Barnes and Mordant Chem. Gaz. 1844, N. 46.
Mercer Pol. Centr. 1845, I, 384.
1845 | Cloez Sep. Co. from Mn. Journ. Pharm. Feb., 1845.
Chem. Gaz. 1845, 102.
1845 | Crum Test for Mn. NGI CEILS WIEN 0-1)
Chem. Gaz. 1845, 502.
Am. J. Sci. (2), I, 262.
Ann. d. Mines. (4), XI, 496.
1845 | Schlieper Alloxanate AC ue Vin 2ees
1845 | Buchner Tannate WAPOA 6G! TRYUG PAU
1845 | Delanoue Ores of Orsay Bull. Géol. Soc. Paris. III, 47.
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846
1847
1847
1847
1847
1847
1847
1847
1847
1847
1848
1848
1848
1848
Phillips
Pierre
Ebelmen
Boéttger and
Will
Volker
Volker
Levol
DeVry
Bobierre
Maddrell
Engelhardt
and Maddrell
Rose, H.
Sch6nbein
Barreswil
Strecker
Lefort
Herrmann
Schodnbein
Rose
Millon
Literature of Manganese.
Test for Mn.
Sulphate of Mn and
K-+aq
Silicate
Styphnate
On red color of salts
Sulphides
Estimation
Analysis
Estimation
Metaphosphate
Lactate
Separation
Reagent
Chemist, Apr. 1846.
Am. J. Sci. (2), IT, 259.
A.c.p. (3), XVI, 239.
J.p.C. XXXVII, 488.
J.p.C. XXXVII, 257.
A. CG. Ba LVI, 258;
PNAC 1, LID Of.
Chem. Gaz. 1846, 396.
J.-p.C. XXXIX, 233.
PN OR IER VADS Bay.
J.p.C. XXXIX, 247.
J.p.C. XXXVIITI, 341.
A.C. P. LXI, 249.
Pharm. Centr. 1847, 479.
din outs 17h),
Moniteur Industriel. 1847, No. 1190.
Dingler, Pol. J. CVII, 448.
Chem. Soc. Mem. III, 273.
A.C.P. LXI, 58.
A.C. P. LXIII, 107,
A.C. P. LXIV, 417.
Pogg. LXXII, 450 and 466.
| Jahresb. 1847, 952.
Separation from Co.
Criticism on Barreswil
Carbonate.
Sesqui salts
Reactions of Mne O;
Action of NH, Cl on
MnQ:
Occurrence in blood
A ¢.p. (3), XVII, 53.
Am. J. Sci. (2), II, 260.
J.p.C, XXXVIII, 171.
Pol. Centr. 1847, 642.
Berz. Jahresb. XXVII, 214.
Chem. Gaz. 1846, 159.
J. de. Pharm. 1846, 189.
Ann. d. Mines. (4), XI, 499.
Dingler, J. C, 157.
Jahresb. 1847, 974,
ACE Lx 219"
Chem. Gaz. 1847, 205.
Am. J. Sci. (2), IV, 271.
Pol. Centr. 1848, 1296.
C.R. XXVII, 268.
J. pharm. (3), XV, 18,
Jahresb. 1847, 420.
Pogg. LXXIV, 303.
J.p.C. XLVI, 413.
Chem. Gaz. 1848, 325,
C.C. 1848, 508.
Jahresb. 1848, 421.
eps Can XOnI028:
Pol. Centr. 1848, 1291.
C.C. 1847, 776.
Jahresb. 1848, 421.
J.p.C. XLV, 116,
ORI iy op. Ord eZ at
Pogg. LXXIV, 284.
Pol. Centr. 1848, 606.
217
218 Literature of Manganese.
1848 | Schwarzen- Pyro-phosphate A Ce baseve 160;
berg Dingler, J. CIV, 467.
Hautz Mn Clze-++- NH; Cl AY Cn. (IG XiViI, 285;
Jahresb. 1848, 393.
1848 | Heintz Phosphate Pogg. LXXIV, 449.
A.C. P. LXVIII, 257.
Am. J. Sci. (2), VIII, 111.
Chem. Gaz. 1848, 488,
1848 | Ebelmen Chromate A.c.p. (8), XXII, 213,
A.C. P. LXVIII, 269.
1848 | Parkes Metal Pol Centr. 1848, 1338.
1849 | Schr6tter Phosphide Jahresb. 1849, 247.
1849 | Millon C.R. XXVIII, 42.
Instit. 1849, 29,
C.C. 1849, 203.
Jahresb. 1849, 254.
1849 | Cottereau Occurrence in blood | J. chim. méd. (3), Wielige
Jahresb. 1849, 530.
1849 | Fleitmann Dimetaphosphate Pogg. LXXVIII, 233 and 338.
INMOE 25 1LNO-40 0, BE.
1849 | BOdeker Phosphate A.C. P. LXIX, 208.
Chem. Gaz. 1849, 138.
1849 | Muspratt Selenite A.C. P. LXX, 275.
1849 | Ebelmen Separation by means | A.c. p. (3), XXV, 92.
of Hes J.pharm. (3), XV, 266.
J.p.C. XLVI, 305.
A.C. P. LXXII, 329.
C.C. 1849, 169.
Chem. Gaz. 1849, 82.
Jahresb. 1849, 592.
1849 | Senarmont Carbonate C.R. XXVIII, 693.
Instit. 1849, 177.
C.C. 1849, 535.
Jahresb. 1849, 225.
1849 | Elsner Berl. Gewerbe Handelsbl. 1849, No. 6.
Dingl. J. CXII, 461.
1849 | Sch6nbein Action of Ozone Pogg. LXXVIII, 162.
Jahresb. 1849, 222.
1849 | Rammelsberg | Anal. Ps. Leon. Jahrb. 1849, 574.
1850 | Ed. Davy Test for Mn. Trish Acad. Proc. IV, 345.
1850 | Sobreroand | Actionof Clon chlor-| A.C. P. (3), XX XIX, 161.
Selmi ide J.p.C. L, 305.
C.C. 1850, 615.
A. CSP. LXXVIE 234.
Jahresb. 1850, 314.
1850 | Bibra Occurrence in sea A.C. P. LXXVII, 90.
water ~ C.C. 1851, 362.
Jahresb. 1850, 621.
1850 | Horsford Occurrence in urine | Am.J.Sci. (2), XI, 259.
Jahresb. 1851, 602.
1850 | Stein Arsenite A.C. P. LXXIV, 222.
1850 | Dubost Technical Br. d. Inv. OLXXII, 140.
1850 | Senarmont Artificial minerals A.c.p. (38), XXX, 137.
1850 | Kekulé Sulphethy late ASCP. LXV; 289.
1851 | Personne et Acids J.pharm. (3), XIX, 115 and 161.
L’ Hermite
1851
1851
ww Ww
1853
1853
1853
Literature of Manganese.
219
J. Davy
Fairrie
Lefort
Reynoso
H. Rose
Burin de
Buisson
Murdoch
Gibbs
Miiller
Scheerer
Schabus
Chapman
Schwerdtfeger
Malaguti
Schiel
Flajolot
Price
Kerl
NOVEMBER, 1875.
Incrustation of MnOz2
Chromate
Purification
Permanganate
Carbonate
Occurence in blood
Benzoate as pigment
Separation
Technical estimation
Hydrated Carbonate
Testing
Detection
Color of MnO solu-
tions
Separation from Ni
Separation from Co
and Zn
Technical valuation
Ilefeld ore
16
Edinb. Phil. J. (2), LI, 87.
Quart. J. Sci. IV, 300.
J.p.C. LY, 255.
J.pharm. (3), XX, 243.
J.p.C. LIV, 307.
A.G.p. (3), XXXIII, 324.
C.R. XXXII, 644.
Instit. 1851, 138.
J.pharm. (3), XX, 263.
J.p.C. LIII, 126.
A.C. P. LXXX, 272.
CG. C. 1851, 525.
Jahresb. 1851, 352.
Pogg. LXXXIII, 147, and LXXXIV, 52.
Berl. Acad. Ber. 1851, 597.
J.p.C. LIV, 23.
C.C. 1851, 778.
AC ab LPXEXeXG 235%
Chem. Gaz. 1851, 457.
Instit. 1852, 69.
Jahresb. 1851, 304.
Sur exist. de Mn. dans le sang, etc.
Lyons, 1852.
J. chim. méd. (2), VIII, 392.
Jahresb. 1852, 702.
Pat. Specif. Abr., 346.
Am.J.Sci. (2) XIV, 204.
Chem. Gaz. 1852, 368.
ING ORI Es UR OFO.0 5Y-F
J.p.C. LVIII, 241.
Jahresb. 1852, 728.
A.C. P. LXXX, 98.
Pol. Centr. 1852, 312.
©. GC. 1852) 312:
Chem. Gaz. 1852, 75.
Dingl. J. CXXIV, 50.
Pogg. LXXXVII, 87.
Pol. Centr. 1852, 571.
Phil. Mag. (4) III, 144.
Chem. Gaz. 1852, 60.
C.C. 1853, 16.
N. Jahrb. Pharm. II, 18, 30.
A.c.p. (8) XXXVII, 203.
J.p.C. LIX, 184.
Am.J. Sci. [2] XV, 275.
Pol. Centr. 1853, 1512.
Chem. Gaz. 1853, 413.
Ann. d. Mines. (5) III, 641.
J.p. UC. LXI, 508, 105.
A.c.p. (3) XXXIX, 460.
C.R. XXXVI, 1090.
Chem. Gaz. 1853, 380.
Chem. Gaz. 1853, 416.
C.C. 1853, 362.
Pol. Centr. 1853, 547.
ANN. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. xr.
220
1853
1853
1853
1854
1854
1855
Rivot and
others
Bunsen
Krieger
W ohler
Merkle
and
Gorgeu
Rammelsberg
Wohler and
Merkle
Slater
Burin de
Buisson
Streng
Ed. Davy
Von Hauer
Zwenger
Trommsdorfft
Liebig
Mohr
Vohl
Reithner
Marignac
Literature of Manganese.
Estimation
Estimation
Volumetric estima-
tion
Phosphide
Color of MnO solu-
tions
Crystallographic
Permanganic acid
Action of P on
KeMn203
Color of MnO salts
Volumetric estima-
mation
Detection
Chloride
Potassic manganate
Phospho-perman-
ganic acid
Protoxide
Estimation of MnOz
Double salts
Color (?)
Crystallographic
Pol. Centr. 1853, 821.
AO es LENORE RI VIL, 285.
A.C. P. LXXXVII, 257.
Chem. Gaz. 1853. 450.
Am. J.Sci. (2) XVII, 126.
J.p.C. LXI, 472.
A.C.P. LXXXVI, 371.
C.C. 1854, 32.
Jahresb. 1854, 358.
C.R. XXXVI, 861.
Instit. 1853, 162.
Am. J. Sci. (2) XVI, 416.
J.D. Cy RX 2325:
C.C. 1853, 383.
J.de Pharm. (3) XXVII, 253.
Chem. Gaz. 1853, 248.
Jahresb. 1854, 358.
A.c.p. (3) XLII, 70.
Pogg. XCI, 340.
A.C.P. LXXXVI, 373.
J.p.C. LX, 18£.
C.'C. 1853, 943.
Chem. Gaz. 1854, 89.
Jahresb. 1854. 359.
Chem. Gaz. 1853, 329.
Jp Ce ALC oe7e
J. pharm. (3) XXVIII, 345.
Pogg. Ann. XCII, 57.
A.C. P. XCII, 411.
Chem. Gaz. 1854, 271.
Ch Dam 20s
Proc. Roy. Soc. VI, 385.
Chem. Gaz. 1854, 117.
Wien. Akad. Ber. XIII, 453.
J.p.C. LXIII, 436.
Jahresb. 1852, 353.
A.C. P. XCI, 46.
J.p.C. LXIII, 251.
©. C. 1854, 784.
Arch. Pharm. (2) LXXX, 262.
N. Jahrb. Pharm. III, 219.
AY CUP. XC Va 16:
Chem. Gaz. 1855, 330.
Jahresb. 1855 379.
Lehrb. d. Titrirmethode.
Ding]. J. CXXXYV, 289.
Ay Geen e NCR ST
ite een even te
J. paces GueseVa ties
Vierteljabresschr. Pharm. IV, 377.
Recher. des formes cryst. Geneve.
Annie Mz (5):
C.K. XGETT; 288:
1855, I, 170.
1855.
1855
1855
1855
1856
1856
Rammelsberg
Deville
Otto
Lotz
Bonnewyn
Fresenius
Balmain
Dunlop
Playfair
Condy
Gorup-
Besanez
Barrow
Cook
Von Hauer
Béchamp
Carius
Thénard
Literature of Manganese.
Crystallographic
Pure fused metal
Hydrated three-
fourths oxide
Tungstate
Occurrence in blood
Analytical
Technical; recovery
of Mn0Oz
Technical; recovery
of MnO2
Cyanide
Patent disinfectant
Occurrence in
“Trapa][natans ”
Technical recovery
Treatment of ores
Chloro-bicadmiate
Transformation of
albumen into Urea
by means of
KeMnz2 Og
Mn203 3803
Permanganic acid
Pogs. Ann.
J.p.C. LXV, 181.
C.C. 1855, 344.
JG (5195
Dingl. CXL, 428.
A.C. PRP. CI, 326:
ASC. PRP. XCMI, 372:
Chem. Gaz. 1855, 171.
Joop Goy LPR VE ole
Jahresb. 1855, 379.
J.p.C. LXIII, 214.
J.de Pharm.
Pol. Centr.
Oe Comic eels
Lond. J. Arts.
Hessisch. Gewerbebl.
Chem. Gaz. 1856, 79.
Pat. Specif. Abr. 446.
J.e. 2, DU, 72:
(3) XLVI, 182.
1856, 36.
XCIV, 507.
(3) XXVII, 284.
Dingl. J. CXXXV, 277.
1855, 693 and 745,
1856, 176.
Ding]. J. CXXXIX, 238.
Technologiste.
Pol. Centr.
Jahresb.
1856, 700.
1856, 792.
1856, Apr. 341.
Pat. Specif. Abr. , 453 and 471.
Chem. Gaz. 1856, 200.
Rep. Pat. Inv.
Ding]. CXL, 104.
Jahresb. 1856, 792.
Pol. Centr. 1856, 832.
Mateuke aie yale
d.p.C. LXIX, 287.
Pat. Specif. Abr. 496.
Hofmann’s Rep. Exhib. of 1862.
A.C0.P. G,.106.
Pat. Specif. Abr.
Pat. Specif. Abr.
477.
505.
1856, 236.
221
Sitzungsb. Akad. Wiss. Wien. XVII, 331.
Chem. Gaz.
A.c. p.
J. pharm.
Cimento. IV, 155.
A.C. P. ©, 247.
C.C. 1857, 127.
Jahresb. 1856, 696.
A.C. P. XCVIIi, 53.
J. p. C. LXVILII, 377.
C.C. 1856, 465.
Arch. ph. nat.
Chem. Gaz. 1856, 292.
Jahresb. 1856, 382.
C.R. 382.
Instit. 1856, 88.
Arch. ph. nat.
dahresb. 1856, 384.
1856, 6.
(3), XLVI, 348.
(3) XXXI, 32.
XXXII, 235.
XXXI, 351.
222
Literature of Manganese.
1856 | Thénard
1856
1857
1857
1857
1857
1857
1857
1857
1857
1857
1857
1857
Gossmann
Spiller
Muspratt
Gatty
Richardson
Frémy
Brunner
Brunner
Deville
Brunner
Von Hauer
J. Hoffman
Permanganic acid
KeMnzO3 as a decolor-
izer
Recovery of MnOz
Nitrate
Ores
Metal
Preparation of metal
Properties of metal
Metal
Metal containing Si
Atomic weight
Borate
J.p.C. LXIX, 58.
C.C. 1856, 289.
AN Ce. EXCL, 37s.
Pol. Centr. 1856, 1275.
J.p.C. LXIX, 469.
Oaeae hy 7 100 i yy
Dingl.J. CXLII, 316.
Jahresb. 1856, 496.
Quart. J. Chem. Soe.
Pat. Specif. Abr. 536.
Pol. Centr. 1858, 700.
Pat. Specif. Abr. 545.
Pat. Specif. Abr. 554.
C.R. XLIV, 632.
Inst. 1857, 102.
J.pharm. (3) XXXI, 321.
J.p.C. LXXI, 79.
AV Cake. ‘CL, oat.
C.C. 1857, 463.
Jahresb. 1857, 201.
Dingler J. CXLIV, 44.
Chem. Gaz. 1858, 5.
Pogg. CI, 264.
Dingl. J. CXLIV, 184.
Pol. Centr. 1857, 1825 and 1636.
C.C. 1857, 408.
dig (@ouls ANNE aby,
C.R. XLIV, 630.
Chem. Gaz. 1857, 163.
Instit. 1857, 101.
Am.J.Sci. (2) XXIV, 140.
J. pac. EXIT.
A.€.P. CII, 330.
Bern. Mitth, 1857, 72.
Jahresb. 1857, 201.
C.R. XLIV, 673.
Chem. Gaz. 1857, 201.
J.p.C. LXXI, 289.
UNG Op sey CONIA RB YA,
Jahresb. 1857, 203.
Bern. Mitth, 1857, 128.
Pogg. CIII, 139.
Chem. Gaz. 1858, 178.
C.C. 1858, 161.
Jahresb. 1857, 204.
Wien. Acad. Ber. XXYV, 124.
J.p.C. LXXII, 352.
C.C. 1857, 881.
Chem. Gaz. 1858, 41.
Am.J.Sci. (2) XXVIII, 437.
Mitth. d. Nassauer Gewerbvereins.
XIV.
Dingl. J. CXLYV, 450.
Pol. Centr. 1857, 1514.
J.c.T. II, 482.
IX.
1857,
Literature of Manganese. 223
1857 | Reissig Technical recovery ANOLE OUD IRL,
of MnO, Dingl. pol. J. CXLV, 439.
Pol. Centr. 1857, 1508.
J.p.C. LXXII, 383.
(ON OFuam (35) Meo he
Jahresb. 1857, 206.
1857 | Marignac Cryst. form of chlo- |C.R. XLV, 650.
ride ) | Instit. 1857, 364.
Arch. ph. nat. XXXVI, 207.
Phil. Mag. (4) XV, 157.
Jahresb. 1857, 207.
1857 | Bottger Delicate test for Mn | J.desphys. Verzu Frankf. 1856, 27.
J.p.C. BXX, 433.
Pol. Centr. 1857, 886.
N. Repert. Pharm. VI, 247.
Pol. Notizbl. 1857, No. 1X.
C. C. 1857, 635.
Jahresb. 1857, 136.
1857 | Elliot Recovery of Mn from | Rep. Pat. Iny. 1857.
Cl residues Polyt. Centr. 1857, 1033.
Dingl. Pol. J. CXLYV, 238.
Jahresb. 1857, 623.
Pat. Specif. Abr. 503.
1857 | Field Separation from FeO | Chem. Gaz. 1857, 374.
Dingl. CXLVI, 315.
Jahresb. 1857, 592.
1857 | Barreswil Test for MnO C.R. LXIV, 677.
Instit. 1857, 114.
Chem. Gaz. 1857, 291.
J.pharm. (3) XXXI, 342.
C.C. 1857, 449.
De r@.) LX 317.
Jahresb. 1857, 592.
1857 | Terreil Separation from Zn, |C.R. XLV, 652.
Co, and Ni Instit. 1857, 366.
J.pharm. (3) XXXII, 383.
Chem. Gaz. 1857, 452.
J.p.C. LXXIII, 481.
Jahresb. 1857, 593.
1857 | Souchay and | Oxalates A.C. P. CII, 35; CIII, 308.
Lenssen J.p.C. LXXI, 295.
J.p.C, LXXIII, 42.
C.C. 1857, 519.
Jahresb. 1857, 291.
1857 | Croft Oxalate Canad. J. II, 30.
Chem. Gaz. 1857, 62.
J. pr. Chem. LXXIII, 59.
C.C. 1857, 233.
Jahresb. 1857, 292.
1857 | Stadeler Action of K,Mn20, J.p.C. LXXII, 251.
on albumen C.C. 1858, 90.
J.pharm. (3) XXXIII, 156.
Chem. Gaz. 1858, 101.
Jabresb. 1857, 537.
1858 | Henry Separation from Co Phil. Mag. (4), XVI, 197.
and Ni C.C. 1859, 94.
224
1858
1858
1858
1858
1858
1859
1859
1859
1859
Literature of Manganese.
Henry
Abich
Schoénbein
Von Hauer
Haeffely
Kestner
Schabus
H. Rose
Cloez and
Guignet
Souchay and
Lenssen
Wohler
Gorgew
Hempel
Tennant
Béchamp
Schneider
Beketoff
Béchamp
Ordway
Fordos and
Gélis
Separation from Co
and Ni
Geological
Acetate of MnO,
Sulphate of Mn and
K
Technical recovery
Dunlop’s process
Cryst. form of
MnS0O,+K,S0,42H,0
Sesquioxide solu-
tions
Action of KeMn,0, on
organic matter
Oxalates
Silicide
Oxalate
Action of KI on
K,Mn,O;
Technical
Occurrence in blood
Atomic Weight
Experiments with
K,Mn,0,
Preparation of
K,Mn,O,
Analysis of sulphur
compounds
J.p:C. “DXXVI, 252.
Jahresb. 1858, 619.
Am.J. Sci. 1869 (4) XVI, 197.
Petersb. Akad. Bull. XVI, 305.
Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, 1858.
J.p.C. LXXIV, 325.
C.C. 1858, 778.
Jahresb. 1858, 188.
J.p.C. LXXIV, 431.
Pat. Specif. Abr. 1000.
Bull. Soc. Ind. Mulh. No. 142, 332.
Pol. Centr. 1858, 800.
Wien. Akad. Ber. XXIX, 441.
Pogg. CV, 289.
CyGry s5o S12:
Jp. CO. LaxXooval, 115.
Chem. Gaz. 1859, 101.
Berl. Acad. Ber. 1858, 519.
Jahresb. 1858, 171.
COR) XLVI, 710:
INe( GRIPS HOMWANUIS Sits
Dingl. CL, 419. .
Jahresb. 1858, 171.
AS CUPS (CVr 215:
J.p.C. LXXIV, 167.
C.C. 1858, 289.
Chem. Gaz. 1858, 264. F
Jahresb. 1858, 244.
Nachr. Gd6ttingen, 1858, 59.
AC..Ps (CVI; 54;
Chem. Gaz. 1858, 233.
C.R. XLVII, 929.
Chem. Gaz. 1859, 71.
Instit. 1858, 419.
Jahresb. 1858, 245.
A.C. P. CVII, 100.
J.p.C. LXXV, 383.
Dingl, CXLVII, 440.
C. R. XLIX, 895.
Pogg. CVII, 605.
C.C. 1859, 768.
Phil. Mag. (4) XVIII, 268.
Chem. Gaz. 1859, 474.
PRE OH 245 ODOM 77h
Jahresb. 1859, 178.
Bull. soc. chim. May, 1859, 43.
Jahresb. 1859, 179.
A.¢.p- (3) LVIE, 293.
gOS. Wal bates
Jahresb. 1859, 180.
Rép. chim. appl. II. 65.
Am.J.Sci. (2) XXVII, 16.
J.de pharm. (3) XXXVI, 113.
1859
1859
1859
1859
1859
1859
1859
1859
1860
1860
1860
1860
1860
1860
1860
Krieg
Phipson
Nolter
Béchamp
Lenssen
Luboldt
Bottger
Heintz
Von Kobell
Dumas
Matthiesson
Rose
Lenssen
Struve
Wohler and
Michel
Rose
Dellfs
Reinige
Literature of Manganese.
Technical
Non][{existence of
H,Mn,O,
Technical
Action of K,Mn.Og3
on albumen
Action of As,O, on
K,Mn,O,
Decomposition of
K,Mn,0,
Action of Ca Cl,0,
on MnCl,
Ethyl succinate
Estimation
Atomic Weight
Organic compounds
Estimation
Volumetric estima-
tion of protoxide
Pyrophosphate
Alloy of Mn and Al
Separation from Co
and Ni
Separation from FeO
K.Mn,0,
Pol. Centr.
Cc. R.
Instit.
L, 694.
1860, 124.
1859, 815.
J.p.C. LXXX, 122.
Ding]. J. CLVI, 239.
WA OL 1B
C.C. 1860, 460.
JiG. Le ViL, 208.
Rep. chim. pure.
Jahresb.
Berg. u. Hiittenm
Dingl. J.
Chem. Gaz.
C.C. 1859, 414.
Pol. Centr. 1859,
J.c.T. V, 65.
A. ¢. Pp:
Jahresb.
1860, 392.
II, 161.
1860, 166.
Be Area
CLII, 136.
1859, 288.
1859, XVII.
1079.
(3), LVI, 291.
1859, 181.
J. p. Cy, XX VINE, 197:
J.p.C. LXXVII, 315.
Jahresb.
1859, 181,
2
5
Jahresb. phy. Verein Frankfurt, 1858, 47.
Hp. C,) UXXVI,
Dingl. CLI, 428.
235.
N. Jahrb. Pharm. XI, 265.
Vierteljahrschr.
Jahresb.
Pogg. CVIII, 94.
J.p.C. LXXVI,
A.c.p.
Pharm. VIII, 450.
185, 202, note.
415.
(3) LV, 129.
A.C.P. CXIII, 25.
Chem. Gaz.
1859,
78.
J.p. Cx XXV IN, 227.
Pogg. CX, 120.
Vip Oo)
C.C. 1860, 583.
1860, 557
Rep. chim. pure IT, 391.
Jahresb.
C.C.
Jahresb.
di. pC. TAX,
1861, 78.
1860, 644.
dic Ps ©s CEIXEXEX,
408.
1860, 655.
o46,
A.C.P. CXV, 102.
Pogg.
Phe (OG) tek
CX, 411.
1860, 625
Rep. chim. pure III, 91.
Jahresb.
Z.C.P. 1860, 81.
Pol. Notizbl.
Jahresb.
Archiy. Pharm,
1860, 655.
1860, 109.
J.c.T. VI, 259.
1860, 166.
(2) CI, M5
226
Literature of Manganese.
1860
1860
1860
1860
1860
1860
1861
1861
1861
1861
1861
1861
1861
1861
1861
Debray
Machuca
Aschoff
Gorgeu
Von Hauer
Rose
Lange
Kraut
Bottger
Rose
Ordway
Schiff
Mohr
Quadrat
Schénbein
Nordenskisld
Elliot and
Storer
TINO, in ores of Mn
x
Analysis of K,Mn,O,
K,Mn,O,
Double salt of man-
ganate and per-
manganate
Sulphate
Estimation as sul-
phide
Acetate Mn and Ce
Hyposulphate
Spectrum of chloride
Analytical
Solubility of Mn SO,
in alcohol
Estimation
Estimation
Manganese Amal-
gam
Artificial minerals
MnO,
C.R. L, 868.
J.p.C. LXXXVI, 412.
Cc. C.
Pol. Centr. 1860, 1340.
Pol. Centr. 1861, 1386.
C.R. LI, 140 and 214.
Rep. chim. pure. II, 316.
Z.C.P. 1860, 656.
J.p.C. LXXXI, 40.]
C.C. 1860, 864.
Dingl. J. CLVII, 239.
Da gti WLS Utes?)
Jahresb. 1860, 167.
Berl. Acad. Ber. 1860, 474.
J.p.c. LXXXI, 29.
Arch, pharm. (2) CIV, 141.
Pogg. CXI, 217.
C.R. L, 610.
AMIGa pr) (3) plas ioooe
J.p.(. LXXX, 123.
Chem. News. IV, 103.
C.C. 1860, 838 and 460.
Rep. chim. pure. 178.
Inst. 1860, 140.
Rep. chem. pure. II, 161.
J.c.T. VI, 259.
Jahresb. 1860, 169.
Wien. Acad. Ber. XXXIX, 447.
J.p-C. LXXX, 230.
C.C. 1860, 423.
Jahresb. 1860, 170.
Pogg. CX, 122 and 301.
Jes COT Be,
J.p.C. LXXXIV, 125.
J. plC!” LRXEV; 393.
Am. J. Sci. (2) XXXI, 113.
Am. J. Sci. (2), XXXII, 338.
WhC, Pi CXVIMG 30!
A.C. P. CXVII, 382.
Rep. chim. appl. III, 254.
Jahresb. 1861, 850.
Schweitzer. pol. Zeitschr. VI, 103.
Pol. Centr. 1861, 683.
Z.C. P. 1861, 605.
Poge. CXII, 445.
Jahresb. 1861, 95.
Pogg. Ann. CXIV, 619.
J.p.C. LXXXV, 431.
Jahresb. 1861, 260.
Proc. Am. Acad. Sci.
Chem. News. VI, 121.
J. pe C.) eXiC) 288;
Jahresb. 1861, 261.
V, 192.
1861 | Gentele
1861
1861
1861
Lea
Morin
Moller
1861 | Weltzien
1861 | Deville
1861 | Wohler
1862 | Giles
1862 | Pean de
St. Gilles
1862 | Brodie
1862 | Gorgeu
1862 | Terreil
Binks and
Macqueen
1862
1862 | Simmler
1863 | Wiederhold
Caron
Fresenius
1863
1863
NOVEMBER, 1875.
Literature of Manganese.
Crystallized Na,MnO,
Ammonio-picrate
Pigments
Separation from FeO
Action of K,Mn,0O,
on iodine
Action of HCl on
oxides at high tem-
peratures
Action of NaNO, on
MnO,
Preparation of metal
from its amalgam
Oxychloride
Catalytic phenomena
Manganous acid
Hyper-manganic
acid
Recovery of MnO,
from chlorine resi-
dues
Spectrum
Technical
Fluxes
Analytical
17
227
J.p.C. LXXXIlI, 58.
Rep. Chim. pure. IIT, 370.
J.pharm. (3) XXXIX, 473.
Jahresb. 1861, 261.
Am. J. Sci. (2) XXXI, 85.
Pat. Specif. Abr. 749.
A.C. P. CXX, 243.
Z. anal. Chem. I, 217.
A.C. P. CXX, 349.
Jahresb. 1861, 262.
C.R. LIT, 1264, LILI, 199.
Instit. 1861, 205 and 257.
Rep.chim. pure. II, 324 and 373.
Jahrb. Min. 1861, 703; 1862, 80.
A.C. P. CXX, 180.
Jahresb. 1861, 7.
A.C. P. CXIX, 375.
J.p.C. LXXXvV, 311.
Phil. Mag. (4), XXIV, 328.
Pogg. CXVII, 528.
Jahresb. 1862, 154.
C.R. LV, 329.
Instit. 1862, 286.
Z.C.P. 1862, 569.
C.C. 1863, 208.
J.p.C. LXXXVIII, 123,
JiiGr Le) NG S60:
Rep. chim. pure. IV, 379.
Pol. Centr. 1863, 622.
Jahresb. 1862, 155.
Proc. Roy. Soc. XII, 209.
J.p.C. LXXXVIII, 342.
A.c.p: (3); XVI, 153:
Rep. chim. pure. IV, 415.
C.C. 1863. 145.
Jahresb. 1862, 155.
Bull. soc. chim. 1862, 40,
Z.C.P. 1868, 437.
Tgp is VAIS ByAE 5
C.C. 1863, 78.
Chem. News. VI. 57.
Jahresb. 1862, 156.
Technologiste. 1862, 627.
Polyt. Centr. 1862, 1659,
Pat. Specif. Abr. 672,
C.C. 1868, 254.
Jahresb. 1862, 659.
Pogg. CXV, 242 and 425,
Z. anal. Ch. 1, 356.
Dingl. J. CLXIX, 316,
Pol. Centr. 1863, 1310.
Dis Mts VDeet tls
Deutsche Gewerbe Ztg.
C.R. LVII, 786.
Z.anal. Ch. II, 346.
Pol. Centr. 1864. 826.
ANN. Juyc. Nat. Hist: Von. xm
1863, 196.
228
1863
1863
1863
1863
1863
1863
1863
1863
1863
1864
1864
1864
Oudemans
Guyard
Hoppe-Seyler
Bottger
Demarquai
Richter
Kessler
Lang
Pope
Mittenzwey
Fresenius
Rosenstiehl
Literature of Manganese.
Laurate
Volumetric estima-
tion
Optical properties of
solutions of higher
oxides
Preparation of
K,Mn,Og
Disinfectant
Amount Mn iniron
Action of K,Mn,Og
on protosalts
Non-existence of
nitrite
Specific heat of sul-
phate
Volumetric estima-
tion
Volumetric estima-
tion
Barium manganate
J.p.C.
CC.
LXXXIX, 213
1863,-737.
Bull. soc. chim. V, 568.
Jahresb. 1863, 333.
Bull. soc. chim. VI, 89.
Chem. News.
J. pharm.
C.C. 1864, 339.
Jahresb. 1863, 679.
J.p.C. XC, 303.
Z.C.P. 1864, 91.
C.C. 1864, 479.
J. pharm.
VIII, 292, IX, 13.
(3) XLV, 409.
(3) XLV, 355.
Bull. soc. chim. VI, 269.
Am. J. Sci.
Jahresb. 1863, 228.
(2) XX XVII, 408.
Begliickw. J. Frankf. V, 1863, 6.
J. paC. MC w56;
Pol. Centr. 1864, 53.
Dingl. J. CLXX, 286.
Pol. Notizbl.
J.c.T. IX, 356.
C.C. 1864, 430.
J.pharm.
Jahresb. 1863, 228.
Polyt. Centr.
1863, 321.
Vierteljahreschritt Pharm.
XIII, 221.
(3) XLV, 356.
1863, 1311.
B.u. H. Jahrbuch. XI, 295.
Am. J. Sci.
Pogg. CXVIII, 17.
Z. anal. Chem.
Pogg. CXVIII, 280.
J.p.C. LXXXVI.
Pogg. CXX, 368.
J.p.C. XCI, 81.
Ding]. CLXXIII, 294.
C.C.. 1864, 550.
Z. anal. Ch. III, 371.
Chem. News. IX, 253.
Bull. soc. chim.
Jahresb. 1864, 680.
TI, 383.
(2) XXXV, 120.
(2) III, 131.
Z. anal Chem. III, 209.
Rapport sur le concours pour le prix
Bonfils par J. Nickles 1865, 6 and 18.
J. pharm.
(3) XLVI, 344.
Ding]. J. CLXXVI, 409.
J.p.C. XLV, 233; XLVI, 344.
Arch. Pharm. CXXIII, 146.
Pol. Notizbl.
Deutsche Ind. Ztg.
Kurhess. Gewerbebl.
J.c. TL. XI, 365.
Jahresb. 1864, 822.
Pol. Centr. 1865, 1374.
1865, 264.
1865, 368.
1865, 769.
1864
1864
1865
1865
1865
1865
1865
1865
1865
1865
1865
1865
1866
Rosenstiehl
Gerland -
Dittmar
Luckow
Rube
Habich
Schwartz
Gibbs
Nickles
Geuther
Graeger
How
Roussin
Literature of Manganese.
Barium manganate
Co and Ni in Pyro-
lusite
Calcination of oxides
in oxygen gas
Estimation by elec-
trolyt. precipitation
as MnO,
Separation
Volumetric estima-
tion
Separation from Co,
Ni and Zn.
Superchloride and
iodides
Protoxide
Preparation of
K,Mn,0,
Technical
Action of sodium
amalgam on solu-
tions
Deutsche Gewrbe Ztg. 1865, 372.
Berg. u. hiittenm. Ztg. 1864, 176.
Pol. Centr. 1864, 1387.
Jt Cr ls 124,
Chem. Soc. J. (2) II, 294.
Z.C.P. 1864, 449.
J.p.C. XCTIYV, 345.
C.C. 1865, 364.
Jahresb. 1864, 234,
Dingl. CLXXVII, 231 and 296.
Ding]. CLXXVIII, 42.
Jahresb. 1845, 686.
J.p.C. XCIV, 246.
Z.C. 1865, 347.
Z.anal. Ch. IV, 421.
C.C. 1865, 830.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) IV, 119.
Jahresb. 1865, 711.
Z. anal. Ch. III, 474.
Z. Chem. 1865, 473.
Jahresb. 1865, 713.
Bresl. Gewerbebl. 1865, No. 27.
Pol. Centr. 1865, 1023.
J. c. LT. XT, 364.
Am. J.Sci. (2) XXXIX, 58.
Z. anal. Ch. III, 331.
J.p.C. XCV, 356.
Z.C. 1865, 307.
C.C. 1865, 405.
Dingl. CLXXVITI, 133.
Chem. News. XI, 101 and 174.
Jahresb. 1865, 712.
A.c.p. (4))'V; 161.
Caney Gixe 479:
Instit. 1865, 73.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) IV, 108.
J. pharm. (4) I, 328.
Z. CG. 1865, 425.
C.C. 1865, 316.
Chem. News. XI, 129, 254.
Jahresb. 1865, 224.
Jena. Zeit. Med. u. Nat.
Z.C. 1865, 347.
J.p.C. XCVI, 169.
Z.C. 1866, 60.
C.C. 1866, 47.
Z. anal. Ch. IV, 410.
Jahresb. 1865, 226.
Pol. Centr. 1866, 137.
J.c.T. XI, 363.
Transactions N.S. Inst. Nat. Sci.
Chem. News. XII, 232.
J.pharm. (4) III, 413.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) VI, 93.
Z.C. 1866, 576.
Z. anal. Ch. VI, 100.
II, 127.
229
230
1866
1866
1866
1866
1866
1866
1866
1866
1866
1866
1867
1867
1867
Literature of
Manganese.
Roussin
?
Wagner
Clark
Reichardt
Baudrimont,
Schad
P. W. Hof-
mann
Miiller
Miiller
Gibbs
Sticht
Tessié du
Motay
Action of sodium
amalgam on solu-
tions
Disinfecting solutions
Techn. recovery
Separation from
earths
“Casseler green”
Technical recovery
of MnO,
Action of CS, on
K,Mn0O,
Optical properties
of K,Mn,O,
Estimation as pyro-
phosphate
A
Mn,O,
H.Mn,0, for bleach-
ing
Chem. News. XIV, 27 and 42.
Jahresb. 1866, 170.
Dingl. CLXVI, 197.
J.c.T. XII, 263.
Pat. Specif. Abr. 1000.
Z.anal. Ch. V, 60.
Arch. Pharm. (2) CXXIX, 234.
Z.C. 1866, 592.
Vierteljahrs. Pharm. XVI, 394.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) VII, 495.
Jahresb. 1866, 800.
C.R. LXII, 829.
Instit. 1866, 134.
J. pharm. (4) III, 347.
Chem. News. XIII, 193.
J.p.C. XCVIII, 283.
Z.C. 1866, 247.
C.C. 1866, 848.
Jahresb. 1866, 160.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) V, 477.
Pat. Specif. Abr. 873.
|J.c.T. XI, 365.
Ding]. CLXXXI, 364.
Z.C. 1866, 608.
Chem. News. XVI, 163.
Jahresb. 1866, 857.
Pogg. CXXVII, 404.
C.C. 1866, 561.
Z.C. 1866, 267.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) VI, 447.
Pogg. CXXVIII, 335.
Z.C. 1866, 578.
Am. J.Sci. (2) XLIV, 216.
Chem. News. XVII, 195.
Z.C. 1867, 721.
J.p.C. CIII, 395.
Jahresb. 1867, 845.
Z. anal. Ch. VII, 101.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) IX, 201.
Vierteljahres. Pharm. XV, 259.
Pol. Centr. 1867, 614.
Deutsch. Indust. Ztft. 1867, 198.
J.c.T. XIII, 275.
Les Mondes. XIV, 95.
Chem. News. No. 38, 222.
Schweitz. pol. Ztschft. 1867, 98.
Muster Ztg. 1867, XVI, 146.
Buchner’s Repert. XVI, 583.
Dingler. J. CLXXXIV, 524.
Pol. Centr. 1867, 540 and 1130.
Deutsche. Ind. Ztg.
Kurhess. Gewerbebl.
Hannover Mittheil.
J.C. TE. SLU G52.
1866, 962.
1866, 100.
1867, 158 and 317.
Literature of Manganese.
231
1867
1867
1867
1867
1867
1867
1867
1867
1867
1867
1867
1867
1868
1868
1868
1868
1868
1868
1868
Weldon
Tessié du
Motay
Esquiron et
Gouin
Swiontowski
Skey
Nickles
Landauer
Letheby
Braun
Eaton and
Fittig
Wheeler
Eggertz
Descamps
Sidot
Nickles
Tuchschmidt
Terreil
Groth
Braun
Technical recovery
of MnO,
Technical prepara-
tion of K,Mn,O;
Recovery of MnO,
Action of K,Mn,0,
on H,0O,
Separation
Fluorides
Blowpipe test
K,Mn,0, as disinfec-
tant
Delicate reactions
Cyanides
Action on uric acid
Estimation in iron
ores
Cyanides
Crystallized sulphide
Fluorides
Ba in Pyrolusite
Separation
Permanganates
Detection
C.C.
Laboratory. I, 445.
Chem. News. XVI, 125.
Dingl. CLXXXVI, 129.
J.p.C. CII, 478.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) VIII, 449.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) IX, 166.
Bull. Soc. d’Encourage. 1867, 472.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) VIII, 455.
Dingl. CLXXXVI, 231.
Jahresb. 1867, 911.
Ann. Génie Civil. 1867, 270.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) VIII, 187.
A.C. P. CXLI, 205.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) VIII, 404.
Chem. News. 201.
Z.C. (2) IV, 1238.
C.R. LXV, 107.
Chem. News. XVII, 10.
Chem. News. XVI, 105.
Dingl. CLXXXIII, 227.
Z. anal. Ch. VI, 73.
Z.C. 1867, 541.
1867, 396.
Jahresb. 1867, 845.
AG CaP ORV; LOT
Z.C. 1867, 107.
N. arch. ph. nat. XXVIII, 361.
Inst. 1868, 224.
Jahresb. 1867, 373.
Am. J. Sci. (2) XLIV, 110 and 218.
Berg. Huttenm. Ztg.
Schweitz. pol. Zts. 1867, 154.
Z.C. (2) 1V, 507. .
Z. anal. Ch. VII, 495.
Jahresb. 1868, 872.
C.R. LXVI, 628.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) IX, 443.
Z.C. (2) 1V, 415 and 592.
Jahresb. 1868, 306.
CR exeval zo ye
Z.C. (2) IV, 544.
Jahresb. 1868, 229.
C.R. LXVII, 448.
Z.C. (2) 1V, 701.
Instit. 1868, 265.
Bull. soc. chim.
J.p.C. CVI.
Jahresb. 1868, 229,
J.p.C. Cill, 47s.
Ain (tale S-OMYA Spek
C.R. LXVI, 668.
Z.C. (2) IV, 337.
Pogg. CXXXIII, 203.
Z.anal.C. VII, 340.
Z.C. 1869, 306.
(2) XT, 411.
232 Literature of Manganese.
1868 | Braun Detection Jahresb. 1868, 227.
1868 | Leykauf ‘“‘ Niirnberger Violet ” | Deutsch. Indust. 1868, 376 and 428.
Pol. Notizbl. 1868, 272 and 335.
Dingl. J. CXC, 70.
Hessische Gewerbebl. 1868, 304. ;
Pol. Centr. 1868, 1339.
Monit. scientif. 1868, 713.
Bull. soc. chim. (2), X, 76.
Js Cs Bs, SND, B26.
1868 | Stideler K,Mn,0; J.p.C. CII, 107.
N.R. Pharm. XVIII, 178.
Z. anal. Ch. VII, 467.
Dingl. J. CLXXXIX, 84.
J.C. LD. SVG 327.
Pol. Centr. 1869, 696.
Pol. Notizbl. 1868, 179.
Jahresb. 1868, 228.
1869 | Prior Estimation Z. anal. Ch. VIII, 428.
Z.C. 1870, 274.
Jahresb. 1869, 886.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) XIV, 194.
1869 | Damour Separation from C.R. LXIX, 168.
magnesia Instit. 1869, 243.
Jahresb. 1869, 891.
1869 | Renard Removal from zine Bull. soc. chim. (2) XI, 473.
solution Z. anal. Ch. VIII, 460.
Chem. News. XX, 35.
Z.C. 1869, 662.
C. C. 1870, 224.
Jahresb. 1869, 896.
1869 | Sidot Crystallographic CG. R. LXIX, 201.
Z.C. 1869, 606.
Jahresb. 1869, 251.
1869 | Lindner Manganate of baryta | Z.C. 1869, 442.
Jahresb. 1869, 217.
1869 | How Estimation Jahresb. 1869, 887.
Bull.soc. chim. (2) XIII, 48.
Z.C. 1869, 414.
Z. anal. Ch. IX, 382.
Chem. News. XIX, 137.
1869 | How Oxalate Chem. News. XIX, 41.
Z.C. 1869, 246.
Jahresb. 1869, 537.
1869 | Delaurier K,Mn.0g Chem. News. XX, 240.
Les Mondes, 4. November, 1869.
Jahresb. 1869, 1052.
1869 | Luck Spectroscopic; super-| 7, anal. C. VIII, 405.
chloride. Bull. soc. chim. (2) XIII, 499.
Z. C. 1870, 288.
Jahresb. 1869, 184.
1869 | Richters. Regeneration of Bull. soc. chim. (2), XII, 335.
peroxide Dingl. J. CXCIL, 60, 133 and 234.
Pol. Centr. 1869, 670 and 1230.
J.c.T. XV, 209.
1869 | Weldon Regeneration of Bull. soc. chim. (2), XII, 497.
peroxide
Literature of Manganese. 233
1869
1869
1869
1869
1870
1870
1870
1870
Weldon
Classen
Muck
Flagey
Muck
Vogel
Gruner
F, F. Allen
Kohn
Ladenburg
Valenciennes
1870 | Schwarz
Regeneration of
peroxide
Estimation
Formation of green
sulphide
MnO for coloring
glass
Sep. of Co. from Mn.
In ash of plants
Effect of iron and
steel
Alloys
Alloys with iron
Aceto-formiute
Alloy with Cu and
Co
** Manganiliister”
Chem. News. 1869, XX, 109.
Jahresb. 1869, 1031.
Rep. Br. Assoc. 1869, trans. 79.
Pol. Centr. 1869, 1325.
Dingl. J. CXCIV, 51.
C.C. 1870, 76.
Monit. scientif. XII, 113.
J.pharm. (4) XII, 45.
J.c.T. XV, 196.
Z. anal. Ch. VIII, 370.
Z.C. 1870, 285.
C.C. 1870, 350.
Bull. soc. chim. 1870, (2) XIV, 44.
Jahresb. 1869, 887.
Z.C. 1869, 580 and 640.
Chem. News. XX, 226.
Jabresb. 1859, 261.
Annal. du Génie civil. 1869, Oct., 732.
Pol. Centr. 1870, 608.
VCs La) ROVE ios
Z.C. V, 626.
Bull. soc. chim. XIII, 334.
N.R. Pharm. XIX, 423.
Jabresb. 1870, 994.
Ding]. J. CXCV, 336.
Pol. Centr. 1870, 556.
Berg- u. hiittenm. Z. 1870, 46.
Jahresb. 1870, 1091.
Chem. News. XXII, 194.
C.C. 1870, 772.
Jahresb. 1870, 1103 and 351.
Dingl. J. CXCVIUII, 517.
Engineering. Sept., 1870.
Dingl.7J. CXCVIII, 205.
Berg. u. hiittenm. Ztg. 1870, 419.
Pol. Centr. 1871, 110 and 1080.
J.c.T. XVII, 27.
Jahresb. 1870, 1103.
Jahresb. 1870, 334.
C.R. LXX, 607.
Pol. Centr. 1870, 936.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) XIV, 193.
D. C. Ges. III, 326.
Instit. 1870, 90.
Berg. u. hiittenm. Ztg. 1870, 304.
Dingl. J. CXCVI, 516.
Deutsche Indust. Ztg. 1870, 155,
Z.C. 1870, 318.
C.C. 1870, 243.
Jahresb. 1870, 350.
Dingl. J. CXCVII, 251.
Turrschmiedt’sgNotizbl. 1870, 220.
Deutsche. Ind. Ztg. 1870, 358.
Pol. Notizbl. 1870, 290.
C.C. 1870, 557.
J.c. 7. XVI, 307.,
234 Literature of Manganese.
1870 | Tissandier Analysis pyrolusite Monit. Scient. 1870, 279.
J.c.T. XVI, 183.
1870 | Reimann “ Mangan braun” Deutsche ill. Gewerbe Ztg. 1869, 313.
Dingl. J. CXCV, 283.
Jahresb. 1870, 1264.
1870 | Muck Sulphide Z.C. 1870, 6.
C.C. 1870, 22.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) XIII, 423.
Jahresb. 1870, 331.
1870 | Wagner Analytical Dingl. J. CXCV, 532.
C.C. 1870, 229.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) XIV, 96.
Je Ck Vil 40.
Pol. Centr. 1870, 829.
Chem. News. 1870, No. 543, 192.
Jahresb. 1870, 331.
1870 | Rowan Estimation in Spie- Engineering. June, 1870, 455.
geleisen Dingl. J. CXCVII, 328.
C.C. 1870, 592.
Ceol exe Ito.
Jahresb. 1870, 993.
1870 | Schulz- Nitrate Z.C. 1870, 646.
Sellack Jahresb. 1870, 334.
1870 | Mohr Permanganate Z.anal. Ch. IX, 43.
potash Z.C. 1870, 446.
Jahresb. 1870, 333.
1870 | Kolbe Perman. potash J.p.C. (2) I, 423.
Jahresb. 1870, 333.
1870 | Spiess Perman. potash J.p.C. (2) 1, 421.
C.C. 1870, 391.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) XIV, 194.
Jahresb. 1870, 332.
1870 | Wernicke Refraction of Pogg. Ann. CXXXIX, 132.
hydrated peroxide | Phil. Mag. (4) XL, 105.
Jahresb. 1870, 164.
1870 | Wernicke Hydr. peroxide Pogg. Ann. CXLI, 109.
formation and Sp. J.p.C. (2) Il, 419.
Gr. C.C. 1870, 689.
: : Jahresb. 1870, 299.
1870 | Pattinson Estimation of per- Chem. News. XXI, 267 (1870).
oxide in ores Bull. soc. chim. (2) XIV, 347.
Pol. Centr. 1871, I, 117 and 1568.
Am. Chem. 1870, 141.
C.C. 1870, 636.
Dingl. J. CXCVII, 422.
Berg. u. hiittenm. Ztg. 1870, 347.
Z.C. 1870, 442.
Z.anal. Ch. IX, 509.
Cw Le eV, SS.
Jahresb. 1870, 991.
1870 | Sherer Estimation of per- | Ghem. News. XXI, 284.
oxide in ores Z. anal. Ch. 1X, 513.
re, Jahresb. 1870, 992.
1870 | Paul Estimation of per- | Chem. News. XXI. 16.
oxide in ores Z. anal. Ch. IX, 410.
Jahresb. 1870, 993.
Literature of Manganese.
235
1870 | Deschamps
1870 | Parker
.870 | Weldon
1870 | Desclabissac §
1870 | Pollaci
1870 | Bohling
1870 | Béttger
1870 | Krebs
1870
1870
Thomson
Mason and
Parkes
1871 | Kimmerer
1871 | Talbut
1871 | Luck
1871 | Chatard
1871 | A. H. Allen
NOVEMBER, 1875.
Tartrate of potassium} C. R. LXX, 813.
and manganese
Estimation of Mn in
spiegeleisen
Oxidation of MnClz
Directions for manu-
facturing manga-
nates and perman-
ganates
Presence in milk
and blood
Permanganate
Permanganate
Action of Mn,O, on
KCIO,
Treatment of ores
Preparation
Precipitation by
bromine
Estimation
Estimation of
peroxide
Estimation
Detection by ferro-
cyanide of potash.
18
Bull. soc. chim.
Z.C. 1870, 317.
C.C. 1870, 292.
Jahresh. 1870, 662.
D.C. Ges. III, 428.
Chem. News. 1870, No. 568, 186.
Dingl. J. CXCIX, 48.
Berg. u. hiittenm. Ztg.
C.C. 1870. 725.
JeCo. Vill, 13%
Brit. Assoc. Rep. Liverpool meeting.
Di CGes) IW Sis:
Chem. News. 1870, No. 570, 145.
Chem. News. 1871, No. 606, 12.
Pol. Centr. 1871, 50, 576, 965.
Ding]. J. CCI, 354.
CORK OF ESV A raat
inion V5 99.0.14 Ari).
Verh. d. Vereins z. beford. des Gerverbefl.
in Preussen. 1870, 142.
Pol. Centr. 1871, 639.
Dingl. J. CCI, 58.
JeiCr iD. SOV ose
Jahresb. 1871, 1023.
Am. Chem, 1871, 233.
C.C. 1871, 508.
J.p.C. May, 1870.
Am.Chem. I, 69 and 121.
Z.anal.C. FX, 277.
Jahresb. 1870, 333.
J.p.C. (2) Il, 135.
C. C: 1870, 164.
Jahresb. 1870, 333.
Z.C. 1870, 243.
Dingl. J. CXCVII, 293,
C.C. 1870, 305.
Jahresb. 1870, 208.
Bull. soe. chim. (2) XIV, 190.
Am. Chem. 1870, 76.
D.C. Ges. IV, 134.
D. C. Ges. IV, 534.
(2) XIV, 250.
1871, 55.
D. C. Ges.. IV, 218.
Z.C. 1871, 444.
Z.anal. C. 1871, 444.
Jahresb. 1871, 866.
D.C. Ges. IV, 279.
Jahresb. 1871, 928.
Z. anal. C. 1871, 310 to 322.
Jahresb. 1871, 929.
Chem. News. XXIV, 196,
Jahresb. 1871, 928.
Chem. News. XXIII, 290,
Z.C. 1871, 413.
Bull, soc. chim. (2) XVI, 93.
ANN, Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. x1.
236
1871
1871
1871
1871
1871
1871
1871
1871
1871
1871
1871
1871
1871
1871
1872
A. H. Allen
Hugo Tamm
Thomson
Skey
Bell
Thomsen
Schrotter
Koosen
Michaelis
Swan
Baudrimont
Loughlin
Rowan
Valentine
Krecke
Leclere
Literature of Manganese.
Detection by ferro-
cyanide of potash
Estimation as
MnNH,P0O,+H20
Alloys with ivon
Position of MnS in
the series of elec-
trical tension
Effect of oxide of
carbon upon oxides
Thermo-chemical
examinations
Alloys
Use of K,Mn,0O;
in battery
Rejoinder
Employment of
KkeMnzO, in photo-
graphy
Generation of
oxygen
Preparation of metal
Technical
Regeneration
Color of chloride
Estimation in soil
and plants
Jahresb. 1871, 930.
Chem. News. XXIV, 148.
Z.C. 1871, 467.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) XVI, 261.
Jahresb. 1871, 932.
Mechanic’s Magazine.
Dingl. J. CXCIX, 394.
J.c.) 0. XVII, i832.
Berg. u. hiittenm. Ztg.
Po]. Centr. 1871. 531.
C. C. -1871, 345.
Jahresb. 1871, 996.
Chem. News. XXIII, 255.
Jahresb. 1871, 122.
Feb. 1871, 78
1871, 232.
Chem. News. XXIII, 258 & 267.
Jahresb. 1871, 265. ,
Pogg.Ann. CXLIII, 344 to 396; 497 to 534.
D.C. Ges. IV, 586 to 590, 308 to 314.
Bull. soc. chim. (2) XVI, 63.
Jahresb. 1871, 101, 104.
Wien Acad. Ber. (2 Abth.) LXIII, 453.
Jahresb. 1871, 1004.
Pogg. CXLIV, 627.
Jenaische Zeitschr.
VII, 110.
J.p.C. (2) IV, 449.
Jahresb. 1871, 250.
Photographic News.
Dingl. J. CCI, 388.
Bull soc. chim. (2) XVI, 360.
C. R.. UXXIII, 264.
Z.C. 1871, 415.
Monit. Scientif. (3) I, 783,
Bull soc. chim. XVI, 2388.
Jahresb. 1871, 206.
Am. Chem. 1871, 454.
Chem. News. XXV, 139.
Bull soc. chim. XVII, 556.
D.C. Ges. IV, 856.
Pol. Centr. 1871, 1569.
J.¢c. 2. XVIII, 350.
D.C. Ges. V, 228.
Bull. soc. chim. XVII, 192,
Doe {ha SAVIO Ero
D.C. Ges. V, 582.
J.c.T. XVIII, 348.
J.p.C. (2) V, 105.
Pol. Centr. 1872, 1159.
Ding]. J. CCIV, 337.
C.C. 1872, 289.
C.R. LXXV, 1209.
DOC. (Ges. \V;,/983.
Bull. soc. chim. XIX, 177,
f. med. u. Naturw.
1873
187,
1873
1873
1873
1873
Leclere
Kessler
Schwartz
Bayer
.
Horner
Thomsen
Tamm
Pahl
Kessler
Tamm
Pichard
Fresenius
vy. Gerichten
Hergh
Joulin —
KuhIman
Joulin
Briinner
Briinner.
Fleischer
Percy
Parry
Kuhlman
.
Literature of Manganese.
Estimation in soil
and plants
Estimation in steel
and iron
Manufacture of
glass
Preparation
Spectra in blowpipe
beads
Formation of oxide
Improvements in
estimation
Pyrophosphate
Quantity in steel
Metallurgical
Estimation by color-
imetric process
Estimation
Selenosulphates
Diconate
Exchange of MnOSO,
with NaOCO2z
Recovery
Dissociation of
MnOCOz
Volumetric estima-
tion
Utilization of Mn
residues in glass
mnft.
Barium manganate
Mn as a substitute
for Ni in German
silver
Estimation in Spie-
geleisen
Use of residues
Dingl. J. CCVI, 366.
D.C. Ges.
Chem. News.
V, 605.
Bull. soe. chim.
XVIII, 224.
XXVII, 14.
Dingl. J. CCV, 439 and 332.
Le Technologiste.
1873, 76.
1872, 1608.
Am. Chem.
Pol. Centr.
Dingl. J. CCV, 422.
Pol. Centr.
J.p.C.
Cac.
1872, 1624.
1872, V, 443.
1872, 499.
Uatcsits a QiadtistlyZ
Chem. News.
D.C. Ges. V,
Chem. News.
Bull soc. chim.
D. C. Ges.
XXV, 139.
175.
XVI, 37.
XIX, 121.
VI, 1465.
Dingl. J. Sept., 1872.
Chem. News.
Chem. News.
Bull soe. chim.
Pol. Centr.
XXVI, 194.
MMVISLI:
XVIIL, 552.
1872, 1348.
Ding]. J. CCVI, 136.
Ch Ry Taxseyiiteals
Chem. News.
Bull soc. chim.
XXVIL, 85.
XIX, 253.
237
Dec., 1872.
Z.anal.C. XII,308. Dingl. J. CCVII, 136.
Z. anal. C.
Am. Chem.
1872, No. 3.
III, 472.
A.C. P. CLXVIII, 214.
D.C. Ges.
VI, 162.
Jahresb. reinen Chemie.
Jenaische Ztschrft. VII, 493.
J.p.C. VIII, 372.
D.C. Ges.
Pol. Centr.
D.C. Ges.
VI, 266.
Jahres. reinen Chemie. I, 67.
1873, 1369.
VI, 969.
Oesterr. Z. Berg. u. Hiitten.
Pol. Centr.
1875, 1367.
Dingl. J. CCVIII, 396.
Bull. soe. chim. XX, 424.
Arch Pharm.
Jahres. reinen Chemie.
Chem. News.
III, 300.
XXVIT, 249,
Am. Chem. IV, Ill.
Pol. Centr. 1873, 786.
Chem. News. No. 743.
Am. Chem. fV, 434.
Bay. Ind. Gewerbebl.
1873, 986.
Pol. Centr.
I, 68.
I, 20.
1873, No. 43.
May, 837.
238 Literature of Manganese.
Minerals. 1596-1873.*
ABBREVIATIONS.
H =Hausmannite. Ps = Psilomelane.
W =Wad
A = Alabandite.
Bn= Braunstein.
Br = Braunite.
Py = Pyrolusite.
M = Manganite.
R =Rhodonite.
T =Tephroite.
Rh = Rhodochrosite.
Tr =Triplite.
1596 | Czesalpin “Tapis manganensis” | Cesalp. de metallicis. 1596.
1730 | Bromell Brom. Mineralogia.
1744 | Cramer Cram. Docimasie. 239.
1747 | Wallerius “Brunsten” Wall. Min. 268 and 345.
1758 | Gellert Elements de chym. metallurgique.
1758 | Cronstedt “Magnesia indurata” | Cronst. Min. 106,
1767 | Westfield Mineralog. Abhandlungen.
1771 | Cartheuser “Magnesia fibris” Mineralog. Abhandl.
1786 | Rinmann Carbonate (?) Scheele’s Chem. Essays. London, 1786.
1787 | Chaptal Ores Journ. d. Phys. XXXTI, 100.
1787 | Dietrich Ores Journ. d. Phys. XXX, 351.
1789 | Werner Schwarz braun- Bergm. J. 1789, 386.
steinerz
1791 | Napione “Oxyde rouge” A.c.p. (1) X, 148.
: Mém de Turin. 4, 303.
1793 | Emmerling Psilomelane Emmerl. Min. IV, 532.
1794 | Lenz ‘“Luftsaures Braun- Lenz. Min. II, 1794.
stein” (Rh)
1795 | Vauquelin Analyses J.d. Mines. III.
*For many of the references the author
Journ. d. M. VI, 599.
Journ. d. Phys.
Crells Ann.
1772 | de Lisle Mn cryst de Lisle Crist.
1774 | Crell “Brunsten” Crell’s N. Entd. I, 156.
1774 | Hjelm “Brunsten” Tillagnin om Brunsten.
Vet. Acad. Handl. XXXV, 194.
1774 | Rinmenn “Braunstein ” Vet. Acad. Handl. 1774, 201.
Schw. Akad. Abh. 1774, 206.
1780 | dela Peyrouse} Ores - J.de Phys. XV, 67, XVI, 156.
Mém de Toulouse. I, 256.
1782 | Bergmann “Mn acido aéreo min-| Sciagr Berg. 1782.
eralisatum ’ (Rh)
1782 | Rupricht “Rother braun- Phys. Arb. Wein. I, 55.
stein” (R) Crell’s Ann. 1790, I, 297.
1783 | Wedgewood |} ‘‘black wadd” Phil. Trans. 1783, 284.
1784 | Miiller von “Schwer blende” Phys. Arb. Fr. Wein. II, 86.
Reichenstein
1784 | Kirwan Kirw. Mineralogy. 390.
1784 | Bindheim Schrift Ges Nat. Fr. Berlin. V, 452.
1785 | Sage Mém. Acad. Sci. Paris. 1785, 235.
1786 | dela Peyrouse| Native metal Mém. de Toulouse. III, 256.
XXVIII, 68.
1786, IT, 302.
is indebted to Dana’s Mineralogy, 1868.
Literature of
Manganese. 239
1796
1797
1798
1800
1800
1800
1801
1801
1801
1802
1802
1802
1802
1805
1806
1806
1807
1807
1807
1808
1809
1813
1813
1813
1815
1815
1816
1817
1817
1819
1819
1819
1819
1819
1819
1819
1819
1820
1821
1821
Kirwan
Klaproth
Dolomieu
Lampadius
Lampadius
Karsten
Cordier
Vauquelin
Hatiy
Klaproth
Klaproth
Cordier
Vauquelin
Vauquelin
Leonhard
Luecus
Berzelius
Blumenbach
Klaproth
G. Karsten
Haiiy
Hausmann
Hausmann
Hausmann
Ullmann
Berzelius
Pusch
Jasche
Doebereiner
Du Ménil
Du Ménil
Jasche
Brandes
Berzelius
Berzelius
Germar
Berzelius
Hitchcock
Doebereiner
Berthier
Black Wad
“Granat formiges
Braunsteinerz ”
Romaneéche Ore
Silicate
Rhodochrosite
‘Rother Braunstein”
(R)
Useful Ores
Analyses
Mag. oxide
“ Grau-manganerz”
Analysis W
‘*violet oxide”
Phosphate
Sulphide
Braunsteinkies
Mn. phosphate
Rother Braunsteinerz
“Schwarz Braun-
stein”
Grau Braunstein
Manganese Carbonateé
(Rh) d
Grau braunstein
Schwarz braunstein
Triplite
“Faseriges grau
Braunsteinerz
Silicate
Manganspath
Dialogite (Rh)
“Knebelite”
Minerals
Silicate
Rhodonit
Ores
Oxides
Analysis Tr.
“Hydropit” (R)
Phosphate
Pyrolusite
Analysis W
Ores
Kirwan. Min.
Klapr. Beitr. II, 239.
J.d. Mines. IV, 27.
J.d. Mines. XVII 313.
Samml. pr. Chem. Abh.
Sammi. pr. Chem. Abh.
Karst. Tab, 54 and 78.
IIT, 238.
III, 239.
J.d.M. X, 763.
J.d.M. IX, 481.
Haiiy Traité. IV, 1801.
Klapr. Beitr. III. 304.
Klapr. Beitr. III, 311. .
Jd. Me Ch, 135:
J.d.M. XI, 295. A.c.p. XLI, 242.
Ann. Mus. d. Hist. Nat. VI, 401.
Gehlen’s J. II, 41.
Leonh. Taschenb. II, 266.
Leonh. Tab, 7.
Lucus Tabell. TIT, 169.
Gehlen’s, J. VWI, 307.
Leonh. Taschenb. I, 261 and 295.
Blumenb. Handb. I, 707.
Klapr. Beitr. IV, 137.
Leonh. Taschenb. II, 220 and 266.
Karst. Tab. 1808, 72, 100.
Leonh. Taschenb. IV, 172.
H. Tabl. III.
Hausm. Handb.
Hausm. Handb. 293.
Hausm. Handb. 1079.
Leonh. Tabell Uebers. 402.
Leonh. Taschenb. IX, 482 and 434.
Afh. Fysik. IV, 382.
Anne Phils Viltin 232:
Schweigg, J. XXI, 254.
Leonh. Taschenb. V, 174.
Leonh. Taschenb, X, 180.
Kl. Min. Schrift. 1817, 4.
Gilb. Ann. LX, 84.
Schweigg, J. XXI, 49.
Gilb. Ann. LX, 87.
Gilb. Ann, LXI, 190.
Schweigg, J. XXVI, 110, Note.
Schweigg, J. XXVI, 103 and 121.
Schweigg, J. XXVI, 262.
Schweigg, J. XXVII, 70.
Schweigg, J. XXVI, 108.
A. c.p,. (2) S10; 34:
Am. J.Se1. (1) Il, 374.
Gilb. Ann. LXVII, 333.
Ann. d. Mines. VI, 291 and 593.
A.C. p. (2) XX, 344.
Ann. Phil. III, 578.
288.
Literature of Manganese.
Berthier
Ficinus
2 | del Rio
2 | Cist
2| Haiiy
2 | Arfvedson
2| Dewey
3 | Breithaupt
4 | Mohs
+ | Meade
Haidinger
£| Arfyvedson
Vauquelin
Hitchcock
£| Arfyedson
Fowler
25 | Brogniart
Leonhard
Haidinger
Haidinger
Haidinger
Haidinger
3 OD
=
a
~1
=
io 9]
Wow we Ww
as
=
2)
co |
Berthier
Thomson
Wackenroder
Turner
Rammelsberg
Hartwall
Phillips
Kane
Dufrenoy
Damour
Berthier
Cantu
Kane
Ores
“Braunstein
Bodenmais”
“Blende”
von
“Oxyde Hydraté”
Analysis A
Pyrolusite
“Tephroite”
“Prismatisches Man-
gaierz”,
“Pyramidal Mangan-
erz”
“Manganglanz”
Huraulite
Rhodonite
Analyses
“Fowlerite”
“Bustamite” (R)
Hy peroxide
Braunite
Crystallographic
Pseudomorph
M. H. Py. &e.
‘““Ferrosilicate ”
Anal. W.
Analyses
Ryo HBr.
Analysis H.
Mangan-Epidot
Warwick mineral
H uraulite and Hete-
pozit
Analysis T
Analysis Rh
Carbonate
“Kaneite”
Schweigg, J. XXXYV, 81.
Am.J.Sci. VII, 366.
Schweigg, J. XXX, 201.
Gilb. Ann. LXXI, 7.
Am. J. Sci. IV, 38, 54, and 189.
Haiiy Traité. 1822.
Vetens. Acad. Handl.
Am. J. Sci. V, 249.
Breith. Char. 18238, 278.
Mohs. Grundriss. 488.
1822.
Am. J. Sci.
Mohs. Min.
VI, 54.
Il, 416.
Pogg. I, 58.
Ann. Sci. Nat. VIII, 349.
A.c.p. 'XXX, 302.
Am.J.Sei. IX, 22.
Afh. Fysik. VI, 222. ,
Schweigs, J. XLII, 202.
Am. J.Sci. IX, 345.
Ann. Sci. Nat. VIII, 411.
Leonh. Handb. 240.
Ed.J.Sci. IV, 48.
Pogg. VII, 225.
Pogg XI. 374.
Pogg. XIV, 197.
Ann. J.M. I, 409.
Phil. Mag. IV, 22.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Ed.
Leonh. Ztschr. Min. 1829, 628.
Ann. d. M. (3) XI, 489.
Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. III, 28.
Kastn. Archiv. XIII, 302 and XIV, 257.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. XI.
Leonh. Ztschr. 1829, 628.
Pogg. Ann. XIV, 222.
K. Vet. Acad. Handl.
J: Cha LY. as.
Geiger Mag. Pharm. XXX, 114.
Phil. Mag. (2) V, 209.
Dingler. J. XXXII, 431.
Quart. J. Sci. 1829. Oct. to Dec., 381.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1830, 495.
A. ¢. p. (2). XLI, 337.
Ann. d.M. (2) VIL, 137.
Schweigg, J. LVII, 454.
Dingl. J. XXXIV, 444.
Leonh, Jahrb. II, 189.
Ann. d. M. (2) VI, 339.
Ann. d. M. (2), VI, 595,
Mem. Acad. Torino. XXXIII, 167.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1835, 84.
Quart. J. Sci. (2). VI, 386.
Pogg. Ann. XIX, 145.
1827.
1828, 171.
1830
1831
1832
1832
1832
1852
1832
1835
1834
1835
1836
1837
1858
1838
1858
1839
1840
1841
1841
1841
1841
1842
1842
1842
1843
1843
1844
1844
1844
1844
1st
1844
Literature of Manganese.
Turner
Fuchs
Berthier
Shepard
Beudant
Hitchcock
Kersten
Stromeyer
Stromeyer
Cordier
Thomson
Taylor
Ed. Davy
Apjohn
Ebelmen
Fuchs
Breithaupt
Ebelmen
Huot
Bottger
Breithaupt
Damour
Rammelsberg
Rammelsberg
Scheffler
Clausbruch
Rammelsberg
Noéggerath
Ettling
Plattner
Senez
Breithaupt
Wad, &e
Analysis Ps
“Groroilite”
“Marceline”
“Fowlerite”
**Acerdese”
Analysis W
Analysis Rh
Mangan alaun
Mangan epidote
“Narkirkite”
Peroxide containing
silver
Peroxide containing
copper
Manganese alum
Analysis
“Hisenapatit” (Tr)
“Heterokline”
Analysis Ps
Kapnikite Ouatite
Analysis W
“Zwiselite” (Tr)
“Rosenspath” (Rh)
Analysis Br
Analysis Ps
Analysis H
Genesis of ores
Analysis Ps
Analyses
Chemical origin ot
ores
Geological
Analysis Py
Analysis
“Polianite” &
Edinb. J. Sci. (2) II, 213.
Schweigg. LXII, 253.
AN Gaps, (2); Lil. 79:
J.t.C. XVI, 379.
Dingler. J. XLVII, 104. ,
Shep. Min. 1832, 186.
Beud Traité. II, 399 and 678.
Am. J. Sci. XXII, 61.
Schweigg J. LXVI, 1.
Gott. Gel. Anz. stiick. 109,.1081.
241
Leonh. Juhrb. , 1834, 224; also, 1835, 85.
Am On be exerzpoe
Pogg. Ann. XXI, 337.
JPL VS:
Thoms. Min. I, 509.
Phil. Mag. 279.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1837, 571.
Dubl. Geol. Soc. J. I, 241.
Phil. Mag. XII, 103.
ARCO be PxeNile 2725
J.pr.€. XI, 502.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1840, 231.
Ann. d. Mines. (3), XIV, 283.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1839, 712.
J.pr.C. XVIII. 499,
Pogs. Ann. XLIX, 204.
Breit. Handb. 1847, 801.
Anne ds Me (3) sewXe 155.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1842, 337.
Huot. Manuel. 241.
Pogg. Ann. LIV, 545.
Breit. Handb. IT, 299.
Breit. Handb. II, 228.
Ann. d.M. (4), I, 400.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1842, 559.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1842, 602.
Ber. uw. ‘d:
Thiiringen. Juni.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1844, 362.
Arch. Pharm.
Rammelsberg.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1844, 205.
Pogg. LXIT, 145, and 157.
Pogg. LXIV, 551.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1843, 206.
Karst. Arch. Min. XVIII, 537.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1845, 105.
A.C. P. XLIIE, 185.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1844, 70.
Pogg. XLI, 192.
Ann.d.M. XX, 570.
Leonh, Jahrb. 1844, 69.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1843, 345.
Pogg. LXI, 187.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1844, 598
(2) XXXYV, 260.
Ist Supplement.
II Versamlung Naturv. f,
1843, 8 and 9.
242
1845
1845
1845
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846
1847
1847
1847
1847
1847
1848
1848
1848
1848
1849
1849
1849
1850
1850
1850
1850
1851
1852
1852
1852
1853
1853
1854
1854
Ebelmen
Kersten
Haidinger
Missondakis
Ebelmen
Breithaupt
Kersten
Igelstr6m
Rammelsberg
Rammelsberg
Kersten
Hausmann
Schwarzen-
berg
Haidinger
Glocker
Kane
Monheim
Rammelsberg
Credner
Del Rio
Hermann
Hermann
Websey
Bahr
Delanoue
Gruner
Tgelstro6m
Rammelsberg
Wells
Bechi
Kenngott
Sandberger
Miiller
J, L. Smith
. Literature of Manganese.
Analysis R
Genesis of ores
“Wiserite”
Analyses
Analysis silicate
Manganocalcite
Analysis Rh
Analysis W
Analysis Ps.
Analysis Mangano-
calcite
Analysis
“Glanz Braunstein”
Analysis Py
““Hauerite”
“Zwiselite”
Carbonate
Analysis
Manganese copper
ores
Occurrence
Mn Zn & Cu alloy
Hydrated oxide from
North America
“Mangan-amphibole”
“Mangan-idokras”
Analysis W
Geological
Geological
“Paisbergite”
Analysis
Distribution
Analysis Br
Hermannite (R)
Mangan-spath
Minerals of Jura
Alum
Ann.d.M. (4) VII, 8.
Karst. Archiv. Min.
Leonh. Jahrb.
Haid. Handb.
Leonh. Jahrb.
J. pr. Ch.
1846, 229.
1845, 493.
1846, 614.
XXXVI, 127.
Poggs. LXIX, 429.
Instit. No. 726.
Am. J.Sci. (2), V, 268.
J.pr.C. XXXVII, 163.
Berz. Jahresb. XXV, 342.
Pogg. LXVIII, 72.
Pogg. Ann. LXVIII, 511.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1847, 344.
Ann. d.M. (4), XI, 641.
Hausm. Handb.
A.C. P. LXI, 262.
Nat. Abh. Wien. I, 107.
Glock. Syn. 244.
Phil. Mag. (3), XXXII, 37.
C.C. 1848, 272.
Jahresb. 1848, 1024.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1849, 470.
Verhandl. Rheinland. Vereins.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1852, 69.
Pogg. Ann. LXXIV, 559.
Leonh Jahrb. 1849, 559.
Pogg. Ann. LXXIV, 546.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1849, 310.
Bull. géol. Soc.
Leonh, Jahrb, 1849, 96.
J.p.C. XLVII.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1850, 447.
J. pr. Ch. XLVITI, 7.
Am. J. Sei. (2), IX, 410.
Pogg. Ann. LXXIX, 166.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1851, 89.
J.pr.Ch. LIITI, 308.
Ann. d.M. (4) XVIII, 455.
Ann. d.M. (4), XVIII, 61.
Jahresb. 1850, 761 and 771.
Afh. Ak. Stockh. 1851, 143.
J. pr. Ch. LIV, 192.
Pogg. Ann. LXXXV, 297.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1853, 176.
Am. J: Sci. (2), XIII. 9.
Am.J.Sci. (2), XIV, 62.
Kenng. Min. 71.
Pogg. Ann. LXXXVIII, 491.
Verh. Nat. Ges. Basel.
Leonh Jahrb. 1857, 168.
Am. J. Sci. (2), XVIII, 379.
J.pr.Ch. LXIII, 460.
C. C.. 1855, 7.
Jahresb. 1854, 863,
XIX, 754.
222 and 405.
III, 24 and 25.
1854, 95.
Schultz
Huene
1854
1854
1854 | Miiller
1856 | Birnbacher
1856
1856
1857
Haidinger
Burkhart
Bergemann
1857 | Glocker
1857
1858
1858
1859
1859
Hornig
Field
Abich
Kenngott
T. S. Hunt
1860 | Hildebrand
1860
1860
1860
Rammelsberg
Bergemann
Breuilhs and
Sevoz
Hahn
K. List
1861
1861
1861 | Zerrenner
1861 | How
1864 | Igelstrém
1864
1864
1864
1865
1865
1865
von Kobell
Brush
Rose
Breithaupt
Igelstré6m
NOVEMBER, 1875.
Literature of Manganese.
Analysis Ps -
Ps in trachyte
Pseudomorphs
Carbonate
“Reissacherit”
Mangan-blende
“Blende”
Ps
Analysis W
Cupreous oxide
Ores of the Caucasus
Alum
Carbonate
Carbonate
“Cummingtonite” (R)
Analysis Tr
Ores of Huelva
Analysis R
Analysis Ps
Geological
Analyses
“Pyrochroit”
Analysis Tr
Analysis T
Br & H
Fauserite
“‘Chondrarsenite”
Rammelsberg |} Analyses and Sp. Gr.
19
Rammelsb. M ineralchemie, 1006.
Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges. IV, 576.
Leonh. Jahrb, 1854, 593.
Berg- Hiitten-mann. Zeit. 1854,
289.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1855, 69.
A.C. P. XCVIII, 144.
J.p.C. LXVIII, 64.
C.C. 1856, 495.
Jahresb. 1856, 883.
Jahrb. geol. Reichs. VII, 209.
Verh. Niederrhein. Ges. 1856, Jan.
Leonh. Jabrb. 1857, 394.
Jahresb. 1857, 659.
Verh. Nat. Ver. Bonn. III.
Jahrb. geol. Reichs. VI, 97.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1859, 433.
Jahrb. geol. Reichs. VII, 312.
Chem. Gaz. 1858, 104.
Bull. Sci. St. Petersb. XVI, 305.
Uebers. d. Min. Forsch. 1859, 12.
Am. J. Sci. (2), XXVII, 134.
Jahresb. 1859, 813.
A.C. P. CXV, 348.
Rep. chim. pure. IIT, 90.
Verh. Nat. Nassau, XIV, 434.
Rammelsb. Mineralchemie. 1860, 473.
J.p,C. LXXIX, 414.
Bull. Soc. Ind. Min. VI, 29.
Allg. Berg. Ztg. III, 213, 245.
B. H. Ztg. XX, 267.
J.p.C. LXXXIV, 60. :
Pogg. Ann. CX, 321.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1861, 186.
Die Braunstein Bergbaue in Deutsch-
land, Freiberg. I861.
Je Cow WiLL.
Phil. Mag. (4), XXI, 165.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1866, 724.
Oefv. Ak. Stockh. 1864, 205.
Pogg. CXXII, 181.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1865, 83.
J.p.C. XCII, 390.
Am.J.Sci. (2), XXXVI, 66,
Pogg. CXXI, 318.
B. H. Ztg. XXIV, 301.
Oefy. Ak. Stockh. XXII, 3, 606.
Berl. Acad. Ber. 1865, 112.
Pogg. CXXIV, 513.
J.p.C. XCIV, 401,
Z. C. 1865, 346.
C.C. 1865, 347.
Arch. Pharm, (2), CXXVI, 39.
Bull. soc. chim, (2), VI, 30.
Jahresb. 1865, 877. :
ANN. Lc. Nat. Hist., VOL. xr.
243
244
Literature of Manganese.
1866
1866
1866
1866
1866
1866
1866
1867
1867
1867
1867
1869
1870
1870
1870
1870
1871
1871
1872
schmid *
Schrauf
How
Breithaupt
Rammelsberg
Pisani
Kenngott
Cleve & Nor-
denskiéld
Igelstrom
Braun
Blake
Heymann
Ludwig
Kayser
Roepper
Enders
Raab
Mills
Pisani
Psilomelan
Twin crystals of al-
abandite
Analysis M
“Blumenbachite”
Analysis R
Pyrochroite
Analysis of silicates
.Piemontit
Analysis M
Tungstate
Carbonate
Analyses
Manganite
Analysis of car
bonate
Anal. of carb.
Occurrence
Analyses and geo-
logical occurrence
Anal. Mangano-sili-
co-aluminate con-
taining vanadium.
Pogg. CXXVI, 151.
Jahresb. 1865, 878.
Pogg. CXXVII, 348.
Phil. Mag. (4), XXXI, 166.
B.H. Ztg. XXIII, 193. ;
Z.S.G. XVIII, 34.
C.R. LXII, 109.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1866, 440.
dai b! Oy its)
Bull. soc. chim. (2), VIII, 43.
Oefy. Akad. Stockh. 1867, 1.
J.p.C. CI, 482.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1868, 203.
C.C. 1868, 624.
Bull. soc. chim. (2), IX, 57.
Z.anal. Ch. VI, 67.
Am.J.Sci. (2), XLIII, 125.
Sitzungsb. d. niederrhein. Ges. in Bonn,
1869, 95.
Leonh. Jahrb. 1870, 625.
Arch. Pharm. (2), CXLIITI, 194.
C.C. 1870, 627.
Jahresb. 1870, 1124.
Zeitschr. geol. Ges. XXII, 182.
Jahresb. 1870, 1281.
Am. J. Sci. (2), L, 37.
Leon. Jahrb. 1870, 892.
C.C. 1870, 708.
Jahresb. 1870, 1325.
Arch. Pharm. (2), CXLIII, 198.
C. C. 1870, 627.
N.R. Pharm. XX, 1 (prize essay).
Leonh.Jahrb. 1871, 517.
Jahresb. 1871, 1129.
Am. Chem. (2), IV, 49.
Jahresb. 1871, 1143.
D.C. Ges. V, 1057.
Am, Chem. III, 466. -
Literature of Manganese. 245
EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS.
Abh. Acad. Wiss. Berlin.
Abh. Schw. Acad. Wiss.
A... p.
INGORE ee
Afhandl. Fysik K. och Min.
Allg. Berg, Ztg.
Am. Chem,
Am. J. Sci.
Ann. Phil.
Ann, Ch. Pharm,
Ann, d. Mines or Ann. d. M.
Ann, Gen’! des Sci. Phys.
Ann, Génie civil.
Ann. Mus. d’Hist. Nat.
Ann.N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist.
Arch. Pharm.
Arch. ph. nat.
Bay. Ind. Gewerbebl.
Beitr. zur Phys. u. Ch.
Beob. Berl. Ges. Naturf. Fr.
Berl. Acad. Ber.
Berl. Gewerb. Handelsbl.
Berg. Hiittenm. Ztg.
Beud. Traité
B. H. Ztg.
Bern Mitth.
Berz. Jahresb.
Bibl. Univers.
Br. d. Inv.
Brugnatelli.
Brugnatelli G.
Buchner’s Repert.
Bull. Geol. Soc. Paris.
Bull. Sci. St. Petersb.
Brom. Min.
Breith. Char,
Abhandlungen der Kéniglichen Academie der
Wissenschaften zu Berlin.
Abhandlungen der kéniglichen Schwedischen Acad-
emie der Wissenschaften. Stockholm.
Annales de chimie et de physique, Paris.
Annalen der Chemie und Pharmacie, Heidelberg.
Afhandlingar Fysik, Kemi, och Mineralogi, Berze-
lius, Stockholm.
Allgemeine Berg- und Hiittenminnische Zeitung,
Hartmann, Quedlinburg.
American Chemist, C. F. and W. H. Chandler, New
York.
American Journal of Science and Arts, Silliman and
Dana, New Haven, Ct.
Annals of Philosophy, Thomson, London.
Annalen der Chemie und Pharmacie, Heidelberg.
Annales des Mines, Paris.
Annales générales des sciences physiques, Von
Mons, Bruxelles.
Annales du Génie civil, Paris.
Annales du Musée d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris.
Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History, New York.
Archiv der Pharmacie, Halle, etc.
Archives des sciences physiques et naturelles, Gen-
eve.
Bayerisches Industrie und Gewerbeblatt, Miinchen.
See Schweigg.
Beobachtungen der Gesellschaft der Naturfor-
schende Freunde zu Berlin.
Bericht iiber die . . . . Verhandlungen der K. Preus-
siche Academie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin.
Gewerbe, Industrie und Handelsblatt, Berlin.
Berg- und Hiittenmannische Zeitung, Leipzig.
Traité élémentaire de minéralogie, Beudant.
See Berg. Hiittenm. Ztg.
Mittheilungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in
Bern.
Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der Chemie, etc.,
Berzelius, Tiibingen.
Bibliotheque Universelle des Sciences, etc., Genéve.
Descriptions des Machines et Procédés spécifiés
dans les Brevets d’ Inventions, Paris.
Annali di Chimica, Brugnatelli, Pavia.
Giornale di fisica, chimica e storia naturale, L. Brug-
natelli, Pavia.
Repertorium fiir die Pharmacie, Buchner, Niirnberg.
Bulletin de la Société Geologique de France, Paris.
Bulletin Scientifique publié par l Académie Imp. des
Sciences de St. Petersbourg.
Von Bromell’s Mineralogia, Stockholm.
Vollstandige Charakteristik des Mineralsystems,
Breithaupt.
246 Literature of Manganese.
Bull soc. chim.
Bull, soc. d’Encourage.
Bull. soc. Ind. Mulh.
Bresl. Gewerbebl.
Caesalp. de Metallicis.
Canad. J.
C.C.
Chem. Gaz.
Chem. News.
Chem. Soc. Trans.
Chem. Soc. Mem.
Cimento.
C. R.
Crell’s N. Entd.
Crell’s Ann.
Cronst. Min. :
Ding]. J. or Dingl. pol. J.
D.C. Ges.
Deutsche Indust. Ztg.
Deutsche Gewerbe Ztg.
Doeb. Lehrb. d. Chem.
Dubl. Geol. Soc. J.
Edinb. J. Sci.
Edinb. Med. Surg. J.
Edinb. Phil. J.
Emmerl. Min.
Engineering.
Gehlen’s J.
Geiger’s Mag.
Gilb. Ann.
Gott. Gel. Anz.
Gren’s J. d. Physik.
Hannover Mitth.
Hausm. Handb.
Haiiy Traité.
Hessische Gewerbebl.
Hofman’s Report. 1862.
Huot Manuel.
H. Tabl.
Irish Acad. Proc.
Tnstit.
Jahrb. geol. Reichs.
Jahrb. Min.
Jahresb.
Jahresb. reinen. Chemie.
Jahres. des phys. Ver. zu Frank-
furt.
Bulletin de la Société chimique de Paris.
Bulletin de la Société a? Encouragement pour l In-
dustrie National, Paris.
Bulletin de la Société Industrielle de Mulhouse.
Breslauer Gewerbeblatt, Schwartz, Breslau.
De Metallicis, Caesalpinus, Romae, 1596.
Canadian Journal of Industry, &c., Toronto.
Chemisches Centralblatt, Leipzig.
Chemical Gazette, Francis & Croft, London.
Chemical News, Crookes, London.
Transactions of the Chemical Society of London.
Memoirs of the Chemical Society of London.
I] Cimento, Giornale di fisicaecc. Pisa.
Compte rendu des Séances de Académie des Sci-
ences, Paris.
Die neueste Entdeckungen in der Chemie, Crell,
Leipzig.
Chemische Annalen, Crell, Leipzig.
Mineralogie, Cronstedt, Stockholm.
Polytechnisches Journal, Dingler, Stuttgart.
Berichte der deutschen chemischen Gesellschaft zu
Berlin.
Deutsche Industrie Zeitung. Binder, Chemnitz.
Deutsche Gewerbe Zeitung, Wieck, Berlin.
Lehrbuch der Chemie, Doebereiner.
Journal of the Dublin Geological Society.
Edinburgh Journal of Science, Brewster.
Edinburgh Medical and Surgical Journal.
Edinburgh Philosophical Journal.
Lehrbuch der Mineralogie, Emmerling.
Engineering, London.
Allgemeines Journal der Chemie, Gehlen, Berlin.
Magazin fiir Pharmacie, Geiger, Carlsruhe.
Annalen der Physik, Gilbert, Halle.
Géttingische Anzeigen von gelehrten Sachen.
Journal der Physik, Gren, Halle.
Mittheilungen des Gewerbe-Vereins fiir das KO6nig-
reich Hannover.
Handbuch der Mineralogie, Hausmann.
Traité de Minéralogie par C. Haiiy, Paris.
Gewerbeblatt fiir das Grossherzogthum Hessen,
Darmstadt. i
Hofmann’s Report of the Exhibition of 1862.
Manuel de Minéralogie par Huot.
Tableau comparatif..... Minéraux. Haiiy. —
Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.
L’Institut, Paris.
Jahrbuch der k. k. geologischen Reichsanstalt,
Wien.
See: Leonh. Jahrb.
Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der Chemie,
Giessen.
Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte ..... der rei-
nen Chemie, Tiibingen.
Jahresbericht des physikalischen Vereins zu Frank-
furt am Rhein. ;
Interature of Manganese. 247
Jena. Zeit. Med. u. Nat.
ACER Le
J.d. M.
J.p.C.or J. pr. Ch.
J. techn. Ch.
J. Chim. Méd.
J. Roy. Inst.
Journ. de Phys.
J. Pharm.
Karsten’s Archiv.
Karst. Tab.
Kastn. Archiv.
Kenng. Min.
Klapr. Beitr.
Kurhess. Gewerbebl.
Les Mondes.
Le Technologiste.
Leonh. Taschenb.
Leonh. Jahrb.
Leonh. Tab.
Leonh. Zeitschr.
London J. of Arts.
Lucas Tab.
Mem. Acad. Sci., Paris
Mem. de Toulouse.
Mem. de ’] Inst.
Mitth. Naturf. Ges. Bern.
Mohs’ Min.
Monit. Scientif.
Muster Ztg.
N. Arch. ph. nat.
Nachr. Gottingen.
Neue Abh. Schw. Acad. Wiss.
N. Jahrb. Pharm.
N. R. Pharm.
Oefy. Ak. Stockh.
Oesterr. Z. Berg. u. Hiitten,
Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Medicin und Naturwissen-
schaft.
Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der chemischen
Technologie, Wagner, Leipzig.
Journal des Mines, Paris.
Journal fiir praktische Chemie, Erdmann.
Journal fiir technische Chemie, Erdmann.
Journal de chimie médicale.
Journal of the Royal Institution of Great Britain.
Journal de Physique, Rozier, Paris.
Journal de Pharmacie et de Chimie, Paris.
Archiy fiir Mineralogie, Geognosie, etc., Karsten,
Berlin.
Tabellarische Uebersicht der Mineralien, Karsten.
Archiv fiir die gesammte Naturlehre, Kastner, Niirn-
berg.
Das Mohsiche Mineralsystem, Kenngott.
Beitrage ziir chemischen Kenntnisse der Mineral-
korpers, M. H. Klaproth.
Gewerbeblatt fiir das Grossherzogthum Hessen,
Darmstadt.
Les Mondes, Moigno, Paris.
Le Technologiste, Paris.
Taschenbuch fiir die gesammte Mineralogie, Leon-
hard, Frankfurt am Main.
Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geognosie, etc. Leon-
hard, Heidelberg.
Systemmatisch-tabellarische Uebersicht der Mineral-
ien, Leonhard, Frankfurt am Main.
Zeitschrift fiir Mineralogie, Leonhard, Frankfurt am
Main.
London Journal of Arts and Sciences, Newton, Lon-
don.
Tableau méthodique des éspéces Minéraux, Lucas,
Paris.
Mémoires d l’Académie des Sciences, Paris.
Mémoires de l’Académie des Sciences de Toulouse.
Mémoires de l’Institut National des Sciences et des
Arts, Paris.
Mittheillungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in
Bern.
Grundriss der Mineralogie, Mohs.
Moniteur Scientifique, de Quesneville, Paris,
Deutsche Muster Zeitung fiir Farberei, Berlin.
Nouvelles archives des sciences physiques et natur-
elles, Genéve.
Nachrichten von der G.-A.-Universitat und der k.
Gesellschaft der Wissenschalten zu GOttingen.
See: Abh. Schw. Acad. Wiss.
Neues Jahrbuch fiir Pharmacie, Speyer.
Neues Repertorium fiir Pharmacie, Buchner, Niirn-
berg.
Oefversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens For-
handlingar; Stockholm.
Oesterreichische Zeitschrift fiir Berg und Hiitten-
wesen.
248
Pat. Specif. Abr. Acids and salts.
Petersb. Acad. Bull.
Pharm. Centr.
Phil. Mag.
Phil. Trans.
Phys. Arb. Fr. Wien.
Pogg. or Pogg. Ann.
Pol. Notizbl.
Pol. Centr.
Proc. Am. Acad. Sci.
Proc. Roy. Soc.
Quart. J. Sci.
Rammelsb. Min.
Records Gen’! Sci.
Rep. Arts and Manuf.
Rep. Pat. Inv.
Rep. Br. Assoc.
Rep. chim. appl.
Rep. chim. pure.
Reuss Repertor.
Samml, pr. chem. Abh.
Schw. Berl. Ges. Naturf. o7,
Schrift. Ges. Naturf, Fr. Berlin
Schweigg.
Schweizer pol. Zts.
Sciagr, Berg.
Shep. Min.
Sitzungsb. Akad. Wiss. Wien
Sitzungsb. d. niederrhein. Ges. in
Bonn ‘
Thoms, Min.
Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.
Trans. Nova Scotia Inst. Nat. Sci.
Trommsd. J. d. Pharm.
Uebersicht d. min. Forsch.
Verh. Nat. Nassau.
Verh. Nat. Ver. Bonn,
Literature of Manganese.
Abridgements of Specifications relating to Acids
. and Salts, A. D., 1622—1866. London, 1869.
Bulletin de l’ Académie des Sciences de St. Peters-
burg.
Pharmaceutisches Centralblatt. Leipzig.
London, Edinburg and Dublin Philosophical Maga-
zine, London.
Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of
London.
Physikalische Arbeiten der eintraichtigen Freunde in
Wien.
Annalen der Physik und Chemie, Poggendorff, Ber-
lin.
Polytechnisches Notizblatt.
Polytechnisches Centralblatt. .
Proceedings of the American Academy of Sciences,
Boston.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of London.
Quarterly Journal of Science (Brandes), London.
Handbuch der Mineralchemie, Rammelsberg, 1860.
Records of General Science, Thomson, London.
Repertory of Arts and Manufactures. First Series
of Rep. Pat. Inv.
Repertory of Patent Inventions, London.
Reports of the British Association for the Advance-
ment of Science.
Répertoire de chimie appliquée, Paris.
Répertoire de chimie pure et appliqueé, Paris.
Repertorium commentationum, J. D. Reuss, G6ttin-
gen.
Sammlung praktisch-chemischer Abhandlungen,
Lampadius, Dresden.
Schriften der Gesellschaft der Naturforschende
Freunde zu Berlin.
Journal fiir Chemie und Physik, Schweigger, Niirn-
berg.
Schweizerische polytechnische Zeitschrift, Winter-
thur.
Bergmann’s Sciagraphia, 1782.
Treatise on Mineralogy, by C. U. Shepard.
Sitzungsberichte der k. k. Akademie der Wissen-
schaften zu Wien.
Sitzungsberichte der niederrheinlindische Gesell-
schaft in Bonn.
Outlines of Mineralogy by T. Thomson.
See Irish Acad. Proc.
Transactions of the Nova Scotia Institute of Natural
Science, Halifax.
Journal der Pharmacie, Trommsdorff, Leipzig.
Uebersicht der mineralogische Forschungen in der
Schweiz, Kenngott.
Verhandlungen der Naturhistorische Gesellschaft in
Nassau.
Verhandlungen des Naturhistorischen Vereines der
preussischen Rheinlande und Westphalens, Bonn.
see
Literature of Manganese. 249
Verh. Niederrhein. Ges.
Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel.
Verhandlungen der niederrheinlandische Gesells-
chaft zu Bonn.
Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft
in Basel.
Vet.Acad. Nya. Handl. orVetensk.| Kongl.Svenska Vetenskaps Academiens Handlingar,
Acad. Handl.
Vierteljahres. Pharm.
Wall. Min.
Wien Akad. Ber.
Fac.
ZaG. Ee:
Z. anal. C.
Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges.
Zeitschr. Phys. Math.
Stockholm. (Old and New Series).
Vierteljahresschrift fiir praktische Pharmacie, Witt-
stein, Miinchen.
Mineralogia, Wallerius, Stockholm.
Sitzungsberichte der naturwissenschaftliche classe
der kaiserliche Academie der Wissenschaften zu
Wien.
Zeitschrift fiir Chemie, G6ttingen.
Zeitschrift fiir Chemie und Pharmacie, Erlangen.
Zeitschrift fiir analytische Chemie, Fresenius, Wies-
baden.
Zeitschrift der deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft,
Berlin.
Zeitschrift fiir Physik, Mathematik und yerwandte
Facher, Baumgarten,
Page 208, line 30 from top,
«
“c
209,
210,
213,
213,
217,
221,
225,
226,
230,
231,
“cc
6“
23
5
21
34
oc
ERRATA.
remove the period after ‘“‘ Nova.”
. for “J. dem.” read: J. de M.
bottom, remove the period after “och.”
top, after ‘‘ Dingler” insert J.
ec for “Chem” read: Chim.
se remove period after “ de.”
ae strike out J[
a strike out ][
bottom, for ‘‘ Schweitz” read: Schweiz.
af for “ Schweitz” read: Schweiz.
top, for “‘ Schweitz” read: Schweiz.
Ae ;
Biosiliy dealatlstol
Pa
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.
Position of Queenstown :—
Lat. 45° 2'S.
Long. 114° 16’ W.
from Washington.
Scale, 10 miles to the inch.
Heights in feet.
Only a few out of numerous lofty peaks, are here represented.
Present lake area in blue.
Ancient extensions in yellow.
T. Outcrop of Tertiary limestone.
M. Old terminal moraine.
| , Pycenny, of Natural Aistory.
VOL. XI. ANNALS. PLATE XIX.
Nie
\AAVe Zarnslaw
ZEA N65
—S>
—S
VW
=>
yy
ae f
WI)
| NS
LAKES WAKATION,
NEW ZEALAND:
Ys Ce Ag it
Rass
I. C. Russet, del, : B. B. CHAMBERLIN, sc.
Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. 2 ee
X XIV.—WNotes on the Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand.
[With map, Plate 19.]
By ISRAEL C. RUSSELL.
Read May 15th, 1876.
Axsout twelve hundred miles east of Australia, are
situated the islands of New Zealand, the most promising of
the English colonies in the southern hemisphere. The name
of New Zealand was given to these islands by the Dutch
navigator Tasman, who discovered them in 1642, but consid-
ered that they were a portion of the Terra Australis Incog-
nita. This land was shown by Captain Cook, however, to
be composed of two main portions, known as the North and
the South Islands, around which are grouped a few smaller
and far less important islands.
The North Island is largely composed of igneous rocks,,.
and is chiefly remarkable to the geologist for the regularity
and beauty of its numerous volcanic mountains, and also for
the extent of its hot-lakes and geysers. The mountains are
mostly isolated trachytic cones, that have been formed by
the overflow of lava during ancient volcanic eruptions. The
grandest of these old volcanoes are Mt. Egmont and Rua-
pehu; the latter, situated near the center of the island, at-
tains an elevation of 9,195 feet. Nearly all the volcanoes
are extinct ; two, however, Tongario and White Island, still
give evidence that their ancient fires are smouldering in their
depths. The indications of the expiring volcanic energy, as
shown by boiling-springs and geysers, are best seen in the
neighborhood of Lake Topo and Lake Roto-rura, situated
on a line joining the smoking volcanoes just mentioned.
Hochstetter describes this wonderful region of hot-lakes,
fumaroles, mud-voleanoes, and boiling geysers, as “far ex-
ceeding all others in the world in variety and extent.”
The South Island is traversed from N. E. to S. W. by the
NOVEMBER, 1876. 20 ANN. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. xi.
252 Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand.
Southern Alps,—a great chain of snow-clad mountains, that
well deserve their name, as they are not inferior in the wild-
ness and grandeur of their scenery to the Alps of Switzer-
land. This range of mountains seems formerly to have been
a sloping table-land, the highest remaining point being the
sharp and serrated summit of Mt. Cook, which reaches an
elevation of 13,200 feet above the sea, and is by far the
grandest object in New Zealand. This lofty peak is sur-
rounded by a host of sister mountains, many of which attain
an elevation of from 10,000 to 12,000 feet. Among the
best known of these are Mt. Tasman, Mt. Arrowsmith, Mt.
Aspiring, ete. As the snow-line is situated at a height of
from 7,500 to 8,000 feet above the sea, all the central por-
tion of this mountain-range is wrapped in perpetual snow.
The prevailing winds of New Zealand are from the west-
ward. These winds, laden with the moisture gathered dur-
ing their long journey over the South Indian Ocean, on
*“.coming in contact with these high mountains, are forced up-
wards to an elevation of 10,000 feet or more ; and becoming
rarified and chilled by their contact with the cold summits,
part with the greater portion of their moisture in the form
.of snow and ice. In this manner, on all the higher portions
of the mountains, immense ice-fields accumulate, that receive
new additions from nearly every breath of air that passes
over them. The result of this process of condensation, if
earried on unchecked, it would be difficult to conceive. A
compensation is found, however, in the fact that the ice flows
down from the mountains in the great ice-rivers that are
known as glaciers; the character and laws of which have
‘been well studied in Switzerland.
The effect produced on the climate of the South Island,
by the lofty mountains along the West Coast, is shown by
the great contrast in the amounts of rain that fall on their
eastern and western slopes. From May to the end of De-
cember, in 1856, the rain-fall at Hokitika, on the West
Coast, amounted to 96-082 inches; while at Christchurch,
Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. 253
east of the mountains, during the same period, it reached
only 17-395 inches.
The glaciers that for long ages have descended from these
constantly accumulating snow-fields, have cut the high table-
land from which the Southern Alps were formed, into many
deep valleys and cafons; through these the traveller obtains
an easy access to the very heart of the mountains. It is
only in the extreme upper portion of these valleys that the
glaciers are now found; but the great valleys that extend
beyond them, and that now are dotted with villages and
farms, have been excavated by the ancient glaciers, which
form the subject of our sketch. Many of these old valleys
have been worn into rock-basins by the action of the ice;
and these, having become filled with water, now form some
of the most charming features in the wonderful scenery of
the South Island.
The existing glaciers of New Zealand are all confined to
the Southern Alps, and occupy the higher portions of nearly
all the principal valleys. Many of these ice-fields are of
great size, and by their slow melting afford a never-failing
supply to numerous rapid rivers. While glaciers of consid-
erable extent are found in many places throughout the moun-
tains, they have their greatest extension, as we should natur-
ally expect, around the highest peaks. At Mt. Cook, five
glaciers have been discovered, flowing in a southerly direc-
tion, and supplying the lakes that form the source of the
Waitaki river. The largest of these is the Great Tasman
Glacier, which has a length of eighteen miles, and a breadth
at its terminal face, of nearly two miles; it is the largest
glacier yet discovered in New Zealand. Dr. Haast describes
it as being so completely covered with an immense bed of
débris, as to conceal the ice beneath, which could only be
seen in the deep transverse crevasses. About nine miles up
the valley this great glacier receives a tributary stream of ice
one mile in breadth, descending in two arms from Mt. Cook,
Mt. Tasman, and the neighboring peaks.
254 Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. °
Another glacier well worthy of notice, is the Great Clyde
glacier, which flows from the snow-fields of Mt. Tyndall.
The extremity of this glacier is about 4,000 feet above the
sea, and forms a wall of ice across the valley 1,300 feet long
and 120 feet high. The river Clyde, which has here its
source, springs from the glacial cave at the foot of the ice-
wall.
Perhaps the most remarkable of the glaciers that flow in
various directions from the Southern Alps, is the Francis
Joseph glacier, which affords an escape for the snow and ice
that accumulate around Mt. Tasman. Situated in latitude
43° §$, it corresponds in position, as Hochstetter remarks,
in the northern hemisphere, with Marseilles in the south of
France, and Leghorn in Italy, where the vine, the orange,
and the fig tree flourish. This glacier, descending westward,
reaches to within 705 feet of the sea-level, where it ends
abruptly amid a dense growth of arborescent ferns, fuschias,
and beeches.
At some points in the course of the ice-streams that de-
scend towards the West Coast, ice-cascades are formed—
like the falls of the Glacier du Géant— where, owing to the
steepness of the mountains, the ice is carried over the per-
pendicular cliffs, and “falling with a tremendous crash, is
again cemented together and forms a new glacier below.”
These are but a few examples of the many glaciers that
have been discovered by the intrepid explorers of New Zea-
land. Others probably exist, which have never been seen;
as there are large areas amid the mountains that have not yet
been penetrated by the white man, and were totally unin-
habited by the aborigines.
But interesting as the existing glaciers are, and vast and
wonderful as they may seem to us, they yet sink into insig-
nificance when compared with the mighty rivers of ice that in
past time flowed from the same mountains, and carved out
those grand valleys of the Southern Alps to a depth of many
thousand feet in the solid rock.
Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. 255
The evidences of a great extension of the glaciers of New
Zealand in past time, are furnished by the following consid-
erations :—
(1.) Immense moraines surround the mountains on every
side, and are found far below the terminus of the existing
glaciers,—in many cases reaching the level of the sea. Some-
times the narrow valleys are crossed by a huge bank of con-
fused glacier-worn material, brought down and deposited as
a terminal moraine by a glacier that has long since passed
away. These old moraines, by forming dams across the
valleys, sometimes give rise to extensive lakes. On the
East Coast of the South Island, the Plains of Canterbury,
which extend along the foot of the mountains for a distance
of a hundred miles, and are fifty miles wide at the center,
are regarded by Dr. Haast as composed of the material that
has been brought out of the mountain valleys by the ancient
glaciers.’ On the West Coast, the country is described by
the same writer, and by other intelligent travellers, as being
entirely covered with huge moraines, that extend from the
sea coast —where they have frequently been cut away by the
waves, so as to form steep walls and precipices — far up the
valleys, to the foot of the existing glaciers. Through this
immense layer of glacier-worn débris, the present streams
have excavated their channels.
(2.) Scattered throughout the valleys are found huge
boulders, which usually differ in the nature of their material
from the rocks of the surrounding cliffs, and are frequently
eighty or a hundred miles lower down the valleys than the
present glaciers extend. These transported boulders are
sometimes of great size, often measuring thirty to forty feet
in diameter.
(3.) Another indication of the magnitude of these ancient
streams of ice, is to be found in the extent of the great val-
leys that they have worn out in the sides of the mountains.
These are far too large for the streams that now flow through
them, and they frequently bear on their rocky walls the well
256 Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand.
known markings due to glacial action. The sides of these
narrow valleys are frequently towering mountain-peaks, two
or three thousand feet high, descending in.some places per-
pendicularly into the débris at their base, which fills the bot-
tom of the valley to a great depth.
(4.) The numerous lakes of the South Island, filling rock-
basins that have been excavated by ice-action, sometimes
lower than the level of the sea, bear similar testimony, as
well as the fiords along the West Coast, like Milford Sound
and Martin’s Bay. These are deep, narrow sounds, that
penetrate far into the mountains, “but universally become
shallower at their entrance into the sea;” and are in fact
glacier-worn basins, of the same character as the lake-basins,
excepting that they are at a lower level, and open to the
ocean. They afford, perhaps, one of the strongest indica-
tions of the great extent and duration of the ancient glaciers.
During our connection with the U. S. Transit of Venus
Expedition, we were stationed at Queenstown, N. Z., on the
shore of Lake Wakatipu. As the great glaciers to which
the valley of this lake owes its origin, may be taken as an
example of the hundreds of ice-streams that in past time
flowed from the Southern Alps, we may obtain from the rec-
ords that they here left behind them some idea of the phe-
nomena of what may prove to be the “glacial epoch” in New
‘Zealand.
Lake Wakatipu is situated about 100 miles from the south-
ern end of the South Island, and extends into the very heart
of the mountains. We will not attempt a description of its
scenery which, as has been said, equals, or even exceeds in
grandeur, the lake scenery of Switzerland, but will endeavor
merely to tell as briefly as possible, the story of its form-
ation.
The lake is of a sigmoidal shape, about seventy miles long,
and from one to three miles broad. Its waters are very clear
and cold, and have been sounded to the extraordinary depth
of 1,400 feet. The surface of the lake is about 1,000 feet
Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. 257
above the level of the sea; and its bottom, therefore, is 400
feet lower than the surface of the ocean. On either side of
the lake, throughout its whole extent, the mountains rise
in a continuous series of very rugged peaks, to a height of
from 5,000 to 7,500 feet; while Mt. Earnslaw, which forms
the head of the valley, attains an elevation of 9,165 feet, its
top white with perpetual snow, and its sides scored by de-
scending glaciers.
The valley of Lake Wakatipu extends southward beyond
the foot of the lake for a distance of fifty or sixty miles, and
opens out into the level country that forms the province of
Southland. As the physical features of the lower portion of
the valley are not essentially different from those of the im-
mediate shores of the lake, we are forced to consider them
as having a common origin, and being but portions of the
same valley; the upper part of which is filled with 1,400
feet of water, and the lower portion by an unknown depth
of worn and rounded shingle. The rocks that inclose the
valley are for the most part, clay-slates and gold-bearing
mica-schist, which are very much curved and twisted, and in
many places green with chlorite.
We will not attempt to trace the geological history of the
mountains themselves, but will confine our attention to the
last chapter in their history —the formation of the valleys.
Valleys may be considered as owing their origin, pri-
marily, to one of three causes. (1.) They are formed by a
folding of the rocks. These produce depressions, the sides
of which slope inwards towards the axis—synclinal valleys.
Examples of valleys formed in this way are to be met with
wherever stratified rocks have been upheaved, as in the
Sierra Nevada, Rocky, and Alleghany Mountains. (2.)
Valleys are sometimes formed by the fracturing of the earth’s
crust by volcanic forces. Valleys of this kind are seldom
seen, being confined to regions of great igneous disturbance.
(3.) The kinds of valleys above noticed are usually greatly
modified by denudation, which is another great agent in their
258 Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand.
formation. By denudation we understand not only the wear-
ing away of rocks by wind, frost, and rain, but also by the
more powerful action of ice and running water; the opera-
tion of which we can see everywhere about us.
As the evidence of a synclinal axis is nowhere apparent in
the valley of Lake Wakatipu, we are unable to account for
its existence by the upheaval of the mountains on either side
of it. Weare likewise at a loss to find any indication of the
rocks having been rent asunder by voleanic forces. The
formation of the valley can only be referred to the third
cause, that of denudation, or the slow removal, by ice and
water, of the rock that once filled it to a height greater than
that of the mountains which now tower above it.
It may seem strange at first sight that such an immense
amount of rock — measured by hundreds of cubic miles in
the valley of Lake Wakatipu alone — could have been worn
down and transported to distant places, by the slow action of
ice and water. This difficulty would be removed could our
readers examine the region about Mt. Earnslaw, whose sum-
mit can be seen from the lake, rising clear and brilliant above
the surrounding mountains. On its sides are blue regions of
ice; these are the descending glaciers,— the keys that unlock
the secrets of the valley’s history. In those streams of ice,
although they are of great extent and of irresistible power,
we see but the puny remains of the mighty river of ice that
at one time flowed through the whole valley of Lake Waka-
tipu. The extent of this glacier was probably only limited
by the ocean, whose waters undermined its terminal face,
and floated away the fragments in the form of ice-bergs, in
the same manner that ice-bergs are formed at the present
day on the coast of Greenland. It takes but a glance to
convince the pilgrim to the shores of Lake Wakatipu, that
this great ice-river was the engraving tool which, aided by
storm and frost, excavated in the living rock the scene of
wonderful grandeur and beauty that is now spread out before
him.
Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. 259
The glaciers around Mt. Earnslaw are still at work, as
they have been for ages, in extending the valley. The
streams that are formed by the melting of the ice —the riv-
ers Dart and Rees — are all the year turbid with silt, which
is the rock that has been ground fine by the glacier—the
flour from the mill—which they deposit in the upper end of
the lake. In this manner some six or eight miles of the val-
ley have been filled up to a height of a few feet above the
present level of the lake. We have but to extend the forces
now in operation on Mt. Earnslaw to the whole valley of
Lake Wakatipu, to have an accurate and satisfactory explan-
ation of its formation.
There is another feature of great interest in the history of
this valley. On the shore of the lake, about twelve miles
above Queenstown,* is a limited deposit of Tertiary lime-
stone ; containing as fossils, Ostrea Wullerstorfii, Cucullea
alta, C'. Worthingtoni, Panopea plicata, and many others.
The junction of the limestone with the crystalline rocks be-
neath, can be seen but a few feet below the surface of the
lake. The limestone being at the present level of the water,
the valley must have been eroded to that depth before the
limestone was formed. As its deposition took place beneath
the waters of the ocean, the valley was at one time an arm
of the sea, and was afterwards upheaved to its present eleva-
tion or higher, and the wearing-down of the valley contin-
ued. We have, therefore, in the sequence of events that
resulted in the formation of Lake Wakatipu, the follow-
ing series of stages.
(1.) The Southern Alps existed as a sloping table-land, the
‘highest remaining point of which is Mt. Cook. On this high
table-land were deposited immense amounts of ice and snow,
brought by the warm, moist winds from the ocean, and form-
ing the glaciers that flowed off in various directions towards
the sea. One of these ancient rivers of ice had its source
* At T on the accompanying map.
260 Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand.
in the region of Mt. Earnslaw— then, however, greatly dif-
ferent from its present form—and flowed over what is now
the valley of Lake Wakatipu. This old-time glacier contin-
ued its slow motion towards the sea for unknown ages, until
it had ground out the solid rock to a depth of 5,000 or 6,000
feet in vertical thickness and for over 100 miles’in length.
(2.) The work of this mighty glacier was finally termin-
ated by a sinking of the land, which caused the valley to
become an arm of the sea, similar in every respect to the
deep narrow fiords that form such a characteristic feature of
the wild West Coast of New Zealand at the present day.
What was before an Alpine valley, filled with hundreds of
feet of ice, then became the home of huge oysters and many
other forms of marine life, whose remains we now find in the
limestone. We know that the sea filled the valley for a long
time, since the compact gray limestone that it left behind
was not formed rapidly, as sandstone and conglomerate may
be, but the material had to be first gathered from the waters
to form the shells of mollusks and foraminifera, or the hard
parts of corals, crinoids, ete., and these worn down to a fine
detritus by the waves, and spread out as a calcareous sedi-
ment, before the hardening process of rock-making could
commence. Together with the limestone are beds of fine
shale, and masses of conglomerate composed of both angular
and rounded pebbles, and containing fossil shells ( Crassatella
ampla); these deposits speak of other, although minor
changes, during the time that the sea occupied the valley.
(3.) In the third stage the land was again upheaved to
the dignity of a mountain chain, whose lofty summits became
covered with fields of snow and ice, which, seeking an equi-
librium, again flowed as a glacier down the valley of Lake
Wakatipu. This second extension of the ice-stream down
the old valley resulted in the removal not only of most of
the limestone that had been deposited, but also of 1,400
feet of the crystalline rocks beneath. The limestone on the
shore of the lake is thus shown to be an inter-glacial deposit,
Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. 261
not by being interstratified with beds of till, but by the ex-
istence, both above and below it,.of distinct glacier-worn
valleys. It is similar in position to the inter-glacial ‘lignite
beds of Switzerland, and to the inter-glacial forest beds of
Scotland and America. Like these northern formations, it
indicates a period of warm and genial climate, in the very
midst of the time of great cold. Geologists will notice,
however, the far greater age of the limestone of Lake Waka-
tipu, which, as indicated by its fossils, is Upper Eocene.
The second glacier that flowed down the valley of Lake
Wakatipu, like the first, had its time of great extension and
then slowly passed away. As its terminus retreated up the
valley, it left behind it the material it had gathered from the
overhanging cliffs along its course, or had torn from the sides
of the valley, together with the finer products ground by the
bottom of the glacier from the rocks over which it passed.
This material now forms the filling of the valley below the
lake, and has been worked over, perhaps many times, by the
action of water, which has left it in many regular lines of
terraces along the sides of the valley ; these giant stair-ways
often form a striking contrast with the angular crags and
rocks that tower above them.
At Kingston, situated at the southern extremity of the
lake, a huge terminal moraine,* composed of cyclopean masses
of angular rock, has been thrown by the glacier directly
across the valley, and now forms the shore of the lake. In
this confused mass of rocks we have indisputable evidence
that here, for a long time, stood the terminal face of the glac-
ier, which ended abruptly—as is common with glaciers at
the present day, and as is notably the case with the Great
Clyde glacier, that ends, as we have seen, in a wall of ice 120
feet high. The rocks now forming the terminal moraine at
Kingston, were once lateral moraines on the surface of the
glacier ; and as the stream moved on and melted away, they
* At M on the accompanying map.
262 Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand.
were carried over its terminal face—just as trees and blocks
of ice are carried over Niagara—and were left as the con-
fused mass that we now find.
Some idea of the time required for this truly herculean
task of valley-making, may be gathered, perhaps, from the
fact that the average motion of the Swiss glaciers can -be
taken at about twelve inches a day, or one mile in fourteen
and one-half years. At this rate, a block of stone falling
upon the glacier of Lake Wakatipu near its source at Mt.
Earnslaw, would require more than a thousand years to reach
its final resting place in the terminal moraine at Kingston,
which is only midway down the valley.
As the warmth increased, the glaciers retreated to their
present position around the summit of Mt. Earnslaw, leay-
ing the valley dammed-up by the moraine at Kingston, and
filled by the water formed by the melting of the ice. On
the sides of the valley, in many places, huge blocks of stone
were scattered, similar to those in the Kingston moraine.
The rounded form of roches moutonnées was also given to the
low hills and knolls along the shores of the lake.
Lake Wakatipu thus furnishes a striking example of a
lake filling a glacier-worn rock-basin, the lower lip of which
has been raised by the formation of the moraine at Kingston.
Taking Lake Wakatipu and the ancient lake-basin that con-
tinues below it, as one valley, we have an instance of a rock-
basin that has been worn out by glacial action to a known
depth of 1,400 feet. That this is a true rock-basin is shown
by the fact that in the Dome Pass, at the southern end of the
old lake, the country rock again comes to the surface in the
bottom of the valley. Although the glaciers probably at one
time passed beyond this point, yet they left a barrier of rock
across the valley, which formed the southern end of the an-
cient lake, and compelled the waters to cut a new channel to
the S. E., that resulted in the complete drainage of the val-
ley. Such we conceive to be a simple, although very im-
perfect, reading of the grand history of Lake Wakatipu.
a
fe
Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. 263
Other great changes probably took place, the records of
which have been erased.
Not only, however, may we trace the past history of this
interesting lake, but we can also look beyond the veil that
obscures its future. As the combined actions of ice and
water have been the instruments for its formation, so are
they also working its destruction. After the formation of
the moraine at Kingston, the waters sought a new outlet
from the valley over the falls of the Kawarau, which are
constantly wearing av ray by the action of the water, and thus
tending to drain the lake to a lower level: we see, indeed,
by the terraces along its shores, that it has been already low-
ered. While the outlet is every moment becoming deeper,
the water that flows from the foot of the glaciers, together
with every rill and rivulet born among the mountains, is
continually bringing down its burden of sediment, however
small, which it deposits in the lake, and does its part towards
filling the valley. While at the upper end of the lake the
water is of a light-blue tint, caused by the foreign material
held in suspension, thus indicating its glacial origin, a few
miles down it becomes beautifully clear, and of almost as
deep a blue as the open ocean itself.
The present conditions continuing, Lake Wakatipu will at
no very distant day, geologically speaking, have reached the
end that awaits all lakes, and be drained dry—the fate that
has already overtaken the lake which once existed to the
southward.
Some of the able geologists of New Zealand are inclined
to attribute the former extension of the glaciers of the South
Island, solely to a greater elevation of the land. Such an
elevation may account very well for all the known facts re-
lating to the glaciation of that island. When we take into
consideration, however, the records left by ancient glaciers
on other lands in the southern hemisphere,—as in South
Africa,* where well-characterized moraines and transported
*G, W. Stow, Quart. Jour. of the Geol. Society. xxvii, 550.
264 Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand.
boulders, indicate the former existence in that country, of
glaciers that have long since passed away ,—and also the evi-
dences of former ice-action at the southern extremity of
South America and on the Falkland Islands, so well known
through the writings of Darwin and Agassiz,—we cannot
well escape the conclusion that they are all due to a common
cause.
If we look for the reasons of the great variations of cli-
mate in the northern hemisphere, in astronomical changes,
as seems to be the increasing tendency among scientists,—
either in a change in the eccentricity of the earth’s orbit, as
advocated by Prof. Croll, or in a variation of the angle of
the earth’s axis with the plane of the ecliptic—we are obliged
to admit that the southern hemisphere has been subjected
to the same influences, and that the climates of the two hem-
ispheres must have undergone similar changes.
It seems to us that the great extension of the glaciers in
these southern lands could not have been due altogether to
changes of elevation in the several countries, but, rather,
that the advance and retreat of these glaciers have been con-
trolled by the same—to us mysterious—laws, that in the
Tertiary period clothed Greenland with a varied and beautiful -
vegetation, and replaced it in our times with immense gla-
ciers and fields of snow and ice.
If the evidences of a glacial epoch in the southern hemi-
sphere seem too meagre for comparison with the corres-
ponding formations in our own country—where they cover
many thousand square miles—it is to be remembered that the
land itself is wanting in the former, on which to find the
inscriptions left by the old glaciers. In North America the
records of an ice-age reach as far southward as the fortieth
parallel. In the southern hemisphere nearly all the area in
corresponding latitudes, is occupied by the waters of the
ocean; the only lands on which similar formations could
reasonably be expected, are the southern extremities of South
America and Africa, together with New Zealand and. Aus-
Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. 265
tralia; and on all of these, excepting the last, positive, and
in many places, astonishing, evidences of ancient glaciation
can be seen.
As far as can be at present judged from the limited explo-
rations in those distant lands, the combined facts seem to
point to a time of extreme cold in the southern hemisphere,
answering to the similar period at the North, that has re-
ceived the long contested title of the Glacial epoch.
Another parallel between the changes of climate in the
two hemispheres is indicated by the Tertiary deposits.
These at the South, like the Tertiary formations in Europe
and America, show by their fossils that a mild climate pre-
ceded the ancient glaciers, during which, as these formations
on the eastern coast of Africa prove, the forms of life now
indicative of tropical or sub-tropical conditions extended
farther towards the pole.
266 ftecent Progress in Sanitary Science.
AX V.—Recent Progress in Sanitary Science.
By ALBERT R. LEEDS.
Read October 9th, 1876.
THE recent progress in Sanitary Science is the history of
our knowledge of what constitutes clean air, clean water,
clean food, and clean environments; of our knowledge of
what is filth in air, filth in water, filth in food, and filth in
our environments, whether it be filth mineral, vegetable, or
animal; and finally, of the means of preserving cleanliness
on the one hand, and of repressing filthiness on the other.
The great factors in this progress therefore are, in the first
place, knowledge, a knowledge both comprehensive and ex-
haustive, and in the second place, a moral zeal, which shall
make that knowledge effective in increasing cleanliness and
preventing filth among men. The necessity of this kind of
knowledge is mostly due to the crowding of multitudes into
overgrown commercial communities ; and its development,
which is largely that ef chemical science, is also dependent
upon the skill of the microscopist, the experience of the
medical practitioner, and the learning of the biologist, re-
quiring the colaboration of such various classes of savans as
are also found in great cities,—for its growth to perfection.
The demands of sanitary science extend to the most re-
fined methods of chemical research, and lay under contribu-
tion some of the most obscure branches‘of Natural History,
like that of Helminthology, sciences which, in their inception,
appeared to have little bearing on the daily wants of man-
kind; and they even extend to the most abstruse researches
of biology, in matters pertaining to the generation of spores,
the development of ova, the growth of parasites, ete. In-
deed, the demand reaches far beyond the present powers of
scientific inquiry to supply; and a more subtle analysis is
required of the chemist, a more searching scrutiny of the
microscopist, before questions can be answered, on the cor-
Fecent Progress in Sanitary Science. 267
rect solution of which the action of communities depends, in
reference to infection, irrigation, water-supply, etc.
While sanitary science makes such great and varied de-
mands upon our present and prospective stores of knowl-
edge, its aim is nevertheless a very modest one. It finds
man, whether from ignorance, from cupidity, or from the
many maladjustments of our existent social systems, de-
prived of essentials to the enjoyment of long life, or even a
prey to the inroads and devastations of disease ; and it seeks
to restore to him, under these circumstances, the same pure
air, pure water, and fitting food and clothing, as are enjoyed
by the beast which stalks through the primeval forest, or the
eattle grazing healthfully in the fields. No one has ever
shown that a better ratio could be substituted for the oxygen
and ozone, the nitrogen and ammonia, the carbonic acid and
moisture present in the atmosphere, than what actually holds
between them. No one has shown that drinking-water would
be the better, if it took up a little more iron and lime, pot-
ash and phosphoric acid, than it actually contains, or if in
nature’s alembic, it were restored to us in the condition of the
distilled water of our laboratories. Neither is it clear that
sugar would be better food by the addition of nitrogen, or
albumen if it were without it. In short, so far as the sci-
ences at present at least extend, they are unanimous in de-
celaring the natural order existent in the atmosphere, water,
and food, the best adapted to the wants of man. This being
true, every element of disturbance is to be looked upon with
suspicion, a suspicion daily increasing with the increase of
our knowledge concerning the true nature of disease, its
causes, and its remedies.
Upon the basis of such ideas, we have attempted a classi-
fication of the departments into which sanitary science nat-
urally divides itself, and the arrangement of the subject-
matter properly falling into each.
NOVEMBER, 1876. 21 ANN. Lic. Nat. Histr:., Vou. xt.
7vence.
in Sanitary Sct
ess
Recent Prog
268
*SOLURYOOTL
*SULLOIULS UL
"AIM QOOpIYO.Ly
“AWMLOUOITSVY)
*SULyOOD
“sSuriedaid-poog
*SurAlosaid-poo wy
ojo ‘Adoosox0 TT
“AS0[007 ‘Auvjog
soja ‘Adooso.yoodg
*£TYSUU9YO-O.LOTIT
*SISATVUB-109R AA
‘ojo ‘ASO[O.L00}0TT
*AGOUMOAS ATT
*£1JOULOU0ZO
* £199 WLOLpN GT
GO GONAIOS AHL AT
‘ojo ‘Suryvoyy los sngeavddy ‘aimyraimy ‘suryyoTO
“040 ‘sAUMUSIH ‘sqoo1jg JO SUIAVG pue Surpray
*o4o ‘sSUL
-pring o1[qng ‘sjooyos ‘sayornyy ‘sSurjjaamq Jo uoyonysu0g
probry
fsnoueso.4IN-uoN—'9Q
= a1qujosa A]
fsnouasoljIN— Dp ‘ pifog
‘ SNOUISO.MIN-WON—'9 |
Teuay
fsnouaso.In—'D
{s[VUIIUY .109vM-ULETO
fsquurd 109vM-uvol9
*OJ9 ‘s0SVS 19Y4J0 ‘MaSAXO
‘TeSOMIN pus ToqiVD oluLvs19 ‘vIMoMUTY ‘SoULUYIN ‘soIBAyIN ‘sesug
pue sploy [Btoulyy JO syanowe [vuoystodoid pue sdussead 4g ayy,
‘ojo ‘uasoipAy ‘udSAXO YALA UdSOAIN JO spunodumog
‘QIn}sloy ‘aplipsAyuy o1moqgavy ‘auozo ‘uaSAxOQ Jo suolywUlUojOq
fpunois tapug—"9
t osoudsouny jo worjyIsodmog
fpunois sA0qy—'D
JO ADATTIMONY GASVAUONT ONIMINOAY
‘HONGAUIOS AXVLINVS
{SINGNNOUIANY NVATO
‘@ood NVAIO
SUaLVM NVATO
[uly NVATD
NI HaGCHO TVYOLVN
‘afvT fo uoynhuojorg ay) 07 saynjat sv wnf os ‘wapsQy jounjony fo woynasasarg ayy uodjy—T
269
vence.
Sei.
tary
in San
Recent Progress
"MOTJNOISOIT [BULUID
“sJoyavyy JO UoMLlnsoy
‘OINgINO-YSiyA ‘Ssamyjovynuvyyr
‘Apddus-1098 AA a.rng[NOLs y
—Jo yyouaq ayy 07 —
UONVSLLI ‘UCR
‘UO14B.4[q ‘UOlUdAdL
“UOTJOAFULST —
‘asvalRigd—
“IBVLIMIG—
*SuUISUDAvOgG—
UOT RIIUOA
Xd GLAONAIY
} SmoRBr1ayupy
SUMOMBOUIS[R TL
£ UOToesUy
££R00q
fooue0sa.yng
fS[VUIIUR 1301BM-paTlog
Ssyuvtd 103B.M-pallog
fasnyjory
pur ‘asvurig ‘asvmaeg
SsSulpmq payooyuy
SSUORl[RyXy
Ssosus 1aMag
£8]09.14s JO aSeqiny
ojo ‘sano ‘sds *p
SSaMowuUgq *o
SSSuUIpTINg oqud °@
SSOUT[[OMC °2
—: soovds pouyuog
worvuTMEyu0D
NT
*400[SON
‘ojo ‘SULIAY) SHOTIOOJUT
‘saounIsqng snoLtojolod
*s.1091V IT Oqlosa.qug
‘solpog UsIO10g
‘oqo ‘sur1ay snolmoajyuy
"IOJIVI OLULS.AQ JO ssaoxop
‘TOVLI Of 19s0.190 7
‘SUOSIOg PoATOSSICT
“STTRS JO SssoOXOL
‘Ssoup.eyy onpug
‘ojo ‘SuULIOy SaryvopT
‘so[olQIed PILOS
‘s10dRA ploy
‘aasoi1pApy payoimydrng
‘OpluipAYWYy olUog.eD JO SsooX oT
‘9u0ZO puv uasdkxQ Jo Aoualoyoq
WOUA ONILTASAY
‘ENAWNOUWIANT AMT
‘aqooq NI ALTA
SUMLVM NI HIT
fury NI ALIN
Ad agondoud
"YRVAPT JO WoUMALasalT ay) 07 sayvjas sv wnf os ‘saowog Hurquysig fo jwaowas ay) uodQ—'TT
“HONAIOS AUVLINVS
270 Recent Progress in Sanitary Science.
On referring to these tables, it will be seen that the first
element to be determined is the amount of oxygen in the
atmosphere, and within what limits this amount may vary,
the atmosphere still remaining in a state of purity. So im-
portant is this determination, that many of the greatest physi-
cists have expended all the resources of their skill upon its
solution. About a century ago, Lord Cavendish made no
less than five hundred analyses of the atmosphere, and by the
method of absorption of oxygen by nitric oxide, a method
which now to us appears too crude to give reliable results, ar-
rived at the number 20-833 as representing the percentage of
oxygen. This result is little more than 74th of one per cent.
less than 20-95, which is the number now accepted as the
most accurate mean of recent determinations. And yet Lord
Cavendish could not satisfy himself that there was any differ-
ence in the percentage of oxygen in London air, as compared
with that of air from the surrounding country. To deter-
mine whether the composition of the atmosphere was indeed
invariable, the subject was reopened by Dumas and Boussin-
gault, who employed in their classic research the chemical
attraction of copper for oxygen at an elevated temperature.
The air from the Jardin des Plantes, after purification from
every trace of moisture and carbonic anhydride, was passed
through a weighed tube containing turnings of pure copper,
and the residual nitrogen collected in a glass balloon, previ-
ously exhausted of air. Every precaution that ingenuity
could suggest, was used to insure the accuracy of the experi-
ments, which were repeated a great number of times and on
large quantities of air; and yet these two illustrious chemists
did not venture to assume that the composition of the atmos-
phere was otherwise than invariable, and that the slight dif-
ferences in the percentages of oxygen obtained were due to
real differences, and not to variations within allowable limits
of instrumental error.
By improved eudiometrical methods, Regnault afterwards
settled conclusively the fact of variations in the percentage of
Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. 271
oxygen in the earth’s atmosphere, and ascertained with accu-
racy the amount of the variation in the atmosphere of the same
locality and at different points on the earth’s surface. The
minimum amount for 100 analyses of the air at Paris, was
20-913 per cent., and the maximum 20-999, giving as a mean
the number 20-956. The lowest percentage in five analyses
of the atmosphere of the ocean, was 20-918, the highest 20:
965. Of mountain air ;—in that of the summit of Mt. Pichin-
cha, which is higher than Mt. Blanc, the oxygen was 20-949
and 20-981 per cent. Of all places, Berlin had the distinc-
tion of an atmosphere gvith the lowest percentage of oxygen,
20-908. This does not appear surprising, when we call to
mind the stinking waters of the river Spree flowing through
the most crowded portion of the city, under the windows of
the Academy of Music, and within a stone’s throw of the Em-
peror’s palace, the Opera-house, the Royal Library, the Mus-
eum, and, worst of all, the famous University. To quote the
language of Dr. Folsom, the Secretary of the Massachusetts
Board of Health—* Berlin and Munich, the filthiest and most
scientific of the German cities, deserve Traube’s sarcasm of
not being able to stop the cholera, even in winter,—a more
or less continuous epidemic, so to speak, having lasted since
1866; while in London and Paris, the cleanest of large cities,
the last epidemic (in 1866) fell very lightly, and the death
rates are one-third lower than in Munich and Berlin.” The
mean of all Regnault’s analyses was 20-95 per cqnt., a num-
ber which should be remembered and quoted, instead of
twenty-one, the’ percentage settled upon as a mean, after
many experiments, by Gay Lussac and Humboldt, and the
one usually given in manuals of chemical science. For it is
worthy of note, that the maximum in no one of Regnault’s
analyses reached twenty-one per cent., while the minimum
was never so low as 20°9.
After Prof. Bunsen had submitted the existing modes of
gas-analysis to critical revision, he applied the improved
methods to the determination of the oxygen in the atmosphere,
272 Recent Progress in Sanitary Science.
finding as a minimum for the air at Heidelberg 20-84 per cent.,
and for the maximum 20-97, or a mean for all analyses, of 20--
924. Since that time a great number of inquiries have been
set on foot concerning the air in various parts of Europe,
especially in Great Britain, where Dr. Angus Smith has in-
stituted a very extended series of comparisons between the
atmosphere of towns, and of country and mountain districts.
The significance of the results is to be found in the fact, that
while a falling off in the percentage of oxygen to the amount
of one-tenth per cent., may appear so slight as to be un-
worthy of serious consideration, yetahe place of this minus
quantity is occupied by other gases whose presence is dele-
terious, even when in amounts represented by the hundredths
of one per cent.
Until a very recent period, no similar investigation had
been made, so far as we are aware, into the constitution of
the atmosphere in the United States.
It would be fortunate for the interests of sanitary science,
if Ozonometry was settled upon as well ascertained princi-
ples as those of the determination of oxygen. But this is
far from being the case. The difficulty does not consist in a
lack of knowledge concerning the properties, or even the
chemical nature of ozone,—to both of which topics a great
deal of attention has been paid since the time of Schénbein
by Becquerel, Fremy, Andrews and Tait, Meissner, Angus
Smith, and others, and in this country by M. Carey Lea,
Wetherill, and Rogers,—but to a lack of concerted and sys-
tematic observation by practised observers, using equal pre-
cautions and pursuing the same methods. To illustrate the
discrepancies, and even fallacies which arise, we may instance
the ordinary ozone test, as it is called—a strip of paper pre-
viously moistened with a mixture of starch-water and iodide
of potassium solution, and dried. Recently it was found, on
preparing some of the ozone test, that every variety of paper
purchasable, except the purest Swedish filter-paper, mani-
fested an alkaline reaction to alizarine; that every sample of
es
Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. 273
potassium iodide contained several impurities, rendering it
unfit for use in the ozone test; and that even the starch had
to be manufactured in the laboratory, to obtain material suita-
ble for preparing reliable reagent papers. And yet, with
suitable precautions, these ozone tests give results of a very
striking character. As an instance, I may cite some unpub-
lished observations during the past summer upon the atmos-
phere of the Adirondacks, where the indications of ozone were
of the most decided character, and at times of atmospheric
disturbance, intense. In this pure mountain air, the invalid,
prostrated with malarial poison, or catarrhal affection, rap-
idly regained mental vigor and bodily strength. — Similar
ozone tests, exposed during the same season in Hoboken,
where catarrhs are rife, and where the badly drained marshes,
if they do not actually produce ague, are at least very un-
favorable to recovery from it, showed a great deficiency in the
amount of ozone. .
I do not wish to be understood as saying that the absence
of ozone is attended by the prevalence of catarrhal or mala-
rial troubles. Heaven forbid! The result of collecting and
reading most of the literature upon ozone, has been to make
me extremely unwilling to express any opinion, concerning
the connection between the abundance or exiguity of ozone
and any disease whatsoever. The conflict of testimony could
not be better exemplified than in the case just under con-
sideration. To quote from a recent work on the subject—
“Schénbein and other physicians made daily atmospheric
observations during several catarrhal epidemics at Basle,
which are stated to have been conclusive as to the simul-
taneity of the maximum of the coloration with the extreme
intensity of the epidemic.” “Dr. Seitz carried on observa-
tions for two years in Munich, and found that months in
which the ozone was abundant, were not characterized by a
predominance of catarrhal affections, when compared with
months during which less ozone was noticed in the air.
After days distinguished by a great excess of ozone, we did
274 Recent Progress in Sanitary Science.
not observe the occurrence of a greater number of cases of
eatarrh.” The result of a year’s observations by the Medi-
cal and Scientific Club of Kénigsberg, in Prussia, was to the
effect, “That the month of November, during which the
spread of catarrhal affections was most extensive, and the
month of September, which was notorious for the prevalence
of intermittent fever, typhus, cholera, and diarrhcea, exhibi-
ted nearly an equal amount of ozone, and, that a sudden
and considerable increase in the amount of ozone did not
appear to be a cause of the commencement of catarrh of the
respiratory organs.” This is certainly a very decided nega-
tive, but the next observer quoted, Dr. Pfaff, of Plauen, in
Saxony, has an equally explicit affirmative result. He con-
cludes that, “A large proportion of ozone acts in a mis-
chievous manner on diseases of the respiratory organs ; that it
favors the development of inflammatory affections, especially
tonsilitis, and that the ozone exerts little or no effect on
epidemic or other diseases, provided they are not compli-
cated with catarrhal affections.” Dr. Spengler calls upon the
medical practitioners of Europe to test the accuracy of his
observations, which were made at Roggendorf, a village of
Mecklenburg. “Just before the commencement of an epi-
demic of influenza, no ozone was to be detected. Directly,
however, catarrhal troubles set in and every one was cough-
ing, an abundance of ozone was manifested. As the disease
gradually diminished, so did the indications of this body de-
crease.” Dr. Heidinreich also found that a strong ozonic
reaction, coincided with an exacerbation of catarrhal symptoms
and the appearance of pulmonary affections, while a dimi-
nution of those took place when it was feeble. Faber,
Wunderlich, Schiefferdecker, T. Boeckel, and other observers,
believe that there is no connection between the development
of ozone and the prevalence of catarrhal affections. The au-
thorities at the hospital of Metz, have found that there is a
certain relation between the variations in the quantity of
atmospheric ozone, and the number of cases of bronchial
Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. 275
affections which present themselves. MM. Houzeau and
Leudet, jr., have shown that there is no agreement between
the prevalence of respiratory affections at Rouen, and the
depth of ozonic reaction as presented by true ozone tests.
These diseases are most numerous during the winter, when
the amount of ozone, as distinguished from the other air
purifiers, would seem from the researches of the former gen-
tleman to be comparatively small. Mr. Harris, of Worthing,
has always remarked during the prevalence of N. E. and E.
winds, when no ozone is present in the air, the great fre-
quency of irritative affections of the mucous membrane of
the throat and air passages. The results arrived at by M.
Béhard, of Havre, are:
“1. That the number of cases of pulmonary disease is
probably in direct relation with the amount of ozone in the
air, and in inverse relation with the temperature: and, 2.
That atmospheric ozone appears to exert a certain influence
on rheumatismal affections.” Dr. Clemens, of Frankfort,
states “that eleven saddle-horses contracted inflammation of
the lungs in consequence of being run against a south wind,
very powerful and very rich in ozone, and that the greater
number died.”
A similar wide difference of opinion exists concerning the
connection between the prevalence of ozone and malaria,
various descriptions of fever, and other diseases; and it is
difficult to see how these discrepancies will be reconciled,
except by systematic observations carried on by a number of
competent observers. In this respect a great deal is being
done in Great Britain and on the Continent. In the United
States, isolated inquirers have pursued researches, some
account of which, from time to time, has appeared in our
scientific literature. The contradictory results hitherto ob-
tained, however, have discouraged many who need the stimu-
lus of united effort, and the certainty that their observations
will be carefully preserved and collated, to continue this
very valuable work.
276 Recent Progress in Sanitary Science.
Concerning the carbonic anhydride in the atmosphere, but
little has been lately added to our scientific knowledge, it
being already a well understood subject. But the deter-
mination of the amounts of carbonic anhydride present in
the air of public buildings — as made in the examination into
the defective ventilation of the House of Representatives by
the late Dr. Wetherill; into the air of over-crowded school
rooms, as hag been done by the Board of Health of New
York; and that of cars, as in the late investigation of Dr.
Nichols of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology ;—has
been of excellent service in the interests of sanitary science.
This is not so much on account of the deleterious nature of
carbonic anhydride itself, but for the reason that the ex-
halations of the breath are always accompanied by volatile
matters and products of organic decomposition, emanations
from the body, ete., none of which admit of easy estimation,
but whose quantity can be readily inferred from that of the
carbonic anhydride. This gas, as we all know, is of a pun-
gent agreeable flavor; and when reference is made to the
“closeness” or bad air of rooms, and to the carbonic anhy-
dride present, as if the “closeness” and carbonic anhydride
were one and the same thing, it is but showing how com-
pletely the popular mind has identified the organic pollution
of foul air with one, and that not the most unpleasant or
most pernicious, concomitant.
In connection with this subject, it is worthy of note that
the eminent sanitary chemist named above, has recently
made an examination into the amounts of carbonic anhydride
contained in the ground of certain localities below the surface
—the ground atmosphere.
The importance of its study, as well as that of the ground-
water, was first pointed out by Pettenkofer in 1854, followed
in 1870 by systematic determinations of the percentage of.
oxygen below the surface. The analyses were made upon
the alluvial gravel of the country surrounding Munich, in
places not under cultivation, with the result of showing, that
a al
Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. 277
the amount of carbonic anhydride in the ground below the
surface, was much greater than that above, and that it in-
creased with the depth and varied with the season,’ being
least in winter and greatest in summer. His object was
similar to that in view in the determination of the carbonic
anhydride in ill-ventilated buildings, that of obtaining a
measure of the “impregnation” of the ground with organic
impurities, by the oxidation of which the carbonic anhydride
is produced. It is analogous to the determination of the
nitric and nitrous acids in drinking water, bodies not of
themselves detrimental in minute quantities, but important
as affording a measure of the previous pollution of the water
by nitrogenous excreta, etc., from the oxidation of which
they are derived. The examinations of Dr. Nichols, which
were conducted upon the made lands of the “ Back Bay” of
Boston, showed that there was very little difference in the
amount of carbonic anhydride at different depths during
most of the period occupied by the experiments; but in
October, November, and December, it had increased sensibly
at a depth of ten feet, above its amount at a depth of six
feet. This curious result, which agrees with Pettenkofer’s,
he attributes to the diffusion of the carbonic anhydride from
the surface, and to the increased rapidity of this diffusion when
the temperature of the air falls below that of the ground.
With regard to ventilation itself, as an art, repeated fail-
ures, often with grave results, by architects of great promi-
nence, are at last convincing the public that the ventilation
of buildings constructed on different plans, of different ma-
terials, with different uses, and located differently in respect
to air, wind, dnd sun, is an art of great difficulty ; one not
to be practised on occasion by the hospital-physician, the
school-trustee, the alms-house inspector, the engineer, or
even the architect, as a subject popularly supposed to be
fully understood by every well-informed person, but should
be placed in charge of persons making the heating and ven-
tilating of buildings their especial study.
278 Recent Progress in Sanitary Science.
There is one more popular delusion, the overthrow of
which is to be ranked as an onward step in sanitary science.
This delusion is, that the senses are trustworthy sentinels
over our lungs and stomachs, and that dangerous air, water,
or even food, is always detected by them. They only serve
as detectives when one of the concomitants of aerial, aqueous,
or other filth is of the nature of a gas, like hydrosulphuric
acid, affecting, even when present in very minute quantities,
the sense of smell, or is one of the innumerable products of
organic decay. But the cases must be rare indeed, in which
fatal effects have been produced by exposure to an atmo-
sphere containing hydrosulphuric acid sufficiently concen-
trated to act as a chemical poison; and although headache,
nausea, or a general lowering of the health, is frequently
produced in the case of persons occasionally exposed to a
considerable amount of this and similar gaseous products of
decomposition, or constantly inhaling them in minute quanti-
ties, yet they are comparatively harmless when compared with
some emanations which are not evident to the sense of smell.
The matter which propagates disease, is, so far as we
know, not gaseous, but organized bodies of excessively mi-
nute dimensions, so small indeed that as yet the microscopist
has not succeeded in distinguishing the “spores” which sim-
ply produce decomposition, from those which carry the spe-
cific poison of certain diseases, or the infectious germs of
one disease from those of another. But one peculiarity they
possess in common, a peculiarity distinguishing them from
chemical poisons, in that their effect is not directly propor-
tional to their amount, but vastly greater, insomuch that ex-
cessively minute amounts of these germs have the power of
infinite self-multiplication, so long as they find themselves
surrounded with circumstances favorable to their develop-
ment. It frequently is the case that localities are obnox-
ious in odor, yet no alarming diseases are developed, while
others are apparently inoffensive, and at the same time are
richly productive in “zymotic diseases.” A striking illustra-
—ecent Progress in Sanitary Science. 219
tion is to be found in the case of laborers, whose duty it is
to jump into the lime-purifiers employed in the defecation of
illuminating gas, and to shovel out the lime charged with
sulphur compounds. The smell is intolerable, frequently
nauseating the workmen, yet not producing active disease.
Sewer-gas, on the contrary, is not violently offensive, and
may diffuse itself through apartments without detection, and,
as in Glasgow'and Edinburgh, in the houses of the better
classes, may produce outbreaks of typhoid fever. For this
reason, either the public sewers should be properly flushed
and ventilated, which, practically speaking, is very difficult:
of accomplishment —or those who multiply bath-rooms and
water-closets in connection with the sleeping apartments of
a house (as is now done in city dwellings, where the desire
of luxury on the part of the occupant, and the ingenuity of
the mechanic in increasing the expense on the other, have
permeated the house with an elaborate net-vork of hot and
cold-water pipes, waste-pipes, traps, sewer-connections and
drains) should employ the services of a sanitary engineer,
to see that a suitable system of flues is likewise provided to
earry off the gases from the water-closets—the “practical
plumber” being generally ignorant of both the necessity and
the means of doing so. Either these remedies should be
applied, or the water-closets should be made as few as possi-
ble, and the traps put in connection with flues, in which an
upward draft is preserved both in winter and summer, by
stoves or lamps.
No chemist, so far as we are aware, has attempted a com-
plete analysis of sewer-gases, or those other exhalations from
decomposing matters, which are laden with the ferments that
become active in zymotic diseases. Even if he did deter-
mine the percentage of every gas present, he would not be
able to estimate and isolate the septic ferments—the chief
culprits in the origination of disease. It would be well if
water-analysts would distinctly inform the public that they
are daily asked to do in respect to water, something quite as
280 Ftecent Progress in Sanitary Science.
difficult, and which they are altogether incapable of doing.
Is not an experience somewhat like the following, familiar to
every chemist present? A village has grown into a town,
and that town into a city. Its growth has produced manu-
facturing communities in the vicinity, which pour their refuse
and their sewage into the water-course originally filled with
unpolluted water. The water grows worse to the taste, and
stronger to the smell; and finally popular complaint compels
the Board of Water Commissioners to take action. Their
first step is to employ a chemist to find out how polluted the
water is; and he finally sends in a report, with a long array of
figures in decimals, telling how much silica, lime, magnesia,
oxide of iron, phosphoric acid, sulphuric acid, potash, soda,
ammonia, nitrous and nitric acids, chlorine and albuminoid
ammonia, the water contains. All these data are of interest,
requiring much skill in their accurate determination. They
tell that a stream may be no worse drinking water than the
Thames, the Schuylkill, the Ohio, the Passaic, or some other
river, whose water is used at ordinary times by large com-
munities without outbreaks of disease directly traceable to
it. As in the case of the Schuylkill, a well-known expert to
whom I appealed, said, “Yes, it always analyzed very well,
but smelt and tasted very bad.” Yet this gentleman drank
daily of the Schuylkill water, and so do hundreds of thous-
ands, without falling ill of violent maladies. Such analyses
do not show how dangerous such drinking-water may be.
That danger is known from other facts, independent of the
water-analyses. The researches of Klein, Burdon Sander-
son, Chevreau, and others, have shown that the germs of
infectious diseases may be transported twenty or thirty miles
in running water, may pass through thick beds of gravel,
sand, etc., without being filtered out, and in fact, can be
effectually destroyed only by the operation of an elevated
temperature.
With regard to the chemical methods employed in-the de-
terminations of the organic constituents of drinking waters,
:
,
:
(
(
<<
Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. 281
—and it is to these that we must chiefly look in deciding
upon their fitness for domestic uses—it may be briefly said
that they are four in number—the “ignition,” “permangan-
ate,” “albuminoid ammonia,” and “combustion” methods.
The first is no longer regarded as adequate to give the infor-
mation needed; the second is deemed fallacious; and the
third, although still employed by many chemists, will, for
similar reasons, have to be abandoned. The fourth gives the
information required, with an accuracy adequate to the form-
ation of correct judgment on the water analyzed, but at
present has the disadvantage of requiring much time and
care in its satisfactory performance.
It should be said here, in justice to the chemists who still
employ the “albuminoid ammonia” process, that they do not
claim that the albuminoid matters give up all their nitrogen
in the form of ammonia, but only that they yield by this pro-
cess a certain measure, and that this measure can be used as
an index of the amount of the organic impurity present.
But, as was shown by the authors themselves, and as has been
since still more satisfactorily demonstrated, water containing
known quantities of organic matter, when treated by this
process, yields an amount of nitrogen which differs accord-
ing to the character of the substances operated upon. It is
evident that if the process were good, it should indicate
either the whole amount of nitrogen present, or in every
case, a definite proportion of it; and in failing, as it does,
to meet these requirements, the albuminoid ammonia method
of determining the organic impurity must be condemned.
This failure is strikingly exemplified in the case of urea, per-
haps the most characteristic ingredient of sewage, which may
be present in a drinking water without detection by the al-
buminoid ammonia process. On the other hand, peaty mat-
ters, which color the water without rendering it noxious,
yield a large amount of albuminoid ammonia, and such
waters have in this wise been in some cases unfairly con-
demned.
282 Recent Progress in Sanitary Science.
It follows from what has been said, first,—that the album-
inoid-ammonia method neither indicates the absolute or rela-
tive amounts of organic impurities present, nor discriminates
between the putrescible and non-putrescible matters, with a
sufficient degree of accuracy to allow the results, obtained
by its use, to be employed in the formation of correct judg-
ments upon the potability of drinking waters. Moreover,
that analyses executed by this method must be thrown aside,
and replaced by others executed by the “combustion” pro-
cess. Finally, that until the results obtained in this more
accurate way are obtained, we are still destitute of data ade-
quate to the approval or condemnation of many sources of
water-supply at present suspected of dangerous contamina-
tion.
With regard to the extent to which judgments founded
upon the chemical and microscopical analyses of drinking
waters are final, it may be said, that there can be no manner
of doubt that the resources of chemical analysis, at the pres-
ent time, are fully adequate to determine with accuracy the
amount of organic impurity which is actually present in a
potable water. Still more; it is possible to decide from the
amounts of nitrates, nitrites, and ammonia present in the
water—which bodies have been derived from organic bodies
préexistent, but are now converted into innocuous mineral
compounds — whether at a former period the water has been
polluted by sewage. But at this point the legitimate prov-
ince of the chemist ends, and that of the pathologist begins.
He must decide by a careful analysis of the diseases attrib-
uted to the drinking of infected waters :—JI1st. How large
an amount of organic impurity may actually exist, without
rendering the water noxious. 2nd. Whether water, which
at any time has been polluted by infected sewage, can be
afterwards employed with safety.
In conclusion, I wish to present a report, which I was de-
puted to draw up in the capacity of Chairman of a Commit-
tee, being an attempt to formulate conclusions arrived at
Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. 283
from a consideration of the foregoing data. It is of the
highest importance to be in previous possession of generally
acknowledged first principles, so that when action must be
taken in regard to any particular water-supply, there will
exist just rules for its proper guidance.
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE UPON THE WATER SUPPLY OF THE STATE OF
NEW JERSEY, APPOINTED BY THE NEW JERSEY STATE SANITARY
ASSOCIATION, READ AT ITS SECOND ANNUAL MEETING,
HELD IN NEW BRUNSWICK, OCTOBER, 1876.
It is evident that the water-supply of the state of New Jersey cannot
be considered as a whole; it resolves itself at once into the consideration
of the various Water-Basins, into which the state is divided by the nat-
ural lines of demarkation between its water sheds.
Our first duty, therefore, is the determination of the character of these
Water Basins. This involves :—
I. The construction upon the basis of a topographical survey, of an
accurate Hydrographical map, prominently districting off the state into
its water-basins.
II The determination of the rain-fall for each water-basin, and of the
number of gallons of water flowing in its several water-courses for every
month in the year.
IiI. An examination of the quality of the water in each basin, more
especially in regard to its fitness for manufacturing and domestic pur-
poses.
IV. An inquiry into, and a tabulated statement of, the amount and
character of the pollution existing at the present time in the water-
courses of the state. This fourth topic subdivides itself into :—
a. The Drainage and Sewage along their banks.
b. Statistics of Manufacturing establishments so far as relates to the
question in hand, and the proper disposition of contaminating Refuse.
The topics above enumerated, refer only to the facts which must be
settled, and the data which must be accumulated, before a final solution of
all the problems involved in the question of water-supply can be arrived
at. This is a work of years, to be actually performed only as the studies
of those interested in sanitary science, and the vital interests of the
people of the state, may require. In this report we wish only to map
out, as it were, the question of the water-supply in a broad and compre-
hensive manner, and to settle, if possible, certain fundamental principles;
leaving the working-out of the various subjects, and their application to
particular cases and to particular communities, to those most concerned
in so doing.
NOVEMBER, 1876. 22 ANN. Lyc. Nar. Hisr:, Vou. xi.
284 Recent Progress in Sanitary Science.
This being understood, we can proceed to consider :—
V. Whether any particular community has a natural right to the use
of the water-supply of the water-basin in which such community is lo-
cated, in an wncontaminated condition,—and whether this natural right
should be paramount to any right which an individual, or a number of
individuals in that community, has acquired in virtue of purchase, grant,
use, allowance, or custom.
Va. If such a natural right be conceded, it must be settled what legis-
lation is necessary to secure for a community that natural right; or, if
the existence of such a natural right be denied, or only allowed in part,
what legislation is required to regulate the extent to which drinking
waters may be polluted.
VI. It is necessary to arrive at a decision upon the much-mooted point,
whether a stream after pollution can by flowing for a limited number
of miles, in contact with air and growing plants, be again made a safe
drinking-water.
VII. Whether any means, microscopic, chemical, or otherwise, exist
at the present time, of discriminating between Infected and Non-infected
Sewage; and if, as some high authorities contend, they cannot be dis-
tinguished, whether sewage by one community into the water-supply of
another community, should not be interdicted.
VIII. If sewage and other impurities be allowed to go into a water-
supply, how much of them, and of what kind, are permissible without
detriment to health.
IX. It is of the highest importance to determine, how many cases of
disease and death in the state of New Jersey are fairly attributable to the
use of contaminated water.
X. Finally, to apply these principles and this knowledge, to communi-
ties which, like Newark, Jersey City, and Hoboken, at the present time,
demand an increase and perhaps a change of their water supply; and with
a proper view to the actual difficulties involved, and a reasonable economy,
to decide which are the best and most available sources of supply for
communities throughout the state, or of particular sections thereof.
Returning to a fuller consideration of some of these points,
we may inquire :—
V. Whether any particular community has a natural right to the use
of the water-supply of the water-basin in which such community is lo-
cated, in an uncontaminated condition, and whether this natural right
should be paramount to any right, which one individual or a number of
individuals in that community, has acquired in virtue of purchase, grant,
use, allowance or custom.
We hold that such a natural right exists, for the reason that pure
water, like pure air, is a natural gift to every man, which he cannot be
deprived of without fatal injury,to his well-being and happiness. It is
just, therefore, that a community may use this water, or may allow, by
Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. 285
law, individuals or bodies corporate to use it, but this privilege confers
on no one the right to contaminate the water, whenever the general good
is interfered with.
This great truth appears self-evident, but if has nevertheless in many
eases been lost sight of, for which reason it is the more important that
this representative body should authoritatively declare it. The whole
course of legislation among civilized nations, as they grow into a higher
appreciation of the obligations of the governing body to the governed,
sustains the justice of this declaration. Five centuries ago, England,
among modern nations, took the first step, by imposing a fine upon
persons casting filth into ditches and streams. From this time onward,
and more especially during the past thirty years, since most people of
intelligence have become acquainted with the magnitude of the evils in-
volved in the pollution of rivers, Parliament has passed a long series of
Acts, to repress or put an end to these evils. Connected with these Acts,
were many costly investigations conducted by Royal Commissions, the
literature of which constitutes the material forming most recent books on
Sanitary science, and the most valuable part of numerous town and state
Health reports. To present here the admirable code of sanitary legisla-
tion, built up by the wisdom of five centuries, is foreign to our object ;—
it will be sufficient, when the proper time has come, to embody its best
features in our own state health-laws.
In France, strenuous endeavors have been made during the past two
centuries to protect the purity of streams by repressive legislation,
These have been in part successful, a result due in some cases to the
discevery by manufacturers— when they had been enjoined from casting
in refuse, and had thus been compelled to experiment in order to find
out how to dispose of it —that their refuse might be actually a source of
profit.
VI. It is necessary to arrive at a decision upon the mach-mooted point,
whether a stream after pollution, can by flowing for a limited number
of miles, in contact with air and growing plants, be again made a safe
drinking water.
We are all aware of the great extent to which this vexed question has
been agitated in England, and how large an amount of contradictory
testimony was collected by the Royal Commissioners on River-Pollution.
On the one hand, the assertion was made that running streams purified
themselves completely in the course of a few miles; on the other, that
no such power of complete self-purification existed. It is probable that
the truth lies somewhere between these extremes. Qur reasons for this
belief are drawn partly from the results of chemical analyses, and partly
from experience.
Many of those present have seen the sewage of Paterson emptying into
the Passaic, and a short time afterwards have partaken of these polluted
waters, as delivered from the hydrants of Newark, Jersey City, and Ho-
boken, with impunity. Still more, they have done so for years, and no
physician has shown that a case of active disease was attributable to
286 Recent Progress in Sanitary Science.
these waters. Three years ago alarmists declared that, in a year or two,
the most serious results would follow, if the inhabitants persisted in their
use. So far is this from being the case, that housekeepers, dealers in fish
and meat, and medical practitioners, have found less fault with the Pas-
saic water this summer than in previous seasons. In fact, there has been
much less popular complaint during this summer, of the water of the
Passaic, than there has been of that of the Croton Aqueduct. This isa
fair statement drawn from the experience, not of one, but of many of us.
And to make it complete, it should be added that there have been times,
as in mid-summer of 1872, when to quote from the Report to the Board
of Public Works of Jersey City, the water ‘‘ was highly offensive to both
the smell and taste, was turbid from the presence of great numbers of
microscopic vegetable and animal organisms, and when proper chemical
tests revealed a shocking degree of contamination by organic matter.”
Another case of river-pollution familiar to most of us, is that of the
Schuylkill River by the sewage and refuse of Manayunk, and other
manufacturing towns located a short distance above Philadelphia. So
imminent did the danger appear, that in view of the vast multitudes
whose presence at the Centennial Exposition was anticipated, the au-
thorities of Philadelphia appointed a Commission to decide whether the
Schuylkill waters should be condemned. Most unfortunately, the Com-
mission failed to give an authoritative decision, and while it devoted
a preponderate share of its Final Report to statements and arguments
illustrative of the fatal dangers resulting from drinking polluted streams,
the Schuylkill included, it recommended an extension of the present
means of water-supply. In truth, the annual rate of mortality for New
York is 29 per thousand, while in Philadelphia it is 23 per thousand; and
during the excessive heats of last summer, while Philadelphia has been
crowded to the extent of two hundred thousand people above its own
population, no active disease has been fairly attributable to the Schuylkill
water.
It will be hardly necessary to speak of the general use of the waters of
the Thames by the people of London, after alluding to that of the Schuyl-
kill, which is represented to be the more polluted of the two streams.
Now as to the information afforded by chemical analyses on this point.
The waters of the Passaic have been repeatedly analyzed, and samples
taken from the Reservoir at Belleville have shown but a very slight
increase of putrescible organic matter over that of samples taken above
the High Falls at Paterson. Moreover it is not at all improbable that
this slight amount of contamination was due to the partial influence of
the reflux tide from Newark. In other words, the waters of the Passaic
as collected 14 miles below Paterson, have returned to about the same
composition as they had before receiving the sewage of this large manu-
facturing town.
This unexpected result has a striking parallel in the case of another
American river, that of the Blackstone in the state of Massachusetts.
This stream flows past the city of Worcester, receiving all its sewage,
Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. 287
together with “the refuse waters of 36 woollen mills, 23 cotton mills, 6
iron works, a tannery, and a slaughter-house—these works employing
7,200 hands,” a total of 606,508 cubic feet per diem of badly polluted
water. This would amount to about 1-10th of the entire dry-weather flow
of the river at Blackstone, a town located near the southern bound-
ary line of the state. A sample taken from the Gate-House of the City
Reservoir on Lynde Brook, one of the head waters of the Blackstone,
contained in 100,000 parts, 0.0235 parts of proteine matter, and 1.96 parts
of organic, requiring 0-504 parts of oxygen to effect oxidation; while the
waters of the Blackstone near the state line, after a flow of about 20 miles
beyond Worcester, contained 0.0128 parts of proteine matter, 1.72 parts
of organic, and required but 0.326 parts of oxygen to decompose the
organic impurities.
We must conclude, therefore, that those who have denied any power of
self-purification to a flowing stream, are mistaken in this matter; and that
the receipt of tributary waters holding their normal percentage of dis-
solved oxygen in solution, intestinal movement in contact with growing
plants and earthy oxides, and abundant exposure to light and air, should
be elevated to the rank of true causes in the regeneration of rivers.
Moreover, while it seems incredible that Philadelphia, Newark, Albany,
Cincinnati, and other great cities, should drink waters after pollution by
the sewage of towns located a few miles above them, and should do so
without active disease traceable to this source, yet this is a fact, and one
of so great magnitude that we must allow it due weight and must explain
it by a sufficient cause.
Finally, while we believe the above statements to be true, yet in view
of what has been previously said concerning the danger from infected
sewage, and the deterioration of health from all sewage, we do not the
less look upon the pollution of waters as a monstrous evil, to be done
away with so soon as public opinion upon these important sanitary ques-
tions shall have become imperative.
VII. Whether any means, microscopic, chemical or otherwise, exist at
the present time, of discriminating between Infected and Non-infected
Sewage; and if, as some high authorities contend, they cannot be dis-
tinguished, whether sewage by one community into the water-supply of
another community, should not be interdicted.
Upon this point all the best authorities have decided in the negative.
Moreover the matter which carries the infection may, as appears from a
recent case in Switzerland, be filtered through several miles of soil, and
escape destruction. And this too, when, as the English Rivers-Pollution
Commission has declared in their report of 1875, ‘‘Slow soakage through
a few feet of gravel destroys more organic matter than does a flow of
many miles in the Thames.” It is unnecessary to bring to your recollec-
tion the great mass of testimony concerning the carrying of cholera and
typhoid fever by infected streams. No process of filtration, precipitation,
or irrigation appears adequate to destroy these germs of infectious dis-
eases; according to recent investigations this can be effected only by
288 New Species of Bird of the Genus Pitangus.
an elevated temperature. To be altogether safe from contagion—and we
should not be contented with anything short of this—no sewage should
be allowed to enter into a water supply.
VIII. If sewage and other impurities be allowed to go into a water-
supply, how much of them and of what kind, are permissible without
detriment to health.
If the ground is taken that these cases of contagion are too rare to be
a valid argument against the use of streams which, like the Thames, have
been credited with carrying the cholera, etc., and yet under ordinary
circumstances may be used without apparent ill effects, it is necessary,
notwithstanding, to fix some limit to the degree of contamination. The
standard determined upon by the Rivers-Pollution Commission, will an-
swer as well perhaps as any other for this purpose. Yet we must still
keep in mind that the danger of contaminated water is not limited to
contagion and manifest disease. According to eminent medical authori-
ties, no particular form of active disease may be traceable to such waters,
-and at the same time they may bring about an enfeebled or disordered
condition of the bodily organs, decreasing the ability to labor, and in-
creasing the susceptibility to disease from other causes. From this point
of view, a wise regard to the eventual well-being and wealth of the
community, would counsel the expediency of accepting no water after
pollution, even if conformed to certain artificial standards, and when
possible, of not stopping short of securing the purest water obtainable
under the circumstances.
XX VI.—Description of a New Species of Bird of the
Genus Pitangus.
By GEORGE N. LAWRENCE.
Read November 20th, 1876.
Pitangus Gabbii.
Crown and sides of the head dull black, with a concealed crest of light
gamboge-yellow; the back is of a warm hair-brown color, the feathers
barred with narrow rather indistinct lines of darker brown; the upper
tail coverts dark-brown, margined with brownish-ferruginous; the feath-
ers of the tail are hair-brown, darker than the back, and are edged with
bright ferruginous for half their length from the base, except the two
central and the outer ones; the inner margins of the tail-feathers, near
New Species of Bird of the Genus Pitangus. 289
their ends, have a tinge of ferruginous; the smaller wing-coverts are the
color of the back; the other coverts are brown, the middle ones edged
with ferruginous, and the larger with grayish-white tinged with ferrugin-
ous; the quill feathers are dark-brown, margined with bright ferruginous,
except the inner quills, which have their edges narrowly grayish-white;
under wing-coverts pale yellow, inner margins of quills light salmon
color; throat gray; breast, abdomen, and under tail-coverts, white with a
tinge of fulvous; bill and legs black.
Length (skin) 74 inch; wing 4; tail 33; tarsus 13-16; bill from front 1.
Habitat. St. Domingo. Type in my collection. Prof.
Gabb writes me: “This specimen was obtained at Hato
Viejo, on the Mao River, Province of Santiago, in an open
bushy tract, in a valley at the foot-hills of the Central
Mountain chain.”
Remarks. This is a smaller species than either Pitangus
caudifasciatus or P. Taylori; it can be at once distinguished
by the warm brown coloring of the upper plumage, instead
of dusky grayish brown, and by the bright ferruginous edg-
ings of the wing and tail feathers; the color of the crest,
and the size and form of the bill, are much the same in the
three species. Mr. A. Sallé, in the list of birds obtained by
him in St. Domingo, published in the Proceedings of the
Zoological Society, London, 1857, p. 230 (communicated by
Mr. Sclater) gives two species of Tyrannus, viz., 7. matu-
tinus and T’. intrepidus.
Dr. Bryant, in “A list of the Birds of St. Domingo”
(Proc. of the Boston Society of Natural History, 1866, p.
289), says, under 7’. intrepidus: “Iam inclined to believe
that there was a mistake in the identification of this bird,
and that probably the two tyrants found by Mr. Sallé were
griseus and either cuudifasciatus or some closely allied
species; as such a bird is found in Cuba, Jamaica, and the
Bahamas.”
Dr. Bryant’s conjecture that the Tyrannus intrepidus of
Mr. Sallé would prove to be a Pitangus, would seem to be
confirmed by the species now described being of that genus ;
it may possibly be the bird obtained by Mr. Sallé, and re-
290 Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, etc.
ferred to 7. intrepidus; but they are very unlike, and I can
hardly suppose that Mr. Sallé would err so much, as to mis-
take a species with ferruginous margins on the quill and tail
feathers for T. carolinensis.
As our Kingbird is found in Cuba, I can see no reason
why it should not also occur in St. Domingo.
When Prof. Gabb’s collections to be made during the
coming winter, are received, they may furnish the means to
clear up the uncertainty.
I have named the above described bird, in compliment
to Prof. Wm. M. Gabb, who brought it with eight other
species from St. Domingo, being all he was able to procure
(for want of time) during his residence on that island during
the past winter.
XXVII.—WNotes on the Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port
Jervis, N. Y., with description of a New Pteropod.
No. 1. SECTION AT BENNET’S QUARRY.
By DR. S. T. BARRETT.
Read Novy. 13th, 1876.
Port JERVIS is situated in the long monoclinal valley lying
between the Shawangunk Mountain to the eastward, and
low and precipitous ridges of the Hamilton formation to the
westward of it. This valley is known here by the name of
the Neversink Valley, because that stream, for the last six
- or seven miles of its course, runs in it. The Delaware River,
after flowing through a deeply corraded anaclinal in the
Hamilton ridges, crosses the valley at a right angle, impinges
against the deeply pitted rocks of the Corniferous Limestone
Group, and, bending sharply southwest, passes Tri-States
Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, etc. 291
Rock, at the southern extremity of which it receives the
waters of the Neversink River. Tri-States Rock has a local
reputation, because in the year 1874, I think, members of
the U. S. Coast Survey were for a time stationed upon it,
to determine its exact latitude and longitude. The bound-
ary lines of three states, New York, Pennsylvania, and New
Jersey, unite in a point upon this rock. It is about one-half
mile outside the corporate limits of Port Jervis.
The geological boundaries are very sharply defined. The
Shawangunk Mountain, called Blue Mountain in New Jersey,
and Kittatinny Mountain in Pennsylvania, extends from the
vicinity of the Hudson River, in Ulster County, nearly to
the Maryland line, a distance of 240 miles; and its south-
eastern front, when not buried under the piles of drift
material which seem to have been poured through the low
notches in its crest line, or softened by the uplifted shales of
the Cincinnati Group, marks very plainly the beginning of
the rocks of the Upper Silurian age. The westward-bound
traveller upon the Erie Railway, may easily see the un-
conformable junction of the Shawangunk Grit, or Oneida
Conglomerate, with the older shales of the Cincinnati Group,
if he will look out of the right-hand window as he enters
the rock-cutting a little west of Otisville. After running
for some distance along the western slope of the Shawan-
gunk, the reddish, banded, ripple-marked and sun-cracked
surfaces of the Medina Sandstone formation, come into view.
These continue until the road turns shortly to the right, and
crosses a narrow, eroded valley, made at the expense of some
of the strata of the Lower Helderberg Group, which, in a
smoothed and striated condition, were uncovered to procure
the earth (drift) to make the embankment. The train then
plunges into another rock-cutting, made through a declining
“tail” of Cauda Galli Grit. Along the north-west slope of
this latter ridge for a mile or two, may be seen many exam-
ples of “crag and tail” structure, of glacially smoothed and
striated surfaces, and, just as the road curves sharply again
292 Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, etc.
to the right, of roches moutonnées. Here the traveller passes
through a small cutting, in rock so plainly distinct physically
from the Cauda-galli as to raise the question whether it is
not the equivalent of the Schoharie grit—a problem which I
have never been able to solve, as the rock is unfossiliferous.
A small exposure of Corniferous and Onondaga limestone
comes into view along the eastern shore of the Delaware ;
and the remaining formations, to the base of the Hamilton
escarpments along the western side of the valley, are buried
under alluvial and diluvial deposits. Port Jervis is divided
into “Uptown” and “Downtown” by a terrace which marks
the bank of a former and much larger river.
In all this succession of strata, from the base of the Upper
Silurian to the middle of the Devonian, it is only, so far as I
know, the rocks of the Lower Helderberg, Oriskany, and
Hamilton groups, that yield many specimens to the paleon-
tologist. As my time for such work is very limited, I have
confined my small efforts principally to the first two of these,
which, with the Cauda-galli, were well enough described by
Mather in the “Geology of the First District,” pages 332 and
333, as follows. “The limestones of the Helderberg Divis-
ion, in the Mamakating valley, from Carpenter’s Point on the
Delaware to Kingston, are all upturned, and frequently at a
pretty high angle. In the township of Deerpark, Orange
Co., they form a narrow range of hills or low mountains,
sometimes sinking almost to the level of the Neversink val-
ley, and at others, rising to one-third or one-half the eleva-
tion of the Shawangunk. They are always narrow, and
generally close to the base of the last named mountain.”
Carpenter’s Point is a suburb just outside of the corporate
limits of Port Jervis, and Deerpark is the name of the town
in which the latter is situated. ‘Fossils were rarely seen in
the limestones of the Helderberg division south of Rochester”
(near Kingston in this valley), “except in those of the moun-
tain east of Carpenter’s Point, and at this place they were
extremely abundant. The specimens of trilobites were so
Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, etc. 293
numerous, and particularly the Asaphus, that Dr. Horton and
myself gave the hill the name of Trilobite Mountain. The
strata are traversed by two great systems of fracture, one
longitudinal and approaching more or less to the direction of
the strike ; the other transverse. Their usual directions are
S. 20° W. and N. 20° E. for the first, and S. 60° E. and N.
60° W. for the second.” I cannot improve this description.
The ridges are very narrow, often not much wider than the
actual thickness of the strata of which they are composed ;
but whether buried beneath the drift or rising above it, they
reach from the Hudson River many miles to the south-west.
At Bennet’s Quarry the strata have a dip of from 40 to 60°
N. N. W., a dip-so steep as to prevent an exposure of more
than their upturned edges. The hill in which these strata
rise in succession above each other, has a downward slope of
from 30° to 40° S. 8S. E., a direction so nearly at right angles
to both dip and strike, as to give, when measured, very nearly
the exact thickness of the sub-divisions. At Mr. Sandford
Nearpass’ Quarry, two miles south-west of Bennet’s Quarry,
in the State of New Jersey, and very near Mr. William
Nearpass’ Quarry ,— of which a transverse section is given by
Prof. Cook in the “Geology of New Jersey,” pages 153 and
155, and a columnar section on page 158,—the dip is 15° N.
N.W. At Guymard, six miles north-east of Bennet’s Quarry,
the dip is 25° N. W. The width of the entire group varies
with the dip; being greater where it is least, and vice versa.
At Bennet’s Quarry there has been more disturbance than at
the other places mentioned.
At this quarry we have the following section, going from
below upward.
1. Tentaculite Limestone, thirty feet exposed. It may
be divided into,—1la; Thin-bedded, black or dark-blue con-
cretionary limestone, with horizontal layers of Strophodonta
varistriata, twenty-five feet; and 16; Quarry Limestone, a
fine-grained, blue stone, excellent for lime, with horizontal
layers of gasteropods, five feet thick.
294 Lower-Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, etc.
9
2. Coral or “Favosite” Limestone, from four to six
feet thick. This particular stratum is full of large corals,
principally favosites, among which F. Niagarensis (?) pre-
dominates. It is also filled with the fragments of unde-
termined crinoids, and contains besides, Cheetetes, Stromat-
oporcee, and Pentamerus galeatus.
3. Lower Pentamerus Limestone, fifty feet thick, and
divisible from below into,—3a, a coarse-grained limestone,
twenty-five feet, with bands of Pentamerus galeatus; and,
36, shaly with layers of chert, twenty-five feet, less fossil-
iferous than the preceding.
4, Delthyris Shale, a hundred and seventy-five feet.
5. Upper Pentamerus Limestone, two hundred and fifty
feet. It exhibits three divisions, viz. — 5a; a coarse-grained,
cherty, grayish limestone, ten feet thick, probably the equiv-
alent of the Encrinal Limestone, though I have not seen the
crinoids ; 50, shale, rather sparingly fossiliferous, 235 feet ;
dc, trilobite layers, five feet. All the fossils enumerated
further on as Upper Pentamerus, and associated with Dalma-
nites dentata, belong to 5c.
6. Oriskany Sandstone, one hundred feet: it is probably
more, the higher arenaceous layers of this division having
been removed by glacial action.
7. Cauda Galli Grit, from five to eight hundred feet in
thickness.
These sub-divisions are all encountered in a succession of
terraces rising one above the other. Between the Oriskany
and Cauda Galli there is generally a hollow with turbary de-
posits.
FOSSILS IDENTIFIED.
Those marked with a * were identified by Professor Hall.
From (1) :— Leperditia alta, * Beyrichia notata, Tentacu-
lites gyracanthus, Loxonema Fitchiana, L. obtusa, Holopea
untiqua, H. elongata, *Megambonia ovoidea, * Spirifer Va-
nuxemt, and *Strophodonta varistriata. The gasteropods
and other fossils seem to aggregate in layers or thin bands.
Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, etc. 295
From (2) :—Favosites in great quantities, the species not
authoritatively determined, but said by excellent judges to be
very like /'. Niagarensis; Chetetes Helderbergia (?),* Fa-
vosites Helderbergia, crinoidal fragments, and Stromatopore,
species not known to me. There occur also Strophodonta
varistriata rare, Atrypa reticularis (?) one specimen, and
Pentamerus galeatus thick.
From (3) :—*Dalmanites pleuroptyx, * Pentamerus gale-
atus very thick, Strophodonta varistriata, Favosites.
From (4) :—*Dalmanites pleuroptyx, *Phacops Logani,
Lichas pustulosus, * Tentaculites elongatus, *Pterinea sp.,
Spirifer perlamellosus, *.S. macropleurus, S. modestus, S. cy-
clopterus, Rensseleria mutabilis, * Merista levis, Hatonia me-
dialis, E. singularis, Trematospira multistriata, Stropho-
donta Beckii, *S. punctulifera, Strophomena rhomboidalis,
Leptena concava, Orthis multistriata, O. oblata, Lingula
sp., *Streptelasma stricta, Cheetetes Helderbergia, some other
species not determined, and many weathered out corals.
From (5) :—This subdivision, Upper Pentamerus, begins
at bottom with a very hard calcareous layer, which has been
extensively quarried for farmers’ lime at Buckley’s Quarry,
one mile north-east of Bennet’s Quarry. From this layer
Prof. Hall has identified for me a Phacops, a Platyceras
retrorsum, and a Lthynchonella ventricosa. From this hard
layer, strata of soft shale rise above each other in a nearly
perpendicular craggy ridge, between two and three hundred
feet in height, capped on the top with the highly fossiliferous
layers already mentioned. This ridge shows best in the
neighboring state of New Jersey, and was undoubtedly
seen near Bennet’s Quarry by Mather and Horton, when
making the Geological Survey of this portion of the First
District. As it is long and low, I prefer to call it Tri-
lobite Ridge. That portion of it lying between the hard,
gray, calcareous layer at the bottom, and the hard, fossilifer-
ous layers at the top, is little known to me: but wherever
tested, 1 have generally found it unfossiliferous. The top
296 Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, etc.
layers are crammed with the heads, thoracic segments, and
pygidia of trilobites; the most abundant of which is the
new species described by me under the name of Dalmanites
dentata (Amer. Journal of Science, Vol. XI, page 200).
Homalonotus Vanucemi and * Dalmanites pleuroptyx are less
common, but occur quite frequently. *Chonetes complanata
and *Rensseleria mutabilis could not well be thicker than
they are in some of these layers. The Chonetes averages
about the size of the figure of C. tenuistriata in Prof. Daw-
son’s Acadian Geology, p. 596; and the #. mutabilis is very
much larger than any known before, averaging one-half inch
from beak to front. The same species from the Delthyris
shale below, is no larger than Prof. Hall’s figures of it on
plate 45, vol. 3, N. Y. Paleontology. Besides these, there
have been identified * Zentaculites, n. sp., *Loxonema Fitch-
tana, Platyceras. retrorsun, P. Gebhardii, Holopea sp.,
* Hyolithes, n. sp. (described further on), *Plerinea teatilis,
Spirifer concinnus, S. cyclopterus, * Strophomena rhomboid-
alis, *S. Conradi, *Strophodonta cavumbona, *Cyrtia ros-
trata, Orthis oblata, O. perelegans, O. planoconvexa, *O.
subcarinata, Discina discus, *D. Conradt, and some other
species not yet described.
Lying immediately below these trilobite layers, is a very
hard, cherty layer, full of gasteropods of the genus Platyce-
ras (7). Favosites conica is found at about the same hori-
zon. Lowvonema Fitchiana preserves perfectly the fine sig-
moidal lines of growth of that species; Platyceras Gebhardt
is sometimes as plainly striated as are the living gasteropods
found clinging to the rocks. The Choneles and the three
known species of trilobites likewise preserve their surface
markings.
In my description of Dalmanites dentata, the Delthyris
shale was wrongly given for the geological horizon of that
species. It should have been the compact layers at the top
of the Upper Pentamerus Limestone. I gave it at that time
the horizon assigned by Prof. Hall to the most of its associ-
/
Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, ete. 297
ates: but subsequent investigation by myself, and the au-
thoritative identification by Prof. Hall of the hard, calcareous
bottom layer (5a) as Upper Pentamerus, has convinced me
of my error.
From the top of Trilobite Ridge to the foot of the Cauda
Galli Ridge north-west of it, Oriskany fossils predominate.
There is, however, such a gradual shading off from one into
the other, that no one whose knowledge of the Lower
Helderberg and Oriskany strata had been acquired by the
study of their exposures in this locality, would ever think of
running the line separating the Silurian and Devonian ages,
between the two. They seem so intimately blended that the
exact line between them is an arbitrary one altogether.
Thanks to Professors Hall and Dana, we now have here in
the mural south-east front of the Cauda Galli, as plain a
dividing wall between the Silurian and Devonian ages, as
there is between the Upper and Lower Silurian east of it.
From the Oriskany (No. 6), the following species have
been determined : —* Tentaculites elongatus, * Platyceras Greb-
hardii, Platyostoma ventricosum, *Pterinea textilis (var.
arenaria), *Ltensselaeria ovoides, Hatonia peculiaris, * Spiri-
Ser arrectus, S. arenosus, Meristella sp.
We find therefore at this point, a total thickness of some
five hundred feet of well-marked Lower Helderberg rocks,
overlaid to the north-west by an immense development of
Cauda Galli Grit. The strata are not all visible at any one
place ; but the complete series is given from several quarries
in the immediate vicinity of the town. The main trend of
the monoclinal ridges that characterize the region, is usually
about N. 60° E. and 5. 60° W.; but they are crossed ob-
liquely by transverse flexures, running nearly north and
south, which elevate the strata in anticlinals transverse to the
main uplift. In these are located the quarries that furnish
the best sections; the particular members visible in cach,
depending, of course, on the amount of transverse uplift
from below, and the extent of erosion above.
298 Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, ete.
The two points of importance and novelty in this Port
Jervis section are, the peculiar character of the beds termed
(2), and the fossiliferous layer (5c) at the top of the Upper
Pentamerus. The division called 2, for which I suggest
provisionally the name of Favosite Limestone, is full of
corals, principally Favosites, many of which are very mas-
sive. Small spheroidal coralla are abundant also. Eminent
geologists question the correctness of the horizon that I have
assigned to this member, as soon as they look over a collec-
tion of its contents. It is at once believed that such specimens
must be from the equivalent of the “Coralline Limestone”
at Schoharie; and the most abundant Favosites resembles
fF, Niagarensis. But an examination of the table will show
that any other than a Lower Helderberg horizon for this Port
Jervis limestone is simply impossible. The resemblance of
the coral-bed of this locality to the one at Schoharie is in its
corals only ; the other fossils described in Vol. 2, N. Y. Pale-
ontology, as belonging to the “Coralline Limestone” at Scho-
harie, are unknown here. Some of the corals are very large.
One, a Favosites Helderbergia, is dome-shaped or plano-
convex, fourteen inches in horizontal diameter and five in
height. The corallites in this species are very uniform in
size, and curve very regularly towards the outer surface ;
but most of the specimens are irregular in form, and in the
direction and size of the corallites. There are many small
spheroidal coralla also, in one of which I detected the two
rows of minute mural pores characteristic of #. Viagarensis.
The lower layers of this bed have thin, shaly partings,
similar to those of the rock below, (1); the upper portion
is a coarse, brecciated limestone, shunned by lime-burners,
and contains, besides the corals and stromatopore, a great
abundance of Pentamerus galeatus and encrinal fragments.
Its fossil contents are not regularly arranged, but seem to
have been drifted about by the waves.
I regret that it has not been possible, prior to the publica-
tion of this paper, authoritatively to determine the corals
Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, etc. 299
from this bed, and thus to define more positively the inter-
esting problem of its relation to the Coralline of Schoharie,
which has usually been claimed as of Niagara age. It
plainly overlies the Tentaculite Limestone, in all the quarries
of this vicinity. These are now in every case worked in
(16), as that furnishes the only lime salable for building
purposes; and (2), the Favosite limestone, invariably forms
its roof.
Description of a new species of Pteropod.
Genus HYOLITHES, Eich.
HYOLITHES CENTENNIALIS, N. Sp.
Shell transversely trigonal or nearly semicircular, tapering
gradually and evenly backward for about two-thirds of its
length, then more rapidly —becoming conical and terminat-
ing posteriorly in an obtuse point. Ventral side slightly
convex, narrowly rounded upwards at the lateral edges ;
dorsal side convex and narrowly rounded in the highest part.
Largest specimen in my possession, one inch and a quarter
long, width of aperture four lines, height two and a half
lines. The anterior two-thirds taper at the rate of one line
in half an inch; the posterior third tapers more rapidly, and
is besides a little elevated. Lines of growth crowded,— 120
to the inch,—curved forward very decidedly upon the ven-
tral side, and continued straight over the dorsal. ‘The lip,
judging from the ventral striz, must have projected forward
rather more than half a circle.
Geological position and locality ; at the tap of the Lower
Helderberg group (5c of this paper), near Port Jervis,
Orange County, N. Y.
The specific name refers to the year (1876) in which the
description was written.
NOVEMBER, 1876. 23 ANN. Lyc. NAT, Hist., VOL. XI.
300 Descriptions of New Noctue, ete.
XXVITI.— Descriptions of New Noctue, with remarks on
the variation of Larval Forms in the Group.
By A. R. GROTE.
Read Dee. 11th, 1876.
I HAVE already called attention in the “Popular Science
Monthly” (for December, 1876), to the method of variation
displayed by certain kinds of Noctue. These variations were
observed in the cases of representative species, that is to say
forms which have an ally in a widely separated locality, such
as Europe is when compared with our Atlantic Coast Territory.
It sas found that the differences between such species are ex-
pressed on the upper surface of the wings (especially the
front pair) most prominently ; the under surfaces in the con-
trasted forms agreeing very nearly in both color and design.
An instance was cited in the North American Catocala relicta
and the European Catocala fraxini. Although the differ-
ences between the two are greater than in some other cases,
and the changes undergone by one form or the other, or both,
since a separation from a common stock, are thus greater
than has often happened, yet the peculiar color and size of
the two insects render the comprehension of the fact more
easy. Beneath, both species have remained white. Above,
the European form contrasts by its more uniformly gray and
obscure primaries; in the American insect, these are white,
more or less invaded hy transverse bands of more intense
gray or black. It is suggested that the habit of the moths
which ensures the concealment from light, and from the
more immediate atmospheric changes, of the under surface
of the body and wings, has been the principal factor in the
case. In the day-time, the moths rest against an opaque
substance, the fore wings covering the hind pair. Both these
species belong to the subgenus Qatocala, as limited by
Hubner. They are structurally identical; and no other
species of this particular subgenus of the large genus Catocala
Descriptions of New Noctue, etc. 301
are yet known. The European moth is a little the larger of
the two. In a single specimen very clearly, and in others
more obscurely, I have observed in the American form blue
scales edging the white band which crosses the upper surface
of the hind wing. This fact is interesting, because the band
which occupies an analogous position in the European form,
is wholly of a grayish blue. | Especially interesting will be
the study of species comparatively isolated in their structure
from their nearest allies in our fauna. Such an instance in
the Noctue is Huparthenos nubilis Grote ex Hubner. The
genus Huparthenos Grote (= Parthenos Hubn.) is lower
than Catocala, and in the cut of wing, the length of palpi,
and the ornamentation (especially beneath), approaches
Ophideres of the Tropical Eastern Hemisphere.
With regard to Catocala relicta, I have corrected* the
mistake of previous writers, who considered the variation of
the front wings, which are more or less invaded by black
shades, to be a sexual character, the darker specimens being
supposed to be the males. This mistake is fallen into by
Mr. Herman Strecker, who figures two male specimens of
the species as of opposite sexes, the whiter male being con-
sidered as a female. This is shown by the shape of the
abdomen in the two figures; while at this time Mr. Strecker
was unaware of the distinctional characters offered by the
frenulum, which render the recognition of the sex an easy
matter in the Noctue. This is shown by his remark that he
sannot determine the sex of a specimen of Catocala marmo-
rata figured by him, for the reason that the abdomen happened
to be missing. In the case of C. relicia Mr. Strecker has
overlooked even the shape of the abdomen, identical in his
two figures, and has relied upon the statement of previous
writers with regard to the assumed sexual character of the
color of the fore wings, without personal verification in de-
termining his material.
* Can. Ent. vii, 186.
302 Descriptions of New Noctue, etc.
With regard also to the differences in larval color and
ornamentation in these representative species of Moctuw, we
find that they are often more clearly expressed than in the
perfect state. This immature stage of growth has submitted
independently to modification. An instance is offered by
the American Apatela occidentalis and the European Apatela
pst. Here the moths are exceedingly similar, and difficult
to distinguish ; while the larva of the American species, de-
scribed by Mr. Wm. Saunders, of London, Ontario, offers
prominent differences when compared with this same state in
the European species. All the cases cited by Guenée, based
upon drawings of the larvee of North American Voctue by
Abbot, where the moth resembles an European form very
nearly, but the larva is very ‘different, should probably be
considered here. The larva has varied through natural
selection, while the perfect form has remained more fixed.
The whole extensive genus Apatela (= Acronycta) is re-
markable for the eccentricities of the larval forms as com-
pared with the uniformity of the species; so that the conclu-
sion is not unreasonable that these larval differences have
been evolved by a natural protective law.* There is within
the genus Apatela another case of representation, between
the American Apatela funeralis and the European Apatela
alni, where a very singular form of larval ornamentation has
been equally retained, while the comparisons as yet made
between the moths show sufficient difference to warrant dis-
tinctional names. Again, in the case of the larve of the
Cotton Worm moth (Aletéa argillacea) I have pointed out
two varieties,t which feed side by side, one with and one
without a dorsal stripe. It will be interesting to observe
the particulars of the struggle between these two varieties in
the case of this imported insect.
Where the habit of life of the larva leads to no conceal-
* Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sc., 1, 130, quoted by Prof. Morse in his Address before the
Section of Biology of the Am. Asso. Ady. Sci., Buffalo, 1876.
t Alabama Geological Survey for 1875, 201.
a
Descriptions of New Noctue, etc. 303
ment of any part of the body during any particular period
of the twenty-four hours, the causes for its variation may be
sought outside of climatic influences to some extent. They
will evidently bear more heavily upon the moth, which never
or rarely voluntarily exposes the under surface of the body
and wings to the light. In the case of Catocala relicta, be-
fore cited, I have been struck with the fact that the color of
the upper surface of the primaries, which are alone exposed
while the moth is at rest in the daytime, does not assist so
well in its concealment from enemies as the hue of the same
parts in the European species.
With regard to the “phytophagic species,” first observed
by Mr. Walsh and afterwards by Prof. Riley, I still think
that they should not be necessarily considered as “species in
process of formation,” although it may be convenient to
give them different Latin designations. Some of these cases,
such as that of Yortrix Itileyana, Grote, may rest on an
error of observation. Both Prof. Zeller and myself believe
that the ordinary male of this species is mistaken for a phy-
tophagic variety by Prof. Riley. I have formerly shown
Mr. Walsh’s mistake with regard to Sphingicampa distigma,
which he regarded as a different insect, generically and spe-
cifically, from Dryocampa bicolor, on the strength of observa-
tions in breeding the insect, in which he was apparently de-
ceived. These “phytophagic variations” may not go further
than they do now, and the forms may continue to interbreed,
or finally displace each other.
Very much more careful observations are needed to draw
conclusions as to the relation of the larval state to its food.
A separation of the determining cause of variations needs
tact, as well as a knowledge of the facts.
In conclusion, I think that these representative species,
studied in all their stages, will throw a strong light upon the
horde of forms of these insects with which we are engaged.
I shall be glad if my observations and deductions merely
serve to draw fresh attention to the subject.
304 Descriptions of New Noctuce, etc.
The following forms of North American Noctuze seem to
be either imperfectly described or new to science :
Agrotis rufipectus, Morrison.
Q. Antenne simple, ciliate. Head and collar: disconcolorous, dark
brown (reddish brown in the type); collar with a narrow pale edging.
Thorax and fore wings concolorous, grayish over purplish or fuscous
brown. Lines narrow, dark, well written. Basal line distinct. Trans-
verse anterior line with the inner line obsolete, slightly dentate at costa,
indentated on submedian fold; the line is comparatively straight. Median
space wide; no claviform; orbicular concolorous, rounded, incompletely
annulate; reniform stained by the diffuse median darker shade, edged
more distinctly than the other spot, and more complete. Transverse pos-
terior line slightly waved, accentuated by dots or points, not much ex-
serted, outer line obsolete. Terminal space paler than the rest of the
wing, contrasting with subterminal. Beneath paler, costa of both wings
powdered with reddish. A continued broad exterior common line. Cel-
lular mark on hind wings extended. Abdomen beneath and lateral hairs
reddish. Hind wings above pale fuscous, concolorous, with line hardly
noticeable. Exp. 34 mil. Lewis Co., N. Y., July 29, Mr. W. W. Hill, coll.
In this species the fore tibiz, I believe, are unarmed. The
type which I have before me, was sent to Mr. Morrison for
description, at his request for new material in this genus, and
is briefly described by him in the Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist, XVII, 165. The species may be known by its single,
fine, scalloped transverse lines on the primaries, and the dis-
colorous head and thorax. It seems to be allied to A. collaris
and formals.
Agrotis perconfiua, 2. s.
This form is stouter than conjlua and brighter colored. Fore tibiz
armed. Palpi at tips, upper surface of head and collar pale, contrasting.
Palpi and breast rusty brown. Fore wings bright red brown, paler at
base and vaguely paler along costa, with a purply tinge over median
nervules. Lines indistinct, broken, obsoletely geminate. No claviform
perceivable. Ordinary spots pale as in conjlua, reniform stained inferiorly.
The black t. p. line is broken into cuneiform marks. Terminal space
concolorous with subterminal. Subterminal line very distinct, pale, pre-
ceded by black dots, and by a narrow dark shade on costa; fringes con-
colorous. Hind wings pale fuscous, with discal mark and pale fringes.
Beneath pale, with the costal regions of both wings reddish; common
Descriptions of New Noctue, etc. 305
exterior lines, the outer incomplete; hind wings with discal mark and
the inner exterior line continuous, somewhat jagged inferiorly. Thorax
red brown; abdomen pale above, with reddish or ochery shades beneath.
Expanse 33 mil. From Prof. J. A. Lintner, Schenectady, N. Y., July 8.
Differs from conflua by the concolorous terminal spaces,
pale black-marked subterminal, and broken t. p. line. It is
brighter colored and stouter than its ally, the t. p. line more
inwardly bent submedially.
Agrotis placida, n. s.
Q. Fore tibiz unarmed; antenne simple. Fuscous gray. Fore wings
smooth, dark fuscous. Basal and subterminal spaces blackish and darkest ;
median space a little lighter, slightly brownish; terminal space gray, con-
trasting. Lines even, perpendicular, pale. Transverse anterior line with
a slight subcostal notch, slightly oblique; median space wide; stigmata
difficult to make out, pale ringed, concolorous; median shade noticeable,
obscuring the reniform. .Transverse posterior line with a straight out-
ward costal extension beyond the point of origination, thence somewhat
squarely exserted opposite the cell, and running nearly straight down-
wards without submedian sinus. Subterminal line indicated by the great
difference in color between the two terminal spaces; fringes dark. Hind
wings concolorous, rather dark fuscous, with paler interlined fringes.
Beneath fuscous, with a slight purply shade, irrorate, with an external
common band incomplete; a slight discal mark on hind wings. Terminal
abdominal hairs somewhat ocherous. Expanse 35 mil. Lewis Co., N. Y.,
July 26.
Differs from other species of the cupida group in the shape
of t. p. line at costa.
Hadena hillii, n. s.
@. Eyes naked; tibia unarmed. Abdomen with short black tufts on
basal segments. White, gray, and black, very distinctly marked. Lines
black, geminate. A black basal dash. Sub-basal space wide, whitish.
T. a. line black, its inner line indistinct, erect, touching the orbicular,
dentate on costa, opposite the orbicular, again with a broad obtuse tooth
from median to submedian vein, and with a shorter one at internal margin.
Claviform large, concolorous, defined by two narrow black lines which
run entirely across the median space. Orbicular white, irregularly
rounded, a little oblique, large. Reniform well sized, white, of the normal
kidney shape. T. p. line originating above the reniform, well exserted
beyond the reniform, running rather strongly in at vein 2, and thus narrow-
306 Descriptions of New Noctue, etc.
ing the median space inferiorly. This line is scalloped, the outer line
faint. On the subterminal space the nervules are marked with black.
Subterminal line preceded by a light fuscous shade; the usual W-mark
much reduced. Terminal line black, interrupted. Fringes grayish.
Costal anteapical white dots in a fuscous shading. Hind wings rather
dark fuscous with whitish fringes. Collar and thorax whitish; tegulze
lined with black; collar with a blackish shade; abdomen pale fuscous.
Beneath pale ochery fuscous; hind wings with a small incomplete discal
annulus and a discal streak; common line sinuous. Hzpanse 30 mil.
Lewis Co., N. Y., Mr. W. W. Hill, July 26.
This is a very distinctly marked, clear colored species,
with something of the habit of Dianthoecia capsularis. I
name it after its discoverer. It is very different from /.
leucoscelis Grote, another white-colored species, being more
silky-winged and differing throughout in ornamentation.
Polia medialis, n. s.
é. Eyes naked, with lashes; tibis unarmed: A rather large species,
vividly marked, white, gray, black, and fuscous. Median space discolor-
ous, being of an even wood-brown or fuscous, shaded with gray on costa.
A basal black dash. Basal and terminal spaces gray, shaded with fuscous.
T. a. line black, its inner line faint, not very oblique, of the usual dentate ,
form. Claviform concolorous with the wood-brown median space, large,
reaching to the median shade, narrowly outlined with black, its lower
margin straight, running along the submedian fold. Orbicular large,
whitish or gray, oblique, with the reniform black-ringed. Median shade
zigzig; reniform connected with t. p. line by black shades along the veins
and discal fold, of the usual shape, large, whitish, but not outwardly ex-
cavate, being nearly straight on this side. T. p. line with its inner line
evident, dentate, black; its outer indistinct. The white spaces between
the component lines of all the three first transverse lines, in this species,
are very apparent. T. p. line running obliquely inwardly from the point
of its subcostal angle, without any inward bend submedially. Subterminal
line white, preceded by black points or streaks at the dentations. Termi-
nal space a little deeper shaded with fuscous opposite the cell, and again
at internal angle. A dentate terminal line cutting the fingers. Hind
wings blackish fuscous; beneath grayish fuscous, with double exterior
shaded common lines, and broad discal mark on hind wings. Abdomen
fuscous, tufted basally. Thorax gray, with the tegule laterally shaded
with fuscous, and with double lines on collar. Expanse 41 mil. Schenec-
tady, N. Y., September 13, Prof. Lintner.
This differs from the description of P. confragosa, Morr.,
in the discolorous median space and in other particulars.
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 307
XXIX.—A Partial Synopsis of the Fishes of Upper
Georgia.
By DAVID STARR JORDAN, M.D.
Read December 4, 1876.
Tue material on which the present paper is based was ob-
tained by the writer and his assistant, Mr. Charles H. Gilbert,
during the past summer (1876), in a month’s residence and
constant field-work at Rome, Georgia; a week’s seining in
the South Fork of the Ocmulgee River at Flat Rock,
Dekalb Co., Georgia; and a day’s work in tributaries of the
Chattahoochee River near Atlanta. As the fish-faune of
these streams differ materially, I have deemed it best to take
them up separately.
Part I. Water Basin oF THE ErowaH, OOSsTANAULA,
AND Coosa.
Rome, Floyd Co., Georgia, is located in the hill country
at the junction of the Etowah and Oostanaula Rivers, which
unite to form the Coosa. Farther south-west, the Coosa in
turn unites with the Cahawba and Tallapoosa to form the
Alabama River. As the Etowah is the longest of all these
branches, it may, perhaps, be considered as the head stream
of the Alabama River.
These rivers are all too wide and deep, and their bottoms
too rocky, for much successful seining ; hence we gave our
attention chiefly to their smaller tributaries. Of these,
Silver and Rocky Creeks yielded the largest results, both in
number and variety. The principal streams examined were
Silver, Mobley’s, and Dykes’ Creeks, tributary to the Etowah ;
Rocky, John’s, Big Armucha, Lovejoy, Waters’, Big Dry,
Little Dry, and Lavender Creeks, tributary to the Oostanaula ;
and Horse-leg and Beech Creeks, tributary to the Coosa.
Most of these are clear streams, formed from “spring runs.”
JUNE, 1877. 24 ANN. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. Xt.
308 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
Some of them are muddy with red clay after a rain; and a
few are merely successions of weedy pools full of spatter-
docks and snakes. Of course, certain differences were ob-
served in the faunze of ‘these streams, but nothing that need
be dwelt upon here.
So far as is known to the author, there is no printed record
of any fish whatever from the water basin of the Etowah;
and the few species which have been described by Agassiz,
Storer, and Girard, from neighboring parts of Alabama, are
most of them very imperfectly known. The writer has,
therefore, been able to do just what he anticipated doing in
selecting this point for field-work, viz.: (a) to verify a
number ‘of little known species; (6) to consign a number of
nominal species to the limbo of synonymy ; and (c) to make
known a few peculiar forms which are believed to be new to
science.
Of most of the species here mentioned, hundreds of speci-
mens were taken; and the descriptions in this paper have
been generally drawn from the average of a large number of
specimens, and not from a few individuals. These specimens
are deposited in the Museum of the Butler University at
Tndianapolis, Indiana, under the auspices of which institution
they were collected.
PERCIDA.
BOLEICHTHYS.
= Boleichthys Girarp, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1859, 104. (Type B. exilis
Girard).
> Hololepis AGassiz, Putnam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 4. (Type Boleosoma
barrattit Holbrook).
1 BOLEICHTHYS ELEGANS.
Boleichthys elegans Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Se., 1859, 104. Jordan and
Copeland, Bull. Buff. Nat. Hist. Soc., 1876, 135.
Numerous specimens of a small Boleichthys from the‘
Etowah are identified with the above species, with some
doubt. However, they cannot well belong to any other de-
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 309,
scribed species. They are so small and fragile that the fin
formule, and some other characters, cannot easily be made
out; but I find no discrepancy between the characters shown
by my specimens and those noted in Girard’s brief descrip-
tion.
My specimens are short, chubby, and compressed, bearing
some resemblance in form to JZicroperca punctulata. The
mouth is moderate, with equal jaws: the two dorsal fins
about equal, and distinctly separated by an interspace. The
scales are comparatively large, but apparently quite variable,
the number of transverse series varying from 42 to 56. The
lateral line traverses the scales of the operculum, and ends
about midway of the body, being distinct on from 13 to 30
scales. This is also quite variable, one side of the same
specimen often having twice as long a lateral line as the
other. Lateral line arched high over the pectorals, running
parallel with the elevated and rounded nuchal region.
Head 3% in length (without caudal, as in all cases in the present paper) :
depth 4%. Eye 3inhead. Fin rays, D. X, 13, or IX, 12 or 18. A. II, 7, or
II, 8. Scales, 42, 44, 44, 44, 46, 48, 55, 56, in as many specimens, those
with the most scales usually having the lateral line continued farthest.
Color greenish, with dark specks: fins mottled: a dark line forward
from eye.
Length of specimens examined a little less than an inch. They prob-
ably reach a somewhat larger size.
Habitat. Mill ponds in the Etowah water basin. Most
of my specimens taken in Dyke’s Pond, near Rome, Ga.,
with Loleosoma stigmeum and Minnilus lirus.
HADROPTERUS.
= Hadropterus AGassiz, Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts, 1854, 305. (Type
H. nigrofasciatus Ag.)
> Cottogaster Corr, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1869, 211 (not of Putnam?)
(C. aurantiacus Cope.)
>Hypohomus Corr, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870. (Type C. auran-
tiacus Cope.)
= Plesioperca Lr VamLiant, Nouv. Archives du Museum, 1873,
310 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
2. HADROPTERUS NIGROFASCIATUS.
Hadropterus nigrofasciatus Agassiz, Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts, XVII, 305,
1854. Putnam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 4. e
Etheostoma nigrofasciatum Jordan, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 164,
1876 (not of Manual Vert., 1876, 223 = Alvordius evides J.
and C.).
Plesioperca anceps Le Vaillant, 1. c.
This species is merely mentioned by Prof. Agassiz,* and
does not seem to have been noticed by any other Ameri-
can author. My specimens show the following characters :—
Head and body stout and heavy, the latter deep and compressed, the
depth being about 5 in the length in the larger specimens. Head and
mouth much as in Alvordius aspro, but heavier, and the mouth rather nar-
rower: intermaxillaries slightly projectile, but the skin of the middle of
the upper lip continuous with that of the forehead, as in Percina. Hye
moderate, 4 in head. Head about 4 in length, without caudal.
Scales rather large, 58 in the lateral line, which is continuous; median
line of the belly, and the whole chest, covered with small scales.
Fins all large; dorsals slightly connected by membrane at the base;
the second dorsal about the size of the anal.
Fin rays, D. XII, 1! or 12. <A. II, 10.
Color dark olive above, with blackish markings as usual in these fishes:
sides with vertical bars, somewhat diamond-shaped, but quite narrow,
acute above and acuminate below, more or less confluent along the
middle; about 12 in number; in color, dark greenish, varying to jet black
in accordance with the feelings of the fish. These bars are most distinct
near the middle of the body, and broadest behind.
Inner half of each of the vertical fins, black, outer half more or less
speckled and barred: top of head black, a black band through eye and
snout, and a dark vertical shade below the eye; markings more or less
shown by all the Darters. A small black spot between two smaller ones
at base of caudal fin.
Length four inches.
Habitat. My specimens were taken in small tributaries of
the Etowah and Oostanaula Rivers, in clear, rapidly flowing
* Prof. Agassiz’s specific account is as follows: ‘From the neigborhood of Mobile,
Alabama. Discovered by Albert Stein, Esq. Brown above, lighter below, with trans-
verse black bands, wider in the middle than nearer to the back or belly.”
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 311
water, with Percina caprodes. Silver Creek, Rocky Creek.
Known to the fisherman as Crawl-a-bottom. -
BOLEOSOMA.
=Boleosoma Dekay, N. Y. Zoology, 1842, 20. (Type B. tessellatum.)
> Arlina Gro., Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1859, 64. (Type A. effulgeas.)
> Estrella Gro., 1. c. 65. (Type #. atromaculata.)
?>Cottogaster Purnam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 4. (Type B. tessel-
latum, Thompson. )
3. BOLEOSOMA STIGMUM, sp. nov.
Body slender, of about the size and form of Boleosoma brevipinne Cope.
Depth 5 in length in adult. Head 44 in length, narrow and thin, the snout
pointed. Mouth small, inferior; intermaxillaries projectile, the skin of
the lip and front not continuous; vomerine teeth.
Fins rather large, D. X, 11 or 12; A, II, 7; the spines well developed
and subequal. Caudal emarginate. Scales rather large, 5-46-7, lateral
line distinct. Opercles scaly, cheeks and neck also.
Colors rather bright. Tessellated above, as usual in Boleosoma; fins
mottled; sides with about 8 M or W-shaped dark green blotches below
lateral line, — fainter and smaller than in D. blennioides,—and various
duller ones above. Body in the larger specimens sprinkled with small
orange dots, which are more conspicuous after death, when the green has
faded. Pectorals and caudal yellowish barred. Spinous dorsal with a
band of bright orange-red above, and one or two narrow dark ones below
it. A dark stripe forward from eye, and another downward.
Length of largest specimens, 2 inches.
Habitat. In small tributaries of the Etowah and Oosta-
naula Rivers, especially in clear waters and in mill-ponds of
the hill-country. Known to boys and fishermen as Speck.
It will perhaps be necessary to revive the genus Arlina
for this species, B. effulgens, and B. maculaticeps. It would
differ from Boleosoma in the presence of two well-developed
sub-equal anal spines.
PERCINA.
<Percina HaLtpEeman, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sc., VIII, 1842, 330. (Type
Perca nebulosa Haldeman = £. caprodes Raf.)
= Pileoma Drxkay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 16. (Type P. semifasciata Dek.
= EF. caprodes Raf.)
= Asproperca Hecke, MSS. in Canestrini, Verhand. Zool. Bot. Ver-
ein, Wien, X, 1860.
312 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
“ * 4, PERCINA CAPRODES.
Scicena caprodes Rafinesque, Am. Monthly Mag., 1818, 334.
Etheostoma caprodes Raf., Ich. Oh., 1820, 38. Kirtland, Zool. Ohio,
1838, 168, 192; Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., III, 346, 1841. Storer,
Synopsis, 1846, 270.
Pileoma caprodes Agassiz, L. Superior, 1850, 308; Amer. Journ. Sci.
Arts, 1854, 305. Le Vaillant, Recherches sur les Poissons, ete.
1873.
Percina caprodes Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1859, 66. Putnam,
Bull.-M. C: Z., 1868, 5. Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1865, 82;
Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1869, 211. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Survey, 1874,
213; Manual Vert, 1876, 224; Bulletin Buff. Ac. Sci., 1876, 93.
Jordan and Copeland, Am. Nat., 1876, 337; Bull. Buff. Soc.
Nat. Hist., 1876, 135.
Percina nebulosa ‘‘Haldeman, Journ. Ac. Sci., Phil., 1842, 330.” Girard,
Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1859, 66.
Perca nebulosa Dekay, Fishes of N. Y., 1842, 7.
Etheostoma nebulosa Storer, Synopsis, 1846, 271.
Pileoma semifasciatum Dekay, Fishes of N. Y., 1842, 16. Gitinther, Cata-
logue of Fishes, 1859, I, 76.
Etheostoma semifasciata Storer, Synopsis, 271.
Percina semifasciata Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1859, 66. Gill,
Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1860, 20.
Percina bimaculata ‘‘ Haldeman, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1843, 157.”
Etheostoma bimaculata Storer, Synopsis, 1846, 271, 272.
Etheostoma zebra Agassiz, Lake Superior, 1850, 308.
Pileoma zebra Agassiz, l.c. Le Vaillant, 1. c., 1873.
Percina zebra Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1859, 66.
Asproperca zebra Heckel, 1. c.
This species is abundant in all the tributaries of the
Etowah, Oostanaula, and Coosa Rivers. Comparison with
northern specimens fails to show any difference of any sort.
This is known to the fishermen as Crawl-a-bottom and Hog-
molly. The latter appellation is more usually applied to
Catostomus nigricans, and is apparently a corruption of
‘¢ Hog-mullet.”
Percina curbonaria Girard, from Texas, differs in several respects from
my specimens of this widely diffused species.
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 313
SLiZOsSTETHIU Mia
=-Stizostedion RaFINEesQuE, Ich.-Ohiensis, 1820, 21. (Type Perca
salmonea Raf.)
? Pomacampsis RaFINnesQuE, Ich. Ohi., 23. (Type Perca nigropunc-
tata Raf. = ?)
>Sandrus Srark, ‘“‘ Elements Nat. Hist., I, 465, 1828.” (Same type.)
=Luciopereca Cuvier and VaLenc., 110, 1829. (Type Perca luci-
operca L = Lucioperca sandra Cuv., Europe.)
=Stizostedium Cork, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1865, 82.
5. STIZOSTETHIUM SALMONEUM.
Perca salmonea Rafinesque, Am. Monthly Mag., 1818, V, 354; Ich. Ohi.,
1820, 21.
Stizostedion salmoneum Raf., Ich. Oh., 1820, 23.
Stizostedium salmoneum Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1865, 82. Jordan,
Man. Vert., 1876, 225; Bull. Buff. Nat. Hist. Soc., 1876, 92, and
136.
This species occurs in the Oostanaula River, and is known
‘locally as Salmon Trout. I have no adult specimens at hand,
and therefore refrain from attempting a comparison between
it and S. vitreum.
MLC ROP DERUSs*
= Micropterus Lacrpepg, Hist. Nat. des Poiss., IV, 325, 1800? (Type
M. dolomieu Lac. = ? Labrus salmoides Lac.)
>Calliurus Rar., Ich. Ohi., 1820, 26 (not of Ag.). (Type C. punctu-
latus Raf. = Labrus salmoides Lac.)
=Lepomis RarFrinesqur, Ich. Ohi., 1820, 30. (Not Lepomis Raf., Journ.
de Phys., 1819.)
> Aplites Rarinrsqup, Ich. Ohi., 31. (Type Lepomis pallida Raf.)
> Nemocampsis Rarinesqu®, Ich. Ohi., 32,1820. (Type Lepomis flex-
uolaris Raf. = Labrus salmoides Lac.)
> Dioplites RaFrinesqun, Ich. Ohi. 1820, 32. (Type ZL. salmonea Raf.
= L. salmoides Lac.)
>Huro Cvuv. and VAL., Hist. Nat. des Poiss. II, 124, 1828. (Type H.
nigricans C. and V. = Cichla floridana Le S.)
> Grystes Cuv. and VAL., Hist. Nat. des Poiss. III, 54, 1829. (Type
Labrus salmoides Lac.)
* See Gill ‘‘On the Species of the Genus Micropterus (Lac.) or Grystes (Auct.)” in
Proceedings Am. Assoc. Ady. Science, 1873, XXII. B, 55;—from which valuable
paper, most of the synonymy here given has been copied.
314 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
6. MICROPTERUS PALLIDUS Gill and Jordan.*
Lepomis pallida Raf., Ich. Oh., 30, 1820.
Cichla floridana Le Sueur, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., II, 1822, 219.
Micropterus floridanus Goode, Bull. U. S. Nat. Museum, 1876.
Huro nigricans Cuv. and Val., Hist. Nat. des Poiss. II, 124, 1828. Rich.
F. B. A., III, 4, 1836. Jardine, Nat. Lib. I, Perches, 108, 1835.
Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 15. Storer, Syn. 1846, 277. Giinther,
Cat. Fishes, I, 255, 1859.
Grystes nigricans Agass., L. Superior, 1850, 297.
Micropterus nigricans Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1865, 83, and 1870,
451. Gill, Rept. Comm. Agr., 1866, 407; Proc. Am. Asso. Adv.
Sci., 1873, 70 B. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 214; Man.
Vert., 1876, 229.
Grystes nobilior Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, XVII, 1854, 298. Put-
nam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 6.
Grystes nuecensis Baird and Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1854, 25.
Dioplites nuecensis Girard, U. S. Pac. R. R. Surv., 4, 1858; U. S.
Mex. Bound. Surv., 1859, 3.
Grystes salmoides Holbrook, Ich. S. C., 1855, 25, and Second Ed., 1860, 28.
Norris, Am. Ang. Book, 1864, 99.
Grystes megastoma Garlick, Treat. Art Prop. Fish, 1857, 108.
Abundant in the Etowah, Oostanaula, and Coosa Rivers,
rather more so than the next species, and everywhere con-
founded with it under the name of Z?out.
7. MICROPTERUS SALMOIDES.
Labrus salmoides Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. des Poiss., III, 716, 1800 ?
Grystes salmoides Cuy. and Val., Hist. Nat. des Poiss., III, 54, 1829.
Jardine, Nat. Lib. I, Perches, 158, 1835. Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 26,
1842. Storer, Synopsis, 1846, 288. Herbert, Fish and Fishing,
isle
Micropterus salmoides Gill, Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sci., 1873, 67 B.
Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 214; Man. Vert., 1876, 230.
Micropterus dolomieu Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. des Poiss., IV, 325, 1800?
* Prof. Gill calls my attention to the fact that what is probably this species from
Mexico, has been refigured by LeVaillant and Bocourt, under the names of Dioplites
treculii sp. n., D. salmoides (Holbr.), D. variabilis (LeSueur) and D. nuecensis Grd.,
in Etudes sur les Poissons < Mission Scientifique & la Mexique, 1874. Letter-press
descriptions have not yet appeared.
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 315
Bodianus achigan Rafinesque, Am. Mo. Mag. and Crit. Rev., 1817, II, 120.
Lepomis achigan Gill, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1860, 20.
Micropterus achigan Gill, Rept. Comm. Ag., 1866, 407.
Calliurus punctulatus Raf., Ich. Ohi, 26.
Lepomis trifasciata Raf., . ib. 31.
Lepomis fexuolaris Raf., — ib. 31.
Lepomis salmonea Raf., ib. 32.
Lepomis notata Raf., ib. 32.
Etheostoma calliura Raf., — ib. 32.
Cichla fasciata Le Sucur, Journ. Ac. Sci. Phil., 216, 1822. Kirtland, Zool.
Ohio, 191, 1838.
Centrarchus fasciatus Kirtland, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., V. 28.
Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 28, 1842. Storer, Syn. 290. Thompson,
Hist. Vt., 1842. Giinther, Cat. Fishes, I, 258.
Grystes fasciatus Ag., L. Superior, 295, 1850. Eoff Smiths. Rep.,
1854, 289. Putnam, in Storer’s Fish Mass., 278, 1855.
Micropterus fasciatus Cope, Proc. Ac. Sci. Phil., 1865, 83; Journ. Ac.
Sci. Phil., 1869, 216; Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 450, 1870.
Gristes nigricans Herbert, Fish and Fishing, 195.
Grystes nigricans Garlick, Treat. Art Prop. Fish, 105, 1857. Norris,
Am. Angler’s Book. 103, 1864.
Cichla ohiensis Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Sci. Phil., 218, 1822.
Cichla minima Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Sci. Phil., 220, 1822. Kirtland, Rept.
Zool. Ohio, 191, 1888.
Centrarchus obscurus Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 30, 1842. Storer, Synopsis,
1846, 40. Giinther, Cat. Fishes, I, 258, 1859.
Grystes salmonoides Giinther, Cat. Fishes, I, 252, 1859.
In the Etowah, Oostanaula, and Coosa Rivers, with the
preceding. The yellow and black caudal markings, so strik-
ing in young specimens from the Ohio River, and which sug-
gested to Rafinesque the name of Calliurus, are not well
shown by my specimens. The lower fins are unusually red,
and there is a tendency to thé formation of parallel lines of
dusky spots along the rows of scales. These peculiarities
perhaps indicate a permanent variety.
AMBLOPLITES.
Ambloplites RarmesquvE, Ich. Ohi., 1820, 32. Type Lepomis ichtheloi-
des Raf. = Bodianus rupestris Raf.
316 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
8. AMBLOPLITES RUPESTRIS.
Bodianus rupestris Rafinesque, Amer. Monthly Mag., 1817, 120.
Ambloplites rupestris Gill, Pro& Phil. Ac. Sci., 1860, 20. Cope,
Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1869, 217; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 1870,
451; Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1865, 83. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv.,
1874, 215; Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1876, 92; Man. Vert.,
231, 1876.
Icthelis erythrops Raf., Ich. Ohi., 29, 1820.
Lepomis ictheloides Raf., Ich. Ohi., 32, 1820.
Ambloplites ichtheloides Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 1854,
299. Girard, Pac. R. R. Surv., X, 8; 1858-
Centrarchus eneus Cuv. and Val., Poissons, III, 88. Dekay, Fishes N. Y.,
27, 1842. Richardson, Fauna Boreali Americana, 1836, III, 18.
Kirtland, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., 1V., 239. Storer, Synopsis,
289, 1846. Giinther, Cat. Fishes, I, 256, 1858.
Ambloplites cneus Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 1854, 299.
Girard, Pac. R. R. Rep., X, 1858, 8.
Centrarchus pentacanthus Cuv. and Val., III., 88. Dekay, Fishes N. Y.,
1842, 30. Storer, Synopsis, 1846, 290.
This species is moderately common in the Etowah and
Oostanaula, where it is known as Goggle-eyed Pearch.
LEPLOBROMUS.*
*‘Lepomus Rar., Anal. Nature, 1815.” (Agassiz.)
<Lepomis Rarinresqur, Journal de Physique, 1819. (Type Labrus
awitus L.)
= Pomotis Rar. 1.c. (Same type.)
Icthelis Rar., Ich. Oh., 1820, 27. (Same type.)
=Ichthelis and Pomotis sp. Later writers.
9. LEPIOPOMUS PALLIDUS Gill and Jordan.
Labrus pallidus Mitchill, Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc., 420, 1814.
Labrus appendix Mit., Am. Monthly Mag., 1818, 407 (not Pomotis appendix
of authors).
Pomotis incisor Cuv. and Val., VII., 466. Dekay, Fishes, N. Y., 33, 1842.
Storer, Synopsis, 293, 1846. Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. and
Arts, 1854, 302. Girard, Pac. R. R. Surv., 1858, 24. Gitinther,
Cat. Fishes, I, 269, 1859.
Ichthelis incisor Holbrook, Ich. S. C., 1860, 12. Putnam, Bull, M.
C. Z., 1863, 6. Jordan, Man. Vert., 1876, 235 and 317.
Lepomis incisor Gill, Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 1864, 93. Cope,
Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1865, 83.
*T have seen fit to restore the correct orthography of this much abused name.
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 317
Lepomis megalotis Cope, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1869, 220; Proc. Am. Phil.
Soc., 1870, 452 (not Ichthelis megalotis Raf.).
? Lepomis ardesiacus Cope, Jour. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1869, 222; Proc. Am. Phil.
Soc., 1870, 453.
? Lepomis purpurascens Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870, 453.
Ichthelis macrochira Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 215 (not of Raf.).
This abundant species is known to the Etowah fisherman
as the Spotted Pearch, or simply Pearch. My specimens
are all young, and are precisely like young specimens of the
same species from the Ohio.
10. LEPIOPOMUS OBSCURUS.
Pomotis obscurus Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sc. and Arts, 1854, 302.
Ichthelis incisor var. obscurus Jordan, Man. Vert., 1876, 236.
This species is most nearly related to Z. pallidus, but it is
certainly distinct. It is known to the fisherman of the Eto-
wah as the “Brim” (Bream), and according to some of them
it is the only species to which that name can properly be
applied. This species hides under rocks and bushes in deep
holes in the smaller streams, and cannot easily be taken with
the seine.. We procured four or five large specimens, which
showed when fresh the following characters. As in Cheno-
bryltus melanops (Grd.), the coppery colors become black
in spirits.
Dark-green above, shoulders and front of back with distinct greenish-
black spots; sides with wide dark-green bars, much as in young specimens
of incisor; thorax bright dark coppery red, spotted with blackish, some-
times with orange; sides of body below mixed blackish and pale carmine;
face, lower jaw, and lower part of sides of head, a peculiar bright leaden
blue, mixed with some reddish,—a very distinctive feature, as shown by
Prof. Agassiz. Cheeks orange and lead-blue, without distinct stripes;
opercular spot rather large, all black, much as in Z. incisor; dorsal and
caudal fins blue-green; anal still darker and bluer. A dark blackish-green
spot on last rays of dorsal and anal, as in Z. incisor. In this species, as
in other brightly colored Percoids, the colors become suddenly dull and
pale in death.
318 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
Eye large, the iris black. Depth of body about half length, without
caudal; length of head somewhat less. Pectoral fins very Jong and
pointed, reaching beyond anal.
Spines shorter than in Z. incisor. Profile much steeper than in speci-
mens of incisor of the same size.
Large adult specimens are said by the fishermen to be
thick, round, and almost black in color.
Habitat. Small tributaries of the Etowah and Oostanaula
about Rome, Ga., particularly Dry Creek and Silver Creek.
XENOUTS:
Xenotis Jorpan, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci. 1877 (Type Pomotis fallax B. &G.).
11. XENOTIS SANGUINOLENTUS.
Pomotis sanguinolentus Agassiz, Amer. Jour. Sc. Arts, 1854, 301.
This handsome species abounds in all the tributaries of
the Etowah, Oostanaula, and Coosa. It is known to the
fishermen as Sun Pearch.
12 Xo N OWES VEN SiG Rae An WiSr
Pomotis inscriptus Agassiz, 1. c. 302.
Ichthelis inscriptus Jordan, Man. Vert., 1876, 2387.
A single specimen of this handsome species is in my col-
lection from the Etowah. It was not noticed at the time of
capture.
SCIZANIDA.
HAPLOIDONOTUS.
=Aplodinotus Ra¥FinesquE, Journal de Physique, 418, 1819. (Type
A. grunniens Raf. J
= Amblodon Ra¥FinesquE, Ich. Ohi., 1820, 24. (Type A. grunniens.)
< Corvina ‘“‘Cuvirr, Regne Animal, 1829.” (Type C. nigra Cuv.)
—Haploidonotus Git, Proc. Phil. Ac. Se., 104, 1861. (Type A. grun-
niens Raf.) ;
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 319
13. HAPLOIDONOTUS GRUNNIENS.
Aplodinotus grunniens Rafinesque, Journal de Physique, 1819, 418.
Amblodon yrunniens Raf., Ich. Oh. 1820, 24. Agassiz, Amer. Jour.
Sc. & Arts, 1854, 307. Girard, Pac. R. R. Survey, 1858, 96.
Haploidonotus grunniens Gill, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1861, 104, and
in other papers. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 216; Bull. Buff.
Soc. Nat. Hist , 1876, 92; Manual Vert., 241, and of late Amer-
ican writers generally.
Sciena oscula LeSueur, Jour. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1822, 254. Kirtland, Rep’t
Zool. Ohio, 1888, 168 and 192.
Corvina oscula Cuvier and Val. Poissons, V, 1830, 98. Rich. F. B. A.
1836, 68. Kirtland, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., 1840, III, 350.
Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 73. Storer, Synopsis, 1846, 219.
Giinther, Cat. Fishes, II, 297, 1860, and of various compilers.
Sciena grisea LeSueur, Jour. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1822, 254.
Corvina grisea Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 76.
‘b. var.? lineatus.
Amblodon lineatus Agassiz, Amer, Jour. Sci. and Arts, 1854, 307.
(Osage River.)
Haploidonotus lineatus Gill, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1861, 105. Jordan,
Man. Vert., 1876, 242.
c. var.? concinnus.
Amblodon concinnus Ag. Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 1854, 307. (Tenn. R.)
Haploidonotus concinnus Gill, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1861, 104. Jor-
dan, Man. Vert., 242.
d. var? neglectus.
Amblodon neglectus Girard, Mex. Bound. Surv. 12, 1859. (Rio Grande).
Haploidonotus neglcctus Gill, Proc. Phil. Ac. Se., 1861, 105.
The “Drum” is abundant in the river-channels of the
Etowah and Oostanaula, but Iwas unable to secure speci-
mens. Young specimens from the French Broad and Cum-
berland Rivers in Tennessee, show the lines of black dots
ascribed to lineatus and neglectus, but do not otherwise differ
appreciably from grunniens. In view of this fact, and as
Prof. Agassiz’s comparative diagnoses show no tangible spe-
cific characters, I deem it best to refer all our aploidonoti
to one species, until real differences are shown.
320 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
COTTIDA.
POTAMOCOT EUS:
<Cottus (Artepr) ‘‘Linnzus, Syst. Nat., 1748.” (‘‘Type C. gobio.”
Europe.)
< Cottus Grrarp. Monograph N. Am. Freshwater Cottoids, 1851.
—Potamocottus Gitt. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1861, 41.
(Type P. caroline.)
—Pegedichthys Jorpan. Man. Vert., 1876, 244. (Type P. ictalurops,
not of Rar.)
14. POTAMOCOTTUS ZOPHERUS. Sp. nov.
A species of this genus occurs in great abundance in trib-
utaries of the Etowah and Oostanaula, particularly in Love-
joy, Rocky, and Silver Creeks.
Of the hundred or more specimens secured, none appear
to be mature, and but three of them have reached a length of
three inches. From these three large specimens the present
description is drawn. ;
For the purpose of comparison with Girard’s descriptions
J have here followed the order of his account of C. meridion-
alis, a species probably as closely related to P. zopherus as
any mentioned in Girard’s Monograph. Its nearest relations,
however, seem to be with P. caroline. If P. zopherus,
meridionalis, caroline, and alvordit should prove ultimately to
be varieties of one species, I shall not be surprised, although
I have at present no evidence that such is the case.
Body rather slender, the greatest depth 53 in total length, or 44 without
caudal. Body not greatly tapering, the least depth about one-fourteenth
of the total length. The greatest thickness of the body is a trifle more
than the greatest depth.
The head is just one-third of the length without the caudal fin, or more
than one-fourth, that fin included. Its width is about equal to the length
of its upper surface. ,
The eyes are large and close together; their form is circular, and their
diameter is one-fourth the length of the head. The interorbital space is
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 321
very narrow, scarcely more than half the width of the eye. The mouth
is moderately large, and there are teeth on the palatines.
The preopercular spine is very large, hooked upwards and backwards;
and below it are two other smaller ones, the lower minute.
The first dorsal commences behind the insertion of the ventrals. It is:
quite high, and its upper edge is quite convex. It is but little lower than
the second dorsal. There are seven rays, the second, third, and fourth
being the highest. The second dorsal is contiguous, and the two are
connected by membrane. It is composed of seventeen rays. The caudal
fin is considerably shorter than the head. In all the fins the tips of the
rays project beyond the membrane. This is especially true of the pecto-
rals. The ventrals are immediately beneath the pectorals, and consist of
one spine and four soft rays.
The pectorals are rather large, reaching to the anal, and about to the
fifth ray of the second dorsal. Their base of insertion is oblique and
somewhat curved.
BeGe Ds Vala aac oo Wiel 42) lees
The vent is much nearer to the snout than to the base of caudal. The
lateral line is high and parallel with the back. It vanishes at the end of
the anal fin.
General color very dark, almost black, with three wide jet-black cross
bands, anda bar at the base of the caudal; belly pale; fins mottled and
barred; no red.
Flabitat. Small tributaries of the Etowah and Oostanaula,
abounding in shallow rapids with Ca/ostomus nigricans, a
species the young of which it much resembles in color. It
is locally known as “Blob,” and “ Mufile-Jaw.”
The most important characters of P. zopherus seem to be
the high first dorsal, the narrow interorbital space, and the
black color. This latter feature suggested the specific name.
It is well separated from all of Dr. Girard’s species,—if
they truly are species. To the present writer, his accounts
seem to be descriptions of individuals rather than of species ;
but my acquaintance with these fishes is too limited for me
to express any opinion on these matters.
CYPRINODONTIDA.
XENISMA.
— Xenisma JorDan, Check List, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1876, 142.
(Type X. stellifera Jordan.)
322 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
The genera of our Cyprinodonts are in an extremely con-
fused state. The following is an attempt at an analysis of
their characters, as far as they can be ascertained, from the
literature of the subject : —
*Intestinal canal short, but little convoluted; bones of each mandib-
ulary firmly united (carnivorous species).
a. Anal fin of the male not modified into an intromittent
organ.
b. Teeth in asingle series, incisor-like, notched; dorsal
nearly over ventrals; form stout. ° ° Cy PRINODON.
bb. Teeth all pointed; ventrals present.
c. Teeth in a single series; dorsal in advance of anal.
d. Dorsal and anal fins long (each with more than 20
rays). 5 : é . : GIRARDINICHTHYS.
dd. Dorsal and anal fins Bhete (each with 10 to 14
rays). c 2 0 : 5 c - LUCANIA.
cc. Teeth in narrow bands.
e. Dorsal fin commencing in advance of anal.
ifs Branchiostegals 6. . . . ° . HYDRARGYRA.
Jf. Branchiostegals 5. . o ° . : FUNDULUS.
ee. Dorsal fin commencing directly over anal; both fins
large; branchiostegals 4; coloration peculiar. XENISMA.
eee. Dorsal fin commencing behind origin of anal; bran-
chiostegals 5
g. Body small, short and thick, with broad head;
(subgenus ?). : 5 . - * MICRISTIUS.
gg. Body elongate, slender, with narrow head. ZyYGONECTES.
aa. Anal fin of the male modified into a peculiar, sword-
shaped, intromittent organ; teeth pointed; dorsal fin
short, behind anal... . : : 0 c “ . GAMBUSIA.
** Intestinal canal elongated, with numerous convolutions; bones of
each mandibulary not united, the dentary being movable; sexes
differentiated; limnophagous.
h. Teeth pointed, in bands; dorsal in advance of anal,
greatly developed in § (of more than 12 rays). MOLLDENESIA.
hh. Teeth pointed, in a single series; dorsal behind anal,
small (less than 12 rays). - 5 - GIRARDINUS.
hhh. Teeth unknown; dorsal in advance of anal, small (less
than 12 rays). . . ° ° : . 5 . ADINIA.
15. XENISMASTELLIFERA. Sp. nov.
Xenisma stellifera Jordan and Copeland, Check List (name only).
This species —the type of the group called Xenisma —
,
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 323
may be compared with the other known species, Xenisma
catenata,* as follows :—
Common characters. Dorsal and anal long, similar, and placed directly
opposite each other. Branchiostegals 4. Ventrals with 6 rays; intestinal
canal short; teeth pointed, in bands. Males with orange spots, females
marked with short olive-brown lines.
a@ D.13; A. 138; lat. 1. 53; dorsal and anal greatly elevated
in @, the longest ray of the dorsal reaching caudal when
laid back, its height equal to the depth of the body;
orange spots irregularly placed, never forming continu-
ous rows. Length 3 to 4 inches. Habitat. Head waters
of the Alabama River. - - : 5 STELLIFERA.
aa. D.13 or 14; A. 15; lat. 1.47; dorsal and anal much less
elevated even in @, falling far short of caudal when laid
back; the orange (or brown) spots, one on each scale,
forming regular lines along the sides. Length, 4 to 6
inches. Habitat. Head waters of Tennessee River. CATENATA.
My specimens of X. stellifera show the following charac-
ters :—
Head 3% to 4 in length, flattened and broadened above in the usual
Fundulus fashion: eye large, about 4 in head. Body rather long; depth
about 5 in length; scales closely imbricated, much deeper than long, as
in Luxilus, their edges punctate with black, 52 or 53 transverse rows of
scales.
Dorsal beginning directly over anal, its last rays in males highly ele-
vated, reaching base of caudal, their height equal to depth of body; anal
similar, more elevated in front, and less so behind, the last rays falling
just ‘short of caudal. In female specimens, these fins are less elevated,
but still very high. Pectorals reaching beyond base of ventrals, the lat-
ter reaching anal in @, but falling just short in @.
D. 13, (rarely 12); A. 18, rarely 12; V. 6; B. 4.
Colors brilliant; general color a bright pale greenish or livid blue,
bluish silvery below with a golden lustre forwards. Body, cheeks, etc.,
in ¢ with large, bright, dark orange spots, irregularly placed, not follow-
ing the rows of scales, and not always on the middle of the scales. These
* The synonymy of this species is as follows :—
Pecilia catenata Storer, Synopsis, 430.
Hydrargyra catenata Agassiz, Amer. Jour. Sc. and Arts, 1854, 353.
Fundulus catenatus Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VI, 322. Cope, Jour. Ac. Sci. Phil.,
1869, 238.
Zygonectes catenatus Jordan, Man. Vert., 1876, 252.
Xenisma catenata Jordan and Copeland, Check List.
JUNE, 1876. 25 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. x1.
324 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
spots are not uniform in size; some are as large as apin’s head. Females
with oblong horizontal line-like spots of olive brown, more numerous
and smaller, and forming streaks to some extent. Fins (in ) all pale
orange, with many spots of brilliant dark orange; caudal faintly barred
with orange. Fins in 9, plain olivaceous.
A large pale yellow blotch on the back in front of the dorsal fin, very
distinct in life, so that the fish may be recognized in the water as far as
it can be seen, fading in alcohol; a pale blue blotch from eye to mouth and
a greenish one below it. Length 3 to 4 inches.
Habitat. Very abundant in many tributaries of the
Etowah, Oostanaula, and Coosa rivers, preferring the clear,
cold water of the “spring branches.” Most specimens from
Silver, Lavender, and Rocky creeks. We were unable to
hear any vernacular name for it. Its congener, catenata, is
known as the Stud-fish or Studdy-Pearch. This species is
probably the most beautiful in life of all our Cyprinodont
fishes.
ESOCIDZ.
ESOX Linneus.
16. ESOX RETICULATUS ‘tLe Sueur.
Esox luctus Mitchill, ‘Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc., I, 410” (mot of Lin-
neus).
Esozx reticulatus Le Sueur, ‘‘ Jour. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1818, 414.” Storer, ‘‘ Rept.
Fish Mass., 97;” Synopsis, 1846, 437; Fishes Mass., 1855, 311.
Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 223. _Thompson, Hist. Vermont,
1842, 188. Ayres, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., [V, 269. ? Kirtland,
Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., IV, 233 (probably salmoneus). Cuv. and
Val., XVIII, 327. Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1865,°79. 1@yp:
Penn. (Trans. Am. Phil. Soc.), 1866, 408. Giinther, Cat. Fishes,
Vi; 229.
Picorellus reticulatus Jordan, Man. Vert. 255.
? Esox tridecemlineatus ‘* Mitchill, Mirror, 1825, 361.”
? Esox tridecenradiatus Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 225.
b. var. affinis.
? Esox phaleratus Say, LeSueur., Journ. Phil. Ac. Sc. 1, 416. Dekay,
Fishes N. Y., 226. Storer, Synopsis, 437.
Esox affinis Holbrook, Ich. 8. C., 1860, 198. Gill, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts,
1864, 94. Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1870, 457. :
Picorellus afinis Jordan, Man. Vert., 1876, 255
'
4
4
t
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 325
This species is very abundant in Dyke’s Pond and other
mill-ponds tributary to the Etowah River, where it is known
as Jack.
Irecognize /. affinis as a variety even, solely on the author-
ity of Holbrook and Cope. Careful comparison of specimens
of “reticulatus” from the Delaware and Housatonic rivers,
with “afinis” from the Etowah and Ocmulgee, fails. to
show any permanent difference whatever. The alleged
greater number of dorsal and anal rays in the northern fish
is due simply to Storer’s having counted the rudimentary
rays or “stubs,” while Holbrook counted only the developed
ones. It is the difference between “D. 17” and “D. II,
15.” There is no obvious difference in dentition. The col-
oration varies somewhat, but my brightest colored specimens
are from the clear tributaries of the Etowah, and the dullest
from the muddy Ocmulgee.
CYPRINIDS.
CAMPOSTOMA.
Campostoma AGassiz, Amer. Journal Sci. and Arts, 1855, 219. (Type
Rutilus anomalus Raf.)
17. CAMPOSTOMA ANOMALUM.
var. anomalum (Teeth 0, 4-4, 0).
? Rutilus anomalus Rafinesque, Ich. Oh., 1820, 52.
Campostoma anomalum Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 1855, 218
(part). Putnam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 8. Jordan, Man. Vert.,
1876, 275; Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 94.
Exoglossum lesueurianum ‘‘ Kirtland, Rept. Zool. Ohi., 1838, 169, 193,”
(not of Raf.).
Exoglossum spinicephalum ‘‘Cuv. and Val., XVII, 489, 1844.” Storer, Synop-
sis, 429, 1846.
Exoglossum dubium Kirtland, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., V, 272, 1845. Storer,
Synopsis, 429, 1846.
Campostoma dubitum Cope, Cyprinide of Penn., 1866, 395. Giinther,
Cat. Fishes, VII, 188, 1868. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Survey, 1874, 225.
Chondrostoma pullum Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 1854, 357.
? Campostoma formosulum Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 176; U. S.
Mex. Bound. Sury., 1858, 41.
326 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
? Campostoma nasutum Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 176; U.S. and
Mex. Bound. Surv., 41.
? Campostoma hippops Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1864, 284; Journ. Phil.
Ac. Sei. 18695 235:
Campostoma callipteryx Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1864, 284; Cyp. Penn.
395.
Campostoma mormyrus Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1864, 284; Cyp. Penn.
395; Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1869, 235.
Campostoma gobioninum Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1864, 284; Cyp. Penn.,
395; Journal Phil. Ac. Sci., 1869, 235.
b. var. prolixum (Teeth 1, 4-4, 0).
Leuciscus prolixcus Storer, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., July, 1845; Synopsis, 1846,
417 (Fide Agassiz).
Chondrostoma prolixum Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci., and Arts, 1854,
357.
Campostoma anomalum Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 1855, 218,
(part). Cope, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1869, 235.
This species is quite abundant in the more sluggish streams
tributary to the Etowah and Oostanaula. My specimens
from the south are uniformly more slim than those from
Indiana. They have also longer and narrower heads, and
larger scales. Their coloration, too, is more uniform. All
the Georgia specimens examined have the teeth 1, 4-4, 0, as
stated by Agassiz and Cope, in Tennessee River specimens.
Those from the north have the teeth uniformly 0, 4-4, 0.
The southern form may then be taken as a variety, to
which Storer’s name, prolixum, may be applied. Storer’s
short and irrelevant description might refer to several other
species as well as to the present one, but Prof. Agassiz lo-
cates it here.
The tendencies of the two varieties are shown by the fol-
lowing table of the average of the measurements of several
specimens of each.
Head in length, . 5 anomalum 44. prolixum 43,
Depth in length, . 4 anomalum 42. prolixum 44.
Eye in head, - c anomalum 4%. prolixum 4.
Eye in interorbital space, anomalum 2. prolixum 14.
Lateral line, 5 5 anomalum 55. prolixum 49.
Teeth, < : : anomalum 4-4. prolixum 1, 4-4, 0.
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 3827
SEMOTILUS.
=Semotilus Rarixesque, Ich. Ohi., 1820, 49. (Type S. dorsalis Raf.
= Cyprinus corporalis Mit.).
>Leucosomus Hecke, Russeger’s Reise, 1843, 1042. (Type L. chry-
soleucus Heckel, = Leuciscus argenteus Storer,—not Cyp. chrysoleucus Mit.)
>Cheilonemus Barrp, Storer, Fishes Mass., 1855, 288. (Type Leu-
ciscus pulchellus Storer, = L. argenteus Storer).
18. SEMOTILUS CORPORALIS.
Cyprinus corporalis Mitchill, Am. Monthly Mag. II, 1817, 289, and 1818,
324.
Leuciscus corporalis Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 213.
Semotilus corporalis Putnam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 8. Ib. in Storer’s
Fishes Mass., 256. Cope, Cyp. Penn., 362, 1866; Proc. Phil. Ac.
Sci., 1865, 85; Hayden’s Geol. Surv. Terr., 1870, 442, and 1871,
472. Abbott, Am. Nat., April, 1870, 12. Jordan, Ind. Geol.
Surv., 1874, 223; Bull. Baff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1876, 94; Man. Vert.,
1876, 278. Goode, Bull. U. 8. Mus., VI, 1876, 64; and of various
late U. S. writers.
Leucosomus corporalis Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 269.
Cyprinus atromaculatus Mitchill, Am. Monthly Mag., II, 324, 1817.
Leuciscus atromaculatus Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 210. Storer,
Synopsis, 1846, 409.
Semotilus atromaculatus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 204; Pac.
R. R. Rept., 1858, 283. Abbot, Am. Nat., April, 1870, 13.
Leucosomus atromaculatus Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac., 1861, 523.
Semotilus dorsalis Raf., Ich. Ohi., 1820, 49. Kirtland, Zool. Ohio, 1838,
169; Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., III, 1840, 345. Girard, Pac. R. R.
Surv., 283.
Leuciscus dorsalis Storer, Synopsis, 411.
Semotilus cephalus Rafinesque, Ichthyologia Ohiensis, 1820, 49. Kirtland,
Zool. Ohio, 169; Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., III, 345, 1840. Girard,
Pac. R. R. Survey, 2838, 1858.
Leuciscus cephalus Dekay, Fishes of N. Y., 214, 1842. Storer,
Synopsis, 409.
Leuciscus iris ‘‘Cuv. and Val., XVII, 255, 1844.”
? Leuciscus rotengulus ‘‘Cuv. and Val., XVII, 318.” Storer, Synopsis,
416.
Leuciscus storert Cuv. and Val., ‘‘X VII, 319.”
Leuciscus pulchelloides Ayres, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., III, 157.
Leucosomus incrassatus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 190; Pac. R. R.
Surv., 1858, 252.
Semotilus macrocephalus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac., 1856, 204.
Leucosomus macrocephalus Girard, Pac. R. R. Sury., 252.
4
328 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
Semotilus speciosus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 204; Pac. R. R.
Surv., 1858, 283.
Semotilus hammondi Abbott, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1860, 474.
b. var.? pallidus.
Leucosomus pallidus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 190; Pac. R. R.
Surv., 251.
Semotilus pallidus Cope, Cyp. Penn., 363.
Semotilus corporalis var. pallidus Jordan, Man. Vert., 1876, 279.
This familiar species is abundant in the basin of the Eto-
wah and Oostanaula. As elsewhere, it prefers clear waters,
and it is most abundant in small brooks. It is known as
Creek Chub or Roach.
NOCOMIS.
>Nocomis Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 190. (Type N. nebras-
censis Grd.)
> Ceratichthys ‘“‘Barrp, 1853.” GrrarD, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856,
212. (Type Semotilus biguttatus Kirtland.) -
>Hybopsis Girarp, l. c. 211 (not of AGassiz, 1854).
>Erinemus Jorpan, Man. Vert., 279, 1876 (subgenus). (Type C.
hyalinus Cope.)
19. NOCOMIS AMBLOPS.
a. var. amblops.
Rutilus amblops Rafinesque, Ich. Oh., 1820, 51.
? Ceratichthys amblops Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 213. Cope,
MSS., 1870.
b. var. winchelli.
?Gobio vernalis Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 188; Pac. R. R. Surv.,
1858, 249.
Hybopsis winchelli Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 211; Pac. R. R. Surv.,
1858, 255.
Ceratichthys hyalinus Cope, Jour. Ac. Sc. Phil., 1869, 236. Giinther, Cat.
Fishes, VII, 179. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 223; Man.
Vert., 279.
c. var. rubrifrons.
Nocomis amblops var. rubrifrons Jordan, MSS. (Ocmulgee R.)
I adopt Rafinesque’s name amblops, for this abundant and
widely diffused species, for the following reasons :
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 329
1. The reference of Girard’s Hybopsis winchelli to this
species renders necessary the substitution of an older appel-
lation for the well-chosen name hyalinus.
2. Rafinesque’s short description of his Rutilus amblops
from the falls of the Ohio (where this species abounds) may
apply to the hyalinus (but might apply to two or three other
fishes, but not as well).
3. Girard identifies Rutilus amblops as a species of Cera-
tichthys, and catalogues it as such. He gives no descrip-
tion; but as Rafinesque’s account would apply to neither of
the two other species in that region (WV. biguttatus, NV. dis-
similis), Girard probably intended the name C. amblops
for the species since called C. hyalinus by Prof. Cope; and
we should accept Girard’s identification as correct, until it is
proved to be positively erroneous.
4. Where the adoption of a specific or generic name is to
any extent a matter of choice, in the opinion of the present
writer, preference should always be given to a descriptive
name over a personal one.
Comparison of specimens from the Ohio, French Broad,
Clinch, Etowah, Ocmulgee, and other rivers, shows several
differences, but none which are in my opinion sufliciently
constant or decided to be deemed of specific value.
Three varieties may probably be recognized, as follows :—
Head broadest; eye largest, 3 in head, its length greater than
the width of the broad interorbital space; snout blunt,
probably never tuberculate, mouth largest, the lower
jaw being rather short; barbels long; color variable,
usually hyaline, with a black lateral shade; size probably
largest; depth 5 in length; teeth 1, 4-4,1. Habitat. Ohio
Valley. E : : 5 : : 2 : 5 AMBLOPS.
Head narrower: eye large, 3 in head, much wider than the
rather narrower interorbital space; snout bluntish, less
so than in the preceding; not noticed as tuberculate;
barbels shortest, decidedly shorter than in the preced-
ing; colors rather dark, the dark lateral stripe passing
330 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
around the nose; depth 5 in length; teeth 1, 4-4, 1.
Habitat. Etowah River, Black Warrior River (water
basin of Alabama River), Tennessee River. 5 WINCHELLI.
Head narrowest; eye moderate, 34 in head, less than the inter-
orbital space, which is narrow and long, the snout pro-
jecting considerably ; mouth smallest, lower jaw rather
more lengthened; barbels quite long; face rosy in sum-
mer males, and the snout provided with small tubercles ;
body stoutest, depth 44 in length; color quite pale, with
aleaden band along the sides, teeth 1, 4-4,0. Habitat.
Ocmulgee River. c 5 : : - - RUBRIFRONS.*
The variety winchelli is abundant in all tributaries of the
Etowah, Coosa, and Oostanaula, where it shares with other
small minnows the name of Roach. Girard’s original speci-
mens were from the Black Warrior. His description applies
perfectly to my specimens. The reference of the species to
Hybopsis arose from a misunderstanding of the characters
of that genus. Prof. Cope identifies my specimens -of 1.
winchelli with his C. hyalinus, and considers the northern
form (N. amblops) as specifically distinct.¢ C. hypsinotus
Cope, and C. labrosus Cope, are undoubtedly good species.
The latter, from the backward position of the dorsal, is
probably to be referred to Apocope.
* Nocomis rubrifrons sp. nov.
Head rather long and comparatively narrow and pointed, the snout unusually pro-
jecting. Head 4 in length; eye moderate, 3} to 34 in head, less than the interorbital
space. Depth 4} in length. Barbels quite long and distinct. Scales large, dotted
above, 36 in the course of the lateral line, 13 in front of the dorsal. Fins moderate, the
first rays of the dorsal generally twice the height of the last.
DSS Sh Acoma ac
General color pale olivaceous; sides with a plumbeous band, sometimes dark and
passing through the eyes, more usually pale. Snout in many specimens of a pale pink
or reddish color, thickly covered with very minute, dust-like tubercles; teeth in 6
specimens (all examined) 1, 4-4, 0.
Length, 3 inches.
Habitat. South fork of Ocmulgee River, at Flat Rock, Dekalb Co., Ga.
+Since the above was in type, renewed examination has convinced me that Prof.
Cope’s view is the correct one, and that amblops, winchelli, and rubrifrons are to be con-
sidered as distinct species.
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 331
RHINTICHTH YS:
Argyreus HECKEL, Russeger’s Reisen, 1843, 1, 1040 (or ‘‘ Fische
Syriens, 1843, 50”). (Type Cyprinus atronasus Mit.; name preoccupied.)
Rhinichthys AGassiz, Lake Superior, 1850, 353. (Type Cyprinus
atronasus Mit.)
20. RHINECHTHYS OBLUSUs.
Rhinichthys obtusus Agassiz, Amer. Jour. Sc. and Arts, 1854, 357. Jor-
dan, Man. Vert., 1876, 280.
Argyreus obtusus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 185.
Rhinichthys obtusus Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 1868, 190.
Rhinichthys lunatus Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1864, 278; Journ. Phil. Ac.
Sc., 1869, 228. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Survey, 1874, 223; Man.
Vert., 281.
Argyreus lunatus Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870.
Georgia specimens of this species are shorter, and darker
than typical Juwnatus, and they have the lateral band quite faint.
All have a dusky blotch in the middle of the base of the
dorsal; and some specimens (males) in all cases have traces
of a rosy lateral band. These also have the pectoral some-
what enlarged.
The following table shows the measurements of a number
of specimens of L?hinichthys from different regions :
=e ae |= 3 B :
ee eee te
Head in length..| 4.1 42 | 4 3.8 4 4.3 3.7 4 + 4
Depth in length..| 5 4.8 | 4 5 | 48 | 5 43 |) 4.6.4) 4a 1 4
Bye in head......| 4 41 | 4 4 4 3.3 4.1 4.2 4.1 4.3
Epitodbiccwnceeetac G5 GE ten tee 60 62 65 66 62 | 6.2
DOLkalicaesasess | een eee be den | 127) | BO kee eae Ion
Amalisvantueeasss i em te 1.7) (ok teen ata men
Tekin cr stems 2.4-4.2/2.4-4.2| 2. | .. | 14-41 | 2.4-4.2 | 2.4-4.9 | 2.4-4.9 | 2.4-4.2 | 2.4-4.2
332 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
Specimens identical with L. obtusus Ag. are abundant in
the small clear brooks which flow from the springs in the
hill country, known locally as Spring Branches. Most of
my specimens were taken in Mobley’s “Spring Branch,”
which flows into Silver Creek, near Rome, Ga. The species
is known locally as Rock Fish.
PHENACOBIUS.
Phenacobius Corr. Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1867, 96.
Sarcidium Corr. Hayden’s Geol. Survey, 1870, p. 440.
21. PHENACOBIUS CATOSTOMUS sp. nov.
Form rather slender, scarcely compressed and nearly terete, much as in
Catostomus teres, which species it resembles in color.
Back nearly straight, hardly elevated at all; caudal peduncle rather
stout. Depth 6 in length of body, without caudal.
Head large, 44 in length of body, bluntly rounded, convex above, the
vertex nearly plane; cheeks much swollen; snout blunt and heavy; mouth
small, inferior, its structure as described by Cope under P. wranops; a
small groove between premaxillary and nasal bones. Preorbital bone
oblong.
Eyes large and prominent, 14 in length of muzzle, 3} in head, wider
than the interorbital space; eyes high up, the orbits rising above the level
of the top of the head.
Scales quite small, longer than deep, thin and rather loosely imbricated,
about equal over the body; about 60 - to 62) in the lateral line, which is
nearly straight.
Fins rather small. Dorsal very slightly in advance of ventrals, slightly
nearer snout than base of caudal. Pectorals not reaching ventrals. Ven-
trals reaching vent, which is an unusual distance in advance of anal.
Pharyngeal bones rather small, the teeth slender, pretty strongly hooked,
4-4, Peritoneum white, intestinal canal shorter than body; air bladder
quite small.
Color pale olivaceous, white below, a silvery lateral streak underlaid by
blackish, which appears as a vague dusky blotch at base of caudal; head
nearly black above; cheeks bright silvery; dorsal scales dusted with fine
black points; fins unicolor; a yellowish vertebral line.
DF Lo Sa ALL 7. Wat. eGo:
Habitat. This species is abundant in Silver Creek, Floyd
Co., Ga., just above its junction with the Etowah. It reaches
a length of four inches. TI at first considered it P. wranops
oe eos
¢
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 333
Cope, but an examination of Cope’s types, has convinced me
that it is distinct. .P. wranops has a longer and narrower
head and more upward range to the eyes; and the dorsal is
considerably nearer snout than caudal.
In P. catostomus, the dorsal is nearly midway, the cheeks
more swollen, and the mouth less inferior. ‘The scales appear
smaller.
The species now known of this genus are the following ;
teretulus Cope, mirabilis Grd., liosternus Nelson, scopiferus
Cope, catostomus Jordan, and uranops Cope. The genus
Sarcidium is not distinguishable, and it has been abandoned
by its author.
HYBOPSIS.
= Hybopsis Aaassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, 358. (Type H.
gracilis Agassiz).
> Alburnops GrrarD, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 194. (Type A. blen-
nius Grd.)
>Hudsonius Grrarp, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 210. (Type Clupea
hudsonia Clinton).
22. HYBOPSIS GRACILIS.
Hybopsis gracilis Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, 358. Girard,
Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci, 1856, 211. Cope, Cyp. Penn., 1866, 381.
A few specimens of this species were found mixed with
those of Nocomis winchelli from the Etowah River. The
differences between the two were not noticed while in the
field. H. gracilis is, however, a genuine Hybopsis, and
is distinct from any species known to the author. My spec-
imens do not enable me to add anything of importance to
Prof. Agassiz’s description.
23. HYBOPSIS CHROSOMUS. Sp. nov.
? ? Chrosomus erythrogaster Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, 359 (not
of Raf. ?)
A small Hybopsis abounds in tributaries of the Etowah
and Oostanaula about Rome, Ga.
334 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
Its coloration is brilliant, and reminds one of Chrosomus
erythrogaster, and it is possibly the species referred to by
Prof. Agassiz (above cited) as having a continuous lateral
line. This species is apparently related to Hybopsis rubri-
croceus, chiliticus, and chlorocephalus Cope, but I cannot
identify it with any of them, nor with any of the species of
Alburnops Girard, to which group or subgenus the present
species belongs. |
My specimens show the following characters.
Form chubby, little compressed, much as in Chrosomus, the back some-
what elevated; depth 43 to 54 in length; caudal peduncle not much con-
tracted, but more so than in xenocephalus. Head rather large, 4} to 44 in
length, rather rounded above, with the snout somewhat pointed: mouth
large, oblique, upper jaw a trifle longest. Eye as long as snout, 3 to 34 in
head.
Scales everywhere large, slightly dark-edged, but not enough so to give
a dusky color. Lateral line scarcely decurved, continuous, with 36 to 38
scales; dorsal scales large, as usual in this genus, 16 before the dorsal fin.
D., 1,8. A., I, 8. Dorsal fin very slightly behind ventrals; pectorals
not reaching ventrals; the latter reaching vent.
Snout minutely tuberculate in males, as in Hyhopsis xeenocephalus and
Nototropis rubrifrons ; teeth in all examined 2, 4-4, 2.
Coloration (in spirits) pale yellowish, with a plumbeous lateral band
and a pinkish stripe above it; snout dusky.
In life,— back of a clear hyaline green as in Labidesthes, but with bril-
liant blue reflections; belly, etc., clear silvery, with blue lustre, not
yellow. A scarlet bar across dorsal, anal, and base of caudal; a scarlet
band from upper edge of opercle to caudal, very bright when the fish is
just dead, shining silvery red in life. Iris with a red touch above. Sides
with a very distinct silvery band, below the red line. A row of black
dots along lateral line, forming a small distinct spot at base of caudal.
Top of head and vertebral line golden; tubercles whitish.
Habitat. In Etowah, Oostanaula, and Coosa Rivers, and
their tributaries, quite abundant in shallow still places and
fords in the creeks, where it is often the commonest of the
little Minnows. Length 23 inches.
24. HYBOPSIS XAXNOCEPHALUS. Sp. nov.
This small species is an ally of the last, but it is entirely
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 339
different in color, coarser in appearance, and has a larger
head, mouth, and eye.
Body rather short and deep, with a thick caudal peduncle ; depth 4% to
5 in length; back wide, not elevated. Head large, 4} in length, flattish
and broad above, the snout rounded but rather long, mouth large, oblique,
jaws about equal; eye very large, 24 to 3 in head. Scales large, dark-
edged above. Lateral line somewhat decurved, with 38 scales, marked by
a series of black points; 13 large scales in front of dorsal. Dorsal fin
just behind the middle of the body, very slightly behind ventrals ; pecto-
rals not reaching nearly to ventrals. D., I, 9; A., I, 8; teeth, 2, 4-4, 2;
snout in males somewhat swollen, and covered with minute tubercles.
Coloration in life, olivaceous above and quite dark, owing to the broad
dark edges of the scales, A jet-black caudal spot, and a band along
caudal peduncle, which vanishes into black points along the sides, and re-
appears on the opercles, passing around the’snout.
Two varieties or forms may be appreciated, the one larger, stouter, and
with a larger mouth and much larger eye. They seem, however, to shade
into each other. They occur together in about equal abundance.
The following table of measurements shows the tendency
of each : —
VAR. a (wide mouth). VAR. 6 (narrow mouth).
Head in length........seee.. 4.2} 4.1] 4.1] 4.2 | 4.2 || 4.5 | 4.4] 4.5 | 4.5 | 4.6] 4.2 | 4.3 4.1
Depth in length.............. 5.1 | 4.7] 5.2 | 4.8] 5 5 4.8] 5.1} 5.3 | 4.8 | 5.1 | 5.5 | 5
Eye in head........sseeseeee. 2.5 |2.5/2.6/2.6/2.5]/3 13 13.218 | 2.8) 2.8 | 2.8) 3.1
Tbpitaa le enadane sonoteooncusccne 38 | 38 | 38 | 37 | 38 || 36 | 36 | 38 | 38 | 38 | 38 | 37 | 36
Scales peiere IB paseacaacnaadon eyerall gL Ded | aretate| ayeses LSI | | erence tore |f La | etoreiy [SLE ersiotte| bate eke
Habitat. With the preceding, and nearly as abundant.
Length 2% inches.
PHOTOGENIS.
< Photogenis Corr, Trans. Am. Philos. Soc., 1866. (Type P. spilop-
terus).
=Plargyrus Jorpan, Man. Vert., 1876, 287 (not of Raf., = Leuciscus
Klein).
Minnilus, Section Photogenis Corr and Jorpan, Proc. Phil. Ac.
Nat. Sci., 1877.
<,
836 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
I retain the name Photogenis provisionally for a large
group of related fishes which form a most characteristic feature
of the “Minnow-fauna” of the southern states. Oyprinella
is very closely related to Vototropis, the form of the scales
being the only tangible generic difference, and that probably
is of little importance.
The species, however, have a number of superficial charac-
ters incommon. The mouth is sub-inferior in all, and the
snout and ante-dorsal region is covered with small white
tubercles in spring. The dorsal has a large black spot on
the membrane between the last rays. This is always present
in adults, and is most distinct in males. In all species known
to me, the tip of the dorsal, anal, and caudal fins is filled with a
shining satin-white pigment in spring and summer, a charac-
teristic and most exquisite feature of coloration. The species
are most readily known in life by their color-markings, which
are more varied than in any other genus of Cyprinide,
although not so gaudy as in several others. It is necessary
to take account of these coloration features in the discrimina-
tion of species, although immature and alcoholic specimens
show them imperfectly.
The case is similar to that of the genus Dendreca among
birds. It would puzzle any ornithologist to identify our
warblers with the feathers plucked off—z¢. e., with the colora-
tion lost.
The species now referred to Photogenis, agree in thefollow-
ing characters :—
Body more or less compressed, covered with rather large scales, which
are closely and smoothly imbricated, the exposed surfaces being higher
than long. Head moderate or rather small, with a rather small eye,
Mouth not large, usually little oblique, and typically slightly overlapped
by the upper jaw. Nobarbels. Ventral fins somewhat in advance of dorsal.
Anal fin short (except in grandipinnis, pyrrhomelas, and «xenurus ) Pha-
ryngeal teeth hooked, without masticatory surface, their edges sharp and
always entire. Teeth 1, 4-4, 1 (rarely one-rowed). Snout tuberculate,
and fins with white pigment, in spring males. Photogenis is distinguished
from Lythrurus by the sharp edged teeth, which have no grinding sur-
' Fishes of Upper Georgia. 337
faces; from Cliola by the backward dorsal; from Cyprinella by the unser-
rated teeth. It however is probably rather a section of Nototropis, than a
distinct genus.
25. PHOTOGENIS STIGMATURUS. Sp. nov.
Body elongated, fusiform, compressed, more slender and graceful than
callistius ; depth 4% in length (44 to 5). Head quite long, truncate at the
snout, 44 in length, (without caudal) (43 to 43), rounded above, and in males
thickly tuberculate. Mouth large for the genus, somewhat oblique, over-
lapped by the narrow upper jaw. Eye not large, about 44 (43 to 5) in
head; iris white; maxillary reaching beyond nostrils. Scales large, deep,
closely imbricated, 45 in the course of the lateral line, 19 or 20 in front of
the dorsal.
Fins moderate; dorsal behind ventrals, slightly nearer the caudal than
the snout, its height about 64 times in length of body; pectorals not
nearly reaching ventrals, the latter to vent.
Color pale clear olive, with a rich, faint blue lustre, much paler than in
either of the other species here described. Sides and fins in males with
the usual satiny pigment; cheeks somewhat pinkish, but no red pigment.
Black dorsal spot not very distinct, but visible in all adults. A very dis-
tinct, large, oblong or quadrate, jet black spot at the base of the caudal,
extending up onthe rays. This spot is very conspicuous in all specimens—
even the smallest. Its length is usually about one-third that of the head.
In no other species known to me is this spot so large or distinct.
Teeth 1, 4-4, 1; dorsal rays I, 8; A., I, 8; length 4 inches.
Habitat. Small tributaries of the Etowah, Coosa, and
Oostanaula, where it is the most abundant minnow. It is
everywhere known as Spotted Tail Minnow, or Spot Tail.
This is the least gaudy, though perhaps the most graceful,
of all our species of thi8 genus. It reaches a larger size
than any of the others.
26. PHOTOGENIS CALLISTIUS. Sp. nov.
Body rather stout and compressed, much as in pyrrhomelas, much heay-
ier forward, and more cornutus-like, than in stigmaturus or ceruleus. Dor-
sal outline considerably elevated. Depth 42 (4 to 5) in length. Head
stout and rather blunt, 44 in length. Upper part of head flattish, in males
sparsely covered with smallish tubercles, which are always arranged in
a few more or less distinct longitudinal rows, not scattered without order,
as in other species. -
Mouth rather large, slightly overlapped by the heavy snout, nearly hor-
izontal, the maxillary reaching to the nostrils. Eye rather large for the
genus, 33 in head (84 to 4).
338 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
Scales large, deep, less closely imbricated than in ceruleus or andlostanus ;
89 in the lateral line (88 to 41), 15 or 16 in frontof dorsal. Fins rather
large, the height of dorsal about 54 in length of body. Dorsal fin slightly
behind ventrals, midway between snout and caudal. Ventrals reaching
vent; pectorals not to ventrals. D.,I,8. A., I, 8 (sometimes I, 9).
Coloration dark and brilliant. Back very dark steel blue; sides a very
clear silvery violet, with blue shades; belly and lower fins satin white.
A heavy black spot on upper posterior part of dorsal, extending down-
ward and forming a horizontal bar at the base which rises into a sort of
spot in front, as in Lythrurus diplemius ; the rest of the fin bright vermilion
red, excepting the silvery tip. Caudal satin white at tip; the rest of the
fin bright red, except the yellowish base.
A red lateral streak in place of the usual golden one: a broad golden
vertebral band.
A large distinct round black spot at base of caudal, not so bright as in
stigmaturus, the pigment seeming to lie wnder the scales (i. e., scales less
transparent than in stigmaturus).
Females paler in color, with less black and no red.
Teeth 1,4-4,1, as in stigmaturus. Length 4 inches.
Habitat. Tributaries of the Etowah and Oostanaula, in
clear water. Most of my specimens were taken in Silver
Creek.
27. PHOTOGENIS CAHRULEUS. Sp. nov.
Body fusiform, somewhat elongated, moderately compressed; depth 43
in length (44 to 5). Head moderately large, 4; in length (45 to 42), the
snout rather pointed, overlapping the small, oblique mouth. Upper sur-
face of head and neck thickly covered with small tubercles, in the males.
Eye moderate, 3} in head; the iris white. ‘Maxillaries reaching nostrils.
Seales firm, high and narrow, edged with dusky, 38 in the course of
the decurved lateral line (87 to 39); 13 to 17 in front of dorsal.
Fins all high, the height of the dorsal nearly } of the length of the fish.
Dorsal fin behind ventrals, its beginning equidistant between base of cau-
dal and front of eye. Pectorals not reaching ventrals; the latter to vent.
This is one of our most elegant species. Its general color is a bright
steel blue; the sides more silvery, pinkish-shaded anteriorly; the belly
silvery white. Along the sides is a very distinct brilliant blue-green band,
most conspicuous towards the caudal fin. This color’ is not a matter of
lustre, but depends on the presence of blue pigment lying under the
scales. In spirits it becomes of a dark steel blue color.
Fins all clear bright yellow, as in a highly colored Chrosomus. A vague
diffuse dusky blotch on last rays of dorsal, as usual, and some black edg-
ings on the anterior rays of most of the fins. Tips of dorsal, anal, and
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 339
caudal, as usual, filled with satin-white pigment. No red.. Young with
the black, white, blue, and yellow obscure.
D., 1,8. A.,I,8. Length 3inches. Teeth 1,4-4,1, of the usual type,
hooked and sharp-edged.
Habitat. This exquisite little fish occurs in abundance in
the clear tributaries of the Oostanaula River, above Rome,
Ga. Most of our specimens were taken in Rocky Creek,—
one of the clearest of the mountain streams of that region.
It also goes in shoals in the river channel.
I give below an attempt at a synopsis of the species of
this genus described from the region east of the Mississippi.
Of these, eurystomus was found in the Chattahoochee River,
and xenurus in the Ocmulgee. These will be described
further on. Grandipinnis Jordan MSS., will be elsewhere
characterized. Spilopterus Cope, is from the Ohio Valley
and north-west; pyrrhomelas, from North Carolina. Cer-
costigma Cope, calliura Jordan MSS., and analostana Grd.,
are true Cyprinelle, having serrate teeth.
Galacturus Cope, has the physiognomy of Photogenis, but
differs in having the grinding surface on the teeth. It is
probably referable to Luxilus.
* Anal fin elongate, I, 10 or I, 11; no distinct caudal spot;
body and head stout; fins red in ¢.
af Scales on flanks tuberculate as well as those on head -
and neck, Ocmulgee River, & 0 : XENURUS.
tt Scales on flanks not tuberculate; dorsal ieee posterior,
body deeper; red pigment more nearly flame-color,
Catawba River, . 3 : ; A PYRRHOMELAS.
ttt Tubercles unknown; dorsal and anal Pathereety elevated,
their tips nearly reaching caudal: E. Georgia, GRANDIPINNIS.
** Anal fin short, I, 8 or I, 9.
a. No conspicuous black caudal spot.
b. Colors chiefly blue and silvery; sides with a distinct
band of clear blue; fins yellow; scales firm and
smooth; body slender; mouth small; no red; eye
4 in head; size small. Alabama River, - CQ@RULEUS.
bb. Colors olivaceous, no blue lateral band; fins not
yellow.
JUNE, 1877. 26 ANN. Lyc. Nar. Hist., VoL. x1.
340 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
c. Head, mouth, and eye rather small, the latter 44
to 54 in head; no red; black fin-markings dis-
tinct; scales firm.
d. Mouth oblique; body considerably compressed;
depth more than one-fourth of length. Ohio
River, Potomac River, Great Lakes, teeth
serrate (Cyprinella), 5 : ; ANALOSTANUS.
dd. Mouth wider, nearly horizontal; body elongate;
less compressed; depth less than one-fourth
of length. Ohio Valley and north-west, SPILOPTERUS.
ec. Head, mouth, and eye large, the eye about 4 in
head; fins sometimes with red; black markings
obscure; an obscure black caudal spot; scales
rather loose; size large; appearance of Luxilus.
Chattahoochee River, : 5 EURYSTOMUS.
aa. A conspicuous black spot, much iret than eye, at
base of the caudal fin; size large.
e. Fins in @, with much red; form stout; eye and
mouth large; coloration dark; nuptial tubercles
sparse, arranged in rows; caudal spot smaller than
in the next, nearly round; lateral line about 39.
Alabama River, . 4 . CALLISTIUS.
ee. Fins without red; form Blonaates ;eye ind mouth mod-
erate; coloration pale; nuptial tubercles crowded ;
caudal spot more distinct than in any other Amer-
ican Cyprinoid, ovate; lat. l..about 35. Alabama
River, : = - : . : : STIGMATURUS.
LU XILUS.
—Luxilus Rarinesque. Ich. Oh., 1820, 48. (Type Z. chrysocephalus
Raf. = Cyp. cornutus Mitch.)
=Hypsolepis Bairp. Agassiz, Am. Jour. Sc. Arts, 1854, 359. (Type
Cyprinus cornutus Mitch.)
=Plargyrus Girarp. Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 195 (not of RaF.).
(Type Leuciscus plagyrus Kirt. Cyp. cornutus Mit.)
<Hypsilepis Corr. Cyp. Penn., 1866, and of authors.
28. LUXILUS CORNUTUS.
Cyprinus cornutus Mitchill, Am. Monthly Mag., 1817, 289, and 1818, 324.
Leuciscus cornutus Storer, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., IV, 182, 1842.
Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 207. Storer, Synopsis, 409, 1846.
Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 249, 1868.
Hypsolepis cornutus Storer, Fishes Mass., 1855, 284. Cope, Proc.
Phil. Ac. Sci., 1864, 279. Putnam, Bulletin M. C. Z., 1863, 7.
Plargyrus cornutus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 196.
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 341
Hypsilepis cornutus Cope, Cyp. Penn., 1866, 372; Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci.,
1867, 158; Journal Phil. Ac. Sci., 1868, 229. Jordan, Ind. Geol.
Surv., 1874, 223. Uhler and Lugger, Fishes of Md., 15876,
148, and of late American writers.
Hypsilepis cornutus vars. gibbus, frontalis, cerasinus, cornutus, cyaneus
Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1867, 157.
Luxilus cornutus Jordan, Bull. Buff. Nat. Hist. Soc., 1876, 94;
Manual Vert., 1876, 286. Nelson, Bull. Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
1877.
Cyprinus megalops Raf., Am. Monthly Mag., 1818, 121.
Cyprinus melanurus Raf., l. ¢., 1818, 121.
Luxilus chrysocephalus Ratin, ich. Oh., 48, 1820.
Semotilus diplemia Kirtland, Rept. Zool. Ohio. 169, 1838 (not of Raf.).
Leuciscus diplemia Kirtland, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., V, 276, 1846.
Storer, Synopsis, 411.
Argyreus rubripinnis Heckel, Russeger’s Reisen, 1843, 1040.
Leuciscus gibbosus Storer, ‘‘ Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., July, 1845;”
Synopsis, 418, 1846.
Hypsolepis gibbosus Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sc. Arts, 1854, 359.
Plargyrus gibbosus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Se., 1856, 196.
Leuciscus plagyrus Kirtland, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., V, 26, 1845.
Leuciscus plargyrus Storer, Synopsis, 410, 1846.
Leuciscus frontalis Agassiz, Lake Superior, 1850, 368.
Hypsilepis frontalis Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 1854,.359. Putnam,
Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 7.
Plargyrus frontalis Girard, 1. c.
Leuciscus gracilis Agassiz, Lake Superior, 1850, 370.
Plargyrus gracilis Girard, 1. c.
Hypsilepis gracilis Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1867, 157.
Plargyrus typicus Girard, 1. c., 195. .
Plargyrus argentatus Girard, 1. c., 196.
Plargyrus bowmani Girard, 1. c., 196, and Pac. R. R. Surv., X, 263, 1858.
Hypsilepis obesus Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1867; 157 (not L. obesus
Storer, fide Agassiz).
This familiar species is excessively abundant in the basin
of the Etowah. My specimens do not differ obviously from
var. cornutus (of Cope) from the Ohio River. This fish is
popularly known as Rotten-gut or Rot-gut Minnow, because
its flesh spoils so soon after death. I did not find it either
in the Chattahoochee or Ocmulgee, but in every other stream,
east of the Mississippi, where I have fished, it occurs in
abundance.
342 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
NOTOTROPIS.
=Notropis Rarinesque, Am. Monthly Mag., 1818, 204. (Type WN.
atherinoides Raf. = Alburnellus sp.)
=Minnilus Rarinesque, Ich. Oh., 45, 1820.
= Alburnellus Girarp, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 198. (Type A. dilec-
tus Girard.)
=Minnilus Jorpan, Man. Vert., 1876. (Type M. dinemus Raf. = Al-
burnellus jaculus Cope.)
29. NOTOTROPIS LIRUS. Sp. nov.
Body slim, somewhat compressed, of the general form of Lythrurus
ardens, or some small-headed Minnilus; depth 4% to 5 in length. Head
rather small, short, moderately deep, flattish above, 44 in length. Mouth
rather large, very oblique, the lower jaw slightly projecting. Eye very
large, white, longer than snout, 3 in head, about reached by the maxillary.
Head and dorsal region profusely covered with white tubercles in the males.
Scales very small, scarcely higher than long, loosely imbricated, obscure
and difficult to count, about 45 (42 to 48) in the course of the lateral line,
about 25 in front of the dorsal. Dorsal fin far back, decidedly behind
veutrals, its height 5 to 54 in length of the body. Fins all moderate.
D., 1,8; A., I, 9, to I, 11, the number varying, usually I, 10. Teeth as
in Lythrurus diplemius, 2, 4-4, 2, but without grinding surfaces.
Color pale, olivaceous, transparent green above, in life, general appear-
ance decidedly pallid. Upper half of body with many black specks and
points, which run together along the sides, forming a very distinct metal-
lic blue band.
This band passes across the opercles, and around the snout, about the
width of the eye. This is a very characteristic feature of the fish. A
streak of black dots running along bases of dorsal and anal; that on the
dorsal suggesting the peculiar dorsal spot of L. diplemius and L. ardens,
but not exactly forming a spot on the fin. Tip of snout almost always
black; a golden lateral streak in life; belly transparent silvery. Fins
pale olivaceous, pale red in most male specimens (in July), probably
brighter in spring.
Length 24 inches. @ with spawn July 10th.
This small species is one of the most characteristic fishes
of the Etowah basin. It abounds in still deep waters, and
in the clear mill-ponds.. No species closely related to it
seems to have been described. Its nearest relatives are prob-
ably Lythrurus ardens and Nototropis matutinus. The want
of grinding surfaces to the teeth will separate it from the
genus Lythrurus.
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 5438
30. NOTOTROPIS STILBIUS. Sp. nov.
? Alburnus amabilis Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 193.
? Alburnellus amabilis Girard, Mex. Bound. Surv., 1859, 51. Cope,
Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870, 464.
? Alburnus megalops Girard, 1. c.
? Alburnellus megalops Girard, 1. c. Cope, 1. e.
? Alburnus socius Girard, 1. c.
? Alburnellus socius Girard, 1. c.
I refer to this species a small minnow from the water
basin of the Etowah. My specimens show the following
characters : —
Head rather long, moderately pointed, about 4+ in length, with a large
oblique mouth, the maxillary reaching to the eye. Eye very large, white,
about 3 in head, greater than interorbital width, or length of snout. Body
slender, the depth about 5in length. Lateral line, 37; 16 scales before the
dersal. D., 1,8; A., 1,10. Fins rather high, the ventrals reaching to the
last rays of dorsal.
Color pale silvery green, with black points; sides and cheeks with a
broad silvery band; belly pale. A vague dusky blotch at base of caudal,
quite distinct in some specimens.
Teeth in two examined, 2, 4-4, 1.
This species resembles N. photogenis (P. leucops Cope) more than do
most of the species. The large size of the eye, and the position of the
dorsal, which is less posterior than in rubellus, etc., are characteristic.
Flabitat. Small tributaries of the Etowah, Oostanaula
and Coosa Rivers; abundant. Known locally as “ Roach.”
This is nearest the description of amabilis in form and color-
ation, but it has the large eye of megalops. If amabilis,
megalops, and socius are unlike, there is nothing in the de-
scriptions to show it. Since the above was in press, I have
examined the types of Girard above cited. This is not like
any of them and I therefore propose to call this species
stilbius, in allusion to its bright white lustre.
NOTEMEG ON.U:S.
< Abramis Cuvier, ‘‘Régne Animal, II, 1817.” (Type Cyprinus brama
L., Europe.)
344 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
=Notemigonus Rarinesquez, Journal de Physique, 1819, 421. (Type
N. auratus Raf. = Cyp. americanus L.)
=Stilbe Dexkay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 204. (Type C. crysoleucas Mit.=
C. americanus L.)
= Leucosomus GirarD, 1853 (not of Heckel = Semotilus). (Type C.
crysoleucas Mit.)
= Luxilus Girarp, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1856, 203 (not of Raf.). (Type
C. crysoleucas Mit.)
= Plargyrus Putnam, Bulletin M. C. Z., 1863, 7 (not of Raf.). (Type
Rutilus (Plargyrus) chrysoleucas (Mit.) Raf.)
= Stilbius GIL, Can. Naturalist, 1865, 18. (Type Cyprinus americanus
Lacépéde.)
31. NOTEMIGONUS AMERICANUS.
Cyprinus americanus Linnaeus, ‘Syst. Nat., I, 530.” Lacépéde, “V, pl.
15, 1803.” Shaw, ‘‘Gen. Zool., V, 204.”
Leuciscus americanus Storer, Synopsis, 408, 1846.
Leucosomus americanus ‘* Girard, 1853.” Storer, Fishes Mass., 1855,
283.
Luxilus americanus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 203.
Plargyrus americanus Putnam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1868, 7. Cope, Proc.
Phil. Ac. Sc., 1864, 281.
Stilbius americanus Gill, Canadian Naturalist, Aug., 1865, 18.
Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 224.
Stilbe americana Cope, Cyp. Penn., 1866, 389. Abbott, Am. Nat., 1870,
4. Goode, Bulletin U. S. Museum, VI, 1876, 64. Uhler and
Lugger, Fishes of Maryland, 1876, 145.
Abramis americanus Giinther, Cat Fishes, VII, 1868, 305.
Notemigonus americanus Jordan, Bulletin Buffalo Nat. Hist. Soc.,
1876, 93; Man. Vert., 291. Nelson, Bull. Ills. Nat. Hist. Soc.,
1876.
Cyprinus crysoleucus Mitchill, ‘‘ Rept. Fishes N. Y., 23;” ‘¢Trans. Lit.
and Phil. Soc., 1, 459, 1815.”
Rutilus chrysoleucus Raf., Ich. Oh., 1820, 48.
Cyprinus (Leuciscus) chrysoleucus Rich., ‘‘F. B. A., III, 122, 1837.”
Leuciscus chrysoleucus Storer, ‘‘ Rept. Fish Mass., 1839, 88.”
Kirtland, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., IV, 305, 1843.
Stilbe chrysoleuca Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 204.
Cyprinus hemiplus Raf., Am. Monthly Mag., 1818, 121.
Abramis versicolor Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 191.
Leuciscus versicolor Storer, Synopsis, 415.
Leuciscus obesus Storer, ‘‘ Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., July, 1845 ;” Synop-
sis, 418, 1846.
Stilbe obesa Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, 359.
Luzxilus obesus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 203.
? Luxilus seco Girard, 1. c.; Pac. R. R. Surv., X, 281.
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 345
This species is quite abundant in still places in small
streams, and in cut-offs among weeds and “Spatter-docks.”
My specimens do not differ obviously from northern ones of
this widely diffused species.
CATOSTOMIDZA.
CATOSTOMUS.
<Catostomus Lr Sueur, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., I, 1818. (Type Oyp.
catostomus Foster = C. hudsonius Le S. = C. longirostrum Le Sueur, the
prior name. )
>Decactylus RaFrrinesquE, Ich. Oh., 1820. (Type C. bostoniensis Le
S. = C. teres).
>Hypentelium Rarimesqur, Amer. Monthly Mag., 1818. (Type
Exoglossum macropterum Raf. = C. nigricans).
>Hylomyzon Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, 207. (Type C.
nigricans Le Sueur.)
382. CATOSTOMUS NIGRICANS.
var. etowanus. Var. nov.
var. nigricans.
Catostomus nigricans Le Sueur, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1, 102, 1818.
Kirtland, Rept. Zool. Ohio., 1888, 169, 193. Dekay, Fishes
N. Y., 1842, 202. Kirtland, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., V, 273,
1845. Storer, Synopsis, 421. Cuv. and Val., “XVII, 453.”
Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 17, 1868. Cope, Journ. Phil. Ac.
Sci., 1868, 236; Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870, 468. Uhler and
Lugger, Fishes of Md., 1876, 138.
Cyprinus (Catostomus) nigricans Rich., ‘‘ F. B. A., III, 120.”
Hylomyzon nigricans Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, 90. Put-
nam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 10. Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1864,
285. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 231.
Hypentelium nigricans Jordan, Bull. Buff. Nat. Hist. Soc., 1876, 96;
Man. Vert., 1876, 294. Nelson, Bull. Ills. Mus., 1876.
Catostomus maculosus Le Sueur, |. c., 103. , Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 203.
Cuv. and Val., ‘“‘XVII, 454.” Storer, Syn., 422. Uhler and
Lugger, 1. c., 139.
Exoglossum macropterum Raf., Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., I, 421. Cuv. and Val.,
“XVII, 486.” Storer, Synopsis, 428.
Hypentelium macropterum Raf., Ich. Oh., 1820, 68.
? Catostomus xanthopus Raf., Ich. Oh., 57.
? ? Catostomus (Eurystomus) megastomus Raf., Ich. Oh., 59.
Catostomus planiceps Cuy. and Val., ““ XVII, 450.” Storer, Synopsis,
1846, 426.
346 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
My specimens of this species from the Etowah agree
closely with each other, and differ somewhat from northern
specimens. The southern form is, perhaps, a recognizable
variety, which may be termed efowanus.
This form may be characterized as follows : —
Head shortish, 45 to 44 in length; eye moderate, about as in nigricans.
Form, scales, etc., aS in var. nigricans. Lat. 1., 48. D. uniformly I, 10.
A., 1,7. V.,9. Pectorals shorter and broader than in nigricans, 44 to 5
in length of body.
Body nearly black above, the color running down on the sides, and
changing abruptly into the silvery hue of the belly. A whitish spot at
the base of each scale,— these forming: conspicuous pale streaks along
the rows of scales. Dorsal black edged; other fins decidedly red in life.
Habitat. Water basin of the Etowah and Oostanaula,
abounding in rapids and clear places. Known as Hog-molly
(Mullet), Crawl-a-bottom, and Hog Sucker.
A number of specimens of this variety, compared with
nigricans of the same size, show the following differences :—
* D. I, 11; head long (41 in length); pectorals long; 4 to 45
in length of body; lower fins olivaceous or dull orange ;
colors relatively dull; scales without streaks. Northern.
c a : : , - 5 A 4 5 NIGRICANS.
** 1D. I, 10; head shorter (44); pectorals shorter (42) ; lower
fins red; colors brighter; pale stripes along the rows
scales. Southern. - : C 4 - ETOWANUS.
ERIMYZON.
— Moxostoma Aaassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, 354; not Mox-
ostoma of Raf., 1820. (Type C. oblongus Mit.)
= Erimyzon Jorpan, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1876, 95. (Type C.
oblongus Mit.)
33. ERIMYZON OBLONGUS.
Cyprinus oblongus Mitchill, ‘‘Report Fishes N. Y., 23,” and ‘‘Trans.
Lit. and Phil. Soc., I, 459.”
Catostomus oblongus Le Sueur, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1, 108. “* ?
Cuv. and Val., XVII, 441.” Storer, Synopsis, 423.
Labeo oblongus Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 193.
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 347
Moxostoma oblongum Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, XIX, 203,
1855.. Putnam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 10:. Cope, Proc. Amer.
Phil. Soc., 1870, 468. Gitinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 1868, 21.
Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 221.
Erimyzon oblongus Jordan, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1876, 95;
Man. Vert., 294. Nelson, Bull. Ills. Museum Nat. Hist., 1876.
Catostomus gibbosus Le Sueur, Jour. Phil. Ac. Sci., I, 92, 1818. Storer,
‘¢Rep’t Fishes Mass., 88.” Cuv. and Val., ‘“‘X VII, 443.” Storer,
Synopsis, 420; Fishes Mass., 291. Kirtland, Family Visitor.
Labeo gibbosus Dekay; Fishes N. Y., 194.
Catostomus tuberculatus Le Sueur, 1. c., 88. Storer, ‘‘ Report, 85.” De-
kay, Fishes N. Y., 199. Cuv. and Val., ‘““X VII, 444.”
Catostomus vittatus Le Sueur, |. c., 104. Dekay, 1. c., 203. Cuv. and
Val., ‘‘X VII, 459.” Storer, Synopsis, 422.
Catostomus fasciolaris Rafinesque, Ich. Oh., 1820, 58.
Catostomus elegans Storer, Synopsis, 425.
Labeo elegans Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 192.
Labeo esopus Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 195.
Catostomus esopus Storer, Synopsis, 425.
Moxostoma anisurus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, 203 (not of Raf.).
? Moxostoma campbelli Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 171; U. S. Mex.
. Bound. Surv., 34.
Moxostoma kennerlyt Girard, l.c. 1. ¢.
My specimens do not differ obviously from northern ones
of this widely diffused and variable species. It is known at
Rome as Yellow Sucker.
34. ERIMYZON MELANOPS.
Catostomus melanops Raf., Ich. Oh., 1820, 57. Kirtland, Rep’t Zool. Ohio,
169, 193; Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., V, 271. Agassiz, Amer.
Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, 356.
Piychostomus melanops Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, 19.
Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870, 478.
Moxosioma melanops Jordan, Mss., 1875.
Erimyzon melanops Jordan, Bull. Buff. Nat. Hist. Soc., 1876, 95;
Man. Vert., 294. Nelson, l. c.
Catostomus fasciatus Le Sueur, in Cuv. and Val., ‘‘ XVII, 449.” Storer,
Synopsis, 426. Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 19.
Ptychostomus fasciatus Milner, Rep’t U. S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries,
1872-3.
Moxostoma victorie Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 171; Mex. Bound.
Surv., 34.
Abundant in the Etowah water basin, where it is known
348 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
as Sand Sucker or Striped Sucker. My specimens are iden-
tical with those from the Ohio River and the Great Lakes.
If H#. sucetta (Lacépéde) is not the same as #. melanops, we
can never know it until specimens are taken in the original
localities. The name sucefta has priority.
MYXOSTOMA.
<Catostomus Lr Sueur, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., I, 1818. (Type C.
hudsonius Le Sueur.)
> Moxostoma Rar., Ich. Oh., 1820, 54. (Type C. anisurus Raf.).
x Teretulus Ra¥FinesquE, Ich. Oh., 57, 1820. (Type C. auréolus Le
Sueur.)
—Ptychostomus AGassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855. (Type C.
aureolus, Le Sueur.)
85. MYXOSTOMA EURYOPS. Sp. nov.
I dislike to introduce another specific name into a genus
already overloaded with nominal species, but the present
fish is so singular in its physiognomy, and so apparently un-
like the other species of this genus, that I do not know what
to do with it unless I give it independent rank. The only
species which seems to be at all similar is 7. bucco ( Ptychos-
tomus bucco Cope, Hayden’s Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870,
437).
Body stout, compressed, heavy forwards, tapering behind into a slender
caudal peduncle; depth 4 in length; head 44 in length, very short, deep,
and thick, almost cubical, the snout prominent and nearly vertical, the
profile being abruptly decurved in a manner very unusual among Suckers;
eye excessively large, longer than snout, near to the top of the head,
forming more than one-third of the side of the head (in a specimen six
inches long), nearly equal to the wide and flattish interorbital space.
Vertex slightly concave; mucous ridges rather prominent.
Greatest width of head (through cheeks) greater than the width of the
body, and equal to greatest depth of head, 14 in length of head, and 6 in
length of body; mouth inferior, the lips but faintly plicate; lower lip full,
truncate behind, not 4 -shaped.
Scales large, equal; 15 before dorsal fin; lateral line distinct and nearly
straight, with 48 scales.
Djelg licen cls aondene Wiesiae
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 349
Color plain olivaceous above, silvery below; dorsal and caudal dusky.
Fins not red.
Length of only specimen, 64 inches.
Taken in Lovejoy’s Creek, a small tributary of Oostanaula
River, near Floyd Springs, 14 miles north of Rome. One
of the “natives” “reckoned it was a Jumping Mullet,” but
no one else remembered having seen it before.
86. MYXOSTOMA DUQUESNII.
a. var. duquesnii.
Catostomus duquesnii Le Sueur, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., I, 105. Rafinesque,
Ich. Oh., 60. Kirtland, Rep’t Zool. Ohio., 169, 192; Bost. Journ.
Nat. Hist., V, 268. Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 203. Storer, Synop-
sis, 428. Cuv. and Val., ‘“‘X VII, 458.” Giinther, Cat. Fishes,
VII, 18. Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, 356.
Piychostomus duquesnii Agassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, 89.
Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870, 476. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv.,
1874, 221; Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 876, 195.
Teretulus duquesnei Cope, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1838, 236. Nelson,
l.c. Jordan and Copeland, Check List, 1876.
Moxostoma duquesnet Jordan, Man. Vert., 295.
Catostomus erythrurus Rafinesque, Ich. Oh., 59, 1820.
Ptychostomus erythrurus Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., 1870, 474.
b. var. lachrymalis.
Ptychostomus lachrymalis Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870, 474.
I do not think it possible to recognize lachrymalis, duques-
net, erythrurus, and oneida, as characterized by Prof. Cope,
as distinct species. In the Ohio River, the “Common Red
Horse of the fishermen,” usually answers Le Sueur’s duques-
net best, but most specimens have nine ventral rays, while
many have nine rays on one side and ten on the other; and
some not differing in any other respect, have ten.
My specimens from the tributaries of the Etowah answer
best to erythrurus and lachrymalis of Cope. Lachrymalis
is the more abundant, and my specimens of it are more
blackish in color, with larger mouth and smaller scales than
those of the former. Both in life have the lower fins rosy,
350 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
becoming orange in death. They are locally known as
White Sucker. Without further discussion of this unsatis-
factory subject, I present the following table of measure-
ments of “Red Horse” from different waters ; all of which I
would refer to duquesnii et vars.
|
|
5 ; : aa ee emalices jes : :
ASldslas [eS (A Slsslesississ
ae$leSlailsilesir8 2 § 5 Ss qs
opIE Slo SISOSI/ZBILSSBILSSI4ASI|S4S
tS) Ses Sl See S ce S| Sys =
ASIP SIF SIA SIE SISBVIS SIASIHS
a i=
f wee
Head in length..sccsesesccece 4.1 4.5 4.1 4.3 4.3 4.5 4 4.3 4.3
Depth in length........sseeeee. 42 | 44 | 41 | 43 | 43 | 4.7 | 4 3.3 | 3.4
Hye in head.......ccsececsceces 42 | 43 | 45 | 4 3.6 | 3.3 | 3 5 3.7
DOYSAlVAYS..cccecccccccccceres 1S!) 1.125) TS) LS) Le Se es ess ere,
Ventral rays... ..c.sccccceccese 9; 9. 9. 9. 9. 10 9 a: 9
Lateral lin€.........ssescsesces 42-43 | 46 47 48 45 47 42 45 43
Length of specimen........... 12in.}10in.}11in.} 8in.|14in.} 8in.|12in.| 12in.|10in.
SILURIDA.
LCA? BoAzy LU UR St
Ictalurus RarinesQuek, Ich. Oh., 63. (Type P. maculatus Raf. = 8.
punctatus Raf., 1818.)
ICHTHALURUS PUNCTATUS.
Silurus punctatus Rafinesque, Am. Monthly Mag., 1818, III, 355.
Ictalurus punctatus Jordan, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1876, 95;
Manual Vertebrates, 300. Nelson, 1. c.
Silurus maculatus Raf., Journal R. Inst., 1820.
Pimelodus maculatus Raf., Ich. Ohi., 62.
Silurus pallidus Rafinesque, Journ. Royal Inst., London, 1820.
Pimelodus pallidus Raf., Ich. Oh., 63. Kirtland, ‘‘ Rep’t Zool. Ohio,
169, 194.”
Silurus cerulescens Raf., 1. c.
Pimelodus cerulescens Raf., Ich. Ohi., 68. Kirtland, 1. ce. Storer,
Synopsis, 405.
Ictalurus ccerulescens Gill, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1862, 43.
Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1865, 85; Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870,
489. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Surv., 1874, 222.
Ichthelurus cerulescens Cope, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1868, 237.
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 351
Silurus argentinus Raf., 1. c.
? Pimelodus caudafurcatus LeSueur, Mémoires du Muséum, V, 152, 1819.
Amiurus caudafurcatus Giinther, Cat. Fishes, V, 102.
Pimelodus argyrus Raf., Ich. Ohi., 64.
? Pimelodus furcifer Cuv. and Val., ‘* XV, 139.”
Ictalurus furcifer Gill, 1. c.
? Pimelodus olivaceus Girard, Pac. R. R. Surv., X, 211, 1858.
Ictalurus olivaceus Gill. 1, ¢.
Pimelodus hammondi Abbott, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1860, 568.
? Ictalurus simpsoni Gill, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1862, 43.
The Blue Cat or Channel Cat is taken in considerable
numbers in the Etowah and Oostanaula. A large specimen,
procured of a fisherman, does not differ obviously from oth-
ers from the French Broad and the Wabash.
AMIURUS:
= Ameiurus RaFinesquE, Ich. Ohi., 1820, 65. (Type P. cupreus Raf.)
— Amiurus GILL, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1862, 46.
37. AMIURUS CUPREUS.
Silurus cupreus Raf., Journal Royal Inst., London, 1820.
Pimelodus cupreus Rafinesque, Ich. Oh., 1820, 65. Kirtland, ‘‘ Rep’t
Zool. Ohi., 169, 194;” Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., 1V. Dekay,
Fishes, N. Y., 187. Storer, Synopsis, 404. Girard, Proc. Phil.
Ac. Sc¢., 1859; 159.
Amiurus cupreus Gill, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1862, 45. Cope,
Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., 1870, 485. Jordan, Bulletin Buff. Soc.
Nat. Hist., 1876, 96; Man. Vert., 302. Nelson, l. c.
Ameiirus cupreus Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1865, 276.
? Pimelodus felinus Girard, Pac. R. R. Surv., X, 209.
? Amiurus felinus Gill, 1. c. Cope, 1. c.
Pimelodus antoniensis Girard, 1. c.
Amiurus antoniensis Gill, 1. c. Cope, l. ¢.
This species abounds in the deeper and more muddy trib-
utaries of the Etowah and Oostanaula. Most of my speci-
mens were taken in Beech Creek. They do not differ obvi-
ously from specimens from the Illinois River. It is known
locally as Yellow Cat.
352 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
NOTURUS.
Noturus Rarinesque, Am. Monthly Mag., 1818, 41. (Type N. flavus
Raf.)
Schilbeodes “BLrEkEr, Act. Soc. Sc., Indo-Nederl, 4, 258 ” (Type
S. gyrinus Mitchill.)
88. NOTURUS LEPTACANTHUS. Sp. nov.
Head small, 4 in length, without furrow above, long and narrow, nearly
as wide across the snout as behind the eyes; width of head 54 in length,
without caudal, less than the width of the body; upper jaw much the
longer; eye 6 in head; barbels very short, the longest shorter than head.
Premaxillary band of teeth without lateral processes.
Body slender, elongate, compressed behind; the belly full; depth 54 in
length.
Dorsal fin beginning one-third the distance from snout to caudal, mid-
way between snout and middle of anal; dorsal and pectorals very small
and short, their spines extremely weak and slender, not one-fourth the
length of the head. Caudal fin rounded, continuous with the adipose fin.
Mintrays. VD LG. ees ies. VAL a4:
Color pale reddish yellow, slightly blotched.
Habitat. Silver Creek,—a single specimen taken a mile
above its junction with the Etowah.
The species of this genus have not been well described
and it is not easy to present a comparative table of their
characters. This species seems to differ from all the others
in the small and narrow head, and particularly in the very
small and slender dorsal and pectoral spines which are devoid
of internal serratures.
ANGUILLIDZ.
ANGUILLA.
Anguilla “ THunBERG, Nouv. Mem. Stock., 179.” (Type Murena an-
guilla L. = A. vulgaris).
39. ANGUILLA VULGARIS Fleming (Dareste).
The Common Eel occurs in the Etowah and Oostanaula.
The only specimens which we caught were less than half an
inch long, and they escaped through the cover of the live-
pail. The synonymy of this species will be presented else-
where.
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 353
LEPIDOSTEIDA.
LEPIDOSTEUS.
Lepisosteus Laciripr, ‘Hist. Nat. des Poissons, V., 1803, gale
(Type L. gavialis Lac. = Esox osseus L.)
Lepidosteus AGassiz, Poissons Fossiles, II, 1843.
40. LEPIDOSTEUS OSSEUS. (Lacépéde) Agassiz.
I shall present elsewhere what I consider to be the synon-
ymy of this species, to which for the present all our long-
nosed Gars may be referred. A single specimen was taken
in the Etowah, which would probably be ZL. ofarius Cope, in
Prof. Cope’s arrangement (Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1865,
80), and Z. treculii Dum. in the wonderful. scheme of Prof.
August Dumeril (Hist. Nat. des Poissons, 1870). This
author recognizes 17 valid species of Lepidosteus proper,
besides several doubtful ones. These are distinguished by
characters often utterly trivial, some of them purely individ-
ual and often unlike on different sides of the same fish ;
others are dependent on age,—as the diameter of the eye
compared with the length of the lower jaw.
The specimen referred to from the Oostanaula differs from
all the other specimens of Gar Pike which I have seen, in its
color, it being almost jet black in life.
I give here the measurements of three Gars, with the
characters considered as specific in the schemes of Profs.
Dumeril and Cope.
354 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
= 2 ee ie cS s
a, Re We ICH =u
Be) Semmens ed
a
| 5
Habitat. 22. scveccsie “aiectioossecd hae bel ontenantnees White R., Ind. Rock R., Wis.
Length of specimen...... Sistalelois aletaieiaie' <telat ..| 30 inches. 30 inches. 42 inches.
Head in length (to upper base of caudal)... 3.1 3.4 3.1
Head compared to distance from V. to A... greater. equal. greater.
Eye in frontal Width... 2.5... ccpevcccecccecses 1.9 ari 2.8
Eye in distance to opercle, anteriorly....... 1.5 1.5 2.3
FIV OW LOW ESL) JAW caieelcisisie'clsis elelesieiscisic'scalsloeie's 8. 8.5 ll.
Ventrals in relation to position of P.and A.| midway. nearer P. |iin.nearer P.
Scales...... Sshooage6a5. deci aanese Spode 8-64-13 7-64-12 7-65-13
Dorsal rays...... Santonsaot Sannaiorelatalsnicreys 8 8 7
PATA PLY Ss cate (cle sie slelale’as o\clejelovolsie’sluicle)stotaieiais 10 1G) 10
AVC ETa Te yihaera sie sielnleiaie\ajo\siefs!sinjniaiale)sinieieferels 6 6 6
Pectoral rays..... sles slolsinie celslels aferalelaleiaintes 12 11 11
Lower jaw as to distance from P. to V...... shorter. shorter. nearly equal.
Scales in first ring behind Ventrals ...... cd 45 45 49
Scales in second ring before V........ nadiiod 43 43 41
First ring before D.= which before C....... second. third. third.
First ring before D. =which behind A...... sixth. sixth. fifth.
Distance from Y. to A. in length to
lower insertion of Caudal. TAA ai as a
i athe
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 859
Part II. CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER.
WuiLe waiting for a train at Atlanta, we were enabled to
spend part of a day in studying the fishes of the tributaries
of the Chattahoochee River. We first tried Peach Tree
Creek, some five miles north of the city. This stream is
deep and excessively muddy, and we secured nothing of note.
We then proceeded to Pace’s Ferry on the Chattahoochee,
but the canes on the shores and the snags and rocks in the
water, prevented us from accomplishing any thing. We
then struck a clear rapid stream known as Nancy’s Creek, a
mile or two above its mouth, and secured the species below
enumerated. It is to be noticed that the waters of the
Chattahoochee, like those of the Etowah, find their way to
the Gulf, while the Ocmulgee, whose source is only a few
miles distant, flows into the ocean. ,
1. MICROPTERUS SALMOIDES (Lacépéde) Gill.
2. *HELIOPERCA PALLIDA (Mitch.) Jordan.
3. NOCOMIS BIGUTTATUS (Kirtland) Cope and Jordan.
?Catostomus melanotus Raf., Ich. Oh., 58.
Ceratichthys melanotus Jordan, Man. Vert., 278.
Semotilus biguttatus Kirtland, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., 1840, III, 344.
Leuciscus biguttatus Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 214. Storer, Sy=
nopsis, 413.
Ceratichthys biguttatus Baird, Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 213.
Putnam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 8. Cope, Cyp. Penn., 1866, 366;
Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1868, 226; Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870, 459.
Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 178. Jordan, Ind. Geol. Survey, 1874,
228. Jordan and Copeland, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1876,
149. Nelson, Bull. Ills. State Mus., 1876. Uhler and Lugger,
Fishes Md., 144.. Cope and Yarrow, Lieut. Wheeler’s Survey,
1876. ;
Nocomis biguttatus Cope and Jordan, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sc., 1877.
* Helioperca Jordan, gen. noy. This genus differs from Lepiopomus in the absence
of palatine teeth, and in the structure of the gill rakers, which are more slender than
in Lepiopomus-and beset with fine prickles, like the stem of a briar. The type is
Labrus pallidus Mitch. (= Pomotis incisor C. and V.). Pomotis obscurus Ag. and
Lepiopomus ischyrus Jor. and Nelson, Mss., belong to Helioperca.. The etymology is
helios, sun, and perke, perch, suggesting the vernacular name of ‘ Sun-fish,” universal
in this country, ot: : ; 3
JUNE, 1877. 27 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. xt.
*
356 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
?Leuciscus croceus Storer, ** Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., July, 1845;”
Synopsis, 417.. Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, 359.
? Nocomis nebrascensis Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 213; Pac. R. R.
Surv., X, 254, 1858.
Nocomis bellicus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 213.
Ceratichthys cyclotis Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1864, 277; Cyp. Penn., 365.
Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 178. Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc.,
1874, 136.
? Ceratichthys micropogon Cope, |. ¢., 1. c. Gtinther, 1. c.; 179 (hybrid?).
Ceratichthys stigmaticus Cope, 1. c. 278, 1. c. 366. Giinther, 1. c.
We did not find this common species in any other of the
southern streams. It is probably not rare, however. J.
croceus Storer and NV. bellicus Girard, seem to have been
based upon it. Some highly colored spring males in my
possession from the lakes of Northern Indiana, have the fins
bright red, and the red spot on each side of the head, which
suggested the name of “biguttatus,” very conspicuous.
Other spring males have a singular swollen crest on the head.
4, PHOTOGENIS EURYSTOMUS. Sp. nov.
Form elongated, resembling P. stigmaturus, but heavier forwards, the
head more like that of Luxilus coccegenis and L. cornutus. Depth 43 in
length.
Head large, rather elongate, about 4 in length, its upper surface rounded
and (in males) covered with small tubercles.
Upper jaw slightly projecting beyond the large, oblique mouth, which
reaches to opposite the eye. Eye large,.3{ in head: Iris white, as in al-
lied species.
Scales moderately large, rather loose, the edges unusually pale. Lat. 1.
38 (37 to 40); 16 to 20 scales in front of dorsal.
Dorsal fin behind ventrals, nearer caudal than snout, low, about 5% in —
length of body.
D.,1,8. A., 1,8. Teeth 1, 4-4, 1, entire, without grinding surface.
Color very pale olive; a faint dark caudal spot. Dorsal with a very
faint dusky blotch on its last rays, and its tip, as well as those of the
anal and caudal, filled with white pigment. Some of the smaller speci-
mens had the caudal chiefly pale red, a red bar across dorsal, and a faint
red bar down the cheeks, as in Z. coccogenis. It is possible that the
breeding colors are brilliant, but all my specimens are very pale.
Habitat. Nancy’s Creek, a small tributary of the Chatta-
hoochee River above Atlanta, where it is quite abundant.
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 357
For a comparison with other species of Photogenis, see Part
I of this paper.
5. ERIMYZON OBLONGUS (Mitchill) Jordan.
6. MYXOSTOMA DUQUESNII (Le Sueur) Jordan.
7 ICHTHXLURUS PUNCTATUS (Rafinesque) Jordan.
This species is extremely abundant in Nancy’s Creek,
where we took two or three quite large specimens. In the
north I have never seen it outside of the river channels; and
hence its name of Channel Cat. Possibly the southern fish
is different, but if so, the distinctions have escaped my no-
tice. My specimens are very pale and silvery.
Part III. Ocmuncer River.
Our collections in this stream were made in the South
Fork, or South River, at Flat Shoals (Flat Rock P. O.),
in Dekalb Co., some 16 miles south-east of Atlanta. At
this point the river flows down an inclined plane on a bed of
granite, and as its banks have been cleared in the immediate
neighborhood of. the “Shoals,” it offers excellent advantages
for small seining. Our work was confined to one point, as
the river is thickly wooded above and below, and therefore
full of snags.
All the species obtained here were exceedingly pale in
color, probably owing in some way to the character of the
water or the bottom. In a general way, the fauna is very
similar to that. reported by Prof. Cope, from the Catawba.
The apparent absence of Luxilus cornutus is noteworthy. Of
course the sixteen species which we obtained form but a small
part of the number of fishes which occur in the basin of the
Ocmulgee.
1. HADROPTERUS NIGROFASCIATUS Agassiz.
Three large specimens taken in rapid water.
358 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
+
2, MICROPTERUS SALMOIDES (Lacépéde) Gill.
Abundant; known as “ Trout.”
Genus CHE NOBRYTTUS.
= Calliurus AGassiz, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854 (not of Rafinesque).
(Type C. punctulatus Ag., not of Raf.)
= Cheenobryttus Gan Amer. Journ. Sci. a 1864, 92. (Type Cal-
liutus melanops Girard.)
= Glossoplites Jorpan, Man. Vert., 1876, 234. (Type Calliurus mel=
anops Girard.)
8. CH NOBRYTTUS VIRIDIS (Cuv. and Val.) Jordan.
Two specimens taken in the Ocmulgee River, respec-
tively seven and three inches in length, are referred for the
present to the above species. I have had considerable diffi-
culty in identifying them, owing to imperfections in the de-
scriptions. They agree fairly with C. gulosus Cuvier, but
the coloration is certainly not that of “Pomotis vulgaris.”
CO. viridis Cuv., is very briefly described, but the coloration
is that of my specimens, and the reference of ‘this species to
Centrarchus, by Valenciennes, would imply that it is a large-’
mouthed species, and therefore a Chenobryttus. Calliurus’
jloridensis Holbrook, agrees in the main, but differs in one
or two minor characters. Lepomis gillii Cope, describes my
smaller specimen perfectly, even to the least detail, but my
larger one differs somewhat. These differences are probably
due to age. But Prof. Cope does not mention the teeth on
the tongue, which seem to me to be a very important: ape
probably even of generic yalue.*
At present it seems probable that our true Chenobryiti, or
Sun fishes with rounded operculum, three anal spines, an ad=
ditional maxillary bone, large mouth, and teeth on the tongue,’
will ultimately be reduced to two species, which are closely.
* Since the above was in press, 1 have examined the types of ZL. gillit Cope, and find
that they have teeth on the tongue, and also various specimens in the Smithsonian Col-
lections from localities in South Carolina and southw ard; I have no douhe whatever
of the identity of viridis, floridensis, and gillii.
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 359
related, the one, C. gulosus (C. and V.), occurring chiefly
west of the Alleghanies, and in the Great Lakes; the other,
C. viridis (C. and V.), occurring in the South Atlantic States.
The other species referred to Chenobryttus, or “ Calliurus,”
seem to me to form a natural genus for which the name Apo-
motis Raf., proposed for those species of Lepomis which
have avery short opercular flap, must be retained. These
have the tongue and pterygoids toothless, the mouth smaller,
the supernumerary bone small but present, the spines low,
and the appearance more like that of Lepomis.. Type Ich-
thelis cyanellus Raf., = Bryttus mineopas Cope. The name
Glossoplites was proposed by me for typical Chenobryttus,
under the erroneous impression that Chenobryttus melanops
Cope (Lchthelis Raf.), was the type of Cheenobryttus, instead
of Calliurus melanops Girard. Glossoplites is therefore to
be suppressed.
_ The synonymy of the supposed two species of Chenobryt-
tus will probably be as follows :—
CHZENOBRYTTUS GULOSUS.
Pomotis gulosus Cuv. and Val., III, 367 (Louisiana).
. Centrarchus gulosus Cuv. and Val., VII, 344. Dekay, Fishes N. Y.,
31 (copied). Storer, Synopsis, 291 (copied). Giinther, Cat.
Fishes, I, 258 (copied).
Calliurus gulosus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, 300 (no des-
cription).
Chenobryttus gulosus Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac Sci., 1865, 84 (Michigan,
not described). Jordan, Man. Vert., 235 (copied). Jordan
and Copeland, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1876, 137 (name only).
Jordan, Proc. Phil. Ac. Nat. Sci:, 1877.
Lepomis gulosus Cope, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1868, 223 (copied ?).
? Calliurus punctulatus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, 300 (Hunts-
ville, Ala., Tenn. R.; not described; not of Raf.).
Calliurus melanops Girard, Pac. R. R. Surv., X, 11, 1858 (Texas — va-
rious streams).
Bryttus melanops Giinther, Cat. Fishes, I, 260 (copied).
Chenobryttus melanops Gill, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1864, 92 (not
described; not of Cope).
Glossoplites melanops Jordan, Man. Vert., 1876, 223 (Illinois Raj ibs
~~ "817 (Lake Michigan; description of fresh specimens).
*
360 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
Lepomis charybdis Cope, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1868, 224 (copied; name pro-
posed as a substitute for melanops, preoccupied by Rafinesque).
Cheenobryttus charybdis Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870, 252 (mere
mention).
CHZENOBRYTTUS VIRIDIS.
Centrarchus viridis Cuv. and Val., VII, 345 (South Carolina). Dekay,
Fishes N. Y., 81 (copied). Storer, Synopsis, 291 (copied).
Chenobryitus viridis Jordan and Copeland, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat.
Hist., 1876, 137 (name only).
Bryttus reticulatus Cuv. and Val., VII, 345.(S. Car.), (and of various com-
pilers).
Calliurus jloridensis Holbrook, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1855, 53 (St. John’s
River).
Bryttus floridensis Giinther, Cat. Fishes, I, 260 (copied).
Chenobryttus floridensis Jordan and Copeland, Bull. Buff. Soc., 1876,
137 (name only).
Lepomis gillii Cope, Journ. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1868, 225 (James R., Va.; good
description of a young specimen).
Chenobryttus gillii Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870, 452 (‘All
streams of North Carolina, east of the Alleghanies; not found
in the French Broad”). Jordan and Copeland, 1. c. (name
only).
Glossoplites gillii Jordan, Manual Vert., 233 (copied).
My larger specimen shows the following characters :—
General form of Ambloplites; rather elongate; robust and thick; depth
24 in length; thickness half the depth; head large, somewhat acuminate,
21in length. Eye large, equal to snout, 44 in head; maxillary extending
to opposite its posterior margin; supplementary bone large; mucous cav-
ities and grooves well developed; cheeks and opercles with large scales
in about six rows each; limb of preopercle dentate; profile making but a
slight angle. A conspicuous patch of teeth on the tongue.
Dorsal, X—9, in a furrow; A., III, 8. Lateral line 43, six rows of scales
above it and about 11 below. Soft rays of vertical fins, considerably
scaly.
Spines stout, the longest dorsal spine } the length of the head, as long
as from snout to middle of eye; third anal spine still longer. All the
spines shorter than the soft rays. Pectorals reaching beyond tips of ven-
trals. Caudal emarginate. Opercular spot moderate, smaller than eye.
General color olive green, with a golden lustre; each scale with a black-
ish spot, these forming very conspicuous lines along the rows of scales;
fins mottled, the mottlings darkest on the dorsal behind, but hardly forming
a spot; three broad faint oblique bars across the opercles; faint traces of
vertical bars; the general color retained in spirits; no red in life, except
a shade on the iris, and no distinct black in death.
*
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 361
The small specimen is more elongate, with higher spines ;
higher than the short rays, and the vertical bars quite dis-
tinct, as in the young of Helioperca pallida.
tod
Length of larger specimen, 7 inches; smaller 3 inches.
Taken in the South Fork of the Oemulgee River, where
the species is known as “ Bream” and “ Red Eye.”
This species is closely related to “Ch. melanops,” or “gulo-
sus.” A specimen of the latter from Lake Michigan, eight
inches long, differs from the above description in the follow-
ing particulars : —
“Body stouter, thicker and deeper; the generic characters more em-
phatic; depth 2} in length; head 22; angle made by projection of snout
greater; lat. 1.,40; spines shorter, longest 34 in head; opercular spot very
large, as large as eye. Coloration quite different; in spirits nearly black;
in life as follows:—Dark olive green above; sides greenish and brassy,
with blotches of pale blue and bright coppery red, the latter shadé pre-
dominating; belly bright brassy yellow, profusely mottled with light red;
lower jaw chiefly yellow; iris bright red; opercular spot black, bordered
with copper color; three or four dark red bands radiating backwards from
eye across cheeks and opercles, separated by narrow pale blue ones; upper
fins barred with black, orange and blue, the black predominating; lower
fins blackish. The young of this species is very much mottled and
blotched, somewhat as in Ambloplites rupestris, but the pattern of marking
more chain-like, sometimes forming obscure vertical bars.
4. LEPIOPOMUS AURITUS.
Labrus auritus ‘‘Linneus, Systema Nature.”
Lepomis auritus Gill, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1864, 93.
Ichthelis auritus Jordan and Copeland, Bull. Buff. Soc., 1876, 138.
Pomotis rubricauda Holbrook, Ich. 8. Car. Ist. Ed., 10, 1855. Gitinther,
Cat. Fishes, I, 262, part.
Ichthelis rubricauda Holbrook, Ich. S. Car., 1860, 15. Putnam,
M. C. Z., 1863, 6. Jordan, Man. Vert., 239.
Lepomis rubricauda Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870, 452.
Many small specimens of this species were taken; and the
remains of two or three large ones, thrown away by the fish-
ermen, were seen. The common long-eared Sunfish of the
North-east (Pomotis or Lepomis appendix of authors) is
probably identical with Lepiopomus auritus.
362 Fishes of Upper Gleorgia..
5. ESOX RETICULATUS Le Sueur.
var. AFFINIS (Holbrook) Jordan.
A single large specimen of this species was taken. It is
known locally as the Jack.
6. SEMOTILUS CORPORALIS (Mitchill) Putnam.
-A few small specimens from a little Spring run,—not
file in the river.
7. NOCOMIS RUBRIFRONS Jordan.
This little fish we found quite abundant. It is possible
that it is specifically different from the northern form.
8 HYBOPSIS HUDSONIUS.
var. AMARUS.
var. hudsonius.
Clupea hudsonia Dewitt Clinton, ‘Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. N. 1G
49, 1824.” .
Leuciscus hudsonius Dekay, Fishes N. Y., 1842, 206. Storer, Sy-
nopsis, 409. Agassiz, Lake Superior, 1850,272. Gtinther, Cat.
Fishes, VII, 251.
Hybopsis hudsonius Putnam, Bull. M. C. Z., 1863, 9. Cope, Cyp.
Penn., 386. Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., 1870, 460. Jordan;
Man. Vert., 1876, 281. Jordan and Copeland, Bull. Buff. Soc.,
1876, 150. ;
Hudsonius fluviatilis Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 210.
var. amarus.
Hudsonius amarus Girard, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1856, 210. “We
Hybopsis amarus Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1870, 460: Jordan and
Copeland; Bull. Buff. Soc., 1876, 150.
Hybopsis phaénna Cope, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1864, 279. Abbott, Am.
Naturalist.
My specimens show the following characters : —
. Head stout, broad above and rather short, 44 in length, depth 42; the
form elongated.
’ Top of head flattish; snout curved, but not so abruptly bent downward
as represented in Dekay’s figure of L. hudsonius. Eye very large, about
3 in head, rather greater than snout. Mouth moderate, inferior, some-
what oblique. ah iis? =
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 363
. Seales large, 14 before the dorsal, 38 in the lateral line. Dorsal over
ventrals; pectorals not reaching ventrals, the latter not to vent. D., I,
7. A.,I,8. Teeth in specimens examined 1, 4-4,0. Length of largest
Giecuien 4% inches.
, Color uniform—very pale olive, becoming silvery; a silvery iepeea
band, a gilt vertebral line, and traces of a faint caudal spot.
Flabitat. South fork of the Ocmulgee River, very abun-
dant. This seems to differ from hudsonius chiefly in its pale
color and less convex front. I therefore here consider
amarus as a variety only; still it may be a distinct species.
Later comparisons have oeoancd me that’ the latter view is
correct.
EPISEMA.
Episema Corr and Jorpan, Proc. Phil. Ac. Nat. Sci., 1877. (Typé
Photogenis scabriceps Cope.)
9. EPISEMA CALLISEMA. Sp. nov.
_ Body elongated, fusiform, compressed; depth 42 in length (44 to 42).
’ Head ‘elongate, somewhat abruptly truncate, about 4 in length; snout
projecting beyond the moderate-sized, oblique mouth, which reaches to
nearly opposite the eye. Head and upper neck tuberculate, as in Photo-
genis. Eye moderate, 44 in ‘head.
Scales firm, closely imbricated, with dark edges, 15 before dorsal, 39 in
the lateral line. Dorsal fin—in male specimens —immensely high, its
length more than } the length of the body (in females +), the last rays
extending backward nearly as far as the large anal.
Dorsal directly over ventrals, or perhaps very slightly posterior, its fir a
ray over the second or third of ventrals, nearer snout than base of éaudal
fin. Pectorals not reaching ventrals, the latter to vent. D., 1,8. A.,I, 8.
Teeth uniformly 0, 4-4, 0, of the same form as in P. stigmaturus, hooked,
and with sharp, entire cutting edge. Females smaller than males; dull
in color, with small and slender heads; the two sexes appearing like dif-
ferent species. Length, 2 or 3 inches.
Coloration brilliant; clear dark: blue above, sides and below abuts
silvery; a blue lateral streak resembling that of P. ceruleus, bounding the
blue of the upper parts, the white pigment of the lower parts looking as
if painted on over the biue.
Dorsal with a large black spot on its last rays above; dorsal, anal, and
caudal with the usual satin-white pigment at their tips; these fins other-
wise of a bright clear ferruginous orange, characteristic of this species,
Flabitat. Very abundant in the South Fork of the Oc-
mulgee. - One of the handsomest of our Minnows, both in
364 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
form and coloration. Its relationships are entirely with P.
ceruleus, P. xenurus, and other species placed in Photo-
genis, but the anterior dorsal necessitates its reference to
Episema. LB. callisema resembles Cyprinella whipplet Grd.,
having a similar dorsal fin, but the latter species, according
to Girard’s description, has the dorsal nearer to the caudal
than the snout. It has also a longer anal fin, a larger eye,
and a deeper body, besides. the presence of two rows of teeth.
10. PHOTOGENIS XZNURUS.
Minnilus xenurus Jordan, Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci., 1877, 79.
This beautiful species is fully described in the paper above
cited. It-is the most abundant species in the Ocmulgee
River, and we obtained hundreds of specimens. The males
are provided with rows of quite large tubercles along the
sides of the caudal peduncle — one on each scale — in addi-
tion to those which are found upon the head and neck. The
bases of the pectorals, ventrals, and anal, are filled with white
pigment, as are the tips of the dorsal and caudal. The col-
oration in general resembles that of P. cailistius, but the
black caudal spot is obsolete, and the size is much smaller-
I at first identified this with P. pyrrhomelas Cope; but a
comparison with Cope’s types shows several points of differ-
ence.
11. NOTEMIGONUS ISCHANUS. Sp. nov.
A species of this genus, for which the above name is pro-
posed, is very abundant in still waters in the Ocmulgee
River. It differs from WV. americanus in the extreme com-
pression of the body, and in the longer anal fin.
- Head rather long and slender, depressed and flat between the eyes, more
pointed than in N. americanus, and less rounded above, 4} in length.
Mouth longer and less oblique. Eye very large, white, much larger than
in americanus, about 3 in head (nearly 4 in americanus of the same size),
the maxillary reaching eye. i
Body elongate; depth 33 in length; excessively compressed, perhaps
more so than in any other Cyprinoid whatever; the greatest thickness
being less than the thickness of the head, and less than half the length of
the head. Back and belly closely compressed. ;
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 365
+ Seales rather larger than in americanus; lateral line 41 to 45; scales of
sides and lateral line not dark-edged; the punctulations above not gath-
ered into little spots.
D., 1,18. ‘A., 1,16 (1, 15 to I, 18). Teeth 0, 5-5, 0, rather slender, with
short hook, and the edge not strongly crenate; the 5 nearly in one line.
Color very pale olive above, with silvery lustre. My specimens are all
extremely pale, which is, perhaps, a local peculiarity; lower fins red in
spring males.
The described species of this genus may be compared as
follows : — ;
* Beginning of dorsal decidedly nearer caudal than muzzle.
a. Eye moderate, about 4 in head.
ISOs 2D). .* 45, 7 'Or (833) Ace i 12 tool, 14-7 lat.91¢'50-" scales
small, their edges punctate; head short, blunt,
rounded above; lateral line strongly decurved;
~ Maine to Minnesota and Alabama. . : AMERICANUS.
bb. D., I, 10; A., I, 11; snout elongated, flattish; Cali-
fornia. : . 2 3 - A . - « OCCIDENTALIS.
aa. Eye very large, about 3 in head (in specimens of 4 inches
in length).
c. Snout short; mouth little oblique; head 44 in length;
D., 1, 8; As, 1,14; body considerably compressed.
Texas. : ° - 5 . - F z 2. BECO.
cc. Snout elongated, flattened above; mouth strongly
oblique; head 43 in length; D., I, 8; A., I, 16; scales
large ; lat. 1.43; body elongated, very strongly com-
pressed; its thickness not half the length of the
head. Ocmulgee R. 2 , ° 4 A ISCHANUS.
** Beginning of dorsal not nearer caudal than muzzle.
d. Body long and slender, the head 44 in length; D., I, 8; A.,
I, 13; scales large; snout blunt. Texas. - LEPTOSOMUS.
dd. Body stouter; head 4 in length; D., I, 8; A., I, 10.
Arkansas. . ° - . - : = - LUCIDUS.
12. EERIMYZON OBLONGUS (Mitchill) Jordan.
This species occurs in the Ocmulgee in some abundance.
13, MYXOSTOMA CERVINUM.
Teretulus cervinus Cope, Journ. Phil. Ac, Sci., 1868, 235. Jordan and
Copeland, Bull. Buff. Soc., 1876, 157.
Ptychostomus cervinus Cope, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 1870, 478.
Moxostoma cervinum Jordan, Man. Vert., 296.
This very distinct species has been well described by Prof.
Cope. My specimens all have 9 ventral rays, instead of 10,
366 Fishes of Upper Georgia..
and the dorsal rays vary from I, 10, to I, 12. This species
seems to be the smallest of all the Catostomide. It abounds
in the rapids and rock pools at the “Falls” at Flat Shoals.
14. MYXOSTOMA PAPILLOSUM.
Ptychostomus papillosus Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., 1870, 470.
Teretulus papillosus Jordan and Copeland, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat.
Hist., 1876, 158.
This marked and handsome species abounds in the Oc-
mulgee’ River, where it is known as the White Sucker.
The papillose lips separate it sharply from all the other
known species of this genus. My specimens differ some-
what from Prof. Cope’s description, as follows. The dorsal
outline I should call considerably elevated, rather than “not
at all elevated ;” the large head is rather more than one-fourth
the length; the eye is quite Jarge, about 4 in head; the lips
seem to me to be coarsely granular, rather than “finely ;” and
finally the dorsal radii are I, 13, and I, 14. Its colors are
very pale and silvery.
15. ALOSA SAPIDISSIMA (Wilson) Storer.
Fishermen told us that the Shad ascends the Ocmulgee
River as far as the Shoals. We saw no specimens.
16. ICHTHZXLURUS PUNCTATUS (Rafinesque) Jordan.
- The Blue Cat, White Cat, or Channel Cat, is excessively
abundant in the Ocmulgee. We obtained a great number
of specimens, mostly small. They seem to be identical
with the northern species, although their habits appear dif-
ferent. This species occurs only below the “Falls” or
“Shoals.”, We.were informed that all attempts to introduce
it above have failed: .
"17, AMIURUS BRUNNEUS §p. nov.
A small Cat- fish from the Ocmulgee, was identified ee me
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 367
with Girard’s Pimelodus vulpeculus * (Proc. Phil. Ac. Sci.;
1859, 160), but a comparison with Girard’s type, made as
this is passing through the press, assures me of their entire
difference. A. vulpeculus has equal jaws,.a truncate caudal,
and 22 anal rays. I therefore propose to call my species
A. brunneus. .
My specimens show the following characters : — the meas-
urements:are taken from my frvese go Sane es which is about
six inches long.
Body slender, elongate, depressed and broad in front, closely compressed
behind, the greatest depth only about } of length.
' Head flat, broad, and long, about 4 in length.
Upper jaw much longest, projecting more than in any other Amiurus
known to me; mouth wide; its width half the length of the head; as
great as the greatest depth of the head. Eye rather large, 5 in head and
22 in the interorbital space (in young of 6 inches); the latter broad, flat-
tish, its width half the length of head.
Dorsal fin well forward, nearer snout than adipose fin; the length of its
spine being contained four times between its base and the adipose fin,
which is small and narrow, well forward from the caudal, slightly behind
end of anal. Spines moderate, serrated. Anal fin short and deep, its
base equal to length of caudal, and less than one-fifth the length (without
caudal). Caudal fin slightly emarginate, more so than in catws, much
less so than in nigricans or‘albidus.
Dap ds Cae Tees bs, Was tees ves allaon aly, Melba)
Color pale olive brown, white’ below; a blackish horizontal bar at base
of dorsal, distinct in spirits. This species is well marked by its peculiar
form, and very short anal fin. It is apparently related to A. platycephalus,
but the latter has‘the jaws‘equal and’ the anal fin longer.
Habitat. Amiurus brunneus is e&ktremely abundant in
* Girard’s account is as follows: —‘“‘ We have likewise collected in Charleston, S. C.,
a Cat-fish, the general form of which is more slender than that of the preceding species
(P. puma); the anal fin is deeper and the caudal emarginated; features which will at
once differentiate the species to which we give here the name of Pimelodus vulpeculus.
The head, which is longer tham broad, constitutes the fourth of the total length. The
lower jaw is somewhat shorter-than.the upper one. .The eyes are of medium size;
their diameter being contained about eight times in the length of the side of the head
and four times only across the interocular space. The anterior niargin of the dorsal is
somewhat nearer the apex of the snout than the adipose, which is smaller and inserted
more anteriorly than in P..‘puma@. The caudal fin enters five times and a half in the total
length. The base of the anal is‘equal-to the caudal.” -
° e
368 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
the South Fork of the Ocmulgee, where we took great
numbers of small specimens, but none over six inches in
length. It is said to reach a considerable size, and is known
as the Yellow Cat.
RECAPITULATION.
The present investigation has shown the occurrence of 53
species in the rivers of Georgia, distributed as shown in the
list on the next page. Those species which we found so
common that they may be considered as characteristic of the
fauna,—or in other words, so abundant, that any succeeding
ichthyologist can visit these streams with a certainty of se-
curing them,—are designated by a star.(*).
Note. The following species from Georgia, in the U.S.
National Museum, may be added to the list on page 369.
This paper will now practically include all that is definitely
known in regard to the fresh-water fishes of Georgia.
Eupomotis pallidus (Ag.). Gill and Jor. . . = Coosa River.
Helioperca obscura (Ag.) Jor. : . . . : Coosa River.
Xenotis sanguinelentus (Ag.) Jor. . . . Savannah River.
Chaenobryttus gulosus (Val.) Cope. . . . Coosa River.
Pomoxys hexacanthus (Cuv.and Val.) Ag. . . Coosa River.
Asternotremia mesotrema Jor., MSS. . Precise locality unknown.
Photogenis grandipinnis Jor., MSS... Precise locality unknown.
Semotilus thoreauianus Jor., MSS. ° Precise locality. unknown.
Erimyzon melanops (Raf.) Jor. . ° . . . Coosa River.
Carpiodes cyprinus (Le 8.) Ag... . . ° . Coosa River.
Dorysoma cepedianum heterurum (Raf.) Jor. . : Coosa River.
Ichthelurus punctatus (Raf.) Jor. . . e . Coosa River.
Lepidosteus esseus (L.) Ag. . . : . . Coosa River.
Boleosoma olmstedi (Storer) Ag. . . . Ocmulgee River.
Centrarchus irideus (Bosc.) C. and V. . . ° Coosa River.
Centrarchus macropterus (Lac.) Jor. . : . Ocmulgee River.
‘ Aphododerus sayanus (Gill) pie . . . . Coosa River.
Pomoxys annularis Raf. . . . . . Coosa River.
Esox raveneli Holbr. .. : . : R . . Coosa River.
Hybopsis xenocephalus Jor. é é . - ° Coosa River.
Notemigonus ischanus Jor. (large specimens, lower
fins yellow, crimson-tipped) ¥ M . - Ocmulgee River.
Amiurus marmoratus (Holbr.) Jor. . . . Altamaha River.
Amiurus lividus (Raf.) Jon .». ». «© «© «© © Coosa River.
Fishes of Upper Georg
1a.
POP OSOHOHOSEEOOOSOTEHOEHSAOSEFOREESSOOEEEOEEEEOD SHHOHHOHEEEE ove
a POMOC RHEE EE HOH OHHH EEEESHESHEEEEEHEEEEEHES
CPR RHO REHOME HEHEHE HEHEHE HEEEEHEOEHEEE
pec pecccsepecgcesevese «snqejound suAINTByIWoL
ee ee at
~ WRUTAIO9 BULOISOX A
x Unsolpided vurojsox Ay
ere esnsuolqo uozAUILig
Cee eter see ee eemeeeaseeeneee
***y SHUBYISI SNUOSTULOJON
Sere ewes eee easesesseeeresasene
+, shouUNAG si.MTory
+++ snyvqjound sninpeqjyoy
i ee ee
rer rd eaeeees
aeeeeee Oe eee eee eee eee ee ey
RRR RH He HEHEHE EH EEO HSER OEHHEE HES
ssess*"1BA Tlusonbup vuUl0ysox tL
Oe UU U PET Oe Ue eee)
staeee *, SnSu0[qo woz Avan
seeee woeerreseses
. eee eeeerses
ee er) eee een eeesrsos
Co
tseseeeeees . MIMASIT[LO VUIASTAG
eee eee eee ee ee
*-*, GHinuax stuasojoyg
ee
Core wersseene eee ew eenoe ee
And s1u9d0j0UT
sore y ono 4sdé
Or eeeeseeane
Oren eeee
See ewer esses sasene
eee e een eeeweesene
- 4 SNIBULB suImospny sisdoq AH
a ater eees .
Oat eeeeanasee weer meee seeesae
O feet eesoneses
POPP es
or eeeeeerereees SHOLIGnI sdo[quer
One een eeee
SIMMODON
-** ste10d109 snf[moulag
fe secetesceerereseecessoes sss MilISSIpldUs USOLY
fo ceeererenceeeroreoeresIe Siye[NI4al XOSi
OP e meee eee HEHE EHR E SH EEH EEE HESS EEEEEES
PO eee eee eres eH eseeeeeeesese® Cee mere enas | Cee eee ensaree
CORREA Ree RE HREM EEE EESE EEE EEEE HEHEHE EEE | EHEEEHEEE EE EOD
Pee eRe eRe O EOE EHEHH TEE THHEE HEHEHE EEE EES | HEHEHE HEEEORSE
ORO OHH TEER EE EHEHS BEEEEEH RHEE HOHHHEEEEES
Poe ee Cee eee eee eee ees + SUYLINB suuodoidayT
Slsieit¥essicisis sc ssiseo)ees 0: OTD TITA nj 41qounyO
Co
tees ee seseeeeceeeeerne, SODIOUNG SNLI]COLONL
eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee
tea eeeeenee *y Bpyped vo1ad o1oyxy
eee eee ee eee
oem teen nenee
Se eeeaeseassase
eee eee Perr rrr ree eee ee eer ee eee eee)
CORO OOOH EEE HEHEHE OHHH THEE H HEHE EE EEEHEH HHH | SHEE EH HEHEHE EH HEHEHEHEEEHHHEEHHEOEED
CORR R OER eRe HEE EERE TEES THREE E HEEB | HEHEHE EEHOHHEEEHEEHEEDEEHEHEHEEHHEEESD
seeteseeeseees, SnqIRIOSRJOLIIM Snidjdoipeyy | °
eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee re |
. POPUP eee U EeePC e Pere eee eee ee eee eee ee |
OOOO THEE HEHEHE EHH HEE ERE TEHEEOHH HHO EEEE
“"HRAIY AASNTAWOO “MHAIY AAHOOOHVILLVAD
BOOT OT TERE HTE TEETH HHH EEEOEEEEEOHEETEEEOEHE HEED |
aeeeeetsosce
**anosso snoysopidoy
Deer omeeterssarengeesesee aeesenes ‘ey SLivs[DA Byinsuy
sseececesccecesecessoossvoseresse OnUsIuoUIdal SUINION
se ecseccccce cocccsccocesescooverers . GUOIUND. SIMU Y
Cee wee en re eanesssorseesesese ȴ sngvound Ssuanpauqyoy
tras cecetccerecceccccccccrereossoreGdoKing UUOISOKA IT
rorsreeseercccorre . STRUCGIYOR] IUSONDUP VULOY OX ATL
suse cencesccccassonreoesesosos.. 1IQUSONDND VULOISOX ATH
scesepereccccscceccsccescecoosors, GIOURIOM UOZAULIGD
seeetecccecssecccccccesecoscsessos . GHAUOTGCO UOZAULIG
sa sesetesereserrcores SNUBMOID SUBOLIZIU SNULOISOIVI
seceeeeerrees | SHUBOLIOUL STILUOITULIIO N
ceeceseeodeees . ONTOS S10.440J0N
seeeceneser ree STIL SIMOLJOION
sete eereeeeseeeeseeey NINO SAXON]
sseecascoccccvecors , SNOT SIUGFOIOUT
osisi4 0 Si¢iecieecielgss see CSUINSTICO siwado oud
toeeeoeors SMANIVULGIS SIUISOJOUT
teeereeeeeeerer, SNIMOSOIYD SISMOMAP
sceerreroror, snipydaoo0uex sIsdoqA Ty
stcceerceeeeonroos GITOBIs SISdOqA IT
*, TNX TPOId amypRuUoUR RULOjsoduIND
sreereeores LONMOISOJBD SHIGCOOVUIT |
**y SNSNIGO susRuo.e sAUOIUIYyy
sere TITOYOUIM SCOTQULY SIULODON
stesereeersersses, GIIBIOdOD SULIJOUDG
ooeeeorerorrrs STUMU SNIBINIGIL XOSW
sr rse yy RIOIIT[AIS RUASTUDK
coy SHAOYdOZ snqyOoOULRIO
sreees SUDTUUNLS SNYOUOPIO[AR AT
creesesy snqtopomInsues syoUudK
seeceereeroeeeonqdiosil SOUNK
seeesewrerorsPInosdo BOLICOIOH
sreresy mprpRd vosodorayy
+, stuqggsodna saqiydorqury
*-y Snprted sn.aqydo.wory
** y SOPLOWRS SN.194d OOTP
soreer**INOUOWULES UNIYJOISOZIS
rereeesy SOpOIdRd BULDIOT
soreee s WINMULFIYS RULOSOOTOST
4 SNYVIOSKRJOLTIO SN.1odoApRyT
se cetesececesnscsescesosossesess . GUUFID SAYING
"MHAIN HVMOLT
——————————
870 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
SUPPLEMENTARY PAPERS.
et. FISHES OF THE FRENCH BROAD AND CLINCH RIVERS.
oeA visit to Powell’s River and other tributaries of Clinch
River, near Cumberland Gap, Tenn.,; and to the French
Broad: and Big Pigeon Rivers, near Newport, Tennessee,
enabled us to make considerable collections. Most of the
species obtained have been. well described by Prof. Cope,
and I confine a toa ily enumeration of them.
Alvordius aspro Cane and sopdan:
Diplesium simoterum (Cope) Copeland.
Micropterus salmoides (Lacépéde) Gill. -
Ambloplites rupestris (Raf.) Gill.
Haploidonotus grunniens Raf.
Potamocottus, sp. (carolinz Gill?).
Xenisma catenata (Storer) Jordan.
Campostoma anomalum prolixum (Stor.) Jord.
Nocomis biguttatus (Kirt. ) Cope and, Jord.
Nocomis amblops (Raf.) Cope and Jord.
Phenacobius uranops Cope.
Luxilus cornutus (Mit.) Jord.
pee .
SO WD ove 99. bo
=
bo
18. Luxilus coccogenis (Cope) Jord.
14. Luxilus galacturus (Cope) Jord.
15. Nototropis photogenis (Cope) Jordan (Photogenis leucops Cope).
16.. Nototropis dinemus (Raf.) Jordan (Alburnellus jaculus Cope).
17. Catostomus teres (Mit.) Le S.
' 18. Catostomus nigricans Le S.
19. Erimyzon oblongus (Mit.) Jord.
20. Myxostoma duquesnei (Le S.) Jord.
: 21.° Ichthelurus punctatus. (Raf.) Jord.
22. Pelodichthys olivaris (Raf.) Gill and Jord.
23. Noturus.eleutherus Jordan (Sp. nov.).
' A single specimen of a Noturus, about 4 inches long, was
taken alive from the jaws of a large water snake (T'ropido-
notus sipedon). It is related to V. miurus Jordan MSS. (sp.
nov.), but differs in several respects from my specimens of
that species. The anal fin contains but 11 rays, but as its
position is unusually far behind the vent, this peculiarity may
be the result of some accident to the fish when younger. The
ob
) sictidael
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 371
characters shown by my specimen are brought out in the
following synopsis of the described species of Noturus, drawn
from the type specimens of exilis, miurus, marginatus, eleu-
therus and leptacanthus, from numerous examples of jlavus
and gyrinus, and from the published descriptions of the other
species. The new species or variety from the French Broad,
I here refer to as WV. eleutherus, in allusion to the free adipose
fins.
* Pectorals with 6 to 8 soft rays; spines stout, that of the
dorsal two-tifths the height of the fin, or more.
+ Pectoral spines merely rough, not serrated, but usually
channelled behind; body stout and thick, tadpole-like.
a. Head about 4 in length, shortish and very broad; depth
5 or less in length; dorsal spine nearer anal than
snout; adipose fin high, not notched at all; anal fin
high, of about 13 rays; barbels shortish; spines all
strong; pectoral spine straightish, half the length of
the head. Color nearly uniform yellowish brown, a
dark lateral streak. Ohio Valley, to N. Y. and Penn.,
CLC. ie 5 : . : ° . GYRINUS (Mit., -1818).
tt Pectoral spines very strongly serrated behind, the lower
half of each being provided with 5 or more prominent
recurved hooks; anterior edges finely dentate or nearly
smooth; body elongated; head flattened.
b. Spines extremely strong; pectoral spine curved, half or
more length of head; body moderately elongated, the
depth about 54 in length; head broad and flat, 3% in
length; dorsal spine nearer anal than tip of snout;
upper jaw notably longest; distance from snout to
dorsal more than one-third of length;. dorsal spine 2
to 25 in head.
ce. Adipose fin continuous, high, interrupted by a notch,
which does not quite break its continuity, the rudi-
mentary caudal rays beginning in the notch; anal
with 12 or 13 rays; dorsal region elevated, and
ventral region correspondingly contracted, pro-
ducing a hump-backed appearance; much mottled
blackish and yellowish; margins of dorsal, anal,
and caudal fins, and a broad patch in the middle of
the adipose fin, definitely black. Ohio Valley and
S. W. ° . « . - MIURUS (Jordan, 1877).
cc. Adipose fin high, divided to its base, a space nearly
twice the diameter of the eye intervening between
JuNE, 1877. 28 Ann. Lyc. Nar. Hist., Vou. xt
372 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
its termination and the beginning of the rudiment-
ary caudal rays; spines larger and rougher than in
any of the preceding; anal fin short and deep, of
eleven rays (abnormal?) ; fins not black-margined;
no definite black blotch on adipose fin; eye small;
interorbital space rather narrow; form, coloration,
and general appearance of a young Pelodichthys.
French Broad R., T'ennessee ELEUTHERUS Jordan, 1877?
6b. Spines shorter and weaker; pectoral spine straightish,
about one-third the length of the head: dorsal
spine 3; in head; body much elongated, more so
than in any of the others, the depth one-sixth or
less of the length; head small, 44 in length; dorsal
spine rather nearer snout than beginning of anal;
jaws nearly equal; dorsal fin scarcely higher than
long; distance from snout to dorsal less than one-
third of length; adipose fin with a shallow notch,
as in marginatus; color nearly uniform; tip of
dorsal blackish; anal rays 14 to 16. Illinois. Wis-
consin. : : : - EXILIS (Nelson, Dec., 1876).
bbb. Spines moderate, the serrations weak; pectoral spine
about half length of head; body greatly” elon-
gated, as in the preceding; head broad, thin, and
very flat; 34 in length; dorsal spine much nearer
anal than snout; dorsal fin 4 higher than long;
distance from snout to dorsal more than $ of
length; premaxillary band of teeth without back-
ward process; anal rays 16 to 20. Ohio to Penn.
and N. C. : ° : - MARGINATUS (Baird, 1869).
** Pectoral fins with 8 soft rays; head very small and narrow,
with a small eye; the upper jaw much projecting; spines
very short and small; that of the dorsal not one-third the
height of the fin, and all of them less than one-fourth of
the head; head 4 in length; anal rays about 14; dorsal
nearer anal than snout; adipose fin not notched at all;
color mottled. Alabama River. LEPTACANTHUS (Jordan, 187?).
*** Pectorals with 9 to 11 soft rays, adipose fin notched.
c. Head little longer than broad, much depressed and
flat; barbels rather short; intermaxillary band of
teeth with a very distinct backward process; pec-
toral spine coarsely dentate outside, grooved within;
middle of body nearly cylindrical, subcarinate above ;
head deep, yet flattened; 4in length; size very large,
reaches length of a foot. Platte R. to St. Lawrence
R., Ohio Valley, and N. E. 4 . *FLAVUS (Raf., 1818).
* = N. occidentalis Gill, 1862. = 1. platycephalus Giinther, 1864. WN. occidentalis Gthr.,
-is. probably N. marginatus.
SB Bate
Fishes of Upper Georgia. 373
II. ROCK CASTLE RIVER.
In the Rock Castle River and tributaries, in Rock Castle
and Laurel Counties in 8S. E. Kentucky, we obtained the
following species :—
1, Etheostoma flabellare Raf.
2. Boleosoma maculatum Ag. (=brevipinne Cope),
3. Diplesium simoterum (Cope) Copeland.
4, Alvordius aspro Cope and Jor.
5. Percina caprodes (Raf.) Grd.
6. Micropterus salmoides (Lac.) Gill.
7. Micropterus pallidus (Raf.) Gill and Jor.
8. Ambloplites rupestris (Raf.) Gill.
9. Xenotis megalotis (Raf.) Jor.
10. Campostoma anomalum (Raf.) Ag.
11. Hyborhynchus notatus (Raf.) Ag.
12. Semotilus corporalis (Mit.) Putn.
13. Nocomis biguttatus (Kirt.) Cope and Jor,
14. Phenacobius uranops Cope.
15. Chrosomus erythrogaster Raf.
16. Luxilus cornutus (Mit.) Jord.
17. Luxilus galacturus (Cope) Jord.
18. Lythrurus ardens (Cope) Jord.
19. Hemitremia vittata Cope.
20. _Nototropis dinemus (Raf.) Jord.
21. Nototropis micropteryx (Cope) Jord.
22. Catostomms teres (Mit.) Le S.
23. Catostoall nigricans Le S.
24, Erimyzon oblongus (Mit.), Jord.
25. Myxostoma duquesnii (Le 8.) cs
26. Anguilla vulgaris Fleming. ~
27. Pelodichthys sp. (nov. ?)
A single specimen of (Pelodiehthys), about a foot long, was
taken near Livingston in the Rock Castle, but having no
means of preserving it at hand, I was compelled to throw it
away. My field notes indicate a different species from P.
olivaris, but are not sufficient to characterize it. They are
as follows :—
Head very long and broad, 34 in length, the depth much less; lower
jaw longest; body moderately elongated. Dorsal spine not obvious,
374 Fishes of Upper Georgia.
apparently slender and closely connected to the first short ray. In front
of this a short stub beneath the skin.
Barbels long, longer than head.
Color pale, nearly uniform; D., I, 8. P.,1,7-+. A., 15. Length about
a foot.
No detailed specific description of *P. olivaris has ever
been published. The following characters are shown by two
specimens from the French Broad, respectively 10 and 14
inches in length. |
Body very long, slender, much depressed forwards, closely compressed
behind. Head very long and flat, tapering downwards and forwards,
broadly rounded in front. Eye small; barbel shorter than head.
Dorsal spine small, moderately stout, enveloped in skin, about half the
height of the fin. A concealed ventral spine, about § the height of the
fin.
Pectoral spine very strong, } the height of the fin, flattened, serrated
behind, somewhat enveloped in the skin at base. Adipose fin high and
long. Dorsal spine nearer snout than tip of adipose fin.
Caudal fin slightly emarginate. Jaws thin and flat; the lower consider-
ably longer; the width of the mouth half the length of head. Jaws with
a very broad band of slender pointed teeth, that of the upper jaw with a
strong backward process. Lateral line very distinct.
Color mottled brown and yellowish above, chiefly yellowish white be-
low; fins blackish, mottled.
Hinways,\D., 1%. A, 13. Wands Sc esets 10s
MEASUREMENTS. ¢
No. 1. NO. 2.
Mength,ainyinches|". sy cen let ne is 10 14
Head in length E Fine APE os ha erere ee 34 33
Depth indensthy ssa). Wie) ele 53 6
WV MMINCAMME ren vs) ee ey eetetiel te 9 8
Eye-10- SOOUbl Bois. oo oy saicee poke 3 34
Depth of headinitslength .. . 23 24
Interorbital width inhead. .. . 24 24
Dorsal spine im head’ .* 0. 6) as 3h 24
Dorsal rays in head . Lote 1g 2,
Pectorals in head . yao veo) 1g 2
Pectoral spine in head .... . 3 2%
Vientrals' tn, head sapere es be cher omens 24 23
Ventral spine inhead . Pea 6 5s
Base ofsanalinhead. .... . 1% 2
*In Gill’s Report on Ichthyology, Capt. Simpson’s Exploration, lately published, is
a full account of this species with its synonymy. Rafinesque’s generic name Pylodictis
(properly Pelodichthys) has a year’s priority over Hopladelus,
He ee
Fishes of ‘Upper Georgia. 375
We heard several peculiar vernacular names for fishes on
the Rock Castle’ and Cumberland, some of which may be
worth recording :
Dollardee. ~ Helioperea pallida.
Brim. Xenotis megalotis.
Log Perch. Percina caprodes.
Jumper.. Jumping Pearch. Micropterus sps.
Blue Minnow. Luxilus galacturus,
Red Minnow. . Lythrurus ardens.
Minny (with contempt). Nototropis micropteryx.
Steel-backed Minnow. Campostoma anomalum.
Creek Chub. Semotilus corporalis:
River Chub, Nocomis biguttatus.
I was told by a fisherman that the young of the latter spe-
cies (NV. biguttatus) made the best kind of bait for “ Jump-
ing Pearch,” as “it will swim longer than any other with a
hook in its body.” It will be observed that the above are
almost the identical words used by Rafinesque. concerning
his “Indian Chub” (Luzilus kentuckiensis) .
Ill. WHITE RIVER, INDIANA.
As exact synopses of the fauna of any region are desira-
ble, I here append a list of the fishes taken by Prof. H. E.
Copeland ,and myself in the immediate neighborhood of
Indianapolis, Ind., in White River and small tributaries
during the three years past. The relative abundance of the
different species, as shown by our collections, is indicated. by
the words “common,” “frequent,” “uncommon,” and “rare.”
PERCIDZ.
Microperca punctulata Putn. 5 dog Go OR 6 Go IRATE:
Btheostoma flabellare-Hat 2°". "> 4. 2. sl lUe:€6RATe.
Nothonotus camurus (Cope) Jor. ... « + . « Rare.
Peecilichthys variatus (Kirt.) Ag. gi sire sey te COMMON.
Peecilichthys spectabilis Ag. oj 200 jofsie uel 4 ones ied requent.
Pleurolepis pellucidus (Baird) Ag. oD pros erequent.
Boleosoma maculatum Ag. , .0 . 6s °. 0.» » Common.
Alvordius aspro Cope and Jor... . « « » » « Frequent.
Ericosma evides Jordan and Copeland ..... . Rare.
SRE ah oe er nena ee og
576
25.
28.
29.
30.
31.
Fishes of Upper Georgia.
Rheocrypta copelandi Jor., MSS. ... .
Diplesium blennioides (Raf.) Jor. .
Percina caprodes (Raf.)'Grds ts 7).
Pomoxys hexacanthus (C. and V.) Ag. . .
PoOMOxys annularis ale ye oleate ees eis Ite
Ambloplites rupestris (Raf.) Gill . ... .
Micropterus pallidus (Raf.) Gilland Jor. . .
Micropterus salmoides (Lac.) Gill
Apomotis cyanellus Raf. (et vars.) . . . .
Lepiopomus macrochirus Raf. (nephelus Cope)
Helioperca pallida (Mit.) Jor. .
Xenotis inscriptus (Ag.) Jor. ..%. ..
menotis megalotis(Raf.) Jor. . J. isle
Xenotis lythrochloris Jor.,MSS. ... .
Xenotis aureolus Jor., MSS. oe
SCLENIDA.
Haploidonotus grunniens Raf.
COTTIDZ.
Potamocottus wilsonii (Grd.) Gill .
Potamocottus caroline Gill .. .. 2... % 4.
ATHERINIDZ.
Labidesthes sicculus Cope ..... . «
CYPRINODONTID 2.
Zygonectes notatus (Raf.) Jor. Reishee ve
UMBRIDZ.
Umbra limi (Kirt.) Gthro) Sf ee
ESOCID.
Hsoxisalmonens at:: ee cts Poeueeciee ) aemns
CYPRINID A.
Campostoma anomalum (Raf.) Ag. . .. .
Hyborhynchus notatus (Raf.) Ag. . . . .
Hybognathus argyritis. Grd. . .... .
Ericymba buccata Cope has 2 ELD eer
Semotilus corporalis (Mit.) Putn. Paes is
Nocomis biguttatus (Kirt.) Cope & Jor. . .
Nocomis amblops (Raf.) Cope & Jor. Akiba
Nocomis dissimilis (Kirt.) Cope& Jor... .
Rare.
Common.
Common.
Rare.
Uncommon,
Common.
Common.
Common.
Common.
Frequent.
Common.
Frequent.
Common.
Frequent.
Frequent.
Uncommon.
Uncommon.
Rare.
Common.
Common.
Rare.
Common.
Common.
Common.
Rare.
Common.
Common.
Common.
Common.
Frequent.
7. ee.
40.
41.
42,
43.
44,
45.
46.
47.
- 48,
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54,
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
G7.
68.
69.
Fishes of Upper Georgia.
RHIiMehthyssODGUSUSPAS.) “ol ste 5 ici, ch scene
Eybopsis stramineus Cope 35 = 3 . . 8 4
Chrosomus erythrogaster Raf. Bi Boe ae ot
Lythrurus diplemius (Raf.) Jor. .
Luxilus cornutus (Mit.) Jor. ore, eel Ve
Cyprinella analostana Grd. «3 0 «= « %o%
Photogenis spilopterus Cope er ge Aye
Episema scabriceps Cope .. ... . >;
Hipisemaariomma: COME: © si cuecre «Lente ese
Nototropis dinemus (Raf.) Jor. sae mee Dec
Nototropis rubellus| (Ag. ) JOIN 25. 8. ale
Nototropis rubrifrons (Cope) Jor. . . . .
Notemigonus americanus (Lac.) Jor. site
CATOSTOMIDZ.
Catostomus teres) (Mit) eyS. ses wales ues te is
Catostomus nigricans LeS. .... .
Erimyzon oblongus (Mit.) Jor. sao G
Erimyzon melanops (Raf.) Jor. At SOLA MALE
Myxostoma duquesnii (Le 8.) Jor... . . . .
Canplodes Carpio Rats oy) spe as| ope
SILURIDZ.
Ichthelurus punctatus (Raf.) Jor... ... .
Apiurusmmelasthats 4. el sos se 1s fs
Amiurus cupreus (Raf.) Gill Hs es nats
Amiurus xanthocephalus' Raf. ©: ..'%.. a...
Noturus sialis; don, MSSele1 « ws 6 << 6
Noturus flavus Raf. Serhan Oec Weise ees
Noturusminrus Sor. weve ve S)0e) Stee
LEPIDOSTEIDZ.
Lepidosteus osseus (L.) Ag. (huronensis Rich.)
POLYODONTIDZ.
Pelyodan folimn Tae peg a) sy sya pe Oh si) eih ne .'s
PETROMYZONTID.
Ammocostes niger (Raf.) Jor: ,. . «+. +...
Ammocecetes argenteus (Kirtland) Jor. . . .
377
Common.
Frequent.
Common.
Common.
Common.
Common.
Frequent.
Locally abund.
Frequent.
Frequent.
Common.
Common.
Common.
Common.
Common.
Common.
Common.
Common.
Rare.
Rare.
Uncommon,
Common.
Common.
Common.
Frequent.
Common.
Uncommon.
Uncommon,
Locally abund.
Rare.
*,* The printing of this paper was begun in December, 1876. The actual date of final
publication is June, 1877,
378 The Myxomycetes of the United States.
Ox Xoo ihe Myxomycetes of the United States.
BY M. C. COOKE, M.A.; LL.D.; A.L.S.
Corresponding Member Acad. Sci., N. Y. Read April 16th, 1877.
THE production of a monograph of the Myxomycetes by
Dr. J. Rostafinski, has presented an opportunity for a
thorough revision of the North American species, and a new
classification, in accordance, as far as possible, with this
monograph. As the Polish language (in which the mono-
graph is written) is one not generally read, there needs no
apology for presenting the arrangement in an English dress.
This communication necessarily is of a very technical and
uninviting character ; but it is hoped that what is lacking in
general interest will be compensated for in utility. There is
no doubt whatever that the system proposed by Rostafinski
is the one which will in the main be generally adopted ; and
as it is now impossible to obtain the original work, this sy-
nopsis is offered to the Academy for the assistance of Trans-
atlantic mycologists. Although the measurements of the
spores are given, that is by no means the most important
element in the new classification.
For half a century the Myxomycetes have been classified
on the basis of external characters alone, or such only as
could be discerned by the aid of a pocket lens. In one or
two instances an additional genus has been constituted in
which some prominence was given to characters determined
by the aid of the microscope, as for instance in the genus
Badhamia proposed by Berkeley in 1851, but the general
feature of the classification was one of external character-
istics. The advance of Microscopy left. behind such an in-
complete system for many years, and at length Professor de
Bary turned his attention to the subject, but made no definite
propositions for a rectification of the classification, until in
1873 his pupil at Strasburg, Dr. Joseph Rostafinski, pub-
lished in an inaugural address the outlines of a system of
The Myxomycetes of the United States. 379
classification, based on new principles. In 1875, the more
elaborate, and detailed “Monografia Sluzowce” expanded and
illustrated his views in a complete and almost exhaustive
manner.
At first Rostafinski recognized in the “Mycetozoa,” as he
termed them, two primary div’sions, in one of! which the
spores were developed externally,'on the surface of certain
definite spore-bearers, and in the other they were developed
internally, covered at first by a’ protective membrane or
sporangium. In the monograph only’ a passing notice is
given of the first division, and in the more recent “supple-
ment” it is not mentioned at all. The inference to be de-
duced from this is that the Exosporous Mycetozoa are re-
garded as an encumbrance to the system, and are intended
to be ignored. f
The Mycetozoa proper being thus reduced to unity, our
illustrations will be understood to refer to these alone. As
in the Agaricini, so in the Myxomycetes, the first steps in
classification relate to the colour of the spores. Two sec-
tions include the species (1) with violet spores, and (2)
those having spores otherwise coloured. The Amaurospore
and the Lamprospore are the two primary sections, each of
which is subsequently again divided into two subsections, in
one of which no evident capillitium is present, and in the
other some kind of capillitium is always developed.
As the old method was based wholly on external features,
so the new has nearly all its essential characteristics relating
to internal structure. If there is any one feature in which
the Rostafinski method is more assailable than: another, it is
the too slight regard which is given to external features.
Naturally enough, in escaping from one extreme, the rebound
has been to the other. Time and experience will undoubtedly
hereafter develop a “happy medium.”
In making use of this system, the first determination req-
uisite is the colour of the spores, then the presence or absence
of a capillitium, and finally the character of the capillitium,
380 The Myxomycetes of the United States.
when present, in all its details. Undoubtedly the leading
idea of the classification is the capillitium, or the capillitium
and columella, and this should be borne in mind in any
attempt which is made to master the details of the scheme.
The negative features of the method are important to
remember in the transition from one system to another. The
form of the sporangium must not be relied upon to the fullest
extent of the old system; and, especially in some genera,
the presence or absence of a stem is to be regarded as of
little moment. Above all, colour, as exhibited in sporangium
or stem, must be held as wholly untrustworthy, and this ex-
tends equally to the capillitium and spores in the Lamprospore.
Some disappointment will probably be felt at seeing so
_ many old friends, formerly designated by distinct names,
and each supposed to possess an individuality of its own, all
thrown together in such species as Didymium farinaceum
and Trichia fragilis. And again, on the other hand, that
such minute differences, which require both faith and practice
to appreciate, should separate Trichia affinis from Trichia
chrysosperma. These applications of the system, however,
do not vitiate the system itself, which undoubtedly must be
accepted as a great and thorough reform of the classification
of the Myxomycetes.
It is unnecessary to attempt any controversion of the propo-
sition once made, but soon ignored, that these organisms are
more intimately related to animals than plants. Although
the proposed name of Mycetozoa is still retained by
Rostafinski, it is entirely divested of any insinuation in the
direction of Jnfusoria or Rhizopoda.
This arrangement of the American species was completed
before the appearance of Rostafinski’s supplement to his
monograph, and although all essential corrections have been
made, the sequence of orders and genera is that of the mon-
ograph. We have appended a synopsis of all the Orders,
Families, and Genera, as they finally appear in the Supple-
ment. Two of the genera established in the monograph,
The Myxomycetes of the United States. 381
viz.: Trichamphora and Scyphium, have been cancelled,
and two new genera added, which are indicated by an
asterisk (*).
Sub-Division I. AMAUROSPOR.
Section A. ATRICHZ (without capillitium).
OrpER I. Protodermes.
FAMILY 1. PROTODERMACEX.
Genus 1. Protoderma.
Section B. TRICHOPHOR (with capillitium).
OrpDER II. Calcaree.
FAMILY2. CIENKOWSKIACESR.
Genus 2. Cienkowskia.
FAMILY3. PHYSARACESA.
Genus 3. Badhamia.
4.) 6Physarum.
CON. Or? Haligo:
“6. Craterium.
LON e cocarpus.
“ = 8. ~= Orateriachea.
69. «=. Tilmadoche.
FAMILY 4. DIDYMIACES. ;
Genus 10. Chondrioderma.
“ 11. Didymium.
“© 12. Lepidoderma.
FAMILY 5. SPUMARIACEA.
Genus 13. Diachea.
“ 614, Spumaria.
Orpver III. Amaurochetes.
FAMILY 6., ECHINOSTELIACESR.
Genus 15. Echinostelium.
FAMILY 7. STEMONITACES.
Genus 16. Lamproderma.
“ 17. Comatricha.
“18. Stemonitis.
FAMILY8. AMAUROCHATACEA.
Genus 492! Amaurocheete.
FAMILY9. BREFELDIACESR,
Genus 20. Brefeldia.
382 The Myxomycetes of the United States.
FAMILY 10. ENERTHENEMACES.
Genus 21. EHnerthenema.
Sub-Division Il. LAMPROSPORZ.
Section A. ATRICHZ (without capillitium).
OrpeR IV. Anemeez.
FAMILY11. DICTYOSTELIACEA,
Genus 22. Dictyostelium.
FAMILY 12. LICEACE.
Genus 23... Licea.
“DA, Tubulina.
“© 25. Lindbladia.
FAMILY13. CLATHROPTYCHIACESA.
Genus 26. Clathroptychium.
“27. Enteridium.
OrpDER V. Heterodermes.
FAMILY14. CRIBRARIACESA.
Genus 28. Dictydium.
‘© 29. Heterodictyon.
“ 30. Cribraria.
Section B. TRICHOPHORZ (with capillitium).
OrpER VI. Columellifere.
FAMILY15. RETICULARIACEX.
Genus 31. Siphoptychium.*
“ 32. Reticularia.
OrpDER VII. Calonemese.
FAMILY 16. PERICHHNACES.
Genus 33.. Pericheena.
FAMILY17. ARCYRIACEX.
Genus 34. Cornuvia.
“ 35. Arcyria.
“© 36. Lachnobolus.
“637. Dermodium.
“ 38. Lycogala.
“¢ 639. Oligonema.
FAMILY 18.._ TRICHIACEX.
Genus 40. Prototrichia.*
© 41. Trichia.
“ 42, Hemiarcyria.
The Myxomycetes of the United States. 383
MYXOMYCETES Wa tte.
Myxogastres Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 67.
Myxogasteres Endl., Gen., p. 25.
Mycetozoa DeBary and Rostafinski.
Divisionl. EHXOSPOREA,
This division, as originally proposed, contains the genus Ceratium, but
latterly it has scarcely been insisted upon as a consistent ally of the 2d
Division.
Division Il. KENDOSPORE ZA,
Sub-Division Il. AMAUROSPORZ.
Spores violet, or brownish violet.
Section A. ATRICHZ.
Sporangia without a capillitium.
OrpDER I. Protodermese.
FAMILY 1 PROTODERMACESA,
Genus 1. Protoderma R.
1. PROTODERMA PUSILLA (Schr.).
Licea pusilla Schrad., t. 6, fig. 4. Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2316.
Physarum licea Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 143.
Spores .017™™.
On pine wood. Bethlehem (Schw.); Carolina (Curt.).
Section B. TRICHOPHORZ.
Sporangia constantly possessed of a capillitium.
OrpeER II. Calcarese.
FAMILY 2. CIENKOWSKIACEX.
Genus 2. Cienkowskia R.
2. CIENKOWSKIA RETICULATA (A. and §S.).
Physarum reticulatum Alb. and Schw., t. 7, f. 2. Schw., Amer. Bor., No.
2295.
Diderma reticulatum Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 112.
Spores -009™".
On dead leaves. Salem (Schw.); Car. (Curt.); Bethlehem (Schw.),
584 The Myxomycetes of the United States.
‘FAMILY 3. PHYSARACEA.
Genus 8. Physarum P.
8. PHYSARUM LIV1DUM R.
Physarum effusum Link, Herb.
Physarum griseuwm Link, Diss., ii, 42. i
Spumaria licheniformis Schwz., Amer. Bor., No. 2364.
Didymium glaucum Phillips, in Grevillea, V, 113.
San Francisco (Harkness).
Var. B. licheniformis Schw.
Spores ‘01-:0125™".
This variety is the United States form. If Physarum effusum Schw.,
Am. Bor., 2297, is the same as Link’s, it also belongs to this species.
Bethlehem (Schw.).
4, PHYSARUM DIDERMOIDES (Ach).
Diderma oblongum Schum., Saell. 1423.
Didymium congestum B. and Br., Ann. N. H., 1850, p. 365. Cooke, Hdbk,
No. 1130.
Spores :0125—:014™™.
Car. (fide Rostafinski).
5. PHYSARUM AURISCALPIUM Cooke.
Sporangia globose, depressed, ochrey yellow, covered with orange
mealy scales above, with a very short, almost obsolete, stem. Columella
not evident. Capillitium strongly developed, expanded at the angles,
which are filled with yellow granules of lime, combined into a network;
deposits of lime in irregular angular masses. Spores violet-brown, nearly
smooth or minutely warted, .013—.015™". diam. Cooke, Brit. Myx., fig. 253.
On rotten wood. Carolina (Ravenel, No. 1854).
6. PHYSARUM SCHUMACHERI Spr.
Physarum compactum Ehr., Syl. Ber., 21. Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2283,»
Physarum citrinum Schum., Saell., 1436.
Diderma citrinum Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 100.
Didymium melleum B. and Br., Cey., No. 751.
Didymium chrysopeplum B. and C., Grev., No. 348.
Spores :007—:‘011"™.
Car. (Schw.).
This is probably the species intended by Schweinitz.
7. PHYSARUM SULPHUREUM A. and 6S.,, t. 6, fig. 1.
Physarum sulphureum Schw., Amer. Bor., No. 2289.
Spores -01—:011™.
On dead leaves. Car. (Schw., Curt.).
oes Tree.
a
The Myxomycetes of the United States. 385
8. PHysaruM LEucoPuS Link, Diss., ii, 42. Schw., Amer. Bor., 2275.
Didymium leucopus Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 121.
Physarum bullatum Ditm., t. 22.
Spores :0095—-’011™.
Bethlehem (Schw.).
9. PHYSARUM CINEREUM (Batsch). Schw., Amer. Bor., No, 2291. Rav.,
Hun; Car:, 1; 79:
Didymium cinereum Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 126.
Physarum plumbeum Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 142.
Didymium terrigenum B. and C.
Spores -0075—-013™.
On leaves, twigs, etc. Car. (Schw.); New York (Schw., Peck); Car.
(Cur., Rav.) ; San Francisco (Harkness).
[Physarum luteo-valve Schw., Am. Bor., 2298, is very uncertain. Fries
has referred it to Perichena, and Rostafinski does not venture to refer it
to anything. ]
10. PHYSARUM PSITTACINUM Ditm., t. 62.
Didymium fulvipes Fr., Stirp.
Didymium erythrinum Berk., Grev., No. 344.
Didymium Ravenelit B. and C., Grev., No. 346.
Spores :0083—:0092™.
On damp putrid logs. Car. (Rav.).
11. PHYSARUM PULCHERRIMUM B. and Curt. InN. A. Fungi, Grevillea,
No. 354. Rav., Fungi Car., ii, 77.
Spores :0083—-0092™".
On dead pine wood. . Car. (Rav.); Penn. (Mich.).
12. PHYSARUM BERKELEYI Rtfki., Mon. p. 105.
Physarum flavicomum Berk., in Hook., Journ., 1845, p. 66.
Physarum cupriceps B. and Ray., in Rav., Fungi Car., iii, 76.
Physarum cupripes B. and Ray., in Grevillea, vol. iii, p. 65.
Physarum roseum B. and Br., Grevillea, vol. iii, p. 65.
On dead wood.
Spores :0083—-01™".
Car. (Ray.).
Physarum pulcherripes Peck, is probably referable to this very variable
species.
13. PHysaARUM DiTmarRi Rost.
Physarum virescens Ditm., Sturm, t. 61.
Physarum thejoteum Fr., Gast., p. 21.
Didymium nectrieforme B. and C., Grev., 353.
Didymium croceo-jlavum B. and Br., Cey., 757.
Spores -006—-009™".
New England (Murray); Carolina (Ravenel); New York (Peck).
386 The Myxomycetes of the United States.
14, PHYSARUM CONGLOMERATUM (Fr.).
Diderma conglomeratum Fr., S. M., iii, 111.
Diderma granulatum Fr., 8. M., iii, 210.
On wood, leaves, etc. California (Harkness).
15. PHYSARUM POLYMORPHUM (Mont.).
Didymium polymorphum Mont., Cub., p. 314.
Didymium polycephalum Rav., Grevillea.
Didymium luteo-griseum B. and C., Grevillea, iii, p. 65.
Didymium connatum Peck, N. Y. Reports.
Spores :0088—-01™".
Ondead leaves. Car. (Curt., Rav.) ; N. Jersey (Berk.) ; New York (Peck).
16. PHYSARUM CONTEXTUM Pers., Syn., 168. Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2290.
Diderma contextum Pers., Obs., i, 89. Ditm., t. 31.
Leocarpus contextus Fries, 8. V. S., 450.
Diderma flavidum Peck, N. Y. Reports.
Spores :011—:013™".
On dead stems of plants. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Bethlehem (Schw.).
17. PHYSARUM GYROSUM R.
Reticularia muscorum Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 91.
Athaleum muscorum A. and S., t. vii, f. 1. Schw., Am. Bor., 2371.
Spores :00883—-011™.
On mosses. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Boston (Farlow).
18. PHYSARUM SINUOSUM (Bull.).
Angiorideum sinuosum Grev., t. 310.
Diderma valvatum Fr., Sys. Myce., iii, 109.
Diderma pallidum B. and C., in Grevillea.
Angiorideum valvatum Fr., Sys. Myc.
Physarum bivalve Schw., Am. Bor., 2293.
Spores :0083—:009™".
On pine leaves, stems, ete. Car. (Curt.); Salem (Schw.); Boston
(Farlow); N. Eng. (Frost); N. York (Peck).
19. PuysarumM Petersm B. and Curt., in Grevillea, N. A. Fungi, No. 356.
Flocci yellowish, spores black.
On dead wood. Ala. (Peters).
Var. A. FarRLowi R.
Physarum Farlowi Rost., MSS.
Boston and Pennsylvania.
Var. B. INTERMEDIUM Rost.
Alabama.
Var. C. GENUINUM Rost.
Alabama.
aa
#i\5
—.
The Myxomycetes of the United States. 387
20. PHYSARUM OBRUSSEUM (B. and C.).
Didymium obrusseum B. and C., Cub., 532.
Didymium tenerrimum B. and C., Cub., 533.
Spores :008—-:01™.
Texas (Lindheimer) ; New Orleans (Drummond).
21. PHYSARUM SIMILE Rost.
Spores :0075™™.
Carolina (Curtis).
22. PHYSARUM ELIPSOSPORUM Rost.
Enteridium olivaceum Schw., Am. Fung., 2365.
Carolina (Schw.).
23. PHYSARUM SCHWEINITZI, Berk., in Grevillea, N. A. Fungi, No. 358.
Polyangium vitellinum Schw., Am. Bor.
On vegetable fragments. Bethlehem (Schwz.).
SPECIES UNCERTAIN.
24. PHYSARUM ELEGANS Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2294. ¥
On leaves and plants. Salem (Schw.) ; Car. (Curt.).
25. PHYSARUM MUSCICOLA Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2278.
New York (Torrey).
26. PHYSARUM POLYDRON Schw., Am. Bor., 2300.
On old trunks of Juglans. Bethlehem (Schw.).
27. PHYSARUM Ca:sPITosuM Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2301.
On leaves and stems of Rhododendron. Bethlehem (Schw.).
[ Physarum ceespitosum Peck, from the color of the spores,
cannot be a Physarum; it may be the species of Schweinitz,
for aught we can tell. |
28. PHYSARUM ATRUM Schw., Am. Bor., 2299.
On bark. Bethlehem (Schw.).
Whatever Schweinitz’s species may be, it does not appear
that Rostatinski considers the Physarum atrum of Fries to
be a Myxogaster at all.
JUNE, 1877. 29 ANNE aYGoe WAS, ELIS paViOlee Xie
388 The Myxomycetes of the United States.
Genus 4. Craterium Trent.
Sub-cen. A. LEIOCRATERIUM.
29. CRATERIUM VULGARE Ditm., t.9. Schw., Am. Bor., 2305.
Craterium pedunculatum Trent., Curtis, Cat., p. 112.
Spores :00883—:01™".
On leaves, stems, etc. Car. (Curt., Schw.).
Sup—-GEN. B. 'TRACHYCRATERIUM.
80. CRATERIUM LEUCOCEPHALUM Pers. Ditm., t.4. Schw., Am. Bor., 2306.
Craterium leucostictum Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 152.
Craterium pruinosum Corda, Ic., vi, f. 33.
Spores :0083—:01™™.
On bits of wood, etc. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; N. York (Peck).
INCERTZ SEDIS.
31. CRATERIUM MINIMUM B. and Curt., in N. A. Fungi, No. 367.
go dead grass, etc. Car. (Curt.).
32. .CRATERIUM PORPHYRIUM Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2308.
On rotten wood. Bethlehem (Schwz.).
Genus 5. Crateriachea R.
The only species, Crateriachea mutabilis R., is not re-
corded in the United States, unless Craterium obovatum
Peck, proves to belong to this genus, which it is too imper-
fectly described to determine.
Genus 6. Tilmadoche Fr.
33. TILMADOCHE NUTANS (Pers.).
Physarum nutans Pers., Syn., 171. Schw., Am. Bor., 2277.
Physarum bulbiforme Schum., Saell., 1432. Fl. Dan., t. 1974, f. 3.
Tilmadoche cernua Fr., S. V. §., 451.
Physarum connatum Ditm., in Sturn, t. 41.
Didymium polycephalum B. and Curt., MSS.
Spores :009—-:01™™.
On wood and leaves. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schwz.). Boston
(Farlow); Conn. (Wright).
The Myxomycetes of the United States. 389
34. TILMADOCHE GRACILENTA (Fr.).
Physarum gracilientum Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 133.
Didymium furfuraceum Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 116. Curt., Cat., p. 111.
Tilmadoche soluta Fries, 8. V. S., 454.
On dead wood. Car. (Curt.).
85. TILMADOCHE MUTABILIS Rtfki.
Physarum aureum Pers., Disp., t. i, f. 6. Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2286.
Physarum viride Pers., Syn., 172, t. 24. Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2285.
Physarum nutans B. viride Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 129.
Physarum nutans 8. aureum Fr., Sys. Mye., iii, 129.
Physarum striatum C. aurantiacum Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 131.
Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Bethlehem (Schw.).
Var. B. aurantiacum. Schw., Am. Bor., 2287.
Car. (Schw.) ; San Francisco (Harkness).
36. ‘TILMADOCHE OBLONGA (B. and C.).
Trichamphora.oblongum B. and C., Grev., No. 360.
Spores :G075—:01™".
Pennsylvania (Michener).
Genus 7. Leocarpus Link.
37. LEOCARPUS FRAGILIS (Dicks.).
Diderma vernicosum Pers., Obs., t. iii, f. 7.
Leocarpus vernicosus Link., Obs. i, 25. Nees, f. 110, Grev., t. 111. Rav.,
Fun. Car., 1, 78.
Leangium vernicosum Fr., Stirp., p. 88. Schw., Am. Bor., 2303.
Spores :012—:014™.
On stems, leaves, etc. Bethlehem (Schw., Curt.) ; Boston (Farlow) ;
N. York (Peck); San Francisco (Harkness).
Genus 8. Fuligo Hall.
88. FULIGO vARIANS Sommf., Fl. Lapp.
Reticularia rufa Schw., Am. Bor., 2377.
Ethalium septicum Fr.
Athalium flavum Schw., Am. Bor., 2367.
thalium candidum Schw., Am. Bor., 2368.
Hihalium violaceum Schw., Am. Bor., 2369.
ihalium vaporarium Pers., Schw., Am. Bor., 2370.
ithalium ferrincola Schw., Am. Bor., 2372.
Hihalium geophilum Peck, N. Y. Reports.
Spores :0075—-01™.
On wood, stumps, ete. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schw.); Boston
(Farlow); N. York (Peck).
390 The Myxomycetes of the United States.
Genus 9. Trichamphora Jungh. |
This genus is abolished by Rostafinski in his “supplement.”
Genus 10. Badhamia Berk.
39. BADHAMIA HYALINA Berk.
Physarum hyalinum Pers., Disp., t. 2, f.4. Schw., Am. Bor., 2276.
Physarum membranaceum Schum., Herb.
Spores -01—:0125™.
On bark. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schw.).
40. BADHAMIA UTRICULARIS (Bull.).
Physarum utriculare Cheyv., Fl. Par., i, 337. °
Spores :01—:0125™.
Penn. (Mich.).
Var. Schimperiana. -
Maine (Fulier, 32).
41. BADHAMIA CHRYSOTRICHA (B. and C.).
Physarum decipiens Curt., in Sill. Journ.
Badhamia decipiens Berk. in Grev., N. A Fungi, p. 66.
Physarum chrysotrichum B. and C., Grev., pp. 357.
On bark of oak trunk. Car. (Curt.). Ala. (Peters).
42, BADHAMIA PAPAVEREA Berk. and Rav. In Grev., N. A. Fungi, No. 359.
Spores :01—-012™.
On decayed oak wood. Oar. (Rav.); Maine (Fuller).
43. BADHAMIA INAURATA Curt. Phillips, Grevillea, V, p. 115.
On wood. California (Harkness). .
Genus 11. Scyphium R.
44. ScypuruM curtisi Rtfki., Mon., 149.
Didymium Curtisti Berk., in Grevillea, N. A. Fungi, No. 351.
Spores :0125™™.
On dead leaves, grass, etc. * Car. (Curt., Ray.).
45. SCYPHIUM RUBIGINOSUM (Chev.).
Physarum rubiginosum Chev., Fl. Par., p. 338. Cooke, Hdbk., No. 1137.
Spores -014™". diam.
On leaves, stems, etc. New Jersey (Ellis, 2347); N. York (Peck, 87).
Rostafinski has abolished this genus in his “Supplement,”
and transferred both the species to Badhamia.
The Myxomycetes of the United States. 391
FAMILY 4. DIDYMIACES.
Genus 12. Didymiuwm Schr.
SUB-GEN. CIONIUM.
46. Dipymium cLavus (A. and§.).
Physarum clavus A. and S., Consp., t. 2, f. 2. Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2281.
Sores -0065—-0083™".
On dead leaves. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Canada (Poe) ; Boston (Farlow).
47. DIDYMIUM FARINACEUM Schrad, t. 3, f. 6.
Physarum farinaceum Pers., Syn., 174. Schw., Am. Bor., 2280.
Didymium lobatum Nees, f. 101. Schwz., Am. Bor., No. 2270.
Physarum melanopus Fr., Gast., 25.
Didymium melanopus Fr., Sys. Mye., iii, 114.
Didymium physarioides Wlotsch.
Spores :01—:0125™.
On fallen leaves, etc. New York (Torr., Peck); N. Eng. (Russell) ;
Car. (Curt., Schw.); Bethlehem (Schw.).
48. DIDYMIUM GRANULIFERUM Phillips. In Grevillea, V, p. 114, t. 88, fig. 1.
On herbaceous stems. San Francisco (Harkness).
49. DIDYMIUM MICROCARPON (FYr.).
Physarum microcarpon Fr., Gast., 23.
Didymium nigripes Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 119. a
Didymium xanthopus Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 120.
Physarum xanthopus Schw., Am. Bor., 2288.
Didymium megalosporum B. and C., Grev., No. 349.
Spores :0058—-0065™.
On fallen leaves. Bethlehem (Schw.); Car. (Curt.); Conn. (Wright) ;
Boston (Farlow); N. York (Denslow); Maine (Bolles).
50. DIDYMIUM PHYSARIOIDEs Fr., Gast., 21. Curt., Cat., p. 112.
Spumaria physarioides Pers., Syn., 163.
Spores :012—-014™.
On bark of trunks. Car. (Curt.).
SUB-GEN. ACIONISCIUM.
51. DipyMiIuM squaMULosvuM A. and S., t. 4, f. 5. Schw., Am. Bor., 2271.
Diderma squamulosum A. and §., t. 4, f. 5.
Didymium herbarum Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 120.
Didymium leucopus Fr., Sys..Myc., iii, 121.
Didymium costatum Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 118.
Spores :0085—:01™™.
On fallen leaves. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.); Conn. (Wright) ;
N. York (Peck); San Francisco (Harkness).
392 The Myxomycetes of the United States.
52. DIDYMIUM CONFLUENS Pers.
Physarum confluens Fr., S. M., iii, 124. Schw., Am Bor., 2292.
Didymium effusum Link, Obs.
Spores :01—:011™,
On stumps. Car. (Schw., Curt.).
®
53. DiIpYMIUM PROxIMUM B. and C. In Grev., N. A. Fungi, No. 345.
Didymium pusillum B. and C., Grev., No. 347.
On dead pine leaves and herbs. Car. (Curt.).
The following species are inadequately described to meet
the requirements of the present classification.
54. DIDYMIUM SIMULANS Howe, in Bulletin Torr. Bot. Club., VI, 30.
On bark and wood of Ailanthus. N. York (Howe).
55. DIDYMIUM SUBROSEUM Peck, N. Y. State Museum Reports.
Spores globose, smooth, -008™™.
On bark of Juglans cinerea. N. York (Peck).
56. DipyMIUM FLAvIDUM Peck, N. Y. State Museum Reports.
Spores globose, :0]"™.
On bark of Abies balsamea. N. York (Peck).
Genus 13. Chondrioderma R.
suB-—GEN A. MoNODERMA.
57. CHONDRIODERMA SPUMARIOIDES (Fr.).
Diderma spumarioides Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 104. Berk.and Curt. in Grevillea.
Carcerina spumarioides Fr., S. V. S8., 451.
Diderma farinaceum Peck, in N. Y. Reports.
Didymium oxalinum Peck, is probably the variety carcerina of the same
species.
Spores :00838—:013™".
On moss, leaves, etc. Car. (Curt.).
58. CHONDRIODERMA ALBESCENS (Phil.).
Diderma albescens Phillips, in Grevillea, V, pp. 114, t. 87, fig. 3.
Spores violet-black.
On pine bark. California (Harkness).
The Myxomycetes of the United States. 393
SUB-GEN. B. DipERMA.
59. CHONDRIODERMA DIFFORME (Pers.).
Diderma difforme Pers., Disp., p. 9.
Didymium difforme Schw., Am. Bor., 2272.
Diderma cyanescens Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 109.
Physarum cesium Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 147.
Physarum album Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 147. Curt., Cat., pp. 112.
Spores :01—:0125™".
On herbaceous stems, leaves, etc. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Conn. (Wright).
60. CHONDRIODERMA TESTACEUM (Schr.). «
Didymium testaceum Schr., t. V, f. 1, 2. Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2278.
Diderma testaceum Pers., Syn., 167.
Diderma Maric Wilsont Clinton, in N. Y. Reports.
Spores :0092—:01™.
On dead stems of plants, leaves, etc. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; N. Jersey
(Ellis) ; California (Harkness).
61. CHONDRIODERMA GLOBOSUM (Pers.).
Diderma globosum Pers., Disp., t..i, f. 4, 5.
Didymium globosum Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2274.
Spores :0083™™.
On leaves. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Bethlehem (Schw.); Boston (Far-
low); N. Eng. (Frost).
62. CHONDRIODERMA BRUNNEOLUM (Ph.).
Diderma brunneolum Phillips, in Grevillea, V, p. 114, t. 87, f. 4.
On oak bark. San Francisco (Harkness).
This seems, from the nature of the capillitium and some
other points, to be hardly a good Chondrioderma.
SUB-GEN C. LEANGIUM.
63. CHONDRIODERMA RADIATUM (Linn.)
Lycoperdon radiatum Linn., Sp. Pl., 1654.
Didymium stellare Schrad., t. 5, f. 3, 4.
Diderma stellare Pers., Syn., 164. B. and Curt. in Grevillea.
Diderma umbilicatum Pers., Syn., 165.
Spores :009—-:012™.
On pine wood. Car. (Curt.).
64, CHONDRIODERMA GASTERODES (Phil.).
Diderma gasterodes Phillips, in Grevillea, V, t. 87, fig. 1.
Spores violet-black, smooth, :015™™.
On bark and moss. California (Harkness).
394 ’ The Myxomycetes of the United States.
65. CHONDRIODERMA FLORIFORME (Bull.).
Sphenocarpus floriformis Bull., t. 371.
Diderma floriforme Pers., Syn., 164.
Leangium floriforme Schw., Am. Bor., 2302.
Leangium lepidotum Ditm., t. 21.
Diderma concinnum B. and C., Grevillea, No. 348.
Spores :01—-0125™".
On trunks. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Bethlehem (Schw.).
66. CHONDRIODERMA LACINIATUM (Phil.).
Diderma laciniatum Phillips, in Grevillea, V, t. 87, fig. 2.
Spores dark violet, :013™".
On dead wood. California (Harkness).
INCERTA: SEDIS.
67. CHONDRIODERMA STIPATA (Schw.).
Leangium stipatum Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2304.
On rotten wood. Bethlehem (Schw.).
68. CHONDRIODERMA CRUSTACEA (Peck).
Diderma crustaceum Peck, in N. Y. Reports.
Spores globose, °0125™".
On sticks and leaves. N. York (Peck).
69. CHONDRIODERMA ALBULA Howe.
Diderma albulum Howe, Bulletin Torrey Bot. Club, pp. 30.
On bark and wood of Atlanthus. N. York (Howe).
These last three species can only be entered provisionally,
until the examination of authentic specimens can determine
their proper position, for which the descriptions are insuffi-
cient.
Genus 14. Lepidoderma DeBary.
70. LEPIDODERMA TIGRINUM (Schrad.).
Didymium tigrinum Schrad., t. 6, f. 2, 3.
Didymium rufipes Fries, Sys. Myce., iii, 116. Curt., Cat., p. 111.
Physarum squamulosum Pers., Syn., 174. Schw., Am. Bor., 2279.
Physarum tigrinum Schw., Am. Bor., 2282.
Spores :01—:0125™™.
On trunks. Car. (Curt., Schw.); Bethlehem (Schw.).
The Myxomycetes of the United States. 395
FAMILY 5. SPUMARIACE#.
Genus 15. Diachea Fr.
71. DracHa%A LEUCOPODA (Bull.).
Trichia leucopoda Bull, t. 502, f. 2.
Diachea elegans Fr., Stirp., 84. Rav., Ex. i, 80.
Diachea leucostyla Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2842.
Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.) ; N. Eng. (Sprague) ; N. York (Peck).
Genus 16. Spumaria Pers.
72. SPUMARIA ALBA (Bull.).
Spumaria mucilago Pers., Disp., t. i, f. a, b, ec. Schw., Am. Bor., 2363.
Didymium spumarioides Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, pp. 121.
Car. (Schw.) ; N. York (Peck).
73. SPUMARIA MICHENERI Berk. In Grevillea, N. A. Fungi, No. 341.
Spores globose, :025—-03™.
On very rotten wood. Penn. (Michr.).
OrpeR III. Amaurochetez.
FAMILY 6. STEMONITACEX.
Genus 17. Stemonitis Gled.
74. STEMONITIS FuscA Roth., Mag. Bot.; Lea, Cinc., p. 69.
Stemonitis fasciculata Pers., Syn., 187. Schw., Am. Bor., 2344.
Spores :0066—-:009™.
On wood, leaves, etc. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Boston (Farlow); Ohio
(Lea); N. York (Peck).
75. STEMONITIS FERRUGINEA Ehbr., Syl. Ber., f. vi. Curt., Cat., p. 112.
Rav., Fun. Car., ii, 75.
Stemonitis decipiens Nees, Leop. Car., XVI, 95. *
Stemonitis herbatica Peck, N. Y. Reports.
Spores globose, :0053—-0075™.
On carious wood, plants, etc. Car. (Curt.); Boston (Farlow).
INCERTA: SEDIS.
76. STEMONITIS PORPHYRA B. and Curt.
In Grevillea, N. A. Fungi, No. 374, not Rav., Exs., ii, 77.
On pine wood. Car. (Curt.).
77. STEMONITIS TUBULINA Schw., Am. Bor., 2345.
Car. (Schw.); Penn. (Schw.).
596 The Myxomycetes of the United States.
78. STEMONITIS MAXIMA Schw., Am. Bor., 2349.
On old Polyporus. Bethlehem (Schw.).
79. STEMONITIS CkyPTA Schw., Am. Bor., 2351.
In cracks of rotten trunks. Nazareth (Schw.).
Genus 18. Comatricha Preuss.
80. COMATRICHA TYPHINA (Roth.).
Stemonitis typhina Roth., Fl. Germ., i, 547. Schw., Am. Bor., 2343.
Stemonitis typhoides De. Fl. Fr., ii, 257.. Ravy., Ex., ii, 76.
Stemonitis pumila Corda, Ic., V, 37.
Spores :0046—:0067™™.
On wood, sticks, etc. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schw.); N. York
(Peck) ; California (Harkness).
81. CoMaTRICHA FRigstana DeBary.
Stemonitis obfuscata Fr., Sym. Gast., 17. Lea, Cine. Pl., p. 69. Rav.,
Fungi Car., V, 84.
Stemonitis ovata Pers., Syn., 189. Schw., Am. Bor., 2347.
Stemonitis globosa Schum., Saell.
Spores :0083—:01™.
Var. A. obovata.
Var. B. oblonga.
On dead wood. Ohio (Lea); Alabama (Peters); Car. (Curt., Schw.),;
Conn. (Wright); Penn. (Schw.); Maine (Morse) ; California (Harkness).
82. ComaTRICHA PERSOONII R.
Stemonitis oblonga Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 159. Curt., Cat., p. 112.
Spores :0066—-0083™.
* 83. CoMATRICHA PULCHELLA Bab.
Stemonitis papillata Pers. Disp., t. i, f. 4. Schw., Am. Bor., 2348.
Stemonitis pulchella Berk., Ann. and Mag. N. H., 1841, t. 12, f. 11.
Stemonitis tenerrima Curt., in Sill. Journ., p. 349. B. and Curt., Grev.,
No. 3738.
A. obovata.
B. oblonga.
On bark, grass, etc. Car. (Curt., Schw.) ; N. York (Peck); Penn. (Schw.)
84. COMATRICHA CONFLUENS C. and E.
Stemonitis confluens Cooke and Ellis, in Grevillea, V, p. 51.
On oak bark. N. Jersey (Ellis).
The Myxomycetes of the United States. 397
Genus 19. Lamproderma R.
85. LAMPRODERMA PHYSAROIDES (A. and S.).
Stemonitis physaroides A. and §S., t. 11, f. 8. Schw., Am. Bor., 2346.
Spores :012—-014™".
On birch trunk. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Ohio (M. J. B.).
86. LAMPRODERMA COLUMBINA (Pers.).
Physarum columbinum Pers., Syn., 173. Schw., Amer. Bor., 2284.
Physarum bryophilum Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, p. 135.
Spores :011—:014™".
On dead wood. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Michr.) ; Boston (Farlow).
87. LAMPRODERMA ARCYRIOIDES (Som.).
Stemonitis arcyrioides Sommf., Tidschr.
On leaves, wood, etc. California (Harkness).
88. LAMPRODERMA ELLISIANA Cooke.
Badhamia penetralis C. and E., Grevillea, V, p. 49.
On pine boards. N. Jersey (Ellis).
This is certainly not a species of Badhamia, according to
the present estimation of that genus. The character of the
capillitium is that of Lamproderma; but the conglutination
of the spores is a feature not yet recognized in any other
species of Lamproderma. The specimens from which the
species was originally described were by no means good;
hence it requires further investigation.
FAMILY 7. ENERTHENEMACE.
Genus 20. Hnerthenema Bowm.
89. ENERTHENEMA BERKELEYANA Rtfki.
Stemonitis mammosa Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, p. 161.
Enerthenema elegans Berk., Ann. N. H., No. 338 (not Bowm.).
Spores -0086—-01™™,
On boards, wood, etc. Car. (Curt., Rav.).
398 The Myxomycetes of the United States.
FAMILY 8& AMAUROCHATACESA.
Genus 21. Amaurochete R.
90. AMAUROCHATE ATRA (A. and S.).
Lycogala atrum A. and S., Consp., t. 3, f. 3.
Reticularia atra Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 86. Curt., Cat., p. 111.
Lachnobolus cribrosus Fr., Orb. Vet., 148.
Spores :014—:015™.
On logs. Car. (Curt.).
FAMILY 9. BREFELDIACES,
Genus 22. Brefeldia R.
91. BREFELDIA MAXIMA (Fr.).
Dermodium inquinans Fr., Gast., p. 9.
Reticularia maxima Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 85. Schw., Am. Bor., 2375.
On trunks. Bethlehem (Schwz.).
FAMILY 10, ECHINOSTELIACESR,
Genus 23. Echinostelivm DeBary.
Not represented in the United States.
—eoo——
Sub-Division Il. LAMPROSPORZ.
Spores ‘diversely colored, never violet.
Section A. ATRICHZ.
Sporangia without a capillitium.
OrpDER IV. Anemese.
FAMILY 11. DICTYOSTELIACES.
Genus 24. Dictyostelium Bref.
Not yet recorded in the United States.
FAMILY 12. “LECH ACH aA?
Genus 25. JLicea Schrad.
92. Licka FLExvOSA Pers., Syn., t. 1, f. 5, 6. Schw., Am. Bor., 2315.
Licea spadicea Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 197.
Spores :0125—-014™.
Car. (Schw.); Bethlehem (Schw.).
Ta" ere
The Myxomycetes of the United States. 399
93. LICEA VARIABILIS Schrad., t. b, f. 5, 6. Schw., Am. Bor., 2314.
On trunks. Bethlehem (Schw., Curt.).
SPECIES INQUIRENDA.
94, LickaA LINDHEIMERI Berk., in N. A. Fungi, No. 369.
Spores globose, *0076™".
‘On dead bark. Texas (Lindheimer).
95. LicEA FALLAX Schw., Am. Bor., 2313.
Car. (Schw.); Penn. (Schw.).
96. LickA ocHRACEA Peck, N. Y. Reports.
On grass and club-moss.
This is clearly not a Zicea, but the description is too im-
perfect to determine the genus. ‘
97. LickA EPIPHYLLA Schw., Am. Bor., 2318.
On fallen leaves. Bethlehem (Schw.).
98. LickA NITENS Schw., Am. Bor., 2319.
On bark. Bethlehem (Schwz.).
Genus 26. Tubulina Pers.
99. TUBULINA CYLINDRICcA Bull.
Tubulina fragiformis Pers., Disp.
Licea tubulina Schrad., N. G., p. 16.
Licea fragiformis Nees, f. 102. Schw., Am. Bor., 2312.
Licea cylindrica Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 195.
Licea microsperma B. and C., Grey., No. 367.
Spores -005—:0067™.
On rotten wood, etc. Car. (Curt., Schw.); Bethlehem (Schw.) ; N. York
(Berk., Peck); Penn. (Michr.); Boston (Farlow); New Jersey (Berk.).
100. TuBULINA sTrIPiITaTa (B. and Rav.) ;
Licea stipitata B. and Ray., Linn. Soc. Journ., TX, p. 350.
Spores pinkish umber, °0046—-005™",
On dead wood. Car. (Ray.).
400 The Myxomycetes of the United States.
Genus 27. JLindbladia Fr.
FAMILY 13. CLATHROPTYCHIACEA.
Genus 28. Clathroptychium R.
101. CLATHROPTYCHIUM RUGULOSUM (Wall.).
Reticularia plumbea Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 88.
Licea applanata Berk., Hook. Jour. 1845, p. 66.
Spores :0083—-01™".
On bark of Quercus alba. Alabama (Peters); Car. (Rav.); N. Jersey
(Ellis).
Genus 29. Enteridium Ehr.
102. ENTERIDIUM OLIVACEUM Ehr.
Reticularia applanata B. and Br., Ann. N. H., t. 11, f. 3.
Badhamia irregularis C. and E., in Grevillea, V, p. 89.
On pine wood. N. Jersey (Ellis).
Sporidia at first agglutinated together from 4 to 20 in a
cluster.
OrperR V. Heterodermess.
FAMILY 14. CRIBRARIACEZ,
Genus 30. Dictydium Schrad.
103. DicrypIuM CERNUUM (Pers.). Schw., Am. Bor., 2355.
Dictydium umbilicatum Schrad., t. 4, f. 1. Curt., Cat., p. 112. Rav.,
Fungi Car., ii, 78.
Dictydium trichioides Chev., Fl. Par. Corda, Ic., V, f. 86.
Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schw.); Boston (Farlow).
SPECIES DUBIA.
104. DicrypDIUM MICROSPERMUM Schw., Am. Bor., 2352.
Car. (Schw.); Penn. (Schw.).
105. Dicrypium veNosuM. Schw., Am. Bor., 2364.
On carious wood. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schw.).
The Myxomycetes of the United States. 401
Genus 51. Heterodictyon R.
Genus 82. Cribraria Pers.
106. CRIBRARIA RUFA (Roth.).
Cribraria rufescens Pers., Disp., t. 1, f. 5. Schw., Am. Bor., 2358.
Cribraria fulva Schrad, t. 1, fig. 1.
Cribraria intermedia Schrad, t. 1, fig. 2.
Spores -005—:0065™™.
On the ground. Ohio (Schw.).
107. CRIBRARIA PURPUREA Schrad. Schw., Am. Bor., 2356.
Spores :005—:°0065™".
Oncariousweod. Car.(Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.); Boston (Farlow).
108. CRIBRARIA VULGARIS Schrad, t. 1, f.5. Schw., Amer. Bor., 2360.
Spores -005—:0065™".
Onrottentrunks. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.) ; Boston (Farlow).
109. CRIBRARIA TENELLA Schrad, t. 3, f. 2,3. Schw., Am. Bor., 2361.
Spores :005—:0065™™.
On rotten wood. Penn. (Schw., Curt.).
110. CRIBRARIA MICROCARPA (Schrad).
Dictydium microcarpon Schrad, t. 4, f. 3,4, Curt., Cat., p. 112.
Cribraria microcarpa Pers., Syn., 190.
Spores :005—-0065™".
On carious wood. Car. (Curt.).
111. CRIBRARIA SPLENDENS (Schrad.).
Dictydium splendens Schrad, t. 4, f. 5, 6. Schw., Am. Bor., 2353.
Spores :005—:0065™",
On rotten wood. Bethlehem (Schw.).
e
112. CrrIBRaRia INTRICATA Schrad, t. 3, f. 1. Curt., Cat. Rav., Fungi
Car., ii, 79.
Spores :005—:0065™™.
On dead wood. Car. (Curt.); N. Eng. (Sprague).
118. CRIBRARIA MACROCARPA Schrad, t. 2, f. 3, 4. Schw., Am. Bor., 2357,
Spores :005—-0065™".
On the ground. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Ohio (Schw.).
7 \ Lees al - a > ve ae | é 4
* é ; : po i,
402 The Myxomycetes of the United States.
114. CRIBRARIA ARGILLACEA Pers. Schw., Am. Bor., 2359.
Cribraria micropus Schrad, t. 2, f. 1, 2.
Licea spermoides B. and Curt., Grevillea, No. 368.
Spores :005—:0065™".
On rotten trunks. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.).
115. CRIBRARIA ELEGANS B. and C. In Grevillea, N. A. Fungi, No. 362.
On decayed wood. Car. (Curt.).
116. CRIBRARIA MICROSCOPICA B. and C, In Grev., N. A. Fungi, No. 364.
On shingles. Car. (Curt.).
117. CRrIBRARIA MINUTISSIMA Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2362.
Cribraria minima B. and C., Grevillea, No. 368.
On rotten wood. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schw.).
SectionB. TRICHOPHORZ.
Sporangia constantly possessed of a capillitium.
‘Orper VI. Reticulariee.
FAMILY 15. RETICULARIACES.
Genus 33. Reticularia Bull.
118. RETICULARIA LYCOPERDON Bull.
Lycogala argentea Pers., Disp., p. 7. Schw., Am. Bor., 2378.
Revicularia umbrina Fr., S. M., ili, 87. Curt., Cat., p. 111.
Spores :008™™.
On rotten trunks. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Bethlehem (Schw.); N. Eng. |
(Murray); N. York (Peck).
INCERTA SEDIS.
119. Reticutarta arrinis B. hd Curt. In N. A. Fungi, No. 340. Berk.,
in Journ. Linn. Soc., Vol. x, p. 347.
Spores oblong, :01™™.
On dead trees. Car. (Curt.).
120. RETICULARIA APPLANATA Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2376.
On bark and wood of Saliz. Bethlehem (Schw.).
121. RETICULARIA STRONGYLIUM Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2374.
Car. (Schw.).
The Myxomycetes of the United States. 403
OrpER VII. Calonenemes.
FAMILY 16. TRICHIACE AX.
Genus 34. Trichia Hall.
122. TRICHIA FALLAX Pers., Ohs., iii, t. 4,5. Schw., Am., Bor., [2323.
Trichia cerina Ditm., t. 25.
Spores :01—-012™".
On carious wood. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.) ; N. Eng. (Frost) ;
California (Harkness).
123. TRICHIA FRAGILIS Sow., t. 279.
Trichia botrytis Pers., Disp., 9. Schw., Am. Bor., 2320.
Trichia serotina Schrad, Journ., t. 3, f. 1. Curt., Cat., p. 113.
Trichia pyriformis Fries, Sys. Myc., iii, 184.
Cratertum floriforme Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2307.
Spores :011—:013™".
On carious wood. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Bethlehem (Schw.).
124, TRICHIA VARIA Pers., var. genuina. Schw., Am. Bor., 2329.
Spores -01—:014™.
On carious wood. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.) ; Conn. (Wright) ;
N. York (Peck).
TRICHIA VARIA, Var. nigripes.
Trichia nigripes Pers., Syn., i, 78. Schw., Am. Bor., 2325.
Trichia olivacea Pers., Obs., i, 62. Schw., Am. Bor., 2327.
Spores -01—-014™".
On rotten wood. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schw.); California
(Harkness).
125. TRICHIA SCABRA Rtfki., Mon., p. 258.
Var. A. analogia C.
The elaters are not so spinulose as in the typical form,
being sometimes scarcely evident.
Spores :01™.
On rotten wood. New York (Peck, 285).
JUNE, 1877. 30 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. x1.
404 The Myxomycetes of the United States.
Var. B. aurea C.
Sporangia densely coespitose, sub-globose or obovate, shining golden
yellow (resembling T. chrysosperma, but of a brighter, deeper yellow).
Mass of spores and capillitium of a deeper color, nearly orange. Elaters
cylindrical, obtuse at the ends, terminating in a smooth point about as
long as the diameter of the elater. Spirals three to four, with intervening
depressions rather wider, scarcely prominent. Spores globose, minutely
but thickly spinulose, 013". diam. Cooke, Brit. Myzx., fig. 258.
On rotten wood. Portland, Maine (Fuller).
126. TRICHIA ABRUPTA Cooke.
Sporangia clustered, globose or ovate, sessile on a delicate hypothallus,
ochrey brown, or pale bay brown. Mass of spores and capillitium of
nearly the same color. Elaters cylindrical, terminating in obtuse ends,
with one, two, or three diverging acute spines as long as the diameter of
the elaters. Spirals about four, with rather broader intervening depres-
sions. Capillitium and eporee dull yellow under transmitted light. Spores
globose, delicately warted, -012™". diam. Cooke, Brit. Myx , jig. 256.
On rotten wood. Portland, Maine (Fuller).
127. TRICHIA CHRYSOSPERMA Bull. Curt., Cat., pp. 113.
Trichia nitens Pers., Obs., i, 62. Schw., Am. Bor., 2328.
Trichia turbinata With., Arr., iv, 180. Curt., Cat., p. 113.
Trichia ovata Pers., Obs., ii, 85. Schw., Am. Bor., No. 23826.
Spores :01—:012, rarely :015™".
On wood and sticks. Car. (Curt., Schw.); Maine (E. C. B.); California
(Harkness); Boston (Farlow); N. England (Russell); N. York (Peck) ;
Penn. (Schw.).
INCERTA: SEDIS.
128. TRICHIA ANGULATA Schw., Am. Bor., 2333.
Licea angulata Fries, 8. V.S.
Inside fallen bark of Fraxinus. Bethlehem (Schw.).
129. TRICHIA MINIATA Schw., Am. Bor., 2322.
On bark. Bethlehem (Schw.).
130. TRICHIA PUNCTULATA Schw., Am. Bor., 2330.
On carious wood. Bethlehem (Schw.).
131. TRICHIA DIFFORMIs Schw., Am. Bor., 2334.
On rotten wood of Juglans nigra. Bethlehem (Schw.).
_ Th #2. x) aM haw Me
i iy St . "
The Myxomycetes of the United States. 405
132. TRICHTA RENIFORMIS Peck, N. Y. Reports.
On bark of Acer. N. York (Peck).
Genus 35. Hemigrcyria R.
133. HEeMIARCYRIA RUBIFORMIS (Pers.).
Trichia rubiformis Pers., Disp., t. 1, f. 3. Schw., Am. Bor., 2321.
Trichia Neesiana Corda, Ic., i, 2886.
Trichia pyriformis Hoffin., V. Cry., t. i, f. 1.
Spores :01—-011™".
On rotten wood and moss. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Bethlehem (Schw.) ;
Canada (Dickie); Boston (Farlow); N. York (Peck).
134. HEMIARCYRIA CLAVATA (Pers.).
Trichia clavata Pers., Disp., p. 11. Schw., Am. Bor., 2324.
Trichia obtusa Wigand, t. 11, f. 4.
Spores :008—-009™.
Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.) ; Boston (Farlow) ; Conn. (Wright) ;
N. York (Peck).
135. HEMIARCYRIA LEIOCARPA Cooke.
Hemiarcyria pallidula Cooke in litt.
Sporangia simple, obovate or pyriform, rarely almost globose, pallid,
with a stem of the same color, as long as the diameter of the sporangia.
_ Mass of spores and capillitium concolorous, or with a slight ochraceous
tint. Capillitium sparse, forming a loose net. Tubes branched in a retic-
ulate manner. Spirals three, thin, prominent along the convex side of
the tubes, mixed with a few short obtuse spines. Spores globose, with a
thin membrane, :0125—-:014™". Cooke, Brit. Myzx., fig. 252, 255.
On decayed vegetable debris. Portland, Maine (Bolles).
Many of the threads are attached to the inner wall of the
sporangium, after the manner of <Arcyria, short, few in
number, and thin-walled, differing in this feature from H.
clavata in a marked manner.
136. HEMIARCYRIA SERPULA (Scop.).
Trichia reticulata Pers., Disp., 10. Schw., Am. Bor., 2332.
Trichia serpula Pers., Disp., 10. Schw., Am. Bor., 2331.
Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Bethlehem (Schw.); N. York (Peck).
406 The Myxomycetes of the United States.
137. HEMIARCYRIA STIPATA (S.).
Leangium stipatum Schwz., Am. Bor., No. 2304.
Carolina (Schw.).
FAMILY 17. ARCYRIACER.
Genus 36. Arcyria Hill.
138. ARCYRIA PUNICEA Pers., Disp., 10. Schw., Am. Bor., 2338. Rav.,
Fungi Car., ii, 80.
Arcyria fusca Fr., Gast., 17.
Arcyria vernicosa Rost., Supp. p. 36.
Spores .0067—:0075™".
On carious wood. Car. (Schw., Curt.); Penn. (Schw.); N. York
(Peck) ; Boston (Farlow) ; California (Harkness).
1389. ARCYRIA POMIFORMIS (Roth.).
Arcyria umbrina Schum., Saell., 1479. Curt., Cat., p. 113.
Arcyria ochroleuca Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 181. Curt., Cat., p. 113.
Arcyria lutea Schwz., Syn. Car., 396. Schw., Am. Bor., 2339.
Spores :0075—:008™".
On carious wood. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; California (Harkness).
140. ARCYRIA STRICTA R.
Arcyria cinerea Bull., Schw.,,Am. Bor., 2336.
Arcyria pallida B. and C., Grevillea, No. 365.
Arcyria trichioides Corda, Ic., 11, f. 86.
Spores :0066—-0083™".
. Oncarious wood. Car. (Schw., Rav.) ; Penn. (Schw.) ; Texas (Lindh.) ;
Ohio (Lea); Boston (Farlow) ; N. Jersey (Berk.).
141. ARCyRIA DIGITATA (Schw.).
Stemonitis digitata Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2350.
Arcyria Leprieuri Mont., Ann. Sci. Nat., iii, (1855), p. 141.
Arcyria bicolor B. and Br., Cub. Fung., ii, p. 86.
Spores :0066—-:0095™".
On rotten wood. Car. (Schw.); Penn. (Schw.); N. York (Peck).
142. ARCYRIA INCARNATA Pers., Obs., t. v, f. 4,5. Schw., Am. Bor., 2337.
Arcyria carnea Schum., Saell., 1477.
Arcyria adnata Rost., Supp., p. 37.
Spores :0066—-0075™".
On carious wood. Car, (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.); N. York (Peck).
The Myxomycetes of the United States. 407
143. ARCYRIA NUTANS (Bull.) Curt., Cat., p. 113.
Arcyria flava Pers., Obs., i, 85. Grev., t. 309. Schw., Am. Bor., 2335.
Spores :0075—-0083™".
On carious wood. Car. (Curt., Schw.); Boston (Farlow); Conn.
(Wright) ; N. York (Peck, Schw.); Penn. (Schw.).
144, ARCYRIA VERSICOLOR Phillips, Grevillea, v, p. 115, t. 88, fig. 8.
Arcyria vitellina Phillips, in Grevillea, v, p. 115, t. 88, fig. 7 (exclusive of
fig. d).
On bark and logs. California (Harkness).
From comparison of authentic specimens, we are convinced
that there are no specific differences in the two forms A.
versicolor and A. vitellina. In the threads of the latter we
can find no structure like that of the figure 7, above cited in
part.
145. ARCYRIA MINOR Schw., Am. Bor., 2341.
On soft wood. Bethlehem (Schw.).
Genus 37. Lachnobolus Fr.
146. LacHNOBOLUS GLOBOosus (Schw.).
Arcyria globosa Schw., Syn. Car., 400. Schw., Am. Bor., 2340.
Craterium globosum Fr., Sys. Myc., iii, 154. Curt., Cat., p. 112.
Nassula globosa Fr., 8. V. 8.
Spores :0067™".
On corn-stalks, involucres of Castanea, etc. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn.
Schw.); N. York (Peck); Boston (Farlow).
INCERTAs SEDIS.
147. LACHNOBOLUS CINEREUS Schw., Am. Bor., 2378.
On stems. Salem (Schw.); Car. (Curt.).
Genus 38. Dermodium Rtfki.
Genus 39. Lycogala Mich.
408 The Myxomycetes of the United States.
148. LycoGALA EPIDENDRUM (Buxb.). Rav., Fungi Car., ii, 74.
Lycogala miniatum Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2268.
Lycogala punctauta Pers., Syn. 158. Schw., Am. Bor., 2269.
Lycogata terrestre Fr., Sys. Myc., iii. Rav., Fungi Car., iv, 78.
Spores -0035—-0058™,
Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.); Ohio (Lea); Boston (Farlow).
a
Genus 40. Cornuvia R.
Genus 41. Oligonema R.
FAMILY 18. PERICH HZ NACE2Z£,
Genus 42. Perichena Fr.
149. PerICHANA CORTICALIS (Batsch.).
Perichena populina Fr., Gast., 12. Curt., Cat., p. 113.
Perichena quercina Fr., Gast., 12. B. and Curt., N. A. Fungi.
Physarum luteo-album Schum., Saell., 1430.
Perichena circumscissé Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2309.
Perichena artocreas B. and Ravy., in N. A. Fungi, No, 370.
Perichena marginata Schwz., Am. Bor., 2310.
Licea artocreas B. and Rav., Fungi Car., ii, 82.
- Spores -01—-012"".
On bark. Car. (Schw., Curt.) ; Penn. (Schw.).
150. PERICH2ZNA DEPRESSA Lib., Ex., iv, No. 378.
Perichena vaporaria Schw., Am. Bor., No. 2811.
Perichena marginata Schwz., Amer, Bor., 2310.
Spores -009—:011™™,
On branches. Car. (Schw., Curt.).
151. PERICHZENA VARIABILIS R.
Ophiotheca umbrina B. and Curt., in N. A. Fungi, No. 372. Grevillea, V,
p- 5d.
Spores globose, :0083—-01™".
Car. (Curt.); N. Jersey (Hllis).
152. PrRICHZNA VERMICULARIS Schw.
Physarum vermicularis Schwz., Am. Bor., No. 2296.
Carolina (Schwz.).
b> ah
The Myxomycetes of the United States. 409
153. PERICHZNA IRREGULARIS B. and Curt., in N. A. Fungi, No. 371.
Spores globose, then broadly elliptic.
On bark Car. (Curt.).
SPECIES INQUIRENDA.
154. PrERICH#NA FLAVIDA Peck, in N. Y. Reports.
On moss. N. York (Peck).
[Perichena strobilina Fr., S. M., iii, 191, is referred to Pleosporopsis
strobilorum CErst. }
Notre. Many species are inserted in this synopsis, as for
instance those of Schweinitz, provisionally and approximately,
as the intimate structure is too little known to give them a
definite position with any degree of certainty. Although
these uncertain species are included under definite genera, it
must not be supposed that these approximations are given
with confidence as to their absolute accuracy.
END OF VOL. XI.
i " ’ 7
o)
His MMI MIRNA et cian OF LAN ke |
aby
. 4
Ps ‘ vs, ~ Pra ob 6 va ee
t : Le a Ae ae
+4 if 5
2 Ry: 7 ha Uo eo eee
: r Foe
» id ry phe 5 i
' P ‘ é
“ Bile VOR fly 2 se :
D
A ‘
. ‘ ay ". ‘ ee’
: fs de ft < 5 LPOCiGe see Sete ef ~ Uy?" ieee
Ley aah OSES bee wigs VE? © Phe) PAR VEE A Gime vaste ee ras 2 ate
’ s ie -
‘ ti W , u
: . é mtle
Pat eo Ue see iad | t f Us 1W3a) cad he ies ME Ee aL
bi i ‘ ‘os Re : is 4 Py
ie ay - as 5 its "ht & (Ob ED 2) i ee aed bad 3} a
£ as 9
, Wy
. oie f
dear} teats Rei hed Oye ie Viseey
é f 5 : 1
; aa Oa
}- 4 tt
IPSN IED PaRhiGeins 4p on Pee? i earod ti 1st)
PN Dex.
[The names of new species are printed in Roman letters ; synonyms and
species to which reference is made are in Italics; names of sub-families,
families, or higher divisions, in SMALL CAPITALS. |
PAGE.
PMMOEUIINTS ete ees) cave 2 woe 343, 344, Acronycta brumosa.......... 92, 93
PANTICHICANUS © anaes One| OWGOLAA «1. aloo cle ino ys =ys 9:
BEN SCOUT ate eae cro ehereeere 344 | WONG <i Hees aes 93
Accipiter Cooperi............ 10, 145 Verrier ab Seas Spa meske ee 92
USCS Pe |. dcr MeN 10 | Actiturus Bartramius........... 11
ACHATELIINA. ........ 191, - 193 | Actodromas minutilla........... 11
Achatina Gundllae Oe dan aed ae Oey 2a eyed | AUCH le ec eee geneustononeuneicionel dele evar 322
Achatinella, 189, 190, 191, 192, /\(CLINE aig a a eatiencra Che tin OLLIE Ore 107, 109
193, 194 (MONO OM ns occ 0o.ce wae 95, 109
COCUTUTEOLOD 2 5h. danas s age eta 193 | Aigialites nivosus.............. 11
CCU ir tac SA ae Sa 198 | voe ifer USK nia): svinita'l=) sie lehiefehefeuste 10
CULUTGU GHA yt Oy ane 191, 192, 193} Athalium candidum............ 389
DULLUOS WERE el arene ds Ahonoe pices eNO POPPUNCOUDS. in chm ehshee is ie 389
(UPESTROD G Rem Shep een EER SE Se 198 FURUNTS careers ere OOS
CLUTULOD AS Paste tities Bat Ue aoe: 193 od0j O) UMT Nereeises He mic opiales, Gist
(CORN TOY NOR SIN Couey Eee 192 NOLS COGUMU vere reared sate eter 386
ECON: eye eos at ts LN ora 192 SCPUCUINE. week oN ey eel 389
IROUETOTR epee RE ae 192, 1938 UAPOTATTUM 02.0. 2422+2++ O89
TVLG UL ons hatatccen epee s Sitters: 2 195 EGONGA Neh e OOCI NT AO OOOO 389
INT IN OT OUU eta as = SaaS Sy 190 | Agelweus phaeniceus....... 7, 141, 142
BUCS at wos. LOT Oe | Aprotinhila montand.. dodrdes.. 108
OUP ORNS 8S oS sao Me PAV OL Srarcrs tre! erat erste a oicteceet 107, 108
MORON Ure oca oe aot te cies 192, 193 AGGMMNIS testetace saci 93
DIUMDEO ee Nea Nao tne 190 SE Us CR ans AAG OS Ne 94
RO SCU Mote rct cs oy shanthonere nick ROR 192 COMMIS aoa ated = asta 304
sanguinea. ... 193 (HO ITN A ALE Si A 304, 305
SOURUI RSE BOOED One Crna 195 (COTO MARAE Oe Crit ce Okae B05
SOUS NUOVO Coe ie ORG Or 193 HOTA GLUS IS wc ovate 2 ae. ane rane 304
SUROTNUNE cake te eee ee 195 NANO RK Pa he Scie Ss oSo.n 95
LEUNG Ober Pte aN soge eee ens 1985 USLORAICH so. Sakae ae 95
(RETA DESY O° pe Rie cio toed tee AU aed Oba TMOMPAM As kc hy sete 94, 108
UIT ALCL Oca tas wits sere) antty Sete ee 193 Olea lcenStss av. cea are 95
BONUSED. © aa. 1+ 3's 191, 193, 195 OP UPOnOe oer vataey settee 95, 108
CMG UMAID SF 2c. 3 «ee castes 192 DELCONMUA Reenter er 304
UTNE Fas evel ies) eens 192 placidacsi: 22.65 4 sconasa- 305
Achatinellastrumi.... 2 6.0%. 6. ¢ 194 RUPDCCUSL ce tee Se 304
PNGICUIAEE Oil Se se Sate eee ees 15: SChODULUMLO/| Ere tes 95, 108
Acidaspis Trentonensis...... 156, 157 UCHENODULSH in ssrcpeis cteke neh a 94.
NGLOTIS CMU Sec sic ore 391 VONLDUIS A ru tents See 94
PNCTOMY CEA -58 sks Cah gale es ares DUS [AIX SPONSW ss cu cisrejieceieet sees 13
412 Index.
PAGE. PAGE,
IATFANTO LD AU) 5's. iaiais ea cremate emer 6 | Amiurus wanthocephalus......... 377
FAMINE TS BULE:s, 6°. 1s ere eich ee a EE: 106 | Ammoceoetes argenteus.......... SHEP
Albuminoid ammonia.......... 281 WOT Wc seccs ce eos 377
PAU ture Use ers ceo ee ee 342,043: | Ammonocerisiit:.... sane 7 Ato)
GMO0UIS Ta sce cee ee 343) | AIO LITA Ren otas c\<\on,2 or eae 104
ACCHUS . 6s, 3.0 sian eh Rae 342 | AMPHUOIDAN S26. ou...) eee Op mlag
GACUUUS «=: < ssi scars emtoteiane 342, 370 | Ampelis cedrorum............ 5, 139
RTETONOPS: seatnieie iio eon one 343.) Amphibullimare ey... osee 30, 46
SOGHUS © Aavanle ark tiseentetete 3438 appendiculdta ..........-. 188
ATURE OPS: 5 di r.12 aio tees 333, 334 CEPT OSS 2 aiw.'s one's o tenes 2 ee
DICTNRUULS Srvorecutiers < etoeoe 330 TOROUGLING ares Na eine aie 199
JAIDUENTIS GMavUis® . .)-es species = 343 WALORATLG Reale, set Ais tae ooo ee 188, 199
MOTUS 5.6.00 00 Soe sodSe0 043 | Amadenus: on esreceriie caer 180, 196
SOLUS). Suncen See Sees 343) AMartay.c ser 94, 95, 107, 108, 109
(AGE; GE UIN TD) Alyy 2) see tele le alerevoteerea 8, 148 Ogi: mails Geckes cid Seca ee 94
AICO) HOM s clan oa So oc pone Oe 156 OMISSA Le ee 101
Alethopteris Pennsylvanica...... 56 MElONODOR Aces Sie eee 102
LAE Chile GTO) rig ne aca eo one 302 MOCMAUDT OSA era seers 101
Allosa sapidissima, . .....5.+- 366, 369 | NAV ETS cy chara ionst oe oe 107
AU IMO EROCKG! eo. petae «Seer 15: | -Amasibosclids cee ccessa eee 12
Alvordius aspro. ..310, 870, 378, 875 | GDS CLIUS:' Sarde seusrs 12 eee 12
CUIGES oe 6 saad bos oe COLON ISTO: AR ATRED ALAS Soe ee ele foe eee ee 12
PAIN ILE eckeyerelsoohttale kunnen 28 UANEMEH.. 2 .6 acne eee 398
GOGGLES @'-ie eletonss ees eve euelon 22 | Angioridium sinwosum......... 386
OVC Ne oA son snH6 9334 22 | WOOT tet) eee B86
JAIME?) oe 5 bas pocian Se Ok 193, 194 | Anguilla vulgaris ......352, 369, 373
AMAUROCH@TACE........... BOS | A ING WUE TMD Ade sey elenelen eonekscte eens 352
Amaurochoete airai. ic... 6... 398 | Anomalocystites..........2.52.. 156
AMAUROCHETH AD. 2... Jc.05 065 395 | Anser hyperboreus............-. 12
ARTATIROSPORAM <0. ssa os 5 ='ee ee 383 | Anthus Judovicianus........... 3
Amblodon concinnus ........... 319 | Antrostomus Nuttali............ 8
GPURURICNIS 5 = Sse merits 318, 319 UOGU LCI US: apaisehes ote tee ee 143
P21 SRS BOGOR ORICA: BLO: | Apatelay ality.) —scctis ol.) tale pteletete ste 302
Age) HES 5 aa aac eri © 319 PUTCO ES te a0» nist ov aa 302
Ambloplites, 315, 316, 360, 361, 369 OGCICENIGIS = ..<1-na eee 302
370, 373, 376 DSi chs de ahaa cee Le 302
Telheloides eee SID eOlGs| VANDER ta... eye 191, 192, 193, 194
rupestris, 315, 316, 361, 369 | Aphododerus SUYONUS. aerate 368
B70; 373; VSG: PAR IGESE: ~, < -)ch< te tetieterer ete eeee ele 313
Amblyura corusca ............. 129 | Aplodinotus grunniens...... 318, 319
DATA Someta > 25040, Tuo dao. oe DSS A POCOPEs «cee usu: oe eke | rere 330)
MAGMA cra, rate oe eee ols DST |MAMOPOME a. cote eseies tole 58
Amiurus, 351, 366, 367, 368, Apomotis cyanellus......... 359, 376
369, 877 | Aquila Canadensis.............. 9
GUD 50 ofnj0 se eee 367 CHLYSALLOS ajpian'=' selene 9
SAGHONETISIS 2 0 oeve ene: 351 | Archibuteo ferrugineus........-- 9
jovnbhavelaWiciieo oon o 366, 367, 369 LAG OPUS SE Josie ae See 9
COPUS .,<cies hevo ee OI 367 Sancti-Johannis ...2.+2-5. 9
CUPREUS Hel eee 351, 369, 377 | Arcyriaadnata.. 2s. 025 Same 406
FORUUS. <0. ree eE Re 351 bicolor jar<:. «0+ 2 jee 406
lands” Qos wea: eee 368 CORNED Ss che) 5 Sees 406
MarMoralus ......2seeeee- 368 | CiNeT EMS x. 4.) ee 406
MeUS!..2 bikes career BY we Digital ac). he 8 oe eee 406
TUG MICOS oes ee eye tastes 367 Dy: SR een he 1 407
platyeephalus . cic iene 2s 367 PUSH 5... eel iain Un eee 406
CU PECTS aoe cip WeacaE Sede 367 Glov0sd) one ak eee 407
Index. 413
PAGE PAGE.
Areyriadncornaannsiss.. 5... 406 j: Ay tysh Fer Lue: ote ke a ere arcen eee 13
(EGBTICUMN EASE Sos, ee 3 8 406 | Badhamia............390, 397, 400
[WES 3 Soe COPE CR ee 406 CHTYSOUMCH OTs settee aleeteyocts 390
NOUR OM Ae ke Shah eke ee we 407 GECUPIENS) =... Baad echt cette 390
HUOIIS RE Rete oa) of et . 406 WD OMATLO me ere tay eteca nee ee ater 390
OGRFOIUCIAS wilt Relo os ek. 406 TIGUPAULES FAS SS deren = 390,
FOUN TU OR reo eae 406 Un CEEMOTUS ene fern tahoe rata ete 400
PGRN ORMUISH rai es 5 a a ae os 406 ODUCT retary cero crete 390,
PRULRCL OR eateries treet ia Ste dee ese 406 (TACHIRUS a Gono oobsoo Sao 397
NUCL ete cs 8.235 vc eS mare oe 406 LLU UCHLI US aie cia sim ove terete one 390,
LERGIULOWIES# Vos as < hours core os 406 | Bellerophon............ 18, 117, 118
OHTA CBRE EP CEE 406 Coutinhoanus....... ala yea alte:
UCTIUCOSUR Si 2% steed ere 406 Galletantuspeescaceee ee 118
BESICOLOT Aes scelae le cree 407 LOLS ek MNS fated fai eres ee 117
RLOLIITUD Sra ats) sa Se ya Sees 407 MONLFOTUOMUS ce +2. telee soe 18
URCYRIACHAS «. 0 So6.c05 ee. £06 IMOr oars: see e 117
Ardea cerulea......... 146 [URE CUTIES 665 Goo DOenode 18
PECL OUMESE Seri ache ee mises si 12 MP ORURORTULS ex aet aac sl sie eho ore\ 118
TURONED (Stealers caster 146 SLELCTUSOILUS aire theese sree role 18
FACES DED MRUaR FS ats Go tela oes 2, 146 ERMOUTUUS ators se ae late eke 118
J\ RENTS OG oma OO Com an 331, 341 tumidus (Var.). 5 cescessss 118
LUTLONUS ee nate ste ee ara eet 333 (eld Seige! NE A ee 2 Soe eee 127
DOUUISUSISTs aaeoehion Sooo 331 WOLOLOR Rata ra, eto taraert Seater 294
MELOTOUIUTUOS» 81 fay area eet ele = 341 | Binneya notabilis.......185, 184, 196
PATTON axes | eae s,c8 os Qari: MS2nlelODNA a arnridicae asd c cane i eweake LOL
Andersoni....... 1S 95296" | BlnerGatives sews os aces 351, 366
CONfOTNICUS Seicfess Gj olse s o42 Tene WelsilorS My GtabwVoN es eos eee a naoo macs 375
Columbianus’...........-: 181 | Bodianus achigan .............. 315
PAGMIp ibs & isc <5 181, 195, 196 TUPCSUTIS... dees Jeet == OLD. oO
IDLE CTO ape A Sea NS 181, 182 Boleichthys elegans......... 308, 369
ATIONEANGENSONUS tc dscce os sels: 182 | Boleosoma, 308, 3809, 311, 368, 369
WOLMiSet Ocean fe os, = 182 ola, O10
PTLONUAS «eit sh ets 30, 178, 179, 180 TSG RIMMN BG Seay ov Jno. 308
/ATAINOE CRT dO Ree ee 311 DRevIpINne = feo 2. wasn olde one)
Asaphus gigas, 155, ae 157, 158, 159 CHUMO ETB at. Ais: siden ine sere 311
megistos ....155, 156, 158, 159 MOCULONCEIS so. roo = aes dll
Wapraltre Goalies... 22.2 >. 5 105, 106 maculalum........66- 373, 3879
PMS PMOPELCA NS ici ieite tices ele « d11, 312 Olmistedie's 2.2 2) so eet 368
ZOO TOGA tes over Sets Ole stigmeeum...... 309, 311, 369
Aster notremia mesotr em. 368 LES SCLOMIUTIUSH res, <6 eve: oro eneectet aie 311
PAU HIESESEN(EINAD oi-S, :2).ae. ec. «whey arene 376 | Bonasa winbelloides .......: Ri rctEN 10
Athyris subtiliia.......... 1G}, ali alts! LETTILCLS Sat cet onahe tote ee eee 10, 145
PNUMTOSPNETES§ RM hk Bese cece Botaurus lentiginosus ........... 12
percentage of carbonic an- Branta Canadensis ...........4. 12
WNP A LE MEL ‘ioctl Sica a cra rele Pf Cig el 671.241 A ER Mae Pee 361
percentage of oxygen in.. BREFELDIACEAD 5). 6 34.5.15 2. 398
270, 271 | Brefeldia maxima. .::2:2..-.... 398
Atmospheric ozone, 272, 273, GI .c. SEC RR Re ee OLl, 310
2t4,, 2io°| Brookville Coals): . ies. oe TOs aus,
PAVE ITALS SAS ao S535 eee ey 383, 398 | Brownsville Coal..... 47, 51, 52, 57
PMiny pa MelicnlaSTs. 2232328 Fac 295 | Bryttus Floridensis............. 360
Aulopora arachnoidea........... 156 MULANODS A Rievapie srr creer 309
Mumicuiawpellucens (2s. ees ee 87 ANUUNCO PUSS, shor tas ee srcnereectetatae 359
AtiTiecMlellar tag: S24. 5084 192, 198, 194 PELL CULOLUSUc 2 Raley ettle, items 360
Aviculopecten Whitei.......... Si) PEW ORT CCH She rere terrae rie 9
Aythya Americana... 5.00. 3~s 13 Vanginnanusss 2 sae eee 9
414
PAGE.
Bucephala albeola....... v2 en 13
AINCTICONU, isk settle eel
USER GLI G1 One asin ora eta ac 13
Bulimellla. <i... 191, 192, 198, 194
[eveiloomblwy AS S5 45ade0e 33, 35, 46, 76
CLOPTOUNS es ase ciel Sne roiioe 187
CULES A eee 37, 187
Altoperuvianus. .384, 35, 37, 44
auris-leporis ....... 36, 40, 187
Bahamensis....... 36, 187, 199
CHIYS ONS cr totems (ey saeiels 37, 187
cinnamomeo-lineatus ....387, 187
CONUCIUSY croret ie bate ease reds 187
dealbatus ....... eo ty lion
OUTS Aen ee Pee Hie altsit
(CNS RES Se MPa COre as Gone ktoe 200
HOMAUS AS cla se sta tyetre ee 187
Guadalupensis....+.... 37, 187
LOMAS Us Ai eatns Ra eter 36, 187
(GHNEOMEITS Saaeokes onc 36, 37, 187
LOCOS Maan nee 84
ee ea rat 186, 196
Lobbi. 2, 34, 35, 37, 44, 187
membranaceus.. ce : ee 187
en esciets Asc de cate 187 |
pallidior. ah 186, 18%, 195
ACD UTOCOUS ere == ee Ose LON
Peruvianus, 35, 37, 40, 44, 187
MOTUITUULOI Se atetsl te eet 37, 44, 187
UEAROLCUS chal pee oka tel ks teehee ieee 37
rhodolaryne.... 2... 37, 44, 187
S7AMUORUDS Ve gudodson Ss 37, 187
solutus. . CRMs Aoi inl tot
Sporadicus ...4 wssee es a 187
SUCMUNECUSIn a seineleeteyacieiers 84
trigonostomus ...+..+++++- 187
Vineentinus ... 187
WIR Socnoncengs noc 187
BAMNIMNIS en tomeeniiesics sete 33
aulacostylus....+. +05. 39
OUTS“ SCHUTT. cache isiciac = leas 33
QPES=SUENT etal tetieinas Sa, alt
Copco naan yodo6a0s0 3K 33
WO UCOLOULIS a eiaeieeierevetste 32, 44
GR ao aD OAC OD oe BI)
FLUE. 52, 8) avon ates eereieh =e 30
hasta... Re, verte 85
TROQTUPICUS).10\n\ 0 oreo eleeletey=ts By)
MNUGATINVON GUUS pein eny pteeenre tose 33
TUAVLCOLOT:, a) ate seisianee rete leis 38
ODLOTLGUS areatoiratels ett 35
odontostomus........+. 35
OUGHES aie hee reas 3 39
porphyrostomus.......+62+. 88
SCOPADUS a sista va ston teaegete 33
SUCTINCUS nie soleisia Rei ee 84
Index.
Carbonic anhydride............
PAGE.
Buteo borealis: 35) .\. seam erase 10
COULTTES, Fe tr. sts ar Cane 10
LEOUISON I 4, «ce aoe reer 10
Caleimites fares he. eee 16, 56
Calamospiza: ticolor.....2.. 252 5s
CAL CARMAN Sots net. 2s sieves sore oeee 383
Calliurus .. 318, 315, 358, 359, 360
BIOTUOCTISIS ieias va rane 358, 360
GRUIITUS AS oat CHa Bo toe ec 309
MEN ODS niet a. ee Me
punctulatus, 318, 815, 358, 3859
Callocerdy ok Saar Seen 128
Calocamipawyme eee ete 99, 100
CINCTING. § oe soak eee ee
curvimacula....... .99, 100
CROLL) Malet tees pene 2 OG
GerMAN War Cis. lirs caeeery 99, 100
TUDOR DD. Sees aot «atcha teas 99, 100
SOUGAMUNTS s(t oo) ee 100
| UCEUSIO. oe NC ee 100, 101
GAT ONE MIRA 55/26 oes ini syle ee 403
Calymene pee, Le ome tans 155, 156, 157
Campostoma, 225, 326, 369, 370, BYE
375, 366
anomalum, 325, 326, 369, 37
373, 375, 376
COLUDLENO stiey ate etl eee 526
ub c.. Beeler eee B20
FORMOSUNUIT oes einen 325
GOOIOUUUUMT a .neerne eee 326
Tgp ODUS: Jes c's chek See 826
TGIIUNUS 5 3d ow 606 ig Ee 326
NUUSULTIN we cine /ecshaits aise ee 326
OTOUMUMa cs ears eee 326, 369, 370
Campylorhynchus brunneicapillus — 3
CAPRIMULGNDAN. nae cee 8, 143
Caracoluigs.; si5-neree atc 82
in the atmosphere........ 276
in the ground........ 216, 207
Carcerina spumarwides ........- 392
Carella. te Gack: ~.06 See mets 193, 194
ORSUO) te, Neri asics tela eee 193
eal Sao men Aa ea M2 193
Cardinalis Virginianus.......... 140
Carpiodes, canpie. <x -....: 2eseeae 377
CUPTINUS Raters «ils renee 368
Carpodacus @assinti... .../.. see 5
GRUDKATS pod ono oes 83 22 | 5)
DUMDURCUSIE = <°-/s\- otras 140
Gat ish) cis 566 sise/sis tee 366, 367
Cathartesiq@ur@i. cc. + erste 10, 145
Californianus .. 2... os. 10
CATHARTIDAT ci nis aniers sone iers 10, 145
Catherpes conspersus.......+-+ 3
MEW CONUS fec.ciois leita iene 3
Index. A415
PAGE PAGE
Watocala Frew nic. ess eee OOM (Cis gins MUO Ney Aas goes Osacoas6 3
NE RILON CO agents chcisyas'-\sher- 301 | Ceryle aleyon. . .8, 143
MeLUCLOMt soryotepetare's) 300, 801, 303 | Cheenobryttus, “3817, "358, "359, 360
CATOSTOMIDAD........ 345, 366, 377 368, 369
Catostomus, 312, 321, 332, 333, 345 CROMOCUSE eateetstereteecerer eral 360
346, 347, 348, 349, 355, 869 HIGTAGEN SIS ane ee nar eet 360
BO), Bioe Se gulosus..... 358, 359, 361, 368
HS OSIONICTISUS) cians <aiee cle eaters 345 Gillin tals een 360
IDM GUEST: ahs Pee OS 349 ean B is HS SAN 317, 358, 359
CLES = Sitin Site sis's, so dncks Bots 347 viridis.......858, 359, 360 369
CULTS sw = BIS eave toreeskaie S4Gn Chrstetesieassy scisseuteutecis elcsceeucre 294
BS ODUSERS for ieisksl sehen oie eee 347 LEW AROEROED 255 Soon obo Bde 295
Htowanus....... 345, 346, 369 | Cheetura pelasgia........ ....-+. 143
HOS CULLUSicgcetee! sp ckofal an erie ee 347 )\t@hanne) ICatees cesses 30, Bd7, 300
FOES CLOLONIS aera tne oe ties BYU | CrsONIWAIDIEI NUD Din oe oa ae Aeon ODOC 10
IUD SUS Eten aaverece niebene s honere 347 | Chaulelasmus sireperus......... 12
TUS ORIMUSr ree set ree B45. (348) | (Chetlomentus 22e apc ck catuiei-eeie se ORE
(MUCKCTUOSU Soe Gaicis ols Be Shoe Bytay IM Claeshavintlets = Ago co Oop oo noob doo UC 155
MEGUSIOMUUS):.. 6 2 tlcihe ats.c 345 | Chilodipterus affinis.... ...... 58
(MOIS, eaian Hoatho. 08 Aer 347 | Chilomycterus orbitosus....... 69
TLELOMLORUS ares esietceiescus orstee 3595 | Choanopoma, occidentale........ 85
nigricans, 812, 321, 345, 546 | Chondestes grammaca.....,.... 5
SYA): Bir), By CW || Clivorachaoolemaney oeaceacannou000 392
DUONGUS ta nmrce ener aaenici 3 346 (CHOASTAOS oannoaauoaenoooUT 392
(UNO TOSS Ree an Bon One 345 GiGi Has ecnetto ene .Gem, tego D.D 394
teres .. .382, 345, 370, 378, 377 DIET COULN I see are tetatsi ct aie) or 393
OAOGEREU OTIS s eros dO REPOS 347 OMIGIN CT crrenon oado compe 394
UREILOT RUS en cram asin 8 vel Sle, apa d47 CIRO od oman occob oe. 395
LOPULOPUSY 5 <2» oes aye 5c) 345 KOMIMOUMA a ccha oon oooSe 394
Cauda Galli Grit, 291, 292, 294, 297 DOISTEOU CS erie ser tietena 393
Centrarchus, 315, 316, 358, 359, 360 LOOSE epereteNato hese 6 393
368 LA GULOTUIN Ee eheaie emo ee 394
COHEUSI Mai Gil Soin eases aa 316 (RIRTNVONII Duds @ Cece ee Se. escoe cut 393
HOLS CHEGUSE SIA Ren a eros 315 SPUMOTIOUES o.\ eb mies « 392
GLO SUIS! Snclith vie kec, Sates 308, 3)9 IOWHONS gy aracacttion. a Dobe. Coc 394
UI MACUS AA mito cies ote 368 EON AUI I Oe Sle 6 geko bead ose 393
AURORE ROY OMT RUIS 4's aha Sneha ROT 368 | Chondropoma basicarinatum.... 78
GUSGIUMISE Aerated cette oases uli) CHOTDIFEPUN <a. \i% abe lao ae 7
PDCRLUCOMUNUS 1.100 a tome ahel« 316 SCMUEOCTUBCIESE a tase! cy elalisbele +) = 7
CHP SA UA A ei 358, 360 SOOM COSMAS Goleta oo to ack 151
Centrocercus urophasianus ...... 10 | Chondrostoma proliwum........ 326
Centurus Carolinus. 22.2. 5.052. 144 TDULUUITTU Raise tale s ton Poheel chad tee 320
Ceratichthys,..... ute Oe Bo, ailby | COMMONERS bls geno cou ondo0 oece oc 296
amblops.... =..-.-..828, 3829 (CON NUIOHT oe agn one Gn ebe 296
(Oo PEMG KITES SS Croom coeice 6 ccc e 300 PTLES OLOOGN. +5, heh oeacickerorstetenene 18
GU CMOUNR ert ota ls Sains. yen seteavals 356 (GOUSIAUTID Gocoebbmo soon c 296
hyalinus SOR ee 328, 329, 330 | Chordeiles Henryi ............ 8
hamsinonisin Wah see 330 DO DCTUCWeicnctarn vial WANS erate 8
LEB OSUS TS Sect tesla ese 530) PRO MOIR oa Gao HAG Ue ac 143
MCLONOTUS em an naked er irate 355 | Chraecocephalus Philadelphia.... 18
MERON OU OMe telecine) eects 356 | Chrosomus. . .,3833 334, 338, 373, 377
SUGIMOMCUS = oie eee tetera 396 erythrogaster, 383, 334, 373, 3877
Ceraurus pleurevanthemus, 155, 156 | Chrysomitris pinus............. 5
159 DS QUTIOES. cre eye teioredsiarere cls 5
Werthia Americand...4. 4001. a2 3) UP ISUUS Ss a Rt cober oe ast 5, 140
WCQMULICANIS Says rctavaier seme tee SWIM Ole Pte ee ees and oe 3138, 314, 315
416
Index.
PAGE.
Cichla fasciata..... 213 ae 315
FlOrOndece eee eee ole; S14
TUMNTNG). «2/1. 315
ORETISIST Ete eee 315
Cienkowskia reticulata. ......... 383
CHENIKOWSEKLACH Al) 7 es laine « 383
OmemnatieGrouphy-eress creer. 291
GIN GUIDIANRE oc eeals {ote ee 2
Cinclus Mewicanus ....... ByatRehs 2
Cionella ..... PaNC ka wal Dow O0
Cromiumeay feeds ere 391
OY IENCN GIS, ob Andoido on deo 10
HUGSONICUS eet eet 10
Cistothorus paludicola.......... 3
OUST LS ani acne foie )
SLEHOPIS?» Bic eal iene ee eae 3
Clarion oall cies eon Asya coi
Clathroptychium ruguloswn 400
CLATHROPTYCHIACE®.....---. 400
CONVO EY Se ees ee eee ayn ie bo eat)
Clupea Hudsonia........... 388, 362
Clyde clacier jG 7y.ieaecer 204, 261
Coccyzus Americanus........... 8
erythrophthalmus. ......... 144
@oecilianellaeci.is4 eee i583
ACICULON ere ted eee 154, 185
Gundlachi....... 185, 195, 198
Colaptes Mewicanus............ 9
Colaptus auratus... 0.2... ds 144
(CLolblibarvoy (roicliSs AB Gacacadses 5)
CLEUDMOTICES eae aeislee 5)
TAR CODICLANILS niteeee eee 5)
COLUMBID....... “AKO, key
COnWATE MD Ay. \)o eee ee hae ct die ee (t
Colymbus torquatus............ 13
Wom atnicham eee Ree 396
COTIVUCTSH epaease tee elereeneiee ees 396
ELCSTAN Gaucho sine see 396
IPERSOONIU Ses 396
DUICRCLOy wel een rete: OOO
EUDNINOS rele veri seiile atte se 396
Common eel........ Nia pSd 3. 302
Contopus boredlis...... Meet bio i
Richardsonii .... ate 7
PaO be Sie tore 6 sbecetta & (Was
Conularia Trentonensis......... 156
Coralline Limestone..... ..298, 299
Corniferous Limestone..... 290, 292
Cormuvdar cece neon CTE ED . 408
OORVID A. soot s+ eee 7, 142
WOrvina) GTISeGs ts. e ee Aor)
MUGTO) sie iztchttets ara aie: 318
OSCULO es Bete eRe 319
SUD CUA yee a eke enn GOS
Corvus Americanus..........). 7, 142
COPIUUOTUS = nraicle sare) Rare
PAGE.
Corwmusiovail i: cee Prt ht)
Commu asaya t ss ace Ber Bye
Cottogaster aurantiacus,........ 309
LES SELICGUS s <..) «51 See 311
CothusigGbionee en sess d20
meridionalis,........ th ee
Coturniculus passerinus........ 5
DERPUNLONS alakaeret ear 5
Conyleinifiarice re seen 4
Crania Jrentonensis............ 156
Crassatella ampla...... oe Sipe 260
Crateriachea..... hace Mae 388
MUU CD ULTSi arent teen 388
Grateriumites Hs 425 eee 388
floriforme./...\... 2.4 siaes wee 403
GLODOS UTE yan 407
leucocephaluin 1 aeiele seer 588
len COSTICLUINS = sae eee 388
TIVUTUNUN Ue = = 388
ObOuaTun eee 388
DEOUNCULGRUT A. ener 388
porphyrin, .%\5 den eee 588
PrUmosun.. =... sae aera 588
UUIGORE. ova) <s sae Ronen 588
Crawl-a-bottom..... 311, 812, 344
Creek, chubby. 3s :haeseoe ae 375
Cribraria argillacea............ 402
AGC BOC eg alco ct 00 < 402
PULTE “At. 0. 401
ULOTITLCCLLCL> = te ae 401
WUTICOLO BS ho eee 401
NTLOLCROCOTD 0) «=e eee 401
UCT OCOIOC) =1-tereri ieee eee 401
WLGTO DUST 4-1 eee 402
UCT OS COUCH eee ... 402
TRURULUSS Ue cee eee 402
DUT DUTCUa =e eee ese kU
TUPOL 20s oie isis: ate veo ... 401
MUFESCENS. sn iar eee 401
SDICHOER Se yee ree tee oa 401
LETICLUC irene ins ahs ahha nee 401
CULO OTIS: ciaenlecueeene eae 401
CRIBRARIACH A.) . 2... </ds eG
Cuculleavaian... ceca eee 259
Worthingtoni............. 209
GUCULID AN... ccs eee 8, 144
Curemai ee) as aoe 61, 63, 64
Cyanocitta argentigula......... 88
OniiiliGige tee ee i cee nlGs
Floridana......... oh Stee 7
WONGS ia te alae Ween Bis toh)
OTHOLO 3 ae ae acoha S.otCRO ee 88
HOULCH TIGL, Hic kairtetoneee ee 163
PUmnild.. hes cals ole eee 89
Woodhousei ..01..-.e5e08 7
Cyanocorax bellus...ic..6eeee
Index. 417
PAGE. PAGE
Cyanocorax cayanus ........... LGAs Wanrdebancdiaye serine 183
TOURIAKGUIS yo .0 6,010 Co 68 00 Ole 164 | Decactylus Bostoniensis........ 345
ORONE crete sie ote 6 166 | Delthyris Shale ...... ... 294, 296
POLE CUSI ern ohvohe wets ee NGAT | MDemlas sins 18s ee csatees soir everee eres 92
Cyanospiza amend............. 6') Dendrocal s 1). ey. es es ee 336
CUOMLED theresa syatenerestevaley ie ole" 140 COSWUO Was sac etait artess 4, 135
Cyanura macrolophus........... 7 JAE OOTHOT & @asiow doo bot: 4
ISTAUIGT TS 6, FS PIS Eee I ie 7 Blackburnic....... 4, 1385, 136
Cyanurus cristatus............. 142 COBTULEG veush tare tetaiclstefeh seein 135
Cyclostomus Aminensis......... 151 Hei MOTOS <4 caboade saunas 135
Cyclotus RILOCCOSIUS Anetta cena einer 150 CUSLOMEOMEr tata a an eee 136
Cygnus Americanus............ 12 CORGMUONQ),) tara \ela: ie claves 135, 188
Cylindrella ......33, 35, 46, 76, 186 TUECULOS Oe eee 136, 138
RAEI S Sebi Home sala 34, 44 NAGNESCEN Sie sisters Riso cae 4
GGG HIDSS erin ied Heb oe 187 RenMSylvAnicd. ae. see - 135
pREKCHIONIS Boab boacoe: 82, 151 PUTS, Tage pels Shoeane ade. ra = 156
JEN HTMURRSOOE Sc 5. bo.ace8 oc 83 ULES) ahora are ol oo oulOO
ORO eon Per 187, 196 | DENTELLARTAD.......... 26, 27, 173
IANA MMlig bap oon bbeLbe 1S 7a OGu MO erm o cium ser mee eee ree: 407
SSUUICLUNORS A ee ae 83 URNS Seb cous oOo. 398
MOUND» noo cadeour SA AAS Dirachoraveleqamse a sees eeree 395
Cyprinella .. .836, 337, 339, 3864, 377 leucopoda......- Baoan 395
analostana ...... need, Ont LeUcasinldis Sis sieeve cateies 395
COUR eee re vera cence 339 | Diantheecia capsularis.......... 306
EQLOSLOMNUS yor. eres Sel le By | IDEN IGANG oped oscogts my ooue 60
REGRCOIMOLINE 8 Sonomonoae 339 WEF NOU Un meres Ress, eee ele 59
chrysoleucus.......... 327, 344 | Dictydium cernuum............ 400
COTMULUS kc ees Sales ora ere ees 340 MLGKOCUNPONiwyaie enareraelarereras 401
CONDOTOUISHER ai cis cas =) OM MUCTOSPETINUTIL. oe 0015 1s «2 « 400
CEUs OLCUCUSsatarverronae tle 344 GUUS. Ss co beocadotoe. 401
CATO es Sa SOE One 344 PMAUUORTES 5 ote ocle'r sounaupe 400,
LHL HCRYOROUS 5 be60 0.0.0 eae 345 MI OUNEOMH Os ooo bu dodge dee 400
LOTUPINOSURUMU Neste = cet eheteoetaia« 345 UCNOSUMU ca veryuenenseteeuer eae: 400
MAMIE sos achoomndes or S418) DITCH VOSTHIULA CH Als ae ele cieleele 098
MLCLQTVUMUS) oe tein <tr = BVO DiGi Oiehipins Cosasdcancodcuce 398
PUGMCONS ra «eels sins © «ee 315). JONG od oone boc odsad a6 ben 393
QULOTUPUS as ne ars aC a 346 GIDESGENS ira nase sihlesiors) as 392
VAN DICUR Ge mais <a awe 364 HOOD geo Idco on gco0dC 394
CYPRINID# .... Sei Bil DIRUTUCOLUT nee arateloretetey et eate 393
Cyprninod oni ee. viajes) wets 322 CHETITUUNUS 15210114 ols ios sie sree o84
CYPRINODONTIDAE......... 321, 376 GON CUA re cate acer 394
Cyprinus, 327, 340, 341, 348, 344, conglomeratum....- ...--. 386
345, 346 CONLCLLUM a eee renetahersonercreronare 386
AlTRGHOTONS 5 o Spot 0g6 da06 344 CMSICRM D6 605060 0d0000 394
atromaculatus ............ dat CYOMCSCCTUS i verte ettelerstenararere 393
CHACKOISUIIS 65 oo 6 ola bc 0 cues 331 QUOTING wermarnete ernaaler rere 393
PAE 5) Saw as a ha HN 343 farinaceum........+. 392
OP SHIGUDIATS peje cieeinue + ...8, 148 BOLUS Rrstrae sis repos aiere 386
Chale Rokvied Clare edoicit.6 babe ol Oe 296 WLOUONILE eave eters ele Oe oan 394
Dail aaeuiaes a cine epee eae 12 GASICRODESHN a lamar ee aie 393
oy aalirmvarnit ear weesaeuciersteiessk ate 110, 111 GlOUOSUT AA a Carn ee ee te 393
IBOOU IN. citing has cafe oie 114 granulatum ........ 386
IPAltMIMaAesp. see Tail ae laciniatum........ erie 394
Dalla aniviese cyt deeacicves Se oe 156, 157 Marie Wilsont.. ws. .>. 393
GDERLOLON.tarcere tars an teses 294, 296 OBLONG UTIL sare ale tersrodereneretere 384
[AUC WUOPN . Bon osona ck 295, 296 DAWU setts st ea seterd vie 386
418 Index.
PAGE. PAG
Diderma reticulatum...........-. 383 ; Didymium festaceum...... ee
C/IMUOOMONNES 5 6 aoa gabon 2C)e TLOTUTUTID s+ «cic 0) eet
SQUCMULOSUMT: «.\s 2k 2-2 = 2 391 UOTUROPUS .).1- «ela cteeeeetee
LESLOGCCUIM a eiciohi ete Son oer oere 398 | Wilobaeiceeess Pe Bd i
Mi AOMMC CON ese ohio 5 3 .o.8 Loe 598 | DIODONTIDIN Ac 3s +. eet eee
VOLUCEUT Se oe ote tee 306) | Dioplitesteaes sare seo teee 313,
UCTNLCOSUM ss token ie cteeieneree 389 INE CORSTS Wels sors heen mete
1D inp av OU NOTDYE OS Geom oOo a ool OF . dol SOUMOIMES (2. -senvsl sis eheterelone
SLCC MOTT cs jo erates cins set orolaneeeyaaere 391 Te Criliyh ts Wags weyenchake Srteeraete
chrysopeplum............. B84 variabilis ..... cya Giese ene
CURCTEUIN Ra nacinite nea ens Fag olen) | LD oles ae acon ce 370, 373,
CLUTUS er aA Note redone race 391 blenniOides\.n ee eee Slit
CONSIUCNISS votes See eRe 392 SUMOLENUA a me leneeieyete gee 370,
CONGESUUNU) 121) eke rtaieieraae 384. | DISCina 7: 6b sees sees SAR
COWMOTUTY: nates cents Saree 386 CORPO 5 yack = senate
COSLOLUINE sence a hecioclen eis 391 GisGusPis jo cocccees oaie aoe
NTIS MOTO Has books oe B85: DISCUS a eetiolaeee, See ee
COMM STIR as Dees mene aie 390 | Diseases, catarrhal......... 278,
ORGIES 4o See anc dioklaerss 393 misilarials 5). ....0eeeset nee
CHTUSUM ae ii efi ee tenerna eee 392 7FVMOUC awe 2 See 278,
GURU. vo 35510 co 200 385 relation of, to ozone,
HJ OMMMICA Ua nee a8 80000 oor 391 273, 274,
U CRIT 11] RR arene, Pie one 392 | Dolichonyx oryzivorus. ...... My
HUD UIIES ee at yee enayeraueen eRe Beo)| Dollardeesc.n.sea cone eee
WUT URGCCLUU Mle ree eee 389 | Dorysoma cepedianum..........
GLOMCUI Ys earrs'o es ee ueneete iene 384 heterunuines. eee
QLODOSWINE aietzh) aie eri eRe 393 | Drinking-water, analysis of, 260,
GMAT OT UM hycteter ists kere: 391 impurities in,
PARDO TIDE Wane Baa aa ee 0.6 6 391 283, 284, 285, 286,
[PUCOTIS tsetet Some aareeed® 380s. SOL | MDGUM kts, toes ao le eee
LODOTUN ee en ee ae ee S04) DRY MASS ,..5:9.5 yee 34) 35,
VUteO-QTISCUM gases 2 apse n> « 386 | Dryocampa Dicolor.............
MEG ONOS DOTTIE wale setae ool | Hatonia medialis. .-\.— 32 eeaeree
MELONO DUS — eine cider aol PeCUliaTris. 6% 4 eee
CUCU tur retort eM ays 384 SINGUlGTIS=...- sete ee
MUGCLOCUNPON:\ 4. scleral: OL | iburnellas i-inr
MACUMORO Kg ooo 5% 35 40 Fc 389 | ECHINOSTELIACEA.........- aa
MUGTUDESI Bes eee ere ene SOL) EChimostel ruins ss ee eee 5 Sethe
COMISTAilae gas6 sean a0 ue 387 | Midemiangn cia ss soe ee
OxMliNUN . 2... *pelerense hells 392 GIDIFMONS sas =r, oheoae enero 91,
physarinides (Fr.) ....... 891 aeckaGile meee Hastie
physarioides (K1.)........ SUMUW ID ChTONGT yg dost gdoaoashasc 121,
polycephalum (B. & C.).... 388 Pondignal =e
polycephalum Rav.) ...... 386 Sylva: .ts ce ere ce
POLYMON PRR =.) - tee teh aiejetel- 386 | Belt. pvc ee bein See ee
(ROMO S Geog ens co Geos 392 | Ellobium Ceylanicum....-.. Te
POUSTUUT er, ah eke sgn sero eaey sea 392 | Empidouax Acadicus....... Ree
IMIG Jaa ba05% 6 be ae, Waist) CQUfictlis.se «2. 1 ee
TUPUDESKtchapai-ols ee ere 394 lomiventnis sneer
SUNULONS sav tsjeved eestor 392 HOmMondi” = inser BE aS
spumarioides...... aa ae 395 OUD TONS Go ois o1o-0 Lee
SQUGMULOSUITUS delet telneteeler 391 ODSCUTUS HS sith. tone
QUANT 36 aco 5 55 Jap oue 393 (EUISIIIISS 3a cba soso cHes 2 6-
SUOTOSCUNT corolla eee Siok, 392 DM lero. coc Be ad bo ‘
HA MEOHD, 8 ead C4046 Sc 387 | Encrinal Limestone............
terrigenum ... ...++..++... 385 | Endodonta inecerta...........171,
Index. 419
PAGE. PAGE.
Endodonta lwmuloides .......... 171 | Eurystomus megastomus........ 345
PENOUO SPORE AU tetersaie!s ov «soc. «61s SOoi| HAMIGOpIs.. |. < cass srecteecets, « 102
Enerthenema Berkeleyana....... B97 | MOXIJIS: fit cal che smycrate errno LOS
CAIUS Scho OR ROR Gea eE DO (el) LEX OOLOSS UMM aciets mcrae arate 820, 345
ENERTHENEMACE ........... 397 | QUDIUN DA ase occeves ates ty OSD
Enteridium olivacewm (Ehr.)..... 400 | Lesuewrianum.........+-. 320
ohvaceum (Schw.)........ 387 MOCTOPLERUMT. << 216 =< 2 22 « 345
Episema.......... 363, 364, 369, 377 | Spinicephalum .. 2.2.05. 325
TOMUUO sets. sjavlat=: «vo Siarcaserais Sip | SROSPORR AK codecs taceeeere? 383
Gallisemia. 2.6.24 363, 364, 369 | Fabatana oviplagalis............ 128
SLUICE Steray aaa izy «isis BLS fel MEMO eee O code eope trac ob 9
Bremophila alpesiris............ 6 CONUMUMISED s10-td 4 ots cestetens) ate 9
Sj GHPYSOUBTUU. . 4 sis os sere > 6 POUJOOTUS Sr ra staid exesitiees «leche 9
occidentalis ....... epee oe Gil) BYAUCONIED Ate seach see eer aie 9, 145
Ereunetes pusillus.............. 11 | ‘‘ Favosite Limestone”’..... 294, 298
PIIC OSMAN CVIMES «k's a soe See Ba) | IDEN WOTUGS COWIE cen enoe concne 296
RG VMN ATO UCCOLO a slice oa oe 376 lelHiilemitagi Pilg ee cae Go ae 295, 298
Erimyzon, 346, 347, 357, 365, 368 Niagarensis......294, 295, 298
369, 370, 373, 377 | Ferriferous Limestone.......15, 17
oblongus, 346, 347, 357, 365, 369 | Francis Joseph glacier......... 254
370, 373, 377 | Freeport Limestone.... ....15, 16
melanops, 347, 348, 368, 369 | Frickella.................. 1938, 194
Ol ia EL RUN Cols UND AR yy crohs «ors ee srsueve)e6 5, 140
SILGCILC NR el nat trav tcete, hevievs) o Nexo) aye) || LN UIDKOS, cere ee on ocenocdose 11
PEGUMCTINIG 5 0. care. esleie wisiwionasises Dee MMOS 2. 305 ag sen gorse )sie © 389
RIS AUD TOTO sa eo een 2 - 113))|| JM DINE ChiidiSae doprewieeo cece ence 13
Esocip#........ Behe diolaliaetisss 324, 376 COMGIS es Ben Sot clsutes, ota ete 1é
Esox....324, 358, 362, 368, 369, 376 MUDT ION Sn chal sy wkiherchae st ohebaea & 13
GipUISho 6 2 = De AOLO MOOS, OOF) ME UIMC INNS! 1s eh srcnes erctclelene ele 322, 823
(HONS 6 Gea otras Seif Noare OR COLEUS Sac oo senators, aancte st B2:
CORIO. Seas Eee Doe OER DOOM GAC OUI. cine ee terse sere ty oretoer BD, 46
IEQUET CHMUS S15) staiev fe to holia!h 324 | Galeoscoptes Carolinensis ....... 2
ROPE I: charsis vg a Dee nto shar 368 | Gallinago Wilsonii..........- pe, dll
reticulatus...324, 325, 362, 869 | Gambusia..... LE ae eee 3822
OUIMONEUS Ne, ced arco wise Bese oO LO h Car edker, 5.08 actors qerexcueemciee 353
tridecemlineatus........... 324 | Geomalacus maculosus....... 31, 45
tridecemradiatus .......... eau ME COPMI Ae. cee enone aoe a hernels 183
Estrella atromaculata ........... Sila FG COSUIDIAE sires cle oars Gusleneereies 153
Etheostoma . .310, 312, 315, 373, 375 CAT 68 othe SaHaoe 152, 154
bimaculatum.............. 312 | Geothlypis Maegillivrayi........ 4
COMMU: fet ian ie 3 copefeiseraione Oe 315 Philadelphia. ......6 01006 4, 137
COPROGES mo hd crek pores Sit, 312 CCHS Tn eet tepae hoses wey
LTA TT COTO cl OSE 378, 875 | Geotrygon rufiventris.......... 90
MEDORA BG cats 8O6 Oe Slo AGITARCMMRCIUNYS:. 5 x.2'07« ive eaters 322
nigrofasciatum ..........- Sil) | Cnidemdtohoonhee 6 eeaeeaccacdeccuec B22
semifasciatum ........ 311, 312 | Glandina truncata.......... 167, 195
BOUTIN RATA tye seeiciehetdaterte 312 | Glossoplites........... 358, 859, 360
BUN alysis arava Seth osetehs econ Set oe 103 Culmemang aca aooes Deo ce 360
UP UT ChA co: dh.tos Saisie 104 TLCLORODS Ae rea peers ....008, 309
IG IMOSHOMAUIS f eateia\ 2 etsy otctes eels ai) | Giantess oe aboueucoesc aa loo
PEGOUUCHIG: Fe 5), s/cins reise Oe Gly plocy sites. 2.2... 00s sees gel hoe
Euomphalus rugosus........... 1 | COG WemUle se age odaces Couce 328
Euparthenos nubilis............ 301 | Gongylostoma......... Modelers 187
Eupomotis pallidus............. 868 | Goniaphea Ludoviciana......... 140
TE gg 010 hs ~ae- LOO) Graculus dilophuss <0... .- Jide alo
BUY GLALETAS 3 <0 sale ere spoeirohs tke) (Cum ininiey meee genmnccenenace lle
420
Tnidex.
PAGE,
GUAMIUONY SIN). ose alee ores Re 120
MOnalleliin. nuk ete eek 120: 121]
Ground-atmosphere........ 276, 277
(GRIT ED Aller Wace conn Atte acne eee 12
GrusiGanddensiswii.. oases eee 12
GIRVSHESNY FkcihenAcietencons & 313, 314, 315
: OSCHILUS 5h ide! se oe eter: 315
RAL OHIOIA S Busenoone au 4 cl 314
PUONICHIUSE S iM nais acbatoine 314, 315
MODILLOINS tien a ee 314
INOLISTESNSEA BEA Shia ook 314
SQUINOLOES) 6 tt tothe nists ailisy, aula!
SCLMONOLCES sary tec te eae 315
Guesteria Powisiana......... 78, 79
Gymnokitta cyanocephala....... is
Gymnothorax polygonius ...... 68
LIMO TOSUSh ee ees seer 67
PRAM en an cojuneidiea seis ee ee ere oe 96
(ELUM). see ese ersc se ea ciee 305
LGNCOSCELISI Re Pyaar teice 306
Hladropierus’s = yess sock ace 309
nigrofasciatus,
309, 310, 357, 369
Haliaetus leucocephalus... 2.02... 9
MamultoniGroups -stos--e se 290, 292
EXE LOM ON OUUS! eee: (ee traeayel = 318
CONCINIUS ne & erie rere ero ee 319
grumniens, 318, 319, 369, 370
376
RCCLS TN ® Ara rors Rie inie 319
MECLCCIMSI Aes eis noite ae tdci 319
Harporhyuchus crissalis.......- 2
TROT IUS Pte aomete ol otoosar neocon 132
Hedimeles melanocephala.......- 6
IBUTGAOASE 6) heehee mania at
11) DSN UI KO10 OW: Oe amin Te cae Ase ice isco Y= elite 3} 6)
HeEiicina, 33, 36, 37, 38, 40, 147 |
152,171, 187 |
Helicina Columbiana... 0.0.02... 87 |
CHITINTANG) eee eee 150
CUMANGU AA Ries leet arlene 150
Guddelupensiss a tas eee = 200
UNWEIT Cs 5 5 5 nd Ne 149, 150
MEMRONGIUS eke Owe 87
PGAUORGS.s 52k Sse eee 151
PDUCUD Sees sigd chee Oe ere TTS 200
WUGOSQN civia ache Movsi sun siete 151 . 198
SUURLGNG sa as eee 149, 150
PIELICONED AI. wc sl «casei 95, 108
Hleliolonche::.0.2%2,...'« esac ee 102
Helioperca, 309
ODSCUTGs tea, taveceeee 368, 369
pallida, 355, 361, 369, 375, 376
HIME EOP AUD Aas Se Histel erate eae 107
Peliothisn: 24 56 5.4.00. sere 103, 108
MNOGICCUGL nt) stat eteeic et: 102
Helix
PAGE.
QUOOIDUTISS Ahn oes oe ene 178
CULE 3.3 <4. te 196
ammonocerds...........-. 86
CONOMILOTOR c+... toe eine 148, 149
ONGUSICLON,)- 21-\- celeron 148
Arangiana.... 2..... 197, 198
CUTOSO 7 een es eee L792 195)
aspera, . .... 147, 148, 173, 195
JAUGCLORUU aaa eee 82, 149
QUT CLIC ee eee 176, 196
AUT OStOM ihe mine = toler are ete 179
ORIG Ee cee eee 26
Larbigengs. tr! ens mieteeia 174
bizonalis....... 81, 82, 148, 197
Boolhionda ss) see 198
bracteolas s3 ois cece
Californiensish ame eee 30
COPACONMON. PE... 32 a Ree 82
Carpenierit : 0 o3 sapere 178, 196
Carpenteriana......... 177, 195
CODD: Aion hiss iene 151, 198
CEVCOUIS? cc a eee 77, 196
Clarhghed.. os. <0 aoe Oe nee
ClOUSE 5 Se) Se 295) AS
CONS DENSUIC : 0a. 82
GRISPOLG..- ea. 81, 151, 174, 195
CENlenists seen eee 173, 196
Diabloensisn cee eee 179, 196
QUSCOLOTi ae eis eae 27, 44, 147
Puclosiands See ee SO
CHONG ot Asie eee 179
CXDICLO Boe. ho al ae 178, 196
POLCLOL Se choca tee 179, 196
Hod p el & sos0n oc 174, 196, 200
HEDUer),< 7- ities sie eee (i
fringilla... 178, 175, 195, 196
PUSCO=CINCIC.. vet eile 82
Gaslcoinin << .22s' 80, 81, 197
Giviesbreqhitt: 1-12 <a ee 34
Harfordiand....-..+++ 175, 196
Hopetonensis ........- 175, 196
IHuUbbvarGixe = tz. lela 86
LCUSTURCIA 2 Ae eek eee 151
Ingersolli....... altaya izle iS)
INGPOFET ENS ahve ss oe) eee 200
Jamaicensis,
146, 147, 148, 173, 195
Josephine ..... 27, 45, 78, 200
Kelleitiin tans aot 30; ole 17S
labyrinthicm ..\.\..s. iene 86
EONSUUGU Amen 152, 154, 185
TQDOTING choos on-set 176, 196
Luquillensis........ 78, 82, 149
OTRO COMON Seep Clo Calg cco « 81
TMORGINEL Gee tee 80, 81, 82
marginelloides .......-..-- 197
Index.
|
421
PAGE.
Hemitrochus gallopavonis . 0
QRANUNUCOLG Ns nate tater ai 26
TPOSCHEWS.« Say ose 26
COTTON G i. aoa edhe oe 26
| Hlerodiasvegretian =. sc cies cients 12
PEteLOCLINUS See eer eee ee 156
Hira RODERMEMAD s/s se .6 osc 400
Heterodictyonversceree. asa 401
Eeynemaniniea fase. sa tereret: 23
| Himantopus nigricollis. . 12
15 THOM PO IGNLOOVs Doc SO oqomedocdeds ac 139
Huirundo horreorum.. =. ssc 4, 139
EloowMollyeet aammtce aoa 312, 346
Hog Giiclaen! Shite es tac see ee 346
Hololepisa. Sos fen sosy ete ee 308
Holopeai 22 te echi-caats stats 115, 296
UNTO as a's, 2, 57s ke sm = 294
CONG ALM eo iiaatels oe te Note 294.
IRN AMII AN Alp...) Sere er 115
iomalonotuse rs. oer er 110, 114
OAT A oy Be tietvee orn ese 114
DGC ORT Noaie note aisne seat 114
VaOUReMyn Sos ase et 296
Hoplidelusm ye yc a- ete 374
Eindsoniis a@marus ..-.aeeees 5 362
[UOC S, 6) 5 sss alae 362
MUO AG TICAIS -vare ~ a)-) ete 313, 314
Euromaster. a6 2s see 105, 106
JEONG Sc co pease oonE ues DaE 73, 7
Bermudensis ..........77, 7
COMIC N Naetsrateers Coteus fot Ti
Nelsons. 22s. Ae classy cie oe a
Hybognathus argyritis ... ...... 376
Hy bopsis, 328, 329, 330, 333, 334, 362
GQMOMUS <= Sars 362, 363, 369
CRAM CUS IN a. a or tace eo 334
chlorocephalus’. ..2 26 sie 384
Chrosomus .......+5.000, 309
GUACUIS bes archers 333, 369
Hudsonius.......862, 363, 369
PRAENNA. ooo ee ee eee 362
MUDTICTOCCUS!. = 4s sivas etela ae 334
SUQINNUNEUS= + eho erate eiee 377
Win CHEIAN., os, Sette 828, 329
xeenocephalus. . .334, 368, 569
Hyborhynchus notatus...... 373, 376
Jalon te Seo cmeconhanane 322, 328
COLENGLGNS Sora cisicuie cero ee 323
Hydrochelidon fissipes ......... 13
Hylomyzon nigricans. .......... B45
Hylotomus pileatus,............ 144
Hymenophyllites.............. 16
Ely OltheS irate aero ss -eesers 296, 299
Gentennialisee <. -niaves 4. 299
Felyip entelimma) saeco a sensors 345
ATULCT OPLCT, WTO) coe eae choke nto 345
PAGE,
Helix montetaurind............. 198
muscarum.......-.26, 146, 147 |
INCA. oe. ss 178, 179
RUCLCOMUL Me Wha ass Of 440
nux-denticulata... 2.0... 26, 40
QUULENOLOMMs 6 sine oles 148 149 |
UCUULELE NS Seer s sifoce: schais wats} s 28
HAGUULOS Cai ete i= atallierts rei os 80
/IOUTLCIS CORO SCORERS Oe 74 |
Pennsylvanica......... 29, 45 |
Pe ek. ois 26, 146, 147
SD sen om eos noes 82
IPHONE UG Me epig Bo ORiCo ae 78
DUDESCENS. .i2-. 3 s- 151, 172, 196
ACTA COR EC Gs DORIA COO 178
RISES CONSTR a tee 172, 196
TUPUCUNGLOL lem ote 178, 180, 195
rufo-apicala........... 26, 45
UL CLL sca ie-ay sh ests Ss 175, 196
Sagemon...... 81, 82, 197, 198
NaLPenUis 2). % oo Ayer = 79
septemvolva...... 176, 177, 195
SPUMOSU es st es = 174, 195
Stearnsiand........ 30, 45, 180
SUTURE the Ao Ge ceo Gene 174
SUA OG eget Cees ERR Ree 86
SHUOEPUONU ae 02. sate 20 172, 195
STUN OCT ROR oGRBo ata do clenene 146
UY MOWLES ce 5 Ne yee ts Sere das 29
WOU CRAIUNG Gea.) wisi eee 179
PUSICU ENS Pema et 30, 45, 179
trideniaia... 2.6... 174, 175, 196
LE ROOTING Lo OO AOS 28, 45
ON aenteene ees 180, 196
BUNCE Ba ies dis Sos oe ts (uxt 176
Van Nostrandi. .175, 196, 200
Kendnyesianay ra. 3... = 86
COMMONS Murals boas Se alerag
CLO EIET Rg ean ee Oar ae 79, 198 |
WU OG tet et cake cena 200
UCN OTTT eae repeat tos See 45
POC i ih2 Sa eeloaltalnd as 2g
Helmitherus vermivorus..... 134, 137
If[elminthophaga celata......... 3
UF UCOPULG sr arss Suess 0st) ster 3, 185
Parginicelact cn. «on asc 3
ICRA IAMOV CIA en chore caus ha 405
ETHICS © Oe SR PRA ENO RO 405 |
LELDCOTDO 920 sia 8 card eres, s 405
Palio jn. ss. 2 Eger descr 405
PUBIFOTMUSH ce a. st.i5 4 Se fosice ss 405
SENDA eis ran, Se sto se ENG: = 405
SULPALG Sache ote, ore reise skeeetel 406
Hemipronites crassus ......... 18
Hemiutremia: uitldtes 2... ee. 373
VENUE OCIUSS.-:as, csi neers 26, 147
422 Index.
PAGE. PAGE.
Elypentelium migricans......-+.. o40) | labidesthes s,s... see 334, 376
Hypotriorchis columbarius ...... 9 SICCUIUS Ric <icd< oa 376
latory yin commanode oc cid.c 340) 343) | Walbrellaneew eels. sree 191, 193, 194
CORASINUSE PEGE eee oe 341 | Labrus.......313, 314, 316, 355, 361
COTTULUS ) haisls te cnelaeieto te B41 | OPPENCUEE NS. 2, «Wes eee 316
CHONEUS oe Noe runes Rie 341 CHGS aero 316, 361
IROMIGHISU Mertens eae ieee ak 341 (UENO eneaa G28 Ble 316, 355
GLUDUS. Perea ciaieestatne voted ic te: 341 SCHINOUIES# tate <oe el es am oe 313
POI ROL EN SS aly ear RAPS cock Ane Ses DAMN LE@abaxo lool), oS s oon sons ooo 407
QUESTS Te Tee Se Lie See 341 CUNENGLUSH ee on eaabeia a onaene 407
EP SOLE DIS rs wecieek ci sraor 340, 341 CRUDLOSUS + aha ieee eee 398
COTMUUNS jw. e mice chica cte hie 340 GQlODOSUS 0 Nees eee eee 407
WLDUOSUS een Race en 341 | Lake Wakatipu, 256, 257, 258, 259
USES SOLDOIS eye sit citrate eecnctepne ile 12 260, 261, 262, 26:
ONG ey des teh ees bites cee 12) Game ae eee 191, 192, 193, 194
Retalumust eric tatey ee sue at 300) Sol || Juam prod erimcer ase sas eee 397
(AWUESO ISS 34 B Abbas Ooooh 350 | QF CUTIOUUCS Ao.) corm eee 397
ARLIRO) PS Obi ee Dolo eae 351 | COUUMMDULU ele = eee 397
OUUECCUS § i ee 351 Elisiono £35. 95 4senneeee 397
DUNGIOULS ser koi ene 350 (ONYSQTLOTUCS =a. 1s) eee B97
SHAUL s 6 olan doldoan c joe Soil |) WA MIPROSPOR Alyse 20s ease 398
Tetenialongicadame. sis... ee CV ha Oy oc OUD ys Dee Ae eieeNee ae ieisitin ge 4c By)
CURE Re es ale aie tad Nee By fala GyustODy sds ern, SBMS Gua OAS oO 5 13
GENESIO PN eee eon etc eee rea ee i A anus (Coli onnicus.- erase its
NieterussBaliumores. se een eee 142 IDGITRCORUSS & aoc soasc ¢ 13
HS UN OCCU ects sake ge etcrtete tel 7 Team erin © <2 ys esi erent 393
SY OES dar tone Be sic a brosioae 141 TOYO S 538 3 e583 ae ese 394
Ichtheelurus, 350, 357, 366, 368, 369 lepidotunt: 2 os eee 594
370, B77 SHPGUUNYS Hac s.ye eee 394, 406
ECOTULES CONS h acs heals feeitel 350 VOPNUCOSUITUS.: © na ae ee 389
(vehi, BNNs Baye GAs, Bias |) WACOM KAMINS Fog occ lawe noo: 388
369, SiT0r 37m | ucoCalouUse 6 ee an eee eee 389
Tethelisheessn- 316, 317, 318, 359, 361 CONES... 5-'. os in sae 386
LUT TULSA te hee 361 TTAGUIS.. 82. 53,9) eae 389
CU CHELSEA eee en: 359 UETNICOSUSS = 61. el ae 389
CLLR ODSe hie Eee eee 316: | Leperditia dias. 2.0.2 eee 294
UL GES OT 5,0 Yeh sae ea 3116)| Lepidodenma> .. saa eee 394
UNS CHIDUULS saves aholeaed sla 318 THON TNUITE ese he ee 394
OCT OGIURGTarolovise stale iste ere = 31/79) LUREIDOSTHID Al. wane nee 398, 377
MeEOGIOUSE Semsceines nots & Silya| oepidosteus.- >... .0ee eee Be
VU RICUULU Phe Ae ere 361 CODEC ln ee ae 354
Sinai Ghul seers 375 ER OVETISIS He 354, 377
Intricaria reticulaia.......-2.... 156 LCSUCUIT) - nts ao ae 354
CEG Glen int eee ae ee 362 OSSCUSIS 2 aee 353, 368, 369, 377
PUR POT sien cere tok ae ence tte 375 OOP TUS te dlc ok oe Re 353, 354
Fumi pinoe Mullet ase eee 349 ONYUPUS cere eee eens 354
= Jumpin) Peanchey. eee eeewet 375 TM eCuliie ae» ate 308, Boe
JUMEOVCUNICEDS le. cis a cae eee eee 6 | Lepiopomus..... .816, 317, 555, 361
RYCMOAIS! Se ee hee 6, 140 CUTMUUSH Rents eee 361, 369
Onegouus ace ost eee 6 INGISOP S/d ee 318
Kittaning: Coali.. >. 2. seees 1d; 016 IS CHYTUS. 0a -h hse = Ree 300
Wabeor ere Sie cee ee 346, 347 MOACTOCHIUS +5. Sh. 50a een
CLEG OTIS! LAs 1 Woe astern 347 EPNELUS 4) 5d a3 Sta ene 576
HSOPUS Tren oe ree Meee B47 OUSCUPUS Aus, (ino cree 317
GTDDOSTISHi nis act. eee eee 347 POUES Heteeee ws OO, eulan
ODLONGUS we (ie clei ters 346 | Lepisosteus gavialis ........... 393
Index.
PAGE.
Lepomis, 813, 314, 315, 316, 317, 358
359, 360, 361
DCMU acle a's eS icteru s,s wee 315
appendix PRS Cievs cic) ove.e-c Rhee 361
CU ROLES ANCL BOA eee 317
GUMS sn Ss on se ee 316, 361
CGMUULLS sae <oatatws cite, acl): 360
NELUOLUMIS sc cac.c. sa cols, S15
LOTMLENI SUS eer cryntain cease cee 358 |
HTN, Fs IC aes PR cee 398, 360
GLUT SUSE Ran ye Same aa eae 309
—ICRURCLOWUES © oss a5 eel ee B15, 316
INCUSON, «ccc 316, 317, 318, 855
TIVEG) OOUUS evox -Rase' sails ate iets 317
TUOTALRES cet nd nud sare ee 315
OUCUS =\5 fh, sors ka celeie eee 314
UTMUTGS CONS. 250s ee we ole)
PUUTICOUCGUS oe caro races 361 |
ES LUT UNTULLU seston ea erate 315 |
MT CSCULLG ks yt charee Seia 315
| EES 1 ne a eC aE 316 |
Leptachatina, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194 |
hepisena coneava. ...5.2 is... 55. 295
SIC OU criss pM ere, Seren, CR a 156 |
Weary MN, eeney = Bayete Shepsecsct s Ac Ate 98, 99
J ROLD RUDE RS We Bieta 98 |
Ly S[ DUO GTO Gs conta Gain Ro eer aa ae 82
WMENGATGH AGC. «20.4... coe 129
Leuciscus, 326, 327, 335, 340, 341
344, 355, 356, 362
PAUTICRICOMULLS Ai «ccs catch akorese 344
CUO ILLUS =: Tovey oe as fas Sek erste B27
GUOMACHATUS, iyo. 327
NOTE: ee a 359
GOPULILS ELAR hs chen EE $27
CHIYSOLZUGUS yaya se ake Nonioio 344
OTTOUMLES ale ae th cbse rene 340
corporadlis Tish Sinai oh a} mye elie) ore) nee ts 327
ERO) Ge re DNR tay OE Genre ot ie 356
Open ts, isco ee 341
LOPS ULES eae nee ea eee ae 327
TRON OUIS oro aN Ree Sek ae 341
GIDODSUS then saree 341
GUACUIS or oho eat Aan 341
Hudsonius ... . 862
US a, 2 Re ot 327
UCSC yom ie Noe ee tate BY
plagyrus.............340, 341
DMN UTILS =. ot) etka Ne d41
(DAOC eee rnd ee a 326
pulchelloides........\s.24510+ =. 327 |
TRU CR CLUS cyeyers atten ee os 327
TOENGUMUS) rors oa vere oe B27
NOY ACTA cig) he Mean en Seamer act et 3827
LEP SICOLOT += 7c ate es 344
IPEUCOSOUIUS an nana 3827, 328, 344
423
PAGE.
Leucosomus Americanus........ 344
QPOMACUAUS Ht 2 ee 327
CLM SOLENCUST cae ra neers 327
COMPONGUS 2 3 oan roe ae B27
CPYUSOLEUCTS pista Rae 344
UCT OSS OUUS a tas ae ee: 327
miacrocephalus. .....a5-.5. B27
POT MIs sia u in Steger rage eee 328
IGANG ulatiaes 7 eee ee 404
APLAR Ss oe ann ere 400
TO CREGS erctsiacs saree are tan 408
CULM ORICdip att ae es tee ee 399
Cpiphiylairen rss = sere hae ee OOS
Si ACHLoh Ne te SAD Bin OD Rae 399
SLETLO SURV ae van sere 398
SOM ONIMUSH Nee oe terse ton 399
TARONGVMENIO ste dots esas 399
KU RIRY NG PULON GB pepnO O.ckeexe Ce 399
TAT dct cubensis a eae 399
OCNROACER AN sre i> Nee pa aed 399
PUSTILGGe Meath ac tetera ts 383
Cy 10 TELE ae gee 398
SPCTMLOULES Aa set aaneed arate 402
SUUPUGHIN Na 2 takes Geese 399
CUD ILUINCM aia est art eee 399
SOTO OSC ieee Goo One 399
TORN GW AN at (ole. '5.. Fulceendiorels tte 398
ENIGHRS IN STUIOSUS: 4 ste ee cee 295
IGVOANUISE. Gorse oe ete ate 38, 40, 42
ASCICUEST a ie 39, 40, 41, 42
virgineus, 39, 40, 41, 42, 44
45, 198
MIMS eh SA aps whee 22, 23
GOES Si rorya ere 21, 23, 24
campestris. .....-.- 23, 24, 169
COSTONCUSER PEA te Rasen ates 169
flawus...:..:..-20) 21; 22, 23
LIOESTONT AA tea ee foe 22
RUG E Bees Sr SSC 169
ARONA OU Seis 3 Met Me crelol6 tae 23
montanus......-. 169, 195, 196
Wieunlandis. <r <t1ue s eon 24
din aidiaie: tite set dees eareies 400
IU HIER ONS Seb Bie ieaceeteteten tics tec 111, 295
QUGON GICs lle is vere 156
WGiOGhil ae 32 eee eee 146, 147
ITH GTA THE are ok Siar An nnn bocce. Ae. 100
IDOE Ae ER ene ear OMe ae Co ee 62
o bing ab evel? 22 92. neyteyeiewey era Bi)
Lophophanes bicolor............ 138
TROVNOLUST Whe heise ome
Lophodytes cucullatus.......... 13
Lophophyllum proliferum .......- 7
Lophortyx Californianus........ 10
(CR LOTR EE Bee See sree cil)
Lower Freeport Coal........15, 16
424 Index.
PAGE. PAGE.
Lower Helderberg Group, Megambonia ovoided ........... 294
291, 292, 297 Melampus Didentatiuss- eee 37
Lower Pentamerus Limestone... 294 CONDONMIS ye <2. ieee 87
Loxonema Fitchiana........ 294, 296 | Melanerpes erythrocephalus ....9, 144
OUUUS Cee teder al enene teen ree me 294 LOR GUCURES A seo! cline tetera 9
GUAGHATEEN tater 2 Se ys a oe, ene 322 | Melospiza falla®...... ....¢ scenes 6
IGUGIOMELCASanOnO em alee: 313 Tin COMME. 4 «2 eile ee 6
Leucosticte tephrocolis.... ..... 5 JTICLOOLEG) ® i $e, os veers 6, 140
Luxilus, 323, 389, 340, 344, 356, 357 POMISUASE OnE pol oes ee eee 6, 140
ATEN CANIS aioe see eet 344 | Mergus merganser.............. 18
chrysocephalus........ 340, 341 SEpralOnik.c=tect. oe ka siete 15
GOCCOUERIS etter 306,30 700l Miemistanleuisias cn cm ter tieer ieee 295
cornulus, 840, 341, 356, 3577 |i Meristellag- gobi ce ne eee 297
369; 370; 373, ole Merope: bes cee. era eta LTS
(CRI OIEVKCONS 5.5 G2 bd oe ace 3447); Mesenarinus seeince eae eee 37
galacturus. . ate orgies Whi) I (ciereloiep Gu vosccacs a 28, 29, 17
[ SATCTBDS ols cecia veaec 37D) (MEL CTISHIUS ser ao ae eee eee 322
OU ESTES Ere re eta nate eles 344 | Microperca punctulata....... 309, 375
SCORE ary RNA OS 344 | Microphysa. -.......-.- 79, Lol, a
iryeO mall ays sae <eirciareh cs cys re nlere 407 | Micropterus. .318, 314, 315, 355, 358
UR TCTILCLY secre eae a cleus Tete 402 QCNGAN *. ao cole) one 3195
Chit RS ote Meth ah GOCE 398 Colonia eee 3138, 314
GMOS 5 oh ds Ae 38/du c 408 PUSCLOLUS) 32. eeekclee ee aera 315
UOMO U4 oad ae be Sos aro 408 | HOM AAHUS. <2 jew ere sete 314
URL CLODLULIT) eeene en een 408 pallidus. .... 314, 369, 373, 376
LCLT.- CSUR GRO eec ie ees irene 408 salmoides, 313, 814, 355, 358
Lycoperdon radiatum......... 569, 370, 8738, 876
uythruris2 220-23). 2) 336, Mimus ‘Corolinensis....iessmeo eee 182
GURUS. coos wee 342, Wi GhovaullPS Asta saan 309, 385, 342, 364
diplaeemius....... 338, 349): 377 PUSS ee wo eee eee 309
IVES CROCEDAIMNUSiey-hysy-Cpisiret chlo 46 ROENUTUSE > '. |. 3. eine 364
(COOH 5 Boro hota ola de 6 oc 198: || (Sienna s. siche cio ce ete ee 375
TENDS ooo Ome O ods fe Han Ma OSS) NE Wepemerneinirariearees oad cuo-cres.ols 96
FERGUINGT SOM. sewn ese oe 83) Mnvotilla orig: 4.4. see 134, 135
a aiieamus cine scenes 83, Jol} Modiomorphary sy... eee 123, 124
NS Wiliilie sc cite) sce ac aeeeets 83 Pimentana. 2-25. eres 128
LEMUNDUMCOLIS tics eeiate Mee 84-| Moharra de ley .: 392. eee eee 61
MEXCTOCVCIIB). . Ac os ace 22220, vZdal(MOlenesia=..-.f..0)eei eee 322
IBQUMONTS. oo see celts 70, “7S eMiolothiruspecoris!: «sci 7, 141
CORCUUM anes is eeiier Seco 4a NOnotermaneane oe iid Ae 392
CONGOLOT 3 repo rca even oee WAS? OAS MOTH Ia. «45 sas, os Stee if
DURONEL 2 fos haeesle enseeie tore (A |) MODAGILLID ZA sa: 2. soo eee :
CUSPING. strcineuterss sueeiseks 73 | Mount Arrowsmith: | 42 -e-seeee 202
(AMO G)s Fa.8 hare eee puiate tes ORh eer 7 Aspiring: \-).5-. seieeoee 202
SHOT LEU Citra nysto ieee ike 7 Cooke 7. Sc-ke 252; 2a. coe
Vancouverensis........... Ge Earnslaw,
VOOM S Siete en goatee ae toes ve 257, 258, 259, 260, 262
Macrorhamphus griseus........ 11 HomMoOnt, te)... ct ee eee 251
Mahoning Sandstone........ 14, 15 Ruapebu..);. 0: eee 251
Malacolinax 232-2. Ae eee eee 23 Ra STi. pe. eco 252, 253, 254
Mamestraadjuncia. | . aareerrine 96 | Tongario 2.2.43 e eee 251
OR OSSICGE Ek, nice ee EEE 96 | Tyndall ic... eee 254
CUD ae oi stes els Giolsiens EIA 96 | Moxostoma. ..346, 347, 348, 349, 360
PROM USA A= eae eee 7 QNISUBUS see ene LOT, 48
Mareca Americana ..:....:....- 12 Connpellua ine see eee 347
Medina Sandstone........ ee aero COrUINUM: - 2:22 cee eee 365
Index. 425
PAGE. PAGE.
Moxostoma Duquesnii oo... 2... 349 | Nocomis bellicus .............. 356
JAC TGA DN ool nCnee Bree 347 | bigutatus, 329, 855, 369, 370
TOGHUMON SMa ahel chek. en «6 21 Xe 347 | SV tay evils
QUID WIM wee os Abode ose 346, 347 | CUSSTINILIS are eerie 329, 376
MCLOTIEE CAAA RS sic Sls fs B47 Nebrascensis'.........328, 806
CON iii iesd Ee 321 | rubrifrons . - 328, 530, 362, 369
Mugil Brasiliensis, Winchelli. , 328, 3380, 333, 369
Glo. 6d" 64065. 1667 GNOGMUMMAN eer sa ack teers 109
(CAREER hes ORO Ree OIE 61, 64} Notemigonus..... 343, 344, 364, 368
Gaimardianus, Americanus,........ 344, 364
61,63, 64, 66 365, 369, 377
TCHS Star a ie kerc oe IS 61 | CU GEIS Rn on ee ae 344
EBTOMCNUS: dc saeto elire oes 62 ischanus, .. .364, 365, 368, 369
DR: BR Mee oe SR Lion Saks 63 | UG MROSOIUS Se Cece a ce COO & 365
PIGUNOSUS Is © a cto tacts aes 61, 64} UU CURIS tec teteraty tera or hers ots 369
CHOW OMe sah cee ere. eas 66 OCCLOENUOUTSI as anctarctont serene 369
"WHT ENR oR oct ee 346 | SECO ME Ne enor) eae Rp ae oe 365
WTeeMarOnG Ula... ssc s ss seek 352 | Nothonotus camurus ........... 37)
Miviarchusrcnimituss .. .....4.-/ 142 | Nototropis. . .334, 336, 337, 342, 345
NEV GHMOZO Ns oct: ole 5 eee ie: 38: GURETINOIGESs oo Secs ve eieeioere 342
Myiadestes Townsendii.......... 5 GUNES pare eyo 370, 373, 377
AIRY PATINEI UNGAR 5) < aos. cvehei dw eioke ine 5 | MIMS ene s 4 pate ae 342. 369
Myarchus cineruscens..........- 7 RTLOLUUULTULES oa os Jat-a ote) seus are ene 342
lin AU EN RUE Gen eepeador 71 micropterye ..........373, 375
DE EGRATL CHUM cst aroe e eee AER: 71 ONOLOUCTUS ne < voters! <ssts 343, 370
Myiodioctes Canadensis. ........ 138 PUDCMUS rs ns oyacs eei- ene 343, 377
mitratus... .132, 138 PUONUPTONUS = = oscars ietets 334, 377
PICS TLL Saat ns ica accel erale eter acs 4 SUIUDIMUSie cise ace 343, 369
WeitOGARTDERES s «sc 2k. wren los os BISEM AN OUMAUSEa sy aah nen OMAN S hr coe 352
MIS MOGCAR TRIES) ¢ 6/5 ecicys yan wees s 383 elentherus........310, 871, 372
MENEOANVOHITES:. 3050s cs aes se 383 COTS ites cokes Mesa ets 3871, 372
Myxostoma, 348, 349, 357, 365, 366 GUESS oe one 302, 371, 372, 377
DU CCOMEM Meet: fx poe ates See VS Ss 348 GYPTTIUSES et hou esters rohe ol Sev 371
CORUIUUIMY ier. oe te 365, 369 leptacanthus,
Duquesnii, 849, 350, 857, 369 352, 369, 371, 372, 377
370, 373, 377 marginatus ee ara eee d71, 372
CNYWEUTUM so... tao ss 349, 350 OUTUEISra5 & eters ly ee 370; 371, 377
BOGVOPBr 2 one eee 348, 369 GCCIUCHICU SHA en et eee 372
lachrymalis ...... 349, 350, 369 UGC CORALS 3. t-te etter 375
PL ULOS URL n chose lees 566, 369 SIGUS Beli cskeasict ete ene 377
IMAMIMaeCRCUIOSA:.. 6. - ase ee 168 | Nucula anodontoides............ 18
CORUM Ria secs on sete phe es 168 UR EKEORG Mae ryaerertic db ocie 18
LUIGI §. oop Sa os ee 168, 196 | Nuculana bellistriata..........-. 18
Nassula globosa.............05. AC aMNGECUUateS inte eos o a4 lees 119, 120
Nautilus occidentalis... ......... 18 IBICTENSIS= Sx 22e tase ee LO
PURO COO MET flee tes..¢ aioli stele ie 67 Nyssa,
DELON OUSH race xs sw aeen. 7 115, 116, 118, 119, 120, 124
PPRMNOGRUEPBIGS v=. i. a cee aes 313 | Numenius longirostris .........- 11
Nettion Carolinensis............ 12) Nyctiardea grisea... 4. oss «- 12
IN GUT ODLEHISi eee)... Cee eit 16 TUBUUD sais sito ois erola al neler sists 12
PE SULCL Ee oe e ye eee De POOR MOEA GING: «.<nack cchens Mota oer ees 151
TEGS CIN RSS UT8 ee te Oe 50 HICBUOS irra brah teed meee 72
INE WCOMDIA |) :.%. S.cccc 191, 192, 194 GLCA COR = Seems ale RC ae 198
Nocomis, 328, 380, 333, 355, 356, 862 | Oligonema.................0.- 408
amblops, ... .328, 329, THO OOO: |AOMMAR cushy ahi ekaetesie se ol KU)
Uma OusOnCOCNEMNS:...-ciicsciocisieeete 109
426 Index.
PAGE. PAGE.
Oneida Conglomerate.......... 291 | Parus septentrionalis............ 2
Onondaga Limestone.......... 292 | Passereulus alaudinus.......... 5
Ophideres: <7... B01 SOUQNNG 2 pt ss oe So eee 5
Ophiotheca umbrina.......-... 408} |easserellamiecw es een eee 142
WWHISUTESES sete. cise ene 67 SCHISUACED), «=, < -- =p eiaieeepaeiee 6
OPOLOLNIS AGIs srs. ale es 137 LOWRSENGIY... ca wa tones 6
FLOTINOSUS een i aeet: UB in aatsy etna iM Ps dOnt, SG SAG noo a3 170, 171
Oreoscoptes monlanus.......... 2 Cumberlandiana ..170, 171, 196
Oriskany Sandstone .. . 292, 294, 297 JET ASOSs pA pan acc 171, 196
Os nS Ps Nes tes et coesiccars pele oamee reste 32 TROT OOM ere sears toi ee 170
OG CUNUS © years eerie clan etaieiers 41 SOMLGTIOY EGINS Soo eee ae 170
Orthalicus,.....38,:39, 40; 41, 42) 176, | Becopteris: o-ts aernn ts ewnre 16, 50
gallina sultana ..88, 41, 42, 45 ATDOVESCENS . 22.2.5. 200-- 56
iostomus,..........3B9, 40, 42 | Pediocates Columbianus ......-. 10
LOMGUSE asters losic cis Serre 40) AUS LOM LELIVES y= aise) = =) ey tn 10
melanochilus..........- 39), 42%) IRC@edIGU YS a rerererterea-) valerie 520
OUGUCTIIS® sein sels ae 37, 40 ICtalULGpS).. 4... sees eee a20
undatus, 39, 40, 41, 42,181, 195 | PELECANIDAD..-......-...+-8. 13
BCU RO cetera eRe c Gas ctateatine 181 | Pelecanus erylhrorhynchus....... 13
(OVE B AHO IRs Be Bah ura ort oIsen Hc 156: | Pelecychilus. 2)... + -. ieee a3
ULOMTISUTTIOR SO Bea otoG ociodk 295 | Pelodichthys.... 370, 372, 373, 374
OULU Ratkre Mee he tee 295, 296 CHEOTIS a ee 370, 378: 37
ENCES ian scr aeye teeter 296 | Pentamerus galeatus....294, 265, 298
WIGNOCONLELA). iiss ee eOO | ROnGaine re ot tomes all. 312 ale
SUUCU NOLO.» vate ate ise 296 lugiopercak.. . ie aee eee 313
ESTHET GTRNONS hacks Sia leo 6 ale a6 156 NEVULOSW e542 eset eRe dll
ORLY Ran GUILOMUS ns ee ieite ole 10, 145 MUG TO UMLCULLC, «tee eee D1:
Ostrear Wallerstorfi. 2.52...) 259 STLINTOTLGO: ees nase eee Billeieerssilts
Opus vayanise. 8k eo oes 9{| PRora..: ..0: oso eee 308, 375
Wialsonmionus..........2-. +) Percina Poort ho Gwe 310, 51 ile Sz, 369
Oxygen, percentage of in the bumadeulaid. «=. ose ee 512
StMOSPHETE... Uh .o Sse eh ea 2a caprodes,
Ozone, relations of to disease, dll, 312, 369, 373, 3875, 376
210, 214, 210 COTOONOTIC. © :.. c/n ee 312
O)ZONOMEUY, ook ene as eae 272 TLEOULOS OL 2 sce 6. htaloeieneene 312
Palwancelostet ar cence 124 125 SCnluTaSCLAIG. -..4- eee 312
SiMDIEK vas rere eres 125 ZOOUO a Ast. crore tons NOR eR ee 312
SUI KCEMIE arabe ey coe 124). 126: | PRerdicella: 2. aca 192
PAINE A nsec voces veces alae 32) ME BR DIGID AR Acne ss eee 10
Wheeler Ditinn ce. timer te 31 44) Perieheena a7l0cr eas sneer 408
Pandion Carolinensis .........:. 9 CINCHTUS CIS SOc ee eee 408
RQUCATUS Yh eet irs ene oe i) CONLCQUIS) ay: Aas eee 408
EZMIOVOH EE) (Canons Abas oo acoso & 209 Cepressay.. ak. ct eee 408
LEMON O MER APHONS 6 oe coeocaeboe 8 AOGMD io ciats os ae 409
Paradiodon) hiysiri.... 2 see. 54. 70 MPR EGULOT Sia nh eee 409
PAR TDA 3) oo ert Sie wel aociene CMRIEPAE 2, 133 MOTOINGALOR. «= cle eee 408
PATETEMOSS ie cysrcts Wes eee he 301 POPULAG oi. sierie/ ie 408
ATMA Wns ee ahes ce eee 45, 46, 191 QUETCING vn... 62 sce 408
US COE Are cry Aa ee Rae 45 SUPODUING ss. 225-0 eee 409
MOOI SAG Oo oie oa be 45 VOANOVATI: » 0.0. Ae eee 408
Virginea..... EE wis CUMAVIIS S: 6). Sane 408
Partulina, 189, 190, 191. 192. 193. 194 | vermicularis... ...2.ee..e 408
Parula Americana.......::. 134, 135 | PERICHAINACE a: ..!5 eee 408
RAMISauiCApHUUls: . «= keine: 2, 183 | Perisoreus Canadensis.......... 7
Garalinensis = <=. so aeenee.. 1338 COPLUGTIS seats een Aol ee eer 7
MOTLANUS. cn 250.5 Sei 2 | Petrochelidon lwnifrons........4, 1389
Index. 427
PAGE. PAGE.
RWRROMS ZONMUD ADS 22.0). os i < 377 | Physarum confluens ............ 392
EL GOMS metric eters arses eta erie ns 295 conglomeratum .......... 386
COMICED AUIS arent eae ae eicie 156 CONMMMUMUsts aieiseeyein = eich 388
LUA et A 295 CONLERUUMU I. stertare ot co teense 386
Pheenicothraupis cristata....... 70 CUDTACCDSiiaterae stale ierseta yee 385
TALS CLC UCM ete = Ts, yak CUDTUDES ST paetatemanee a ere 385
PHALACROCORACIDA.......... 13 GCGiPiCi See Ny dishes cuseheie herr 390
Phaltena chionanthi............. 109 Gidenmoides rane tae 384
UAT AROPID AGS «502 5 occ 00e 11 Din arin vee she et OOD
Phalaropus Wilsonii ........... 11 CHES Dercharet ticitios Gina eae 384
PienacGObius,. =... ....< 332, 333, 369 CLEG OTS iar clictaiaicuerd eterele ctor cae 387
catostomus...... 382, 333, 369 CHiPSOSHOTUTMarae denice eee OO
MOSLEM TLS ea a ne 333 HGURUNEET is ooo Heeb oc 391
ALU RIES ROO ARR OCI 333 ROROU arena acento ores 386
SCOMILERUSW Te. var nee soe: 333 [MIRCHI DeGao adacee acer 385
LU nas eee neo ae e 333 OMT no Soceo duo Mee 386
UlANOPS . 2... 332, 333, 3870, 373 QRUCWLENTUT ne dare ceca ects ere 389
Pintlohelatminon 2.36.25. ose. 146 GTUSCUINE Step com retain aoe 384
BAG IACO WAS yo oe i's. cc on Loree esas 121 GUNROSUIN ae sca taciacoece sie 386
THO OLE] Cr atoy ce eves s)5o ae = (=P - 120 LOM ioion ceocord Cobo de 390
Photogenis, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339 UDA DN Os 6s ecto 66 OG GO OE 386
356, 357, 38638, 864, 368 LEMCOMUS Its sch srevearetan sstersve 38)
andlostanus ........4- 338, 340 WCCO Satta syascisino cea ats ase at 383
callistius ...337, 340, 864, 369 UOT Oo mee OeBeD een Goce 384
ceruleus, 337, 388, 339, 363 UMMEO- CLD UT nate eye eretelee ote 408
364, 369 WukeO=DUlUelns oi teersperncters cies 385
GD ITHINS scree ec neeiac 337, 340 | MILELOMLOMUS Uae ialercietsictstaicvetecvei eal
eurystomus. .339, 340, 356, 369 | membranaceum..........- 390
grandipinnis ..... 396, 339, 368 MERCH Na pace Ue So cu ox 391
eUKGGTOK © So Boole i ok 343, 370 MUS CLCOlQerattan stele el eheale sist -)h« 387
pyrrhomelas, 336, 337, 339, 364 ROMO cs ise cavers atone te 388, 3889
SCOURICEISH. vers Say ash aera chal: 363 ODRUSSCUMI «alec tcrerelapalcol- els 387
spilopterus . ..885, 339, 3840, 377 | I RAR SS GEENA OTRO CIO 386
stigmaturus, 337, 338, 340, 356 | AUT ODCUINE © = 6.5 Stal recataie ol ans 885
363, 369 DOU OU OUP rr yelyeett nett s a 387
venurus....836, 339, 364, 369 POLY MORONS. cn1s2)s106 4-16 « 386
EAE BS AUUA CHPAD tyes, oc) aiS cies if ycnee sus 384 JOTI ab oes oOo dod 385
RAINY SAU Pace cye cya iter cies 1c ante 384 DULCHEPT TUN wr. ae) =) 412 385
IDUNTUS ater eet ceehs Mites eveushore 393 /W MO VGH Se ooeahos Sdec 385
DIO SSB OR OTe aE 387 M CULCULUL GUN TU sta a «rere rere stetore 383
QURANTACUIN: 2... 2.25 oss 389 | MOSCUTIUS «<<a <2 ra: scorareterseerete 385
CULT CUUTIUS eee ee Oe 389 | (MUTTON S dabenbod ovece 390
CUMISCOLPULM rr eee a se 384 | ISA MUMMKINA UO coo eeccoonlae 384
[Xa GORD Posture esteem Gites oe 385 Schweiniiztt.. 2.0... c0 cscs 087
POE as ese cols 3 Gta ae ee 386) SUUUERS Si 'aletavclere oe mee 387
Coo 0107 er 397 | SINUOSUM. «2 +..-02---0 00 386
GUT ONIMEN, c'sk2'a 0 =: alelote) 35 388 SQUAMULOSUM . oo ee ee ee eee 394
CHUN GR Ge Oe esaren ten c 385 | SOCOM Care 8 aakdeate epee yates 389
CESTUN ster ener ert etter ser neo 393 SOMUEREH le Bodo 0d Go CRC 384
Chrysotrichum:...--.....<1: 390 Ute OL ave nero eae 385
CINEPEUM. 6.6.22 222s eres B80 | PU CHO DOO BOBO O00 U bb OK 394
CURINUNIL NS «reine see auc afin 384 | UU CULOMET ols lapcforcisteer reeks 390
COU raster ire acc oy Ae ateed os 391 | VET INUCULOT US ster eheris ei sieiaiciahats 408
COCSDUO SUM aeia ie eaten seer 387 | UT ESCETUS) ene ola, 3) svsjaiaiey setae 385
columbinum, .........005. 397 | Wate cea Ebon OOo eC 389
COMPACOUML Saas tars Stale eats 384 | MOTMLOMUSItatalohrerstteveitciete 391
428
Index.
PAGE.
PICA COMMOION neice ae rcsteite cine 7
EDO SONICON. Micaps eeton et cn
Picicorvus Columbianus......... 7
err 55 See oe el seca s as 9, 144
Picorellus eictseeewei ce cre oes 324
CPUS Bore aoe ees he scene erste 324
MELICULOTUS Tec aisis am ey teree 324
PicuseG cUndneni yee etek 9
TONTUS Minis oo Ses os ctetenenes 9
PIUUES CONS a eile \ofeyacd seers 9, 144
UL OSULS A eens aa Nee cee 9, 144
Birr iney. aeeensoacecieeeg bbs 95, 108
PLC OMA een eee 311, 312
COPTODES ratchet serena esi 512
semifasciatum............ d12 |
Bel ircvete sao Seis sl eee pate oe 312 |
mM elOM US ie ites ee 350, 351, 367
PANLONICTISIS Mets Ate eiceetererer 351
HRGOUS co5 55.1 OHO 90.0C"C 501
COMO UPCOULS “tant rier tei) dol
COPUUES CONS ae te rotevewwiseve os) etre 390
CUPNCUS eA MMe tciiy =e ODL
CITES I rath rctcvorsees tye veianes 301 |
Gi ULCT Cheick torent thoe 391 |
HOMMONOCIAY wane aot eon en
UTCULALUSH Ae cnc eestor 390
OULU CCUS EAs cy mae ee eee 301
OUTS tes erat st sions is ats torte 390
DUO AAAS Sotaaeie saree 367
LU RAGHNS ema) S85 GO 50 Oak 367
FEIT OR a eratepe teehee sor cle crane oP 46
Vey onl Voy Ualof-ttt) hance euler oeniaio Cholako So ciic 6
CRIGKOTUS os aie esis sis ees 6
erythropthalmus........... 141
ATUL CULAMUS crerolets chs Seo ere 6
MEGOIONU I Piers tyne) =fe easton 6
Pitangus caudifasciatus......... 289
(Grabbit erates tee arch ance ee 288
TOALOND SS OA aletelete cist e 289
Pittsburg Coal, 47, 48, 54,55, 56, 57
Pittsburg Sandstone........... 56
Tao ty Cha’. vow we ccamige aise Sete 80
Plaroyrus 54s. 335, 340, 341, 344
AMMEN COTS acme eatin eee 344
BOWMONO LT ae eats es 341
CMY SOLEUCUS® Ferre a het epee 344
COUTUUS DEM ea cetera 340
Grondlis (NA eee 341 |
GiDDOSUS EE A Ae ee ee. 341 |
CECH TERED GOED pict o\S'G.ote AG 341
LUPICUS i Ae PSS: Aeiee e 341
SOR ateaGoy Al ase!) 62 ee 61, 62
PlatyiGenists (Ato. noo e Ve a6
FEUNUNO Morr taene «ee 296, 297
UKOUR TUN SOO IIo C 295, 296
SYUMMCUTCUM. «\5) ste eet et LO
PAGE.
Platyostoma ventricosum. ....... 297
PIE€ctosiyluseis's.): ae eet Bo)
Pleosporopsis strobilorum....... 409
Plesiopercaiwyes.|./-'' ete sees 309
(NINES OA ee SRP EETO CIS DE 50" - 310
Pleurolepis pellucidus........... Bw)
Pleurotomaria......... 114, 115, 116
COTDONGMea en © ele aan 18
Grayvilliensis.......... Wigan
PerhuUMenOsSd)... 2... . 0 iy
Roehanal.| ei.6is 2s... = eee
HOUR ODI ALOR EON A aIRRC EN Bic aici co LG,
Plusiaiti ae eee areas 98, 99
CUULCOUA Re Siete ier crore Teer 99
UTIs cs evel een 98
CONCKO ata Ole Ree eee $9
FOV TROSGEA te Oe ctor Wteeentens $8
Hoch etugorthis.. = ri) tel ener 99
1,170 a Seen WANES NARS CG, 0 99)
LUUSENTS fot etcex tt roel ae ois)
ait CHASE eet eee 98
DONS M. wcad ais se ole eae 99
NCCOMONUS Ga vcvs seve an eee 98
PUT OUT G CTCL. eer atte tie 98
Pocilia catendtan. <n 0 os eee 323
Peecilichthys spectabilis......... 379
GOP UGEUS ace nee iene Bi)
Podicepsxcornuius...aomeretia 14
OCCIGENnI ONS aca eee 14
PODICIPIDIANS 51.7 oe tre eeee 14
Podilymbus podiceps........... 14
Poliatcon/ragosa-\-) ee eee 306
MeGialiss. 2.35. notes 306
Polioptila carruiea. ... 2... cate 132
Pollution of drinking water, 285, 284
285, 286, 287
Polyangium vilellinum........-. 387
Poly ay ta‘... tice enemies 28) Ge Aa
Poly mnitia Schone eee 26, 147
Roly od ont olin fea.) eet B17
POLVODONTID ASS 1.5 00 nee 377
Polyphemopsis peracula........ ir
Pomacampsis )oi2.<c.eeeaee 313
Pomotis,
316, 317, 318, 355, 358, 359, 361
CP PenMe eo blac 316, 361
Curse. Weis Sa eerets 316, 361
ONO ls ch Ld 2 cutee ete 318
GUulOSUS. oA, dcc/e ce Peteno eRe d09
VACISOT IA Actes tee 316, 355
ANS CHUDUUS soos icicle ete 318
ODS CUTUS Tea e, aoe oLis, 30D
TUOTICAUGON: © sacl ste 361
sanguinolentus.........00. 318
VULGOTUS ale <- hehe ee 308
Pomoxys. (ioceds Sites 308, 376
Index. 429
PAGE, PAGE.
Pomoxys dnnularis......... 368, 376 | Querquedula discors........... 12
TEROCONARUS. <i 5.0 s101 0s 368, 376 | Quiscalus purpureus............ 142
Poocaétes conjfinis ............. D) PLU LD A esses eats eee ce ae 11
OUGTUNEUSIR RNase) clacis he be yap vallusieleganst sie see 11
FROOSPI ZACH pete ke foyrcisis «ve eocie's 6 VAtQuitanussaseiac.ech dee 11
Ny VTITFTS AO eae 6 | Recurvirostra Americana ....... 12
WVEGOMENSIS lon. ieoaS oso a 6 | RECURVIROSTRIDA.......5.... 12
Porzana albigularis............. Ot") “Red-eye P52. pin sian sare sera 361
(CROUTONS Ba OE COPE fie | Sa edt horses ss. eae reser 350
GINETELCEMS as ¢ evisicl vss caters OO zaRediminnow,2 ence ese eae 375
DURTDLGENSIS J) 2 he) eee ell | eedstone: Coal ase. sane. 48, 55, 56
[ULE es IS As Re eee 91 | Refuse of manufactories....283, 286
Potamocottus. ....320, 369, 370, 376 | Regeneration of polluted waters,
ALLBOROR cin SAats che pve oetee 320 284, 285, 286, 287
Coprolinge <n 5 320, 370, 376 | Regulus calendula............ 2, 132
meridionalis.............. 320 | Rensselaeria mutabilis. ......295, 296
USO abo a san bee meer: 376 OUOIM ES gas ree Oe Oe Anse 297
zopherus........ 320, 321, 369 | Reticularia afinis.............. 402
produetus ¢ostatus. <2... 22.2... 16 applanata,........... 400, 402
LORGUSTIINUS. sas eh eae ere 17 Oligo opiate tin oe ee 398
Nebrascensis....... 16e07 > 18 LU CODE COTE Tae 402
TAR LCTNGMNULS Ae Se slo ee 16 DULRITIUO are Sisk eo te etches eure 398
semi-reliculatus ........ iC ally TUS COTE. sient cucrel er etaierere 386
Proetus parviusculus.... 2... 156, 157 plumnlcope ne 25 eRe eee 400
IProgne punpured. «02.5. d eee es 139 DOO oir as 5 22 aca: 389
CUD ISS CATR NTCR ae Pee a 4 OOP one oopoccasdoe 402
Propagation of disease......... 278 UMUT UTE. asc sheteisseys\ 2 wees es 402
Prophysaon Hemphilli.......... 132) MERIC UIGAR TA ec ne elon 402
Protoderma pusilla... ......4.:; 383 | RETICULARIACHA............. 402
PROTODERMACEA).....5/.....- 383 | Rheocrypta Copelandi........... 376
EROVODHEMEAD .) 52.0. 5...03. 383 | Rhinichthys........... 331, 369, 3877
Psaltriparus plumbeus .......... 3 OMPONGSUS' > 2215441) felts dol, 369
LES CLELCG) CE Ge Sr 85 UMUOIUS °5: « nts" 5g's 5 8s 3-0 hens 331
1E (i CLUTST ET) ie eae ee ey re 295 obtusus...... 331, 382, 369, 37
MEHUPEG (VAT )lihre 3.2 sls chan 297 | Rhyacophilus solitarius......... 14
GUUS os Siseie ee ta ee a 296, 297 | Rhynchonella recurvirostra...... 156
ETULOUICHY ANCULa. erase eee cen 156 UCTUIICOS Oss tate arate aici 295
LECLERC eat cies (56a aplalwer. Chibi? sce cine sete 375
Ptychostomus, 347, 348, 349, 365, 366 River-pollution... .280, 285, 286, 287
OUT COIS 6 io. ee ee DA Sa OAGM GE cas 5 bs a/elvo te Se taser 343
WnCeOrs ss Asani co SH Gis EMU S ay fares 2h siesayeasye, ei 325, 329, 344
CET OUIRG Sc. Hise ther chee ore 365 AMblOps......6..seeeeees 329
ERUGHESTIBE An's So Soar de Nee 22 349 MOTUS eve! e aete nake ere 325
CRUTUTUS 5 5 a0 starving sisi nts 348 chrysoleucus...5...5..+- 344
WCU CUAOILS tap os). y<aaioc hn, Chore 347 | Salpinctes obsoletus...... Suatal eit ore :
PTS. 05,52 Sa ay cee BAGH) AMONG... 5 601-40, <\0, «2 = se Boe Slamere eke
MCMIROPIS 5.215 5.35 etd a kia Sic pa mand, Sucker”: . 2 5 ads snustneae « 348
PAP ULASIS. 65% 04/05 923 ere 366 | Sanitary Science, scope of. 266, 267
AUMINONAIDASS.. S.a2ie os etn aS lee 20 classification of..... 288, 289
PeVIQUIGEIS Se. 6s aie ar Se dela Shots 374 | Sarcidium..... ee ....882, 333
EVaRVATSTIVPIS) Qe:c, nc,o-3:s ott ceteeteithers (28h I SARTCOMMD AT ss 6 ose societal
AVP AUUO A SGESTUUC «2 = syars s\cke cere siel one 138 | Sayornis fuscus.......-..s.00-. 143
PMN OUCH 3 Oe Ses = 5 SCAU: 2 sis orass/nj. aero
MUOTUi oes vic Bas kie oen enon a 138 | Schilbeodes............ a slaltels e OUe
SMUT) MlINeStONGsy crete erra ee 293 GULAUS atneiele, Aon arteratne OS
Querquedula cyanoptera ........ #2.) Behohiarie: Grit. 5 40.0.6. 0% <je,001 OO
430 Index.
, PAGE. PAGE.
Sciena,.............,.812, 318, 319 | Spatula chypeata.....0..4....20 12
COPTORES power e wien step ere 6 LA) so OGRE Lee cict coisa 311
GhISEDs hints ternkhels rekon 319 | Speotyto hypogea............5. 9
OSCUA ae =e x\c ab ei eee eee 319 | Spheerocarpus floriformis ....... 394
SCLANIDZE....... sities s- OLS, 316 | Sphenophyilum ./:....2-sce ae 16
Scolecophagus cyanocephalus.... 7 UliculinSs 1... cee 56
BCOLOPACIDIAD. <1 £ah:c)e ewe sie 11,'146-|;Spheroconpahie.y, 3. ...eeeeeeeee 158
Scopelosoma devia....... ...... 97] Sphingicampa distigma......... 303
PCOMS/ ASO Cas ay. oe ulsteide clone tas 144 | Sphyrapicus thyroideus.......... 9
CUPANGH yt icist nace eee eer 36,9577 | SPITasISise meee may. oan eee 19%
SCy Phu Ourtist, (6 eae eh 500:| Spiniier @nenasus, <tc =e eee 297
PUDIGINOSUNT. sin \s's oie) xe) . 390 OPT E CUES © 3d sis\ee/s: 5 eee 297
Seiurus wurocapillus......... 136, 137 CONGINGUS 4.025154 ae 296
TRIGOCICLONUSS, misrae Setar a 136 cyclopterus.........--290, 296
Noveboracensis ........... 156 LINGO )..-S eyes eer
Selasphorus platycercus......... 8 TACTOPLEUTUS ors ie eae 295
Semotilus, 3827, 828, 341, 344, 355 MODESTUES cs cacco se eee 295
362, 368 erlomellOStS cs. qe ete 295
THOT MEMTHUI 56 Goa donas 5 d27 planoconvevus ......... 16, 18
opens 0 Adan 5 obo 328, 355 VOUsemit «...=.5 © topped 294
COPRAUUS. tarote,o marereieictel seners 327 | Spirifera Pedroana, 114, 116, 117, 119
corporalis ..3827, 328, 362, 369 120, 121, 122, 123,124, 126
; 373, 375, 376 | Spirorbis carbonarius ........... 18
CUPIOUOs st sxetege crete retreive 341 | SpizellayArizona:. «- sane eee 6
GOTSOUS niey-F ccveteieige ein 327 Brewers, hs, 5 .c:0 2) epee 6
JEORAOBA 3.4 sooo 6 Onn se 328 (QUNOORS GA oc aco si Sele 6
MGACrOCEPRAlUS. |... ...-. 2. O27 PUSULO, sails: 4 6 ale alee eae 140
TON OWI 3 ob bea oa 66 a 328 SOGIALIS. © Manes «36, 13d 140)
SPECIOSUSE Ue titom irene 528"| “*Spotetail.”” ,. ae... date eee 3387
Thoreauianus............ 368 | ‘‘Spotted-tail minnow”........ 337
Setophaga ruficilla....... von 4,138 | SPUMAria WIbG«. <3... amcitaeeierne 595
Sewage, disposal of, 283, 284, 286, 287 tchentfonimisi-i arias 384
DOWEL ASES | caters ois) suiiuicien/s tees 279 Micheneri..\ <3. eee 395
Rewickly Woe. a2. 6m. cicle ns 48, 55 (UCIOQD. a2 «cot, 395
HAGE PE aac niece rioters i ane eeesiine 366 plijsaniordes'<.. eee 391
Shawangunk Grit ........0.... 291;| SPUMARIACH AG... :. .|./. seen 395
SHER HAR AN GNA d oon Bods one 2 | ‘‘Steel-backed minnow,”......: 375
SHHIS 3 Sacent Pe ONS oer ee 132 | Stelgidopteryx serripennis..... 4, 139
PSION Al ue 24 jciele srvsiese een tees 16, 56 | Stellipora antheloidea........... 156
SeUU RED ATG. Lech ohn eae 350, 377'| Stellula ealliope. J: +. «<5: 8
PSTUUIUIS ee aor nce te cierto toy: 350) 351) (STEMONITAGE 4. 4. 5 eee eee B95
CRIMI seen 6c ecg a sees BON SIKELONOMMB cok ys ange ss a 262) OED
COTES CONSi-A ils 2s wisictelehiietets 300 GNCUIMOIMES sone eee eee 397
HYORANS 36 6 oo 5060050565 0- dol CONPIUENS <5, 5/s\ stein lo niece 396
MOACILOLUSHae ote aie epee Ue 350 CRUD. 2 ee oni vere 396
FROUMOMS 3550p b0G0 Go 006 3 o 350, decipiens’. crys seo eee 395
FOROS 5 Sadiegaaooo da. 350 Gigitaid./.<.0.% 2 406
Simpulopsis Dominicensis ....... 79 FOSiCUAO s. «0.5 és sind pee 395
sulculosa .. 2... EEE 40) TENTUGINE® |... el eee 395
Siparocera nobilis. ... . hSaceMlniele 128 FUSCO sins Vise ool gene be ae, OOD
lila euleatdracun-rvar- « tN 3 GlODOS Oss, tes r=:5, 652 eg .. 396
Carolinensis...... Sagi Boe kots) herOQed,, «otck Sdesre nee 395
JMU Ah as ob 0850 - Bere! aD MOATUNOSA) +). eter 397
SLID Aan stcra etd sis. oke ciel EP AO Lae TROSUNO RR ene Bens ule
Southern Alps, ODUSCOLC crest tater + sje
252, 253, 254, 256, 259 ODLONUYG, eke ss s/o ee eee 396
Tndex.
ail
PAGE.
Strophodonta punetulifera....... 295
varisiriata.......298, 294, 295
* Studd y-Pearch, ” o. 1. :chrc atas- oes
PES UULCIELS Liveirag <p, cciaa cers ee eae ee 524
Stunnella magna sa. aaaeee ee 7, 141
neglecta
owe (e'¢ ee) 8) ene wees feel ef ‘
Sub-Carboniferous Limestone, 18 19
DUGCINGH: syeen ore ee eee 151, 188
COMMPESURIS y uatate geist 189
obliqua Sa: a va ye)"are)'s whelehe la \eire 43, 189
OGMTKOINTA 6 wee nee soe cise 198
OUQUS Ree Sea SS 43, 189
(OM Pn Bee ae 189, 196
PUpllatin ayaa ene 189, 196
LESS UNITES Cl heal eR a, ee 395, 898, 361
SE SUNS ENGH goat te aoe eae 318
SWVC ORMI A Me sc 08 teh gine ae 3, Ie
Syd] OU DY Da Aa Pea SP pee 2, 132
Symphemia semipalmata........ 11
Pach Ginetanlzcorns. tase aor 4, 139
HEHE OMe che oe nae verb 4
MAIN ASESU GUS tee rere a 137
PIRATNIANGUR TID Zea eects ais Savas 5, 70, 1388
ARON TANTO 5 cra cid sos cae oe 12
sRamtalnisslocuiatonn ata serreniete 12
asm Placer. oe. ond odds oe 253
Mehenwophonuse cca 32
Caroliniensis....... 30, 31, 32
MelesillacitEneold. 0s, Souci oe 10:
VESGa Pere aa etn items Gana 108
Tentaculite Limestone ..... 293, 299
entacunies as ese 110, 126, 296
Hidnedoiamus:= scree a 126
ClONGGIUS... 6 as ees ee e905 CON
GUT UCOMNUS He cea ep iarstete as 294
Teretulus. ... . .048, 349, 365, 366
CRIRCOLUSREN A Toe te eee oe 348
GOT ULICUS Prepares itech 365
TDA GUCSIND “S.-'s vh0\ohahoval aa deat 349
OP UOSUS es, a .nPs tales 366
MMeiraorooscumls.- 4a), sacvaqei oes 10
MH TRIANON ED AY. 25: 2 cues verorer 10, 145
PRAM atOMSISk<./).e- oct ieee 104
| Thelidomus....... 27, 146, 147, 178
| Thryothorus Bewickii.......... 3
[AUCOVUSTET x ramen aoa 3
Tnudovicianus......... 134, 140
Tilmadoche cernud... J... oe 388
ONE ie oe ein Oboe 389
TUMADUS 55 Ae en peers 389
UOT Mette Rice Biricnne cic SES 388
ODIONGE sa nats crete 389
SOULE, Ch ote a Peele 389
Tinnunculus sparverius......... 9
Tionesta Sandstone......14, 15, 18
Tornatellina apertw. 22... ..- -1 189
PAGE
StemOnitis OUdi@e =o 5<c4.0% soon 396
[DTVDRA CS = Se ee te aera 396
WHYSOMIOW OS oo fe as oc one 397
BOSDIOITON GA Recor. sis s ws hs os 399,
PRULCRE LUN ety Sorceress < wicha este 396
[OLLIE « Cpt en Rae eRe 396 |
LORIE RIA TUNe ree che thse ga 37S ow 396
WRRDELLUTLGUR Rees eer = .6 coer 395
HOUTA © See 396 |
(aj OUT ISS A edeteke PES 396
RUC TA US NOMENA ae vcs cre eso, clouysl o 156
RILEMO RAN CCCOUAL =... 5 cane ae 85
WDOMINICENSIS. ~ oc bene ee 85 |
ESD coors asese, vias 154, 186, 198
WLI COUR eek coke 13, tay satel cuenta 186
BEnopora fibrosd.. 6... es 156
Coperdon. 5. v5 526. 156, 157
Stenopsis albicauda............ 89
WHCNINENSIS \staclae 6 ois ys 90
SOeMO UCT Anssratsine fe ene, ole shot ows 174
SLCETO POUT Cena i is ei ee 204.
BORSTCRY Giactiars. xsi teres aie. Oe 13
hirundo, 201, 202, 208, 205, 206
macrura ....208, 204, 205, 206
Portlandica,
291, 202, 203, 204, 206
jit 21a Cece ein, ee Sh at Aare a 13
Stictopora elegantula............ 156
SLi OYE Se ee bs a 344
PAT ERVELINUIA ote s Syctysi ok cic 344
GHD USOLLUCO NJ. cnve stews h Ac 344
ATID SCRE A chs aoe 344.
SUELO 3 oad a eta ES een ene 344
PATICMICUNUS HS slclsincia © Suede 3
Stizostedion salmoneum......... 313
Stizostedium salmoneum........ 313
RVUAO SUE TINUE ere at.Sres chr ols, 5 6 tone, ots 313
SGUMONEUM. Xs nee cess 313, 369
SUC CUMIU RES Se cla ore teale 313
Streptelasma siricta............ 295
Streptorhynchus Ayassizii,
115, 120, 125
INPUT GM NAMES cys cehads.c: qresatetal aay ave 9, 144
BEDUDIPEG SUCKER 2.5 2 <a cite 348
RAUON IU AP Srs Sie tcu Sanco se, accep cterada evel 86
DLOMALOPOLE 2.05). weal oe 294, 296
purophia calearea......0....+.2- 85
MCUs BAtliecnc s VaePe eo 186, 195
MISCOTUDS. sash norte: 31, 44, 85
IUUCTOSLOMG! = 08s ouinieie jon 2 on 198
SIRUDLCUGL. Rrsverae elect erneRcione are 195
Strophomena allernata.......... 156
CONT AG ie Pee ete oe veces voe 296
rhomboidalis........+. 295, 296
Strophodonta Beckii.......... . 295
cavumbond.......- Ree
432 Index.
PAGE. PAGE.
Tornatellina oblonga........ USES EXD) | ANoyoyonb ne DM oe Goud aso e 399
Tortrix Rileyana.. stat <Ssee O00! ||) RDI ce sneeitice 2 ele reeae 2, 131
MOR TBIGID AY. 223.0. i aisle sic plese 128 | Turdus Audubonii.............. 2
Totanus flavipes, ...........- 11, 146 NTUSCESGENISS 2. «/o1d Pian 2, 131
melanoleuca. Se a Hel HA FAO OPIS Sach co < 2, 131
SOLMOPUUS rs atelntal vicar susteiercieiele 146 TUS LCLIITUS ehc\.-t «\(n) eel else 131
Mirachyeraterivms.cc) ieee. 388 AUS Re obs) cto crete 2, 132
MRREMAUIS LOS rs, cee toheae tie ene ie 156 ISWOUNS OMe t Acer 2, 131
Trematospira mullistriata ...... 290) yavAINTUDaten wets ie 7, 70, 142
A richam PROTA aie) korean 390 | Tyrannus Carolinensis....7, 142, 290
OULONOLUNUA a crseereie iets 389 WRG ORO A Bar cea Bodo © - 289
4MAKONIRY Ola DORs ool aictah 5 bob a 404 PUPS cob 8 see ook 6 289
CONGULGLO = torctententetttss cuereuie =) 404 WETLLCHIUS. aaa) a ete eee i
DOUPYUS os Siteial alate etal rale tre A()S) |) Wamnlloreniitiitisevce cnet tet eee 376
COT UTUUN EMA Sagan ae tee ea tens 403.| (UMBRID AD So) aat eee eee 576
CAPYSOSPOTING.”. foots ss 2 ss 404) Uniontown Coal. 2. (seeeuees 55
CLOUGH Se eR A ois is cers 405 | Upper Barren Coal Measures,
CU REUELL SO. ick oy Aenea 404 46, 49, 50, 57
SGECHOR Re Cacia. By once eros G3 403 | Upper Coal Measures.......46, 48
MOMS Ee Oh mich 4s ice reer 403 | Upper Freeport Coal .......... 15
leuUCOopOUd ren eri-la cis etteystets 395 | Upper Pentamerus ee
MUNDO: i MMC Ne ere le siebeeiees 404 294, 295, 296, 297, 298
INGOSTONG Ma Acdcie sh acters sickens 4005) Wentilatroneyy. 11m eae a0
WUUG TUDES): (Re Riatstet. fogs ceeaten ore AQ Ss) VaLCOMIO UT M@ONS ees eee 139
RULOS RSS Bee ore eee 404 QUGUS)..< once Sa ee OC le
ODIUSS, 52 Niet cic serene 405 NOGeDOTacensis. 21... 5. cn lau
OUEdCCO Sse eee ere 403 OIUAGCLS tte, el eee 4, 139
OUGLG:». ce emerstehe alsioels eta dias 404 iplumbews3 < - oy. eek ere eee 5
punctulata ...........0... 404 SOMIQMIUSTOS. to. \eee eee 5, 140
DUTUONIULS eee meres 403, 405 SUMMON OY Ho ba la Geo dea - 4
PEM OMNIS eee Ener 405) || VOR BONED AD. ake 910 oor 4, 139
MOULCUUAUCL ato 5:0i 5 so conte aes AND )| Witrin aes. tis serie fe oe ieee 79
MUDUFONTNUS, s1a)m ele heis) sh ser sere AQO ols MOTIVRIENGTIN AN 2 te). crete eee eee fi)
EXGO TU) go ecu etaeiolo tole ne oar AO)! I VETT RINE: AC a (he cone ete eae 17
SETOUND ¢ Aadin s,s ayclo me's eats 403 | Water-analysis........ 280, 281, 286
SONPULOS hore lott ate ee 405 | Water-supply of New Jersey,
VIROUNOLO Ae ene Cie ee 404 288, 284, 286
BOPUD Cs.) Sickdidit Steves moretnee 403 | Waynesburg Coal, 47, 48, 51,
TPRICHIACE A ..5,. 20g: s'4 seek ier 40: 52, 58, 54, 56, 57
TRICHOPHORA ; 56.2.0). os 383, 402 | ‘‘ White Cat,” nw Se ee 566
Tringe dpind si.22htat aces eke 11 | White Island......... 5 sd oe 251
AUN OCH TORI Re 5 Anes aeo.6 De MeWihitersucl<ers ae neiae 350, 366
Tringoides macularius........11, 146 | Xanthocephalus icterocephalus... 7
Triodopsis. seuteeances 28, 29, nee 175: || Kanthonyx }.... ce. eee 183
(ROCHELED ALS te acu searene 8143" | Kemal Sabumeiy e225) ae eee eee 13
Trochilus Alerandri............ S| SXienismoe eee , .821, 322, 8238
COULDTISE: Maker OMe Rie 143 COLCNOLMs «ee tere 323, 3824, 370
Trochomorpha Oressida..... 168, 196 stellifera ...321, 3822, 323, 369
TROGLODYTID Al ee ene ene 3) 134) Kenotisy. 265.55 22 io. a aoe eee 318
Troglodytes wdon............ 3, 184 CUP EOLUS =, 05.5 cates tote eee 376
POrlemanid 22.55% sects ests 3 UNSCHIPLUS Jeno 318, 369, 376
Tropidonotus sipedon........... 870 lythtochloris:). een see 376
route Rica p.t aktesk be RE RR 314, 358 MEGQIOUS 0A saa 373, 875, 376
Tribalinas< sot ky eee 399 sanguinolentus....318, 368, 369
CUCINA SAS A ao tycuEe o0U | “Seviellows= Cate Awayanieer tee ares 301, 368
JTOGUOTINIS. 5.5 \c 0 sie eraiele pate 599 | Zeacrinus mucrospinus........ ee gee
ey
Index. 43:
PAGE. PAGE.
Zenaidura Carolinensis....... 10, 145) Zonotrichia albicollis ........... 140
JEOTENIES oH eeA oS. COe CO Eee 26 UNGETINLEMLLC = 1 rakes PRS Ter sea 6
COLO US traiicte ial. 'sisi8)s) = <)'- 24, 25 LEM CODE Si a esate ete ele ae 5, 140
GETITIOUCUS s 25 xis acs os « NG D9) Wy ONE ChES aren eer 322, 323, 376
JEU ORO ese BCE So REE eee 25 COLCTLUUST Prey ee cate tera ees 323
NMLLO LSE IMS oir3.5m, 0's, 2 24, 25, 45 MOLULUST nares eal veerecge et: 376
POUT URO SS a. verse wis ccns she 24| Zymotic diseases...........278, 279
Clit OG he SOARS AO Cee 198
PACRLOUS as ha Sis aisle Sayers 2/2 77
TOTIUOUUS sae 3 5 aie 0h 24, 25, 45 2
BILECT MESH tava oo 4 os ches). ai/atle.e feta co 26
(IER OHIO TS prem a Coe eee 24, 73 ADDENDUM TO INDEX.
ANSIOC esses b45000,, 10
oe Vee Gee ee A ae 169 Under Amphibulima, add—
(MGUUOTCHVE ocho cobs paccc 24 TRUER OMS Gan Joana oo ane
MUU CNLCEUS @)aaicic nies a etee 2 "5 187, 188, 195, 199, 200
SCUUDULES Sao e = = ole) scans 25,. 44 rubescens........187, 188, 199
434 Errata.
ERRATA.
Page 45, line 9 from the bottom, for ‘‘ Partula,” read ‘‘ Partulee.”
Page 46, line 7 from the top, for ‘‘ Mall.” read ‘‘ Mal.”
Page 112, line 7 from the bottom, for ‘‘axal,” read ‘‘ axial.”
Page 116, line 17 from the top, for ‘‘tangentically,” read ‘‘ tangentially.”
Page 195, line 9 from the bottom, for “‘ fringiila,” read *‘ fringilla.”
Page 306, line 17 from the bottom, for ‘‘ zigzig,” read ‘‘ zigzag.”
For errata in Article XXIII, ‘‘Index to the Literature of Manganese,”
see page 250.
For addendum to Index, see page 4385.
W.GB del
ig
a
Lp
8
A
is
a
S|
Taal
FA
=
i oe
i
=
=
=
=
=
==
i
i
)
t ii if
a a ee ee) ee
Po
]
KA
ee
ae
PRIN
1 gab beg
piss Si Aye
iste
Nat
fal
U.
Ann.of Ly
Ann.of liye. Nat-Hist of NY.
Ann. Lyc Nat. Hist.N-Y. Vol. X1.-P1. VIL
7
: >
A
We Ah
e
>
é
aetna. ie? ORR
due, ae ah teen
, la ree ‘ Ww
x he mae Gb A i
*
nPrnlkiae
56 Ar
ro)
aay F
Ann. lyc Nat. Hist. N-Y. Vol. XL. Pl. Vil.
1.3 Mugtl Gatimardiunius 4_8. Mugil Cr ich otbcre.
rn re ar a ae
fidiy, by
os DT
git +
Vol. Xl. PL 1X
Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. NY.
Nip
GH ce a
3
web osus.
KL
G@
ae
ymnothora.
34. Neoconger perlongis.
Py;
ead
f ay ar
re
re
Amn Lyc. Nat. Hist. NY. Vol. XL PLX
iv.
yuenothorax poly gontes.
G
c
A \ u
§ \ ' oso
" \ \n \\ Nes S
Ps NYG yy th ‘
Su = \ Ni aN ' }
2
AWOKG
> ss . ~ ~
\ ws Y RANCS
So = er
od —" a = ee
eS
_——e
Am. Lyc, Nat. Hist., N. Y. Vol. XI., Pl. XI.
~2 2 Z
B. Cramaercin, S0.4.U- We 2
CERAURUS PLEUREXANTHEMUS, GREEN.
Drawn by ©. D. Watcorr. Engraved by B. B. CramBer.in.
VolLXL Plate XI
Ann of iavc Nat.tist. of NY.
2
WGB.de
ee 1 at THBuffords Sons Lith Boston
= ay a Qa © Des Es a
at .paliidior OC ‘e 3.f1. spinosa.4eEa
nla: Poe ea th 5 ay :
cy MP Sr Sow. =) OU. septemvohza i
= i a
y iol Hem : Q Nat aA = Be
(Ariol Hemphill. 9 A Anderson /G@
} 3 yy ‘ }
vat
Pom ob lage. Nat Fast. of NY
Feo) aWaloatsyT :
YOLAL riate Xl p
a eee PONE
JHBaffords Sons tith Reston
eee OE ss Sa:
—) weet ; ie :
By Rea) e are oy Pe =a ls Z
ALT ahica Saale Vevre 15 .L ,.cerinal le us Anth ey iphid i ima Raws mu: j
SOEs ec 7 Tp
LD) GHiGoe
: 2G yo ee
HiCoecil Gundlachi Ae F Orthalic us eae LILUE Vat:
EH rans Ca (Sus ophia inc ‘ania Fay) K HCarpenteriana as
cus
Pano byc Nak bist of NY. VoLXI Plate XIV:
WGE del JHBuffords SonsLithBosion
AFifingilla Af 5B. Wamaicerisis (hemn. C.HStuderiana.Zér
D. Achilavenusta Afgh.&. Amphib Kawsons HY F G.truncata. Sar
G. Achila texts 7é& HA.obesa Newc.
on. of taye. Nat East. of NY.
ae
i]
&
ra
i
PY
a
JH Bufforas Sons Tith Boson.
WGB. del.
A. Hfringilla .A& B. H Carpenteri /vewe.
C.DHspubescens.4£ E Pat. Camberlandiana Zea.
F. Gyl. Poeyana. G6 GHDiabloensis. Coop.
VoLXI Plate XVI.
fem Or lave Nat Hist. of NY
Ss
fon.
Sons Lith Bo
JHBuffords
Hdenti
7B
5
L
zl)
fe
HE,
ereolus. Jy
Ee
Ss
scen
WS. LEP
=)
c
=
X.
3 Henn,
[racer
‘SS
Gan
ee
=
I
ae
NX
Cengage Sie,
}
Tro.
u
Ann. of Lyc.Nat Hist. N.Y. Vol. XL, Plate XVII.
eee
W. GB del. PHO T0- gibt da pih CARBUTT_
LGyl. omnata, G. VILS. pallida , Pf. XIV. H. Hopetonensis, Sh.
I-IV. Binneia notabilis. Vill. Xf. H. VanNostrandi,B). XV. Pat.alternata, 5.
V- X.H.Tryom,N. IX. XII. H facta, Newc. XVLEnd incerta, M.
VLS.papillata, Pr. XI. H. fallax, Say. XVILP. Huahinensis, Pse.
XII. H.Rugeli, Sh XIX. H.tndentata;S.
~ WGB del.
A HHarfordiana. /@¢
_D Limax montanus
G Anol Andersoni. i
Ann.of Lyc. Nat.Hist. of NY.)
B.Hleporina.G GHIngers
=) (Sees GR GhS as
lata.Say F limaxca
T Amsacgen
Ff
H AHemophail lt
VoLX! Plate
New york picapemy OF OCIENCES,
No; 12 WEST 3 ist STREET,
NEW YORK,
socficco—__
In sending herewith the first numbers of the Annals of
the Academy of Sciences, and the last of the Lyceum of Natural
[istory, the undersigned requests, in behalf of the Academy:
that all societies receiving these publications would inform him
of any numbers which are missing from their sets of the Annals
of the Lyceum of Natural History. The Academy wishes, in
entering upon the exchange of its new series of Annals, to com-
plete the former series, so far as may be in its power, in the
libraries of all societies with which it is in correspondence.
The Index number, which will complete the last volume
(XI) of the Annals of the Lyceum, is delayed—but will be sent
ere long.
De 8.) MARIN,
Chairman of the Publication Committee,
N. ¥. Academy of Sciences.
AvGusT, 1878.
Index and Contents.
]
(il
{ OF THE
6 x , ;
b
OF
NE f Yonge, et
Pec At, -
IPRGY
PUBLISHED FOR THE LYCEUM.
GreGory Bros., Printers,{34 C NE STREBA,
LycEumion NATURAL E I
)
v
a
OFFICERS OF THE LYCEUM.
1876.
President.
JOHN S. NEWBERRY.
Vice-Iresidents.
T. EGLESTON. BENJ. N. MARTIN,
Goryesponding Secretary.
H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.
Recording Secretary.
OLIVER P. HUBBARD.
Greasuyer
JOHN H. HINTON.
Soibyarian.
LOUIS ELSBERG.
@ommittee of Publication.
DANIEL 8. MARTIN. JOHN 8. NEWBERRY.
GHO. N. LAWRENCE. HENRY MORTON.
H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.
Vou. XI. duly, 1s74. Nos. 1-2.
ANNALS
|LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
oF
NEW YORK.
NEW YORK:
PUBLISHED FOR THE LYCEUM.
NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, SALEM, MASS.
1874.
SALEM PRESS F. W. PUTNAM & CO., PROPRIETORS.
OFFICERS OF THE LYCEUM.
1874.
President.
JOHN S. NEWBERRY.
Vice-Presidents.
Dm. EGLEST ON: HENRY MORTON.
Corresponding Secretarp.
ROBERT DINWIDDIE.
Recording Secretary.
ROBERT H. BROWNNE.
Grewsurer.
JOHN H. HINTON, M. D.
Librarian.
iG ng | AN REDD Jur Be =
Committee of Publication.
TAH OS. (BiG Aye. JOHN S. NEWBERRY.
GEO. N. LAWRENCE. DANTLEL §. ot Ash eae
H. CARRIN G TON BOLTON:
Bee _ PUBLICATIONS
OF
THE LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK.
F THE Lyceum or Naturat History commences the publica-
; tion of Vol. XI of its Annals and proposes to issue four numb-
=
ers every year; each number to consist of not less than thirty-two
F pages (octavo), with or without plates.
gi Price of yearly subscription, payable in advance, $2. Price
of a single number, 60 cents.
The Lyceum has established a Publication Fund, contributors
_ to which, in the sum of $100 at one time, are entitled to all the
_ scientific publications of the Lyceum appearing subsequently to
“the payment of their contribution.
The Lyceum has on hand for sale, at the price of $38, complete
sets of its Annals, as far as published, consisting of ten volumes
BB océavo}, illustrated by one hundred and fourteen plates, each
= volume containing twelve or more numbers of thirty-two pages.
Kt has also for disposal, separately, a limited number of all the
volumes, at the price of $4 per volume uncolored plates, $5 per
q volume ae colored plates.
THOMAS BLAND,
Chairman of the Publication Committee.
New Yor, JuLy, 1874. ‘
a JOHN H. HINTON, M.D., Treasurer,
41 West 32d Street.
[ee Any person reading within the United States, on sending
_ the amount of his yearly subscription to the Treasurer, will re-
; ceive the numbers as they appear, without further cost.
_ Agents in London, Trusyer & Co.
P : ; In Leipsic] , BERN. HERMANN. ~
Special agents for the is ceum,
NATURALISTS’ AGENCY,
“Salem, Mass.
CONTENTS.
I.—An Annotated List of the Birds of Utah. By H. W. HEn-
[212 0:\\' eae ER Tear Nee ee, bar wR ee BS UG Tha: og ll
II.—Notes on the Coal Measures of Beaver County, Pennsyl-
vania. -By ad. C. WHITE; 7 feel fe een Sere
III.— Observations on Some Irregularities of the Floor of the
Coal Measures of Eastern Kentucky. By R. P. StTs-
VEEN GS ef ak ie tiene ete alae s iuedetaigcarel matete. [ne Ue ates eae
IV.— On the Genitalia and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata. By
W.G. BINNEY. (With’six plates), . . . s . . 20
V.—Notes on the Upper Coal Measures of Western Virginia
and Pennsylvania. By I. C. WHITE, - 5.) > 0 bee eeeo
Von. XI. June, 1875. Nos. 5-6.
ANNALS
LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
OF
NEW YORK.\:
e
7 NEW YORK:
PUBLISHED FOR THE LYCEUM.
NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, SALEM, MASS.
1875.
SALEM PrEss F. W. PUTNAM & CO., PROPRIETORS.
jj. O'S .: BeECAGN Dy.
OFFICERS. OF TEE sia CMe
1875.
President.
JOHN S. NEWBERRY.
Vice- Presidents.
T. EGGLESTON. BENJ. N. MARTIN.
Corresponding Secretary.
ROBERT DINWIDDIE.
Recording Secretary.
ROBERT H. BROWNNE.
Greasurer.
JOHN H. HINTON, M. D.
Pibrarian.
Be G. AMEND:
Committee of Publication.
GEO. N. LAWRENCE. DANLEL.S... MA BEINN:
H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.
JO EN (Sl oN EWE EB Re
PUBLICATIONS
OF
THE LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
_ IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK.
Tue Lyceum or Natura History has commenced the publica-
tion of Vol. XI of its Annals and proposes to issue four num-
bers every year; each number to consist of not less than thirty-two
pages (octavo), with or without plates.
Price of yearly subscription, payable in advance, $2. Price
of a single number, 60 cents.
The Lyceum has established a Publication Fund, contributors
to which, in the sum of $100 at one time, are entitled to all the
scientific publications of the Lyceum appearing subsequently to
the payment of their contribution.
The Lyceum has on hand for sale, at the price of $38, complete
sets of its Annals, as far as published, consisting of ten volumes
(octavo), illustrated by one hundred and fourteen plates, each
volume containing twelve or more numbers of thirty-two pages.
It has also for disposal, separately, a limited number of all the
volumes, at the price of $4 per volume uncolored plates, $5 per
volume with colored plates.
THOMAS BLAND,
Chairman of the Publication Committee.
New York, Jung, 1875.
JOHN H. HINTON, M.D., Treasurer,
41 West 32d Street.
{= Any person residing within the United States, on sending
the amount of his yearly subscription to the Treasurer, will re-
ceive the numbers as they appear, without further cost.
Agents in London, Trupner & Co.
In Leipsick, Bern. HERMANN.
Special agents for the Lyceum,
NATURALISTS’ AGENCY,
Salem, Mass.
A ' te ie me
5) i ahi ea 2a
Prof. Te, R. ee cwith a "Geological
by Dr. J. S. Newberry.) Cee res ae
XII.—On a New Species of Anarta, and on an. Alliea Genus, wi
Pate, Note on the Genus Adita. By Ave. R. Gnome, ‘
XIII.— Morgan Expeditions, 1870-71. On the Devonian |
___» bites and Mollusks of Ereré, Province of Para, B
x sh i ‘By Cu. Frep Hartt and Ricwarp RarHsun,
XIV.—Note on a Name in Entomology proposed by the late Col
3 3 man Townsend Robinson. Hey Obes GROTE, » .
By WituuaM Brewster,
Virginia.
XVI.—Notes on the § Sub- Generic ® Character of :
from Goiatade: By Tuomas s Bran, « severe .
Vou. XI. February, 1876. Nos. ¢-8.
ANNALS
OF THE
LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
OF
NEW “YOR:
NEW 2YVORK::
PUBLISHED FOR THE LYCEUM.
' NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, SALEM, MASS.
‘1876;
SALEM PRESS F. W. PUTNAM & CO., PROPRIETORS.
OFFICERS OF (THE Crt
1875.
President.
JOHN S. NEWBERRY.
i Vice- Presidents.
ey Gla Ese OUNy. BEEN dD: fUN:, AMieAG Ry ie Nee
Corresponding Secretary.
RO) BEER Da NN WeleD a sis bie
Recording Secretary.
MiOlB EB Ra He BRO We Ni NgEie
Greagurer.
JO HN: “Eig BONE © Gt Mess,
Pibrarian.
B. G. AMEND.
Conunittee of Publication.
TH OFS: / Ba ASN, DE JOHN S. NEWBERRY.
GEO. N. LAWRENCE. DANIEL S. MARTIN.
He (CoACRMR EIN Gl OUNe sb Ona aeOmNt
Vou. XI. December, 1876. Nos. 9-10.
ANNALS
LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
OF LIBRARY, U.S ig
NEW YORK.
NEW YORK:
PUBLISHED FOR THE LYCEUM.
NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, SALEM, MASS.
1876.
SALEM PRESS, F. W. PUTNAM & CO., PROPRIETORS.
won
Alew ovk Academy of
[Late Lycrum or NaTuraL Mistorr.] ee
a
1876.
ABO)
® ‘
Peesnen,
JOVEN iS NEWBERRY.
Wice-Presidents,
T. EGLESTON. . BENS. N.
Corresponding Secretary. Kant
H. CARRINGTON BOLTON. |
Recording Secretary.
OLIVER P. HUBBARD
Oreagurer.
JOHN H. HINTON.
Hibrarian, i
LOUIS oe
« * Gammuatet of Publication,
DANIEL S&S. MARTIN. JOHN |
GEO; N. LAWRENCE. ENRY
3 Jal- CARRINGTON BOLTO! S
oy
PUBLICATIONS
OF
THE LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK.
Tse Lyceum or Natura Hisrory has commenced the publica-
tion of Vol. XI of its Annals, and proposes to issue four num-
bers every year; each number to consist of not less than thirty-two
pages (octavo), with or without plates.
Price of yearly subscription, payable in advance, $2. Price
of a single number, 60 cents.
The Lyceum has established a Publication Fund, contributors
to which, in the sum of $100 at one time, are entitled to all the
scientific publications of the Lyceum appearing subsequently to
the payment of their contribution.
The Lyceum has on hand for sale, at the price of $38, complete
sets of its Annals, as far as published, consisting of ten volumes
(octavo), illustrated by one hundred and fourteen plates, each
volume containing twelve or more numbers of thirty-two pages.
It has also for disposal, separately, a limited number of all the
volumes, at the price of $4 per volume, uncolored plates, $5 per
volume with colored plates.
THOMAS BLAND,.
Chairman of the Publication Committee.
New York, 1875.
JOHN H. HINTON, M.D., Treasurer,
41 West 32d Street.
f= Any person residing within the United States, on sending
the amount of his yearly subscription to the Treasurer, will re-
ceive the numbers as they appear, without. further cost.
Agents in London, TrRuBNER & Co.
In Leipsichk, BERN. HERMANN.
Special agents for the Lyceum,
NATURALISTS’ AGENCY,
Salem, Mass.
CONTENTS.
XVII.—Notes on Ceraurus pleurexanthemus, Green. By C D.
WaLcoTT,
XVIII.— Description of the Interior Surface of the Dorsal Shell
of Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. By C. D. Waxtcorr
(with plate),
XIX.— Description of a New Species of Jay of the Genus Cya-
hocitta; also of a supposed New Species of the
Genus Cyanocorax. By GrorGEe N. LawRENCE,
XX.— On the Genitalia, Jaw, and Lingual Dentition of certain
species of Pulmonata. By W.G. Binney. (Witha
note on the Classification of the Achatinelle, by
THOMAS BLAND) (with plates),
XXI.— Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusks, with description
of a wew species of the Genus Amphibulima. By
THomas BLAND,
XXII.—Some Additional Light on the so-called Sterna Port-
landica, Ridgway. By WM. BrewsTrR,
XXIII. Index to the Literature of Manganese, 1596-1874. By H.
CaRRINGTON BOLTON,
=—
159
163
166
197
201
208
IN IN, Ave SS
OF THE
NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
The ‘‘Annals,” published for over half a century by the late
Lyceum of Natural History, will be continued under the above
name after the close of the present volume, 1876, by the New
York ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
It is proposed, as before, to issue four numbers every year,
each number to consist of not less than thirty-two pages (octavo),
with or without plates. Price of Yearly Subscription, Two Dol-
lars, payable in advance.
The Academy has for sale a number of back volumes of the
Annals of the Lyceum, each containing twelve or more numbers ;
the price per volume is $4.00 with uncolored plates, or $5.00
with colored plates.
The Academy has established a Publication Fund, contribu-
tors to which, in the sum of $100 at one time, are entitled to all
the scientific publications of the Academy appearing subsequently
to the payment of their contribution.
Communications should be addressed to
Prot. Das. MARTIN,
Chairman of Publication Committee,
236 West 4th St.
TORN ft. HINTON, M: D.,
Treasurer, 41 West 32d St.
{= Any person residing within the United States, on sending
the amount of his yearly subscription to the Treasurer, will re-
ceive the numbers as they appear, without further cost.
Agents in London, Trusner & Co.
In Leipsic, Bern. HERMANN.
Special agents for the Academy,
NATURALISTS’ AGENCY,
Salem, Mass.
Soa
XXIV.— Notes on the Ancient Glaciers of New Zealand. By ia
wee <t ‘
I. C. RussELL (with map, Plate XIX). antier a
, : Cat ee
XXV.— Recent Progress in Sanitary Science. — By ioe
R. LEEDS. ° e e . . e ° e oj) SLD see eas ek idk “4
XXVI. ee enerpiien of a New Species of Bird of the Gen
Pitangus. By Grorce N. LAwRENCE. . . <a ie
vt. — Notes on the Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Je ervis, -
_N. Y., with Description of a a New ; Spec
Pteropod. By Ss. 7, Barrer.
Raniation of Larval 11 Form 1
Avaustus R. GROTE. .
* “us Na
- en =a
i ee vines
es
G oe “
~ os
a bre Aa & *
es 807- 314, belonging: to No. 10
Von. XE. Sune, 1877. Nos. Li-k2.
ANNALS
LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
or
NEW YORK.
INSTITUTION
NEW YORK:
PUBLISHED FOR THE LYCEUM.
NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, SALEM, MASS.
1876.
SALEM PREss, F. W. PUTNAM & CO., PROPRIETORS.
“4
a
6
&
-
Alew Mork Arademy of
{Late Lycrum or Narcrar Mistony.] ny <
1816 0p eee
President, rhe Pee
JiOPEbN SG NEWBERRY.
&, at
r
eh
ice-Wesidents
ie. EG: LeERS PO Nic BENJ. Ny. MA
* WE? a4 efi , De 7 > 7 a
ts
* ud a
Goceaeaint Secretary. Pu
Elis CARRINGTON BOLTON.
f
Recording Secretary.
OLIVER P. HUBBARD.
Treasurer. Fag: ae
. OE NTH ey Ep 209 2 ae
4 _ ar : - i
Ro
Pibrarian. ae ¥
Peer
eR yi t
DANIEL S&S. MARTIN.
GEO! ae LAWRENCE.
ist “CARRINGTO ON
te
am IN IN: ASSESS
OF THE
NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
The “Annals,” published for over half a century by the late
Lyceum of Natural History, will be continued under the above
name after the close of the present volume, 1876, by the New
York ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
It is proposed, as before, to issue four numbers every year, -
each number to consist of not less than thirty-two pages (octavo),
with or without plates. Price of Yearly Subscription, Two Dol-
lars, payable in advance.
The Academy has for sale a number of back volumes of the
Annals of the Lyceum, each containing twelve or more numbers ;
the price per volume is $4.00 with uncolored plates, or $5.00
with colored plates.
The Academy has established a Publication Fund, contribu-
tors to which, in the sum of $100 at one time, are entitled to all
the scientific publications of the Academy appearing subsequently
to the payment of their contribution.
Communications should be addressed to
- Prof. D. S. MARTIN,
Chairman of Publication Committee,
236 West 4th St.
MOEN: El. HINTON, M. D.;
Treasurer, 41 West 32d St.
{= Any person residing within the United States, on sending
the amount of his yearly subscription to the Treasurer, will re-
ceive the numbers as they appear, without further cost.
Agents in London, Trusner & Co.
In Leipsic, Bern. HERMANN.
Special agents for the Academy,
NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, ;
Salem, Mass.
> fi aie
CONTENTS - as
Bled nits z Bana ia as
XXIX.—A Partial Synopsis of the Fishes of Upper
: By Davin SJ ORBAN eye seor-tee eh
XXX.—The Myxomycetes of the U1 ited States. ‘By
COOKER, 25, Me ig fe al ene ee
ATINGIN- AY dS
NEW YORK LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY.
With the present Number, —the coneluding part of the Eleventh Volume,—
the publication bearing this name will close, in consequence of the change
recently made in the official name of the Society. It will at once be continued,
however, under the same management, with the title of the
ANNALS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
Volume I of the new Annals will begin with the year 1877.
It is proposed, as before, to issue four numbers every year, each number
to consist of not less than thirty-two pages (octavo), with or without plates.
Price of Yearly Subscription, Two Dollars, payable in advance.
The Academy has for sale a number of back volumes of the Annals of the
Lyceum, each containing twelve or more numbers ; the price per volume is
$4.00 with uncolored plates. or $5.00 with colored plates.
The Academy has established a Publication Fund, contributors to which,
in the sum of $100 at one time, are entitled to all the Scientific Publications
of the Academy appearing subsequently to the payment of their contri-
butions.
Communications should be addressed to
Pror. D. S. MARTIN,
Chairman of Publication Committee, 236 West Fourth St.
Or to
JOHN H. HINTON, M.D.,
Treasurer, 41 West Thirty-second St.
——__-—<>-—__—_-
je Any person residing within the United States, on sending the amount
af his yearly subscription to the Treasurer, will receive the numbers as they
appear, without further cost.
Agents in London, Trusyner & Co.
In Leipsic, Bern. Hermann.
Special agents for the Academy, ;
NATURALISTS’ AGENCY,
Salem, Mass.
N. B. All subscribers and correspondents are requested to inform the Chair-
man of the Publication Committee of any breaks or omissions existing in their
sets of the Annals of the Lyceum. Wherever it is possibie to do so, the Acad-
emy desires to fill such omissions and complete such broken sets ; and with
_certain exceptions in some of the earlier volumes (J, II, and III), it can in
most cases readily be done.
CONTENTS.
Title, Contents, and List of Plates, Vol. XT.
rPatasee ete es SB tang Softee Ma rdad Shae bie ee ee OP oe eee
Rindextocthe Volumes. .eetrclus ttertee cae ae ect oie 411—
PM ee en ee ee OU wys
453
434
ih
Va
Corey
i i}
‘ A
r
é
i
(
:
eo
i
*
e
\
:
: 1
iY ; i i
eb ve
a
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
Qa